Siemens AG 2009

Safety Technology for

Factory Automation
Catalog SI 10 2009

Safety Integrated

 Siemens AG 2009

Related catalogs:
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
and Micro Automation

ST 70

LV 1

ISIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface Systems

E86060-K1002-A101-A8-7600

E86060-K4680-A101-B6-7600

Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution LV 1T

SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON
Technical information

SINAMICS G110/G120
Inverter Chassis Units;
SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Frequency Inverters

E86060-T1002-A101-A8-7600

E86060-K5511-A111-A5-7600

Motion Control
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines

PM 21

E86060-K4921-A101-A1-7600
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET

SINAMICS G130
Inverter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units

IK PI

SITOP
Power supplies,
SITOP power and LOGO! Power

FS 10

SITRAIN
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions

E86060-K6850-A101-B9

Process Instrumentation and

FI 01
Process Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation

Products for Automation

and Drives

E86060-K6201-A101-B1-7600

DVD: E86060-K4910-A510-C7-7600

E86060-K3501-A101-A4-7600

D 11.1

D 11

KT 10.1

E86060-K2410-A101-A5-7600

E86060-K8310-A111-A5-7600

Process Instrumentation and

Process Analytics
Process Analytical Instruments

ST 80

E86060-K5511-A101-A4-7600

E86060-K6710-A101-B6-7600
SIMATIC Sensors
Sensor Technology for
Factory Automation

ST PC

E86060-K4670-B111-B9-7600

E86060-K4670-A101-B1-7600
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON

PC-based Automation
Embedded Automation and
PC-based Automation

PA 01

Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet

www.siemens.com/automation/mall

ITC

CA 01

 Siemens AG 2009

Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
Catalog SI 10 2009

The products and systems described in this

catalog are manufactured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001.
The certificate is
recognized by all IQNet
countries.

Introduction
Totally Integrated Automation
Totally Integrated Power
Functional safety of machines and plants
Safety Integrated

Detecting
Fail-safe sensors
Detecting devices
Commanding and signalling
Human-machine interface systems
Process analytical instruments

Evaluating / Communication
Communication over PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Communication over AS-Interface
Conventional design

Reacting
ET 200S safety motor starter
ET 200pro motor starter
SINAMICS
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SINUMERIK

Appendix
Safety Evaluation Tool
B10 values
Training
Service & Support
Siemens solution partner
Online services
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations

Supersedes:
Catalog Safety Integrated 2007
The products contained in this catalog
can also be found in the e-Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-C7-7600 (DVD)
Please contact
your local
Siemens branch
Siemens AG 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

1/2

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Answers for industry.

Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the

manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.

Siemens offers automation, drive, and

low-voltage switching technology as
well as industrial software from standard products up to entire industry solutions. The industry software enables our
industry customers to optimize the entire value chain from product design
and development through manufacture
and sales up to after-sales service. Our
electrical and mechanical components
offer integrated technologies for the entire drive train from couplings to gear
units, from motors to control and drive
solutions for all engineering industries.
Our technology platform TIP offers robust solutions for power distribution.

The high quality of our products

sets industry-wide benchmarks.
High environmental aims are part of
our eco-management, and we implement these aims consistently. Right
from product design, possible effects on
the environment are examined. Hence
many of our products and systems are
RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazardous Substances). As a matter of course,
our production sites are certified according to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
environmental protection also means
most efficient utilization of valuable
resources. The best example are our
energy-efficient drives with energy savings up to 60 %.

Check out the opportunities our

automation and drive solutions provide.
And discover how you can sustainably
enhance your competitive edge with us.

Siemens SI 10 2009

1/3

 Siemens AG 2009

Management Level

MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

Operations Level

SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control (DCS)

Industrial Software for

Design and Engineering
Installation and Commissioning
Operation

Maintenance
Modernization and Upgrade
Energy Management

Control Level
SIMOTION
Motion Control System

SINUMERIK
Computer Numeric Control

Field Level
PROFIBUS PA

02.03.2009

Process Instrumentation

Totally
Integrated
Automation

SIMATIC Sensors

HART
IO-Link

Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only provider
of an integrated basis for implementation of customized automation
solutions in all industries from inbound to outbound.

1/4

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Ethernet

SIMATIC IT

Ethernet
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA System

Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication

SIMATIC Controllers
Modular/ Embedded /
PC-based

SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface

Safety Integrated
Low-Voltage Controls
and Distribution

PROFINET

SIMATIC Distributed I/O

SINAMICS Drive Systems

PROFIsafe

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIsafe

PROFIBUS

ASIsafe

AS-Interface

Totally
Integrated
Power
KNX GAMMA instabus

TIA is characterized by its unique

continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at
all levels with reduced interfacing
requirements covering the field level,
production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA
you also profit throughout the complete
life cycle of your plant starting with
the initial planning steps through
operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment
security resulting from continuity in the
further development of our products
and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.

The unique continuity is already

a defined characteristic at the
development stage of our products
and systems.
The result: maximum interoperability
covering the controller, HMI, drives, up
to the process control system. This
reduces the complexity of the
automation solution in your plant. You
will experience this, for example, in the
engineering phase of the automation
solution in the form of reduced time
requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous
diagnostics facilities of Totally
Integrated Automation for increasing
the availability of your plant.

Siemens SI 10 2009

1/5

 Siemens AG 2009

Integrated power distribution

from one source.
Totally Integrated Power.

1/6

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Communication
IEC 61850

PROFINET

BACnet

Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Processes /
industrial automation

KNX EIB

Products and systems

Medium voltage

Transformers

Low voltage

Installation
technology

Building
automation

110 kV

03.04.2008

Planning and system configuration

Electrical power distribution in

buildings requires integrated solutions.
Our response: Totally Integrated Power.
This means innovative and integrated,
interface-optimized products and
systems which have been optimally
coordinated and complemented with
communication and software modules
that link power distribution to building
automation or industrial automation.
Totally Integrated Power accompanies
power distribution projects from one
end to the other. From A to Z.
From the planning to the buildings use:
Totally Integrated Power offers significant advantages in every project
stage and to everyone involved in the
project the investors, electrical planning engineers, electricians, users
and building facility managers.

Our portfolio comprises everything

from engineering tools to the matching
hardware: from switchgear and
distribution systems for medium voltage to transformers, from switching
and circuit-protection devices to
low-voltage switchgear and busbar
trunking systems, as far as to the small
distribution board and the wall outlet.
It goes without saying that both the
medium-voltage switchgear, which
requires no maintenance, and the
low-voltage switchgear are type-tested,
and their busbar connections, too.
Comprehensive protection systems
ensure the safety of man and machine
at any time.

Siemens SI 10 2009

1/7

 Siemens AG 2009

Functional Safety of Machines and Systems

differentiate requirements on the implementation of products to ensure the free exchange of goods and requirements
on the use of products.

Basic safety requirements in the production industry

Functional safety
Automation systems and components are responsible for
safety-related tasks in many different applications (machines
and conveyor systems, process industry, building technology,
etc.). This means that the health and safety of persons as well
as protecting equipment and the environment depend on the
correct functioning of the relevant systems and components.
Today, the correct functioning of systems and components is
handled under the term of Functional Safety.

Goals of the standard

It is the goal of safety technology to keep hazards for man and
the environment as low as possible through technical equipment and devices. And at the same time, to not restrict industrial production more than is absolutely necessary.
Conformity with the directives

With the introduction of the uniform European Single Market,

national standards and regulations affecting the technical realization of machines were consistently harmonized:

To sell, market or operate products, these products must fulfill

the basic safety requirements of the EU Directives.

Definition of basic safety requirements, which address, on the

one hand, machine manufacturers in terms of the free movement of goods (Article 95) and, on the other hand, machine
operators in terms of industrial safety (Article 137).
The EU Directives:
specify requirements for plants/systems and their operating
companies to ensure the health and safety of personnel and
the quality of the environment;
include regulations regarding health and safety at the workplace (minimum-requirements);
define product requirements (e.g. for machines) to ensure
the health and safety of the user;

To ensure compliance with a directive, it is recommended to

apply the harmonized European standards, which then confers the so-called presumption of conformity and provides
both manufacturers and operators with legal certainty concerning compliance with national regulations such as the EC
directive.
With the CE marking, the manufacturer of a machine documents the compliance with all applicable directives and regulations in the free movement of goods. As the European directives are globally approved, the CE marking is also useful for
exports to EEA countries.

The safety concept in the EC encompasses product requirements

and social aspects

Safety requirements
Article 95 EC treaty
(free movement of goods)
e g. machines

Low-voltage
directive
(2006/95/CE)

Machinery
directive
(98/37/EC)*

Harmonized European Standards

Manufacturer

Article 137 EC treaty

(industrial safety)
Industrial safety-framework directive
(89/391/EEC)
Separate directive
Use of operating
equipment
(86/655/EEC)
National Laws
Operators of machines and plants

* The machinery directive 98/37/EC is currently binding.

It will be replaced by the new machinery directive 2006/42/EC by the end of 2009.

1/8

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

The IEC 62061 standard

Global harmonization of standards

The IEC 62061 standard safety of machines functional

safety of electrical, electronic and programmable controls of
machines defines comprehensive requirements. It includes
recommendations for the development, integration and validation of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems (SRECS) for machines. With the
implementation of IEC 62061, for the first time, one standard
covers the entire safety chain, from the sensor to the actuator.
To attain a safety integrity level such as, for example, SIL 3, a
certification of the individual components is no longer sufficient. Instead, the entire safety function must meet the defined requirements.

To facilitate an even easier and faster realization of future machine concepts and to promote the free exchange of goods on
global markets, we have consistently been working on the
standardization of safety-related standards for many years.
This commitment has contributed to the international acceptance of European directives and the harmonization of both
international safety standards IEC 61508 and EN 954, which
facilitate a more efficient realization of safety tasks by machine manufacturers and system operators.

Requirements placed upon the capacity of non-electrical

e.g. hydraulic, pneumatic or electromechanical safety-related control elements for machines are not specified by the
standard.

Our offer
As a partner for all safety-related concerns, we do not only
support you by offering adequate safety-related products and
systems. We also provide you with the most current knowhow on international standards and regulations. We offer
comprehensive training and services for machine manufacturers and system operators throughout the entire lifecycle of
safety-related systems and machines.
Consistent, certified product spectrum
Courses on standards and regulations:
www.siemens.com/sitrain-safety_integrated
(Refer to the appendix for a summary of courses on Safety
Integrated)
Brochure Functional Safety of Machines and Systems with
step-by-step instructions
Brochure Terminology in Machinery Safety
Consulting and support provided by Siemens contact partner for verification and validation
Siemens Solution Partner for Safety Integrated
World-wide service and support
http://support.automation.siemens.com

The ISO 13849-1 standard

For more information please visit

www.siemens.com/safety-integrated

The ISO 13849-1 standard safety of machines safety-related

components of controls, part 1 general principles is based on
the known categories of EN 954-1, issue 1996. It covers the
entire safety function with all devices involved.
ISO 13849-1 not only includes the quality approach of the
EN 954-1, but also discusses safety functions in terms of quantity. Based on the categories, performance levels (PL) are
used. The standard describes the determination of the PL for
safety-related control components on the basis of designated
architectures for the scheduled service life. In case of deviations, ISO 13849-1 refers to the IEC 61508. For the combination of several safety-related components into a total system,
the standard contains information on the determination of
the resulting PL.
The standard is applicable to safety-related control components (SRP/CS) and all types of machines, irrespective of the
technology and energy used (electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic,
mechanical, etc.).

Siemens SI 10 2009

1/9

 Siemens AG 2009

Safety Integrated
Integrated safety - increased productivity
Safety Integrated is the consistent implementation of safety
technology in accordance with Totally Integrated Automation.
On the one hand, this refers to the direct integration of safetyrelated functions in our standard products and, on the other
hand, to the consistent and comfortable integration of safety
concepts in the standard automation. This offers various advantages both for machine manufacturers and system operators, particularly in terms of efficiency.

Reduced expenditures and increased efficiency with

Safety Integrated
The integration of safety technology into standard automation offers the following sustainable advantages:

Safety Integrated allows machine manufacturers to benefit

from the decisive competitive advantage of eased engineering. This allows for a considerably faster realization of machines and systems and facilitates their easy adjustability to
new requirements.

Increased efficiency
A single system for standard and safety automation
minimizes variety of types
One bus and one engineering system for standard and
safety technology reduce costs
Software solutions allow for an eased reproduction of
series machines

This concept also bears advantages for system operators as it

does not only support the faster provision of safe machines
and systems, but also enhances their productivity. Due to improved diagnostics, a harmonized overall system of safety
technology and standard automation reduces downtimes and
thus increases the system availability.

Increased productivity
Fast troubleshooting and extensive diagnostic functions
reduce downtimes
Fast restart after required system modifications
Our additionally offered safe and fault-tolerant systems
allow for production without downtimes

As opposed to conventional safety technology, Safety Integrated also facilitates conversion and modernization. On the
basis of flexible and modularly expandable concepts, existing
machines and systems can be upgraded to state-of-the-art
technology. This advantage pays off throughout the entire
lifecycle.

Integrated safety from a single source

Safety Integrated is a unique, complete and consistent safety
program. It covers all areas of safety technology, and includes
detecting, evaluating, reacting, ranging from sensors and controls to drives.
Our products match the existing safety standards established
in industry, including TV, NFPA, and UL. This catalog contains
our comprehensive product range, helpful links to documentation and services associated with Safety.
The Internet provides up-to-date information on Safety Integrated:
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
Safe Communication
For fail-safe communication, Safety Integrated uses both the
tried-and-tested field bus systems AS-Interface and PROFIBUS
as well as the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard PROFINET, which allows for new approaches to safe and efficient
machines and systems such as wireless fail-safe communication over IWLAN.

1/10

Siemens SI 10 2009

Standardization
Standard and safety technology come with a
standardized interface
Libraries improve re-usability
Integration reduces the variety of control cabinets for
machines
Bus systems ease the installation technology in systems

 Siemens AG 2009

Detecting

Evaluating

Reacting

Highly flexible machine with variable quantity structure

SIMATIC
S7-400F

SIMATIC
S7-300F

PROFIBUS / PROFIsafe

Scalance

PROFINET / PROFIsafe

SINAMICS

SIMATIC
ET 200pro

PN-PN coupler

Integrated Solutions

IE/PB-LINK

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

SIMATIC FS
laser scanner

Mobile
panel

SIMATIC ET 200pro
with motor starter
and frequency
converter

SINAMICS

SIMATIC
S7-300F
PROFIBUS / PROFIsafe
SIMATIC
ET 200S

DP-DP coupler

ET 200eco

SIMATIC FS
laser scanner SIMATIC FS
light curtain

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIMATIC ET 200S
with motor starter
and frequency
converter

DP/AS-i
F-Link

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

SINAMICS

ASIsafe

Machine with flexible autonomous safety solution

PROFIBUS
SIRIUS
3RK3 modular safety
system

SIRIUS
contactors

Stand-Alone Solutions

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
SIRIUS
position
switch

SINAMICS

SIRIUS
cable-operated
switch

SINAMICS

SIMATIC FS
light curtain

Machine with distributed sensors and actuators

AS-i safety monitor

ASIsafe

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS
contactors

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYASIsafe
STOP
modules SIRIUS
SIMATIC FS
signaling
light curtain
columns

Compact machine with locally restricted safety technology

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS
3TK28 safety relays

SIRIUS
3RA6 compact starter

SIRIUS
contactor

Siemens SI 10 2009

1/11

 Siemens AG 2009

7
1/12

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Detecting
2/2

Fail-safe sensors

2/148

2/4

SIMATIC FS100
switching strips

2/150

SIMATIC FS200 light

barriers

2/151

2/6

2/9
2/14
2/16
2/33
2/48
2/56
2/63
2/69
2/74
2/79
2/83
2/92
2/102

FS400 light curtains and

light grids
Program overview
Series 3RG78 44
Series 3RG78 45
Series 3SF78 44
ASIsafe
Series 3SF78 44
PROFIsafe
Series 3SF78 42 ASIsafe
Series 3SF78 46
Series 3RG78 43 FS420I
Series 3RG78 41
Evaluation units
Accessories

2/153

2/154
2/155
2/156
2/157

2/158
2/158

2/162

2/105
2/109
2/113

SIMATIC FS600 laser

scanners
Standard laser scanner
ASIsafe laser scanner
PROFIsafe laser scanner

2/118

Detecting devices

2/120

Position switches
3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3
3SE5, plastic housing
enclosure width 31 mm
3SE5, plastic housing
enclosure width 50 mm
3SE5, metal enclosure
enclosure width 40 mm
3SE5, metal enclosure
enclosure width 56 mm
Accessories and spare
parts

2/167
2/168

2/124
2/128
2/132
2/136
2/140

2/142
2/144
2/145
2/147

... with separate actuator

3SE5, plastic housing
enclosure width 31 mm
3SE5, metal enclosure
enclosure width 40 mm
3SE2, plastic housing
enclosure width 52 mm

2/163
2/165

2/169

2/170
2/171

2/172

2/173
2/173
2/174

2/175

... with solenoid

interlocking
3SE5, plastic housing
with locking force
> 1200 N
3SE5, metal enclosure
with locking force
> 2000 N
3SE2, metal enclosure
with locking force 1800 N

2/178

Commanding and
signalling

2/180

Actuators and indicators 3SB2, 16 mm

2/185

... Hinge switches

3SE5, plastic housing
width 31 mm, 50 mm
3SE5, metal enclosure
width 40 mm, 56 mm
3SE2, plastic housing
with integrated hinge

2/199
2/201

Actuators and indicators 3SB3, 22 mm

F-Adapter AS-Interface
Accessories and spare
parts
Enclosures
Enclosures for
AS-Interface

... for explosion protection (ATEX)

3SE5, metal enclosure
width 40 mm, 56 mm

2/204
2/207

Position switches 3SF1

AS-Interface
plastic housing
width 31 mm, 50 mm
metal enclosure
width 40 mm, 56 mm
... with separate actuator
plastic housing
width 31 mm, 50 mm
metal enclosure
width 40 mm, 56 mm
... with solenoid
interlocking
plastic housing
with locking force
> 1200 N
metal enclosure
with locking force
> 2000 N
... Hinge switches
plastic housing
Breite 31 mm, 50 mm
metal enclosure
Breite 40 mm, 56 mm
Magnetic monitoring
systems

2/195
2/196

2/203

3SB3 two-hand
operation consoles

2/204

Cable operated
switches
3SE7, metal enclosure
3SF2, for AS-Interface

2/208

Signaling columns
and
installation lighting

2/216

Human-machine
interface systems

2/216

SIMATIC
Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN

2/224

Process analytical
instruments

2/224

Continuous gas
analyzers, extractive

2/226

SITRANS P
measuring instruments
for pressure

2/227

SITRANS T
temperature measuring
devices

2/228

SITRANS F M flow
meter

2/229

SITRANS F C flow
meter

2/232

SITRANS L level
instrumentsL

2/238

Electropneumatic
positioners SIPART
PS2

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe sensors
Introduction
Fail-safe sensors
For all-round protection of persons
and machines

Highlights

For the protection of persons and machines in the industrial environment, maximum process reliability is paramount. Not simply
to prevent adverse events but also to achieve the greatest possible plant availability for maximum efficiency. A clear case for
our optical safety sensors. They ensure safe and reliable protection for persons, machines and systems. They are, of course, integrated into our uniform safety concept Safety Integrated.

Laser scanners, light barriers, light curtains and light

grids for contact-free guarding of danger areas
Safe all-round protection for persons and systems in
stationary and mobile applications
Wear-free and maintenance-free technology for
maximum availability
Freedom in machine design, without the need for
mechanical safety gates
Component of the complete Siemens Safety Integrated
product range

Requirements for categories according to EN 954-1

Category1)

Summary of requirements

System response2)

The safety-relevant components of controls

The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of Mainly characterized by the
and/or their protective equipment and com- the safety function.
selection of components
ponents must be designed, constructed,
selected, assembled and combined in compliance with all applicable standards such as
to be capable of withstanding all potentially
hazardous influences.

The requirements of Category B must be met. The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of
Well-proven components and well-proven
the safety function but the probability of it
safety principles must be implemented.
occurring is less than for Category B.

The requirements of Category B must be met

and well-proven safety principles must be
implemented. The safety functions must be
tested at regular intervals by the machine
control.

The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of Mainly characterized by the

the safety function between tests.
structure
The loss of safety functionality is detected in
the course of testing.

The requirements of Category B must be met

and well-proven safety principles must be
implemented. Parts with relevance for safety
must be implemented such that:
A single fault in any of these components
does not result in loss of the safety function.
If it can be implemented in an appropriate
way, individual faults/errors can be
detected.

If the single fault/error occurs, the safety function always remains operational.
Some but not all faults are detected.
An accumulation of undetected faults may
lead to loss of the safety function.

The requirements of Category B must be met When faults occur, the safety function is
and well-proven safety principles must be
always maintained.
implemented. Parts with relevance for safety Faults are detected early to prevent loss of
must be implemented such that:
the safety function.
A single fault in any of these components
does not result in loss of the safety function.
The individual fault is detected during or before the next activation of the safety function
or, if this is not possible, an accumulation of
faults will not result in loss of the safety function.

1)

The categories are not intended to be applied in a specific sequence

or hierarchy with reference to the safety requirements.

2)

The risk assessment will establish whether complete or

partial loss of the safety function(s) due to faults is acceptable.

2/2

Siemens SI 10 2009

Principles for achieving safety

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe sensors
Introduction

SIMATIC FS100 switching strips

Finger-traps are a danger on many machines and other technical installations. In these situations, the simplest protection is
implemented with rubber switching strips that on the one hand
halt the dangerous motion in a fail-safe state and on the other
hand act as a buffer to prevent injury.
The edge of the rubber strip (signal encoder) is monitored
optically by means of a fail-safe send/receive sensor that is
inserted into the strip from the outside. This means that any
length can be used, cut to length as required by the customer.

SIMATIC FS200 light barriers

When space is at a premium, contact-free light barriers are the
ideal solution for access protection to danger zones, danger
points or entry points. Designed to the degree of protection
IP65, they have a range of up to 150 m in Category 2.
The light barriers of Category 4 with a range of up to 60 m
feature frequency modulated infrared light and integral pollution monitoring. Additional evaluation units support start/restart
inhibiting, contactor control and muting functions.

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

The contact-free, active optoelectronic light curtains and light
grids for Category 2 and 4 according to EN 954-1 protect
operating personnel at running machines or plants or in their
vicinity. Thanks to specially developed integrated circuits
(ASICs) and a patented, intelligent evaluation technique, they
are extremely fault-tolerant and highly available. A wide range
of different functions including start/restart inhibiting, contactor
control, muting, cycle control and blanking support a wide
range of different applications such as finger and hand protection, horizontal danger zone protection or access protection to
large areas. Versions for connection to ASIsafe and PROFIsafe
are available.
A light curtain or light grid comprises an emitter and a receiver,
which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on
the resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and
receive diodes are arranged on top of each other. The infrared
LEDs of the emitter emit short light pulses that are detected by
the receive diodes.
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
The laser scanner is an optical distance sensor for flexible
guarding of danger zones. By emitting harmless laser pulses
and subsequently evaluating the reflections, the scanner detects persons and objects and responds in accordance to the
programmed protected fields.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/3

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS100 switching strips

Switching strips Category 4
The safety strip comprises the mounting strip (aluminum rail), the
sensitive edge (rubber strip) and an infrared sensor. The sensor,
consisting of a transmitter and receiver, has a sensing range of
0.5 to 10 m.

Overview

The evaluation unit is fitted in a narrow housing (width 22.5 mm)

for mounting onto standard rails. A separate evaluation unit is required for each switch strip, i.e. the combination of transmitter
and receiver.
A three-core cable connects the transmitter and receiver to the
evaluation unit.

Installation
The mounting strip is cut to size and fitted to the edge to be
protected.
The rubber strip is cut to size and inserted in the mounting strip.
The transmitter and receiver are inserted into the hollow space
of the rubber strip on the left and right.
The brown, green and white cores must be connected to the
evaluation unit, ensuring the colors are connected correctly.
The safety strips for machine construction consist of sensitive
edges and protect persons from being crushed or becoming
stuck. If the safety strip is moved or if a fault occurs in the safety
strip or the cable connections, the output circuits trip and the
drive is halted.
The safety strips are approved with the corresponding evaluation unit for Category 4 to EN 954-1.

Application
Typical application examples in machine and plant construction
are protective covers of machines, driverless transport systems,
lifting tables, washing portals, lifting platforms and automatic
handling devices.
Safety strips can also be used for limiting the force applied to an
obstruction in door and gate areas as well as for automatically
closing doors and windows in vehicle construction.

Design
The monitoring system consists of a 3RG78 55 safety strip and
a 3RG78 57 evaluation unit.

The infrared light beam between the transmitter and the receiver
is routed along the rubber strip. It is reflected from the smooth
inner surface of the strip. This allows the rubber strip to be
curved to a certain extent without switch-off occurring.

Function
Due to the dynamic nature of the circuit, every fault is detected.
In the event of a fault or when the strip is operated, the monitoring unit switches to the safe state. The restart must be acknowledged via an external circuit (e.g. by a Ready/On button).
The status of the unit is indicated via two LEDs (supply voltage,
enable) on the front plate.
Outputs
The evaluation unit has:
two positively opening relay outputs that are used as enabling
circuits
a semiconductor output (signaling output, with no relevance
for safety) for reporting the fault to the controller (npn open
collector).

Technical specifications
Processing unit
Type

3RG78 57

Approvals
Overvoltage category
according to DIN VDE 0110
Operating voltage

24 V DC (+20%/-10%)

Intrinsic consumption

<4W

Supply voltage fuse protection

1 A (time-lag)

Output contacts

2 NO (safety-oriented) /
1 NC (HL, low-side switching)

Response time

approx. 32 ms

Continuous current

4A

Type

3RG78 55

max. 4 A

Material

EPDM, 60 Shore

Operational voltage

max. 250 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Dimensions

W = 25 mm, H = 30 mm

Switching capacity (AC)

max. 1250 VA

Thermal stability
Temporary

50 ... +120 C

Green LED

Constant

30 ... +100 C

Green LED

Resistance to chemicals

Ozone; oils conditionally,

fuels, solvents, acids

Switching current

Type

3RG78 57

Category 4 according to EN 954-1.

Mechanical service life

30 mill. operating cycles

3 (4 kV)

Degree of protection to IEC 60529

Terminal enclosure IP20

Ambient temperature

+5 +55 C

Enclosure fixing

Snap-on mounting on
35-mm mounting rail

Service position

As required

Function indication
PM340
Channel

2/4

Siemens SI 10 2009

Patching strip (shaped rubber strip)

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS100 switching strips

Switching strips Category 4

Selection and Ordering data

Version

Range

Length

Order No.

Optical safety switching strips

Emitter/receiver sensors
Receiver cable length 3 m,
emitter cable length 10.5 m

3RG78 55-1RG

3RG78 55-2BB

2.5

3RG78 55-2BD

3RG78 55-2BF

10

3RG78 55-2BG

3RG78 55-4BB

2.5

3RG78 55-4BD

3RG78 55-4BF

3RG78 55-3BB

2.5

3RG78 55-3BD

0.5 ... 10

3RG78 55-1RG
Sensor strip (rubber profile)

3RG78 55-.BB

Sensor strip, oil resistant

(rubber profile)

Mounting strip
(aluminum profile)

Application

Control

Available
category
to EN 954-1

Monitoring
safety switching strips

Dynamic signal

Order No.

24 V DC processing unit
}

3RG78 57-1BD

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Dimensions
35

35

3RG78 57-1BD processing unit

11,5

11,5

3RG78 55-1R emitter/receiver sensor

80
100

73,5

102
82

NSC00438

62
110
120

1)

3RG78 55-2B sensor strip

15

15 2)
22,5

10
25

28,5
120

26,2

NSC0_00439d

NSC00440

30

NSC00441

12

1,5

3RG78 55-3B mounting strip

24

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/5

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS200 light barriers

Light barriers Category 2 with evaluation unit,
Light barriers Category 4

Overview

Application

Light barriers are contact-free protective devices to guard access to danger zones, dangerous positions and entry points.
They are the optimum solution in most cases, especially when
safety has to be assured without adversely affecting productivity
or causing a hindrance.
Each interruption of a light beam triggers a signal for reliable interruption of a dangerous movement of a machine, plant or other
motorized installation.
A complete system comprises at least one one-way light barrier
with a separate emitter and receiver. Two different systems are
available that are approved by an employers liability insurance
association as a unit for Safety Category 2 or 4 in accordance
with EN 954-1:
7 Category 2 with separate evaluation unit
7 Category 4, operation without an evaluation unit is possible.
The 3RG78 23 light barrier (Category 2) only operates in combination with the 3RG78 25 or 3RG78 47 evaluation unit as a contact-free protective device. The 3RG78 24 light barrier (Category
4) can also be operated in combination with 3RG78 47 evaluation units.
For further details on 3RG78 47, evaluation unit see page 2/83.

2/6

Siemens SI 10 2009

Typical applications for light barriers include access protection

for:
Motorized windows, doors and gates
Warehouse installations and devices
Packaging machines
Paletizing machines
Stacking machines
Winding and unwinding machines
Textile machines
Food processing machines
Printing and paper processing machines
Processing machines of the chemicals,
plastics and rubber industry
Rotary paternosters
Lifting platforms
Meat packing machines
and much more.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS200 light barriers

Light barriers Category 2 with evaluation unit,
Light barriers Category 4

Technical specifications
Light barriers
Type

3RG78 23

3RG78 24

Categories according to EN 954-1

Category 2

Category 4

Operating voltage

24 V DC

24 V DC

Operating range

0 ... 120 m

0 ... 60 m

0 ... 150 m

Typical range limit

1)

Illuminant

Infrared (880 nm)

Beam angle

max. 4

max. 2

Obstacle size (diameter)

min. 9 mm

min. 13 mm

Operating temperature

25 ... +60 C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

M12 circular connector

Pg gland

Evaluation units
Type

3RG78 25

Categories according to EN 954-1

Category 2

Operating voltage

24 V DC, 15%

Response time

max. 20 ms

Current consumption

approx. 200 mA

Safety output

2 floating NO contacts

Load capability

max. 4 A

Signaling outputs

Separate pnp transistor outputs

Operating temperature

20 ... +60 C

Degree of protection2)

IP40

1)

The range limit is the maximum achievable range without surplus light
emission.

2)

Only suitable for use in electrical operating spaces, e.g. in control cabinet
to deg

Selection and Ordering data

Version

Order No.

Connection

Safety light barriers

Category 2 according to EN 954-1
Emitter

Circular connector M12

3RG78 23-3BG00

Receiver,
range 0 ... 150 m

Circular connector M12

3RG78 23-3KB00

Emitter

Pg11 heavy-gauge threaded

joint

3RG78 24-6BG00

Receiver,
range 0 ... 60 m

Pg11 heavy-gauge threaded

joint

3RG78 24-6JB00

up to 6 pairs of light barriers

can be connected

3RG78 25-1CB1

Cable length 5 m

3RX80 00-0CB42-1AF0

Cable length 10 m

3RX80 00-0CB42-1AL0

Category 4 according to EN 954-1

Evaluation unit
Category 2 according to EN 954-1
Evaluation unit, suitable for
3RG78 41 light curtains and
3RG78 23 light barriers

Accessories
M12 cable plug, 4-pole,
with black PUR cable

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/7

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS200 light barriers

Light barriers Category 2 with evaluation unit,
Light barriers Category 4

Dimensions
3RG78 23 light barrier

3RG78 24 light barrier

38

99

100

113
ca. 153

100

127

113

127

38

99

M 12 1

a
b
c
d

c
30.5
68
84

a
b
c
d

= Device mounting M 6 12
= Device mounting M 6 9
= Device mounting M 6 9
= LED

2/8

N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 3

9 9 ,2

3RG78 25 evaluation unit

4 5 ,4

1 1 1

Siemens SI 10 2009

NSC0_00642

NSC0_00641

PG 11

= Device mounting M 6 12
= Device mounting M 6 9
= Device mounting M 6 12
= LED

25
68
84

30.5
9

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Introduction

Overview

Benefits
Integrated functions:
Start/restart inhibit
Contactor control
Blanking function package with
- Fixed blanking
- Floating blanking
- Reduced resolution
"Muting" function package
Multi-scan function
Cycle control

Configuration:
By means of teach-in key using optomagnetic key
Transmission of configuration data through a plug-in
configuration card
2 transmission channels
Cascading of host and guest devices
Expanded display (2 7 segments)

3RG78 4 and 3SF78 4 light curtains and light grids

(for AS-Interface and PROFIBUS)
are active optoelectronic protective devices (AOPD),
comply with type 2 or 4 acc. to EN 61496-1, -2,
comply with SIL 2 and 3 acc. to IEC/EN 61508,
are EU prototype tested,
protect the operating personnel at or near dangerous
machines,
operate contact-free,
are free of wear in comparison with mechanical systems
(e.g. safety mats).
For further details, please refer to the "Safety Integrated" manual
and the operating instructions for the respective devices.

Outputs/connections:
Local interface
M12 connection
Hirschmann connection
Brad Harrison connection (required primarily for applications
in the NAFTA market (North American Free Trade Agreement)
Transistor outputs
Relay outputs
Connection to AS-Interface
Connection to PROFIBUS

Application
Light curtains for finger and hand protection in hazardous
areas
Protection from entering hazardous areas by mounting light
curtains near dangerous machine parts (finger and hand protection)

Tests/service
The devices are EU prototype tested (German Technical Inspectorate (TV) Product Service in cooperation with the German
Statutory Industrial Accident Insurance Institution (BIA)).
Where necessary, tests can be performed before initial start-up
as well as during the annual inspection (e.g. as per regulatory
requirements for presses). Please contact your Siemens representative.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/9

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Introduction
Device selection

Light grids to protect access to large areas

Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 14, 20, 30 and 40 mm

resolution

Reliable detection of persons when they enter hazardous areas

Application areas
E.g. presses, punches, filter presses, cutting machines
Light curtains to secure horizontal hazardous areas near the
floor

Reliable detection of persons in hazardous areas by mounting

the light curtain near the floor (not possible to crawl under)

Securing larger hazardous areas with high ranges of 60 m and

70 m.
Device selection
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids for category 4, with 60 m
and 70 m ranges.
Application areas
Device selection

Securing access points, e.g. to automatic processing centers or

palleting machines.

Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 50 and 55 mm resolution

Safety categories

Application areas

Depending on the safety category requirement to EN 954-1 that

results from the C standard and/or the machine or system risk
analysis, light curtains or grids up to type 2 or 4 can be used
(definition of safety categories: see page 2/2).

E.g. welding and assembly lines and robots in the automotive

industry
Light curtains to secure horizontal hazardous areas
Reliable detection of persons in hazardous areas by mounting
the light curtain at heights of 0.6 to 1 m
Device selection
Light curtains for category 2 or 4, with 80 and 90 mm resolution
Application areas
E.g. welding and assembly lines and robots in the automotive
industry
Light grids for securing access points
Reliable detection of persons when they enter hazardous areas

Device selection
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids for category 4, with 18 m
range
Application areas
Securing access points, e.g. to robots or handling machines.

2/10

Siemens SI 10 2009

Design
A light curtain or light grid comprises an emitter and a receiver,
which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the
resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and receive diodes are arranged on top of each other. The infrared
LEDs of the emitter emit short light pulses that are detected by
the receive diodes.
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection field
heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an option).
3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 light curtains and grids with integrated evaluation for Type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496 or
SIL 3 to IEC 61508
- Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
- Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
- 2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
- Transceiver, 2-beam with deflection mirror
- Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).
3RG78 45 light curtains and grids with integrated evaluation
for Type 4 to IEC/EN 61496
- Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
- Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
- Transceiver, 2-beam with reflective mirror
- 2, 3, or 4-beam light grids
- Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).
3RG78 41 light curtains for external evaluation for Type 2 to
IEC/EN 61496
- Resolution: 30, 55, and 80 mm
- Protection field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm
- Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Introduction
3RG78 43 light curtains with integrated evaluation for Type 2
according to IEC/EN 61496, developed according to
EN 61508 (SIL 2), suited for risk assessment according to
pr EN ISO 13849-1
- Resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm
- Protection field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm
3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation for Type 4
to IEC/EN 61496
- Resolution 14, 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm
- Protection field heights from 150 mm to 1800 mm
3RG78 42 light curtains and grids with external evaluation for
Type 4 to IEC/EN 61496
- Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
- Protection field heights from 150 mm to 3000 mm
- Transceiver, 2-beam with reflective mirror
- 2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
- Connection to actuator sensor interface
- Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).
Standards
IEC/EN 61496-1, -2 (requirements for non-contact protection
systems)
EN 999 (including calculation of safety clearances)
EN 954-1 (machine safety, safety-related parts of control
systems)
EN 61508 (functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems)

Function
Blanking function package
The light curtains can also be supplied with an optional blanking
function.
Fixed blanking
If an object is permanently located in the light path, the corresponding zone can be suppressed. This is achieved by suppressing the required number of beams.

Floating blanking
If moving objects are located in the light path, any number of
beams can be suppressed. The objects can move within the
suppressed beams without the light curtain switching off.
If the moving objects are removed from the zone, the light curtain
will interrupt the hazardous movement, otherwise safety can no
longer be guaranteed.
Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics software SafetyLab.

NSC0_00633

Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams
Temporarily suppressed beams

Reduced resolution
If an object is located in the light path, two or three beams can
be suppressed. The difference between reduced resolution and
floating blanking is that continuous monitoring does not take
place.
A DIP switch is used for configuration or the programming and
diagnostics software SafetyLab.
NSC0_00634a

The suppressed objects must be permanently located in the

protective zone, otherwise safety cannot be guaranteed. The
light curtain switches the equipment off.
Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics software SafetyLab.
NSC0_00632

Area with reduced resolution

"Muting" function package

Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams

When arranged vertically, light curtains, light grids, and transceivers are often used for protecting access points. With additional sensor signals, the protective function can be suppressed
to allow material to be transported in or out of hazardous areas,
for example. The protection field is temporarily suppressed and,
once the goods have passed through, reactivated. Personnel
must not be allowed to enter the hazardous area while muting is
active.
Using the number of connected sensors or the sequence of
the muting signals, the devices automatically recognize the
"sequential muting" mode when inputs M1 to M4 are assigned
and "2-sensor parallel muting" when the signals M2 and M3 are
assigned. A DIP switch can be used to set "4-sensor parallel
muting".
Siemens SI 10 2009

2/11

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Introduction
Muting restart
If the power fails while goods are passing the muting sensors, for
example, the valid muting sequence is interrupted. When the
power supply has been restored, muting is not automatically
resumed because the muting sequence is not as expected.

Start
M2
E

To remove the goods from the area covered by the muting sensors, an integrated retraction mode can be activated using the
start key. The light curtain attempts to find a valid muting
sequence from the muting sensors. If successful, the muting
indicator lamp stops flashing and is lit continuously. If unsuccessful, the start key must be kept depressed until the muting
path is completely free.

Danger zone

4-sensor sequential muting

If the material that is to be transported in the danger zone always
has the same dimensions and there is no lack of space, the use
of sequential muting is preferred. With sequential muting, four
muting sensors are connected. These must be activated in a
predefined sequence to trigger muting. They can be activated in
either of the following sequences: M1, M2, M3, M4 or M4, M3,
M2, M1. The transported goods must be of sufficient length to
briefly activate all 4 sensors simultaneously. Sequential muting
is successfully completed when the third muting sensor to be
activated is not activated any longer.
The SafetyLab software can be used to select a muting variant
in which the second muting sequence is triggered before the
first has finished (sequential muting with two objects). This
variant saves time and, in turn, production costs for the user.

M3

3-sensor direction muting

Three-sensor direction muting is configured in a similar way to 2sensor parallel muting. Material can only be transported through
the light curtain in one direction. To trigger the muting function,
muting sensor M1 must first be activated, followed by muting
sensors M2 and M3. If the paths for muting sensors M2 and M3
are interrupted, sensor M1 does not need to be activated.

Start
Start
M1
E

M2
E

M3
E

M1
M4

M2
E

Danger Zone

Danger zone

M3

2-sensor parallel muting

Parallel muting is ideal in plants in which the dimensions of the
goods are not constant or space requirements must be kept to a
minimum. Two muting sensors can be used, whose beams intersect behind the protection field in the danger zone.
Parallel muting is used when signals M2 and M3 are switched
simultaneously without M1 and M4 having been activated or
connected beforehand or simultaneously. Two-sensor parallel
muting is straightforward because only two muting sensors are
required. Goods can also be moved forward and backward
within the muting area.

2/12

Siemens SI 10 2009

Parallel muting with 4 sensors

4-sensor parallel muting can be used advantageously wherever
the transported material is too small to be acquired simultaneously by 4 sensors arranged sequentially,
the available space is too small even for the crossover light
beams of 2-sensor parallel muting.
The function of 4-sensor parallel muting corresponds to that of
2-sensor parallel muting with the additional characteristic of the
muting activation signal being obtained from two sensor pairs.
Muting is triggered when within a 2.5 s interval, M2 is activated
with M3 or M1 is activated with M4.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Introduction
Cascading of devices: Host/guest combinations
Cascading of devices refers to lengthening the optical axis and
therefore the protection field height, whereby protection on the
horizontal and vertical levels can be realized at the same time
using a flexible connecting cable between the host and guest
device. The safety outputs and the processor tasks are located
in the host device so that the guest devices can be connected
regardless of the function package or outputs.

Start

M2

M1
E

Zona de peligro

S
M3

M4

The standard cable that can be used to connect the host to the
guest is already installed on the guest device. The host comes
with the appropriate M12 socket on its underside. Host devices
can only be operated together with a guest device.
The guest devices are from the 3RG78 42 series, but they
are also suitable for the 3SF78 42, 3RG78 44, 3SF78 44 and
3RG78 45 series. The guest device resolution can be combined
with any other resolution (e.g. the host device can have a 14 mm
resolution while a 30 or 50 mm resolution is sufficient for the
guest device.

Transceiver

PC software

The transceiver comprises a transmitter and receiver in a single

unit. The infrared light of the transmit diode is reflected twice
through 90 so that it returns to the receive diode of the transceiver. This creates a twin-beam light barrier that is more cost effective than conventional light barriers with separate transmitters
and receivers. 3RG78 45 series transceivers have integrated
contactor control and startup/restart inhibit. 3RG78 44 and
3SF78 44 series transceivers have additional integrated muting
functions. These devices include five 5-pole M12 sockets on the
front panel, to which the muting sensors can be directly connected.

PC software can be used to visualize and record the function of

the light curtains.
SafetyLab is the diagnostic and parameterization software for
3RG78 44 / 3SF78 44 light curtains, light grids and transceivers.
SafetyLab can be used for all available light curtain and light
grid function packages as of firmware Version 3.10:
Blanking function package
Muting function package
Sequence control function package
The firmware version of the receiver is indicated on the
7-segment display during start-up.
Mounting sets
To facilitate installation, alignment, commissioning and troubleshooting, a practical accessories package containing mounting
columns, reflecting mirror columns, reflecting mirrors, mounting
supports and laser alignment tools is available.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/13

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Program overview

Overview
Unit type

Evaluation

Category
type

Function
package

Output

Connection type

LEDs

Page

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/18

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

Transistor

Cable gland

2/19

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/21

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/23

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

Relay

Hirschmann

2/24

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/25

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

2/26

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

2/26

Transceivers

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

with and
without

2/27

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/27

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/27

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/28

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

2/28

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

with

2/28

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/29

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

2/29

Light grids

Internal

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

with

2/30

Transceivers

Internal

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

with and
without

2/30

Transceivers

Internal

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

with and
without

2/30

Light curtains

Internal

Sequence control
system

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/31

Light curtains

Internal

Sequence control
system

Relay

Hirschmann

2/31

Light curtains

Internal

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/35

Light grids

Internal

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/38

Transceivers

Internal

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/38

Light curtains

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/38

Light grids

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/40

Transceivers

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/40

Light curtains

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/41

Light grids

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/43

Transceivers

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)

2/43

Light curtains

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

2/44

Light grids

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

2/46

Transceivers

Internal

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

2/46

3RG78 44 series

3RG78 45 series

3SF78 44 ASIsafe series

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/51

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/52

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

with

2/52

Light grids

Internal

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/53

Light grids

Internal

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

with

2/53

Transceivers

Internal

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

with and
without

2/54

Light curtains

Internal

Sequence control
system

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/54

2/14

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Program overview
Unit type

Evaluation

Category
type

Function
package

Output

Connection type

LEDs

Page

3SF78 44 PROFIsafe series

Light curtains

Internal

Blanking

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/59

Light curtains

Internal

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/60

Light grids

Internal

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/61

Transceivers

Internal

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

with and
without

2/61

Light curtains

Internal

Sequence control
system

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/61

3SF78 42 ASIsafe series

Light curtains

external

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/64

Light grids

external

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/67

Transceivers

external

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/67

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/72

Internal

2 (SIL 2)

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/76

external

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/81

3SF78 46 FS420I series

Light curtains

Internal

3RG78 43 FS420I series

Light curtains

3RG78 41 series
Light curtains

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/15

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Overview

Technical specifications
Type

3RG78 44

Safety category
to EN, IEC 61496-1, -2

Type 4

according to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Protection field height

for 14 and 30 mm resolution

150 ... 1800 mm

for 50 mm resolution

450 ... 3000 mm

Protection field width, range

for 14 mm resolution

0.3 ... 6 m

for 30 and 50 mm resolution

0.8 ... 18 m

Detection capability (resolution)

14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm

Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)

24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and compensation of
20 ms voltage dip is necessary)

Residual ripple

< 5%

Current consumption

3RG78 44 light curtains and grids with integrated evaluation for

type 4 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496
with function packages "Blanking", "Muting" and "Cycle
Control",
Resolutions: 14, 30, and 50 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are
enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories,
see page 2/92).

Emitter

75 mA

Receiver

180 mA (without external load)

General value for external fuse in

the transmitter and receiver supply
leads

4A

Wave length

880 nm (infrared)

Synchronization

Optically between emitter and

receiver

Vibration resistance

5 g, 10 55 Hz to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6

Shock resistance

10 g, 16 ms to
IEC/EN 60068-2-29

Ambient temperature
Operation

0 ... +50 C

Storage

25 ... +70 C

Relative humidity

15 ... 95%

Degree of protection

IP65

Safety class to DIN VDE 0106

III

Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:

2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3RG78 44 light curtains and light grids
B10d

B10d

DC 13
(ind. L)

AC 15
(ind. L)

Protection field PL
height/number of 13849-1
beams

Category
Cat. 954-1 PFHD
ISO 13849-1

3RG78 44-... light grids

4-beam

1.90 x 10-8

20

3RG78 44-... light curtain

900 mm

2.26 x 10-8

20

3RG78 44-... light curtain

1800 mm

2.67 x 10-8

3RG78 44-8.-. also for

light curtains and light grids
with relay output

TM/years

20
630000
(5 A, 24 V)

1480000
(3 A, 230 V)

Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: from PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e" (lowest probability of failure).

B10
The B10 value for components subject to wear is expressed
in number of switching cycles: it is the number of switching
cycles after which 10% of the test specimens fail in the course of
an endurance test. With the B10 value and the operating cycle,
the failure rate of electromechanical components can be calculated:
For further explanations, see the brochure
"European machinery directive - implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

2/16

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
3RG78 44 program overview
Unit type

Function package

Output

Connection type

For light curtains: Resolution

LEDs
For light grids and transceivers:
Range

Light curtains

Blanking

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/18

Light curtains

Blanking

Transistor

Cable gland

2/19

Light curtains

Blanking

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)1)

2/21

Light curtains

Blanking

Transistor

Hirschmann

2/23

Light curtains

Blanking

Relay

Hirschmann

2/24

Light curtains

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/25

Light curtains

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

2/26

Light grids

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

0.8 18 m; 6 70 m

2/26

Transceivers

Muting

Transistor

Cable gland

6.5 m

with and
without

2/27

Light curtains

Muting

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)1)

2/27

Light grids

Muting

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)1)

0.8 18 m

2/28

Light grids

Muting

Transistor

Hirschmann

6 ... 70 m

2/28

Light curtains

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

2/28

Light curtains

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

with

2/28

Light grids

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

0.8 18 m

2/29

Light grids

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

0.8 18 m; 6 70 m

2/29

Light grids

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

0.8 18 m

with

2/30

Transceivers

Muting

Transistor

M12 plug connector

6.5 m

with and
without

2/30

Transceivers

Muting

Relay

Hirschmann

6.5 m

with and
without

2/30

Light curtains

Sequence control
system

Transistor

M12 plug connector

2/31

Light curtains

Sequence control
system

Relay

Hirschmann

2/31

14 mm

30 mm

See
page

50 mm

Accessories
Electrical connection
Hirschmann type cables and cable plugs

2/95

Brad Harrison type cable (MIN series)

2/95

Connecting cable with M12 connection

2/96

Accessory cable
for the local connection to connect muting lights, key-operated switches, reset buttons, etc.

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment aids, diagnostic software

2/94

1)

Required primarily for applications in the NAFTA market

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/17

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3RG78 44 light curtains with blanking, muting or sequence control system function package

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set,

operating instructions/data sheets and safety key

in addition with 14 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0FH test rod (14/24/33 and 19/29 mm)

in addition with 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH/BH test rod (14/30 and 38 mm)

Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

in addition with 14/30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

3RG78 44 light grids with muting function package

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

3RG78 44 transceivers with muting function package

Transceiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with blanking function package Transistor output with M12 plug connection 1)
Protection fieldheight

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB15-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB15-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB17-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB17-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB20-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB20-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB22-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB22-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB24-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB24-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BB26-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BB26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB26-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BP20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD04-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD04-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD04-1SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD06-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD06-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DE20

Resolution 30 mm

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18

2/18

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 42-6DD20

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection field height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Order No.

Order No.

Guest device
Order No.

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD08-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD08-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD11-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD11-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD13-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD13-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD15-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD15-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD17-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD17-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD20-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD20-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD22-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD22-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD24-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD24-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-3BD26-0SS1

3RG78 44-3BD26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD26-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SD26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DP20

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Light curtains with blanking function package

Transistor output with cable gland1)
Protection field height

Type

mm

Resolution 14 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB02-0SS1

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB02-0SS0

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB03-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB03-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB15-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB15-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB17-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB17-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB20-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB20-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB22-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB22-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB24-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB24-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BB26-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BB26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SB26-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BP20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/19

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection field height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 30 mm

150

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD02-0SS1

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD02-0SS0

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD03-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD03-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD04-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD04-1SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD06-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD08-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD11-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD13-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD15-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD17-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD20-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD22-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD24-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BD26-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BD26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SD26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DP20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE06-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE06-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE08-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE08-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE11-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE11-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE13-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE13-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE15-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE15-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE17-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE17-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE20-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE20-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE22-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE22-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE24-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE24-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE26-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE26-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE28-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE28-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE28-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE28-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ER20

3RG78 42-6DD20

Resolution 50 mm

2/20

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection field height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Order No.

Order No.

Guest device
Order No.

2400

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE31-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE31-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE31-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE31-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE33-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE33-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE33-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE33-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 44-6BE35-0SS1

3RG78 44-6BE35-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SE35-0SS0

3RG78 44-6SE35-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EU20

Light curtains with blanking function package

Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)1)2)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
225

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB03-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB03-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB15-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB15-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB17-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB17-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB20-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB20-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB22-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB22-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB24-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB24-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BB26-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BB26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SB26-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BP20

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD02-0SS1

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD02-0SS0

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD03-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD03-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD04-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD04-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD06-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD06-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD08-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD08-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD11-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD11-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DG20

1) Required above all for applications on the NAFTA market

2) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18
Siemens SI 10 2009

2/21

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height
mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD13-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD13-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD15-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD15-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD17-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD17-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD20-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD20-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD22-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD22-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD24-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD24-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BD26-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BD26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD26-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SD26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DP20

900

Standard device

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE06-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE06-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE08-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE08-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE11-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE11-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE13-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE13-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE15-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE15-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE17-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE17-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE20-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE20-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE22-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE22-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE24-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE24-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE26-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE26-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EP20

Host device

Guest device

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Protection Type
field height
mm

Standard device
Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE28-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE28-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE28-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE28-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE31-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE31-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE31-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE31-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE33-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE33-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE33-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE33-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 44-4BE35-0SS1

3RG78 44-4BE35-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SE35-0SS0

3RG78 44-4SE35-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EU20

2100

2/22

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light curtains with blanking function package
Transistor output with Hirschmann connection1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB02-0SS1

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB02-0SS0

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB03-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB03-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

Resolution 14 mm
150

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB15-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB15-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB17-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB17-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB20-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB20-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB22-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB22-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB24-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB24-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BB26-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BB26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB26-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BP20

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD02-0SS1

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD02-0SS0

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD03-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD03-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD03-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD03-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD04-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD04-1SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD06-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD08-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD11-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD13-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD15-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD17-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD20-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DL21

3RG78 42-6DD20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/23

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD20-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD22-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD22-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD24-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD24-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BD26-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BD26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD26-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DP20

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE06-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE06-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE08-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE08-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE11-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE11-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE13-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE13-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE15-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE15-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE17-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE17-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE20-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE20-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE22-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE22-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE24-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE24-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE26-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE26-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE28-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE28-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE28-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE28-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE31-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE31-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE31-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE31-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE33-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE33-1SS1

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE33-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE33-1SS0

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 44-2BE35-0SS1

3RG78 44-2BE35-1SS1

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SE35-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SE35-1SS0

3RG78 42-6EU20

Light curtains with blanking function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection1)
Protective
field height

Type

mm

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Standard device
30 mm resolution

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/24

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protective
field height

Type

mm

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Standard device
30 mm resolution

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
750

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB15-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB15-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB17-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB17-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-8BB20-0SS1

3RG78 44-8BD20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB20-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

On request

3RG78 44-8BD22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

On request

3RG78 44-2SD22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

On request

3RG78 44-8BD24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

On request

3RG78 44-2SD24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

On request

3RG78 44-8BD26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

On request

3RG78 44-2SD26-0SS0

Light curtains with muting function package

Transistor output with M12 plug connection1)
Protective
zone height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD04-0SS1

On request

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD04-0SS0

On request

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

3RG78 42-6DD20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/25

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light curtains with muting function package
Transistor output with cable gland1)
Protective
zone height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 30 mm

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD04-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD04-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

Light grids with muting function package

Transistor output with cable gland1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SS50-0SS0

Range 6 70 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MM51-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SM51-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MP51-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SP51-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-6MS51-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-6SS51-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18.

2/26

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Transceiver with muting function package
Transistor output with cable gland1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

3RG78 44-6MS50-0ST0

2-beam

500

Transceiver with integrated LED

3RG78 44-6MS50-0MT0

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3RG78 48-1TL

Light curtains with muting function package

Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)1)1)
Protective
zone height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD04-0SS1

On request

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD04-0SS0

On request

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

3RG78 42-6DD20

Light grids with muting function package

Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)2)2)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-4MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-4SS50-0SS0

1) Required above all for applications on the NAFTA market.

2) Required above all for applications on the NAFTA market.
} Preferred type, available from stock
Siemens SI 10 2009

2/27

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light curtains with muting function package
Transistor output with Hirschmann connection 2)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6 70 m

4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-2MM51-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SM51-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-2MP51-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SP51-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-2MS51-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SS51-0SS0

Light curtains with muting function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection 1)
Protective
zone height
mm

Type

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD04-0SS1

On request

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0

On request

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

3RG78 42-6DD20

Light curtains with Muting function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection and integrated LED 1)
Protective
zone height
mm

Type

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD04-0KS1

On request

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0

On request

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD06-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD08-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD11-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/28

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 42-6DD20

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protective
zone height
mm

Type

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD13-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD15-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MD17-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

Resolution 30 mm
900

Light grids with Muting function package

Transistor output with M12 plug connection1)
No. of beams

Beam distance
mm

Type

Standard device
Order No.

4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-3MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SS50-0SS0

Type

Standard device

Range 0.8 18 m

Light grids with Muting function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection2)
No. of beams

Beam distance
mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SS50-0SS0

Range 6 70 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MM51-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SM51-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MP51-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SP51-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MS51-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SS51-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18.

2)

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/29

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light grids with Muting function package
Relay output with Hirschmann connection and integrated
LED1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m

4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MM50-0KS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MP50-0KS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 44-8MS50-0KS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SS50-0SS0

Transceivers with Muting function package

Transistor output with M12 plug connection1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

3RG78 44-3MS50-0ST0

2-beam

500

Transceiver with integrated LED

3RG78 44-3MS50-0MT0

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3RG78 48-1TL

Transceivers with Muting function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

3RG78 44-8MS50-0ST0

2-beam

500

Transceiver with integrated LED

3RG78 44-8MS50-0MT0

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/30

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 48-1TL

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light curtains with sequence control system function package
Transistor output with M12 plug connection1)
Protection field height Type

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Host device
14 mm resolution

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-3TB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-3TB04-1SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB04-1SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-3TB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-3TB06-1SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB06-1SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-3TB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-3TB08-1SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB08-1SS0

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-3TB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-3TB11-1SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB11-1SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-3TB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-3TB13-1SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-3SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-3SB13-1SS0

Additional products on request.

Light curtains with sequence control system function package

Relay output with Hirschmann connection1)
Protection field height Type

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Standard device
30 mm resolution

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 44-8TB04-0SS1

3RG78 44-8TD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB04-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 44-8TB06-0SS1

3RG78 44-8TD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB06-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 44-8TB08-0SS1

3RG78 44-8TD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB08-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3RG78 44-8TB11-0SS1

3RG78 44-8TD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB11-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 44-8TB13-0SS1

3RG78 44-8TD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 44-2SB13-0SS0

3RG78 44-2SD13-0SS0

Additional products on request.

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/18.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/31

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Dimensions
3RG78 44 standard light curtains,
3RG78 44 light grids

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror

52
$ Pg 9 cover (receiver only, for local interface)

7 2

A Protection field height

(see Selection and Ordering data)

4 0

B Overall length =
Protection field height A + 134 mm)

57
29,5

FS1000104

5 5

102

5 2

A-A
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7

2 2

696
602

52

Type

Beams

3RG78 44-..M

1184

300

3RG78 44-..P

1034

400

3RG78 44-..S

734

500

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror (left)

and muting transceiver (right)
52
52

734

696
602

149.5

3RG78 44 light grids, additional dimensions Additional dimensions for light grids only:

52

2/32

Siemens SI 10 2009

140

FS1000107

38

102

55

FS10_00307

52

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation

Overview
3RG78 45 light curtains and light grids with integrated
evaluation for type 4 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496
With "Standard" function package
Resolutions: 14, 30, 50, and 90 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement
(optional).
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are
enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories
see page 2/92).

3RG78 45 program overview

Unit type

Function
package

Output

Connection type

For light curtains: Resolution

For light grids and transceivers: Range
14 mm

30 mm

50 mm

90 mm

Light curtains

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

Light grids

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 60 m

Transceivers

Standard

Transistor

M12 plug connector

6.5 m

Light curtains

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

Light grids

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 60 m

Transceivers

Standard

Transistor

Hirschmann

6.5 m

Light curtains

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)1)

Light grids

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison (MIN)1)

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 60 m

(MIN)1)

See page

2/35
2/38
2/38

2/38
2/40
2/40

2/41
2/43

Transceivers

Standard

Transistor

Brad Harrison

Light curtains

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

6.5 m

2/43

Light grids

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 60 m

2/46

Transceivers

Standard

Transistor

Cable gland

6.5 m

2/46

2/44

Accessories
Electrical connection
Hirschmann type cables and cable plugs

2/95

Brad Harrison type cable (MIN series)

2/95

Connecting cable with M12 connection

2/96

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software

2/94

1)

Required primarily for applications in the NAFTA market

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/33

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation

Technical specifications
Type

3RG78 45

Type

Safety category to EN,

IEC 61496-1, -3

Type 4 (self-monitoring)

Connecting cable

Detection capability (resolution)

14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 90 mm

or whole person with 2, 3 or
4 beams

Protection field height

3RG78 45

Emitter

7-pole: 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2

Receiver

7-pole: 0.5 ... 1.0 mm2

(shielded, if necessary)

Cable length for 1.0 mm2

100 m

for 14 and 30 mm resolution

150 ... 1800 mm

Inputs

for 50 mm resolution

450 ... 3000 mm

Emitter test input

Closed-circuit principle

for 90 mm resolution

750 ... 3000 mm

Minimum opening duration

50 ms

Protection field width, sensing field

Outputs

for 14 mm resolution

0.3 ... 6 m

for 30, 50 and 90 mm resolution

0.8 ... 18 m

for 18 m light grid

0.8 ... 18 m

for 60 m light grid

6 ... 60 m

Safety outputs

2 fail-safe pnp outputs

with cross-circuit monitoring
(short circuit proof)

Output voltage Ua min

U vers 2.7 V

24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and 20 ms voltage
power loss ride-through)

Output current Ia max

0.3 A

Peak current

0.4 A

at 35 C

0.3 A

75 mA

at 55 C

0.22 A

180 mA (without external load)

Max. load capacity per output

300 nF (100 nF at channel 2)

Vibration resistance

5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6

Response time from the protection

field interrupt to disconnection of
the safety outputs

Increases with higher number of

beams

Shock resistance

10 g, 16 ms to
IEC/EN 60068-2-29

for 14 mm resolution

7 ... 39 ms (d-scan 10 ... 78 ms)

Infrared stray light suppression

2 procedures may be selected

for 30 mm resolution

7 ... 20 ms (d-scan 10 ... 39 ms)

Standard

High suppression

for 50 mm resolution

17 ms (d-scan 33 ms)

d-scan

Very high suppression

(response time increases in units
with more than 15 beams)

for 90 mm resolution

13 ms (d-scan 20 ms)

for 2, 3, or 4-beam light grids

5 ms (d-scan 8 ms)

Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)

Current consumption
Emitter
Receiver

Synchronization between emitter

and receiver

Optical; 2 transmission channels

can be selected

Ambient temperature

Continuous current

Reactivation time from release of

the protection field to connection of
the safety outputs
For all resolutions

0.5 ms
100 ms

25 ... +70 C

After very brief protection field

interrupts

Humidity

15 ... 95%

Pollution and error message output

pnp output, short circuit proof

Degree of protection

IP65

Output current, max.

70 mA

via Pg 13 screw-type terminals

and pluggable wiring space

Safety and diagnostic interfaces

RS485, 57.6 kBaud

Operation

0 ... +55 C

Storage

Electrical connection

Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:

2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3RG78 45 light curtains and light grids
Protection field
height/number of
beams

PL 13849-1

Category
ISO 13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3RG78 45-...
light grids

4-beam

6.6 x 10-9

20

3RG78 45-...
light curtain

900 mm

7.3 x 10-9

20

3RG78 45-...
light curtain

1800 mm

8.3 x 10-9

20

3RG78 45-...
light curtain

3000 mm

9.5 x 10-9

20

2/34

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: From PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:

3RG78 45 light curtains with standard function package

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

in addition for transistor output and Hirschmann connection

7-pole cable plug

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

in addition for 14 mm and 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

in addition for transistor output and Hirschmann connection

7-pole cable plug

Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

in addition for 14 mm and 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

3RG78 45 light grids with standard function package

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

in addition for transistor output and Hirschmann connection

7-pole cable plug

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

in addition for transistor output and Hirschmann connection

7-pole cable plug

3RG78 45 transceiver with standard function package

Transceiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

in addition for transistor output and Hirschmann connection

7-pole cable plug

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with standard function package
Transistor output with M12 plug connection1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BB01

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BB00

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BC01

3RG78 45-3BC11

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BC00

3RG78 45-3BC10

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BD01

3RG78 45-3BD11

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BD00

3RG78 45-3BD10

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BE01

3RG78 45-3BE11

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BE00

3RG78 45-3BE10

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BF01

3RG78 45-3BF11

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BF00

3RG78 45-3BF10

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BG01

3RG78 45-3BG11

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BG00

3RG78 45-3BG10

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BH01

3RG78 45-3BH11

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BH00

3RG78 45-3BH10

3RG78 42-6BH20

mm

Resolution 14 mm
150

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/35

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height
mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BJ01

3RG78 45-3BJ11

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BJ00

3RG78 45-3BJ10

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BK01

3RG78 45-3BK11

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BK00

3RG78 45-3BK10

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BL01

3RG78 45-3BL11

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BL00

3RG78 45-3BL10

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BM01

3RG78 45-3BM11

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BM00

3RG78 45-3BM10

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BN01

3RG78 45-3BN11

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BN00

3RG78 45-3BN10

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-3BP01

3RG78 45-3BP11

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-3BP00

3RG78 45-3BP10

3RG78 42-6BP20

1050

Standard device

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DB01

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DB00

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DC01

3RG78 45-3DC11

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DC00

3RG78 45-3DC10

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DD01

3RG78 45-3DD11

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DD00

3RG78 45-3DD10

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DE01

3RG78 45-3DE11

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DE00

3RG78 45-3DE10

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DF01

3RG78 45-3DF11

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DF00

3RG78 45-3DF10

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DG01

3RG78 45-3DG11

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DG00

3RG78 45-3DG10

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DH01

3RG78 45-3DH11

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DH00

3RG78 45-3DH10

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DJ01

3RG78 45-3DJ11

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DJ00

3RG78 45-3DJ10

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DK01

3RG78 45-3DK11

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DK00

3RG78 45-3DK10

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DL01

3RG78 45-3DL11

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DL00

3RG78 45-3DL10

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DM01

3RG78 45-3DM11

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DM00

3RG78 45-3DM10

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DN01

3RG78 45-3DN11

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DN00

3RG78 45-3DN10

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-3DP01

3RG78 45-3DP11

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-3DP00

3RG78 45-3DP10

3RG78 42-6DP20

3RG78 42-6DD20

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EE01

3RG78 45-3EE11

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EE00

3RG78 45-3EE10

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EF01

3RG78 45-3EF11

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EF00

3RG78 45-3EF10

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EG01

3RG78 45-3EG11

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EG00

3RG78 45-3EG10

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EH01

3RG78 45-3EH11

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EH00

3RG78 45-3EH10

3RG78 42-6EH20

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/36

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height
mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EJ01

3RG78 45-3EJ11

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EJ00

3RG78 45-3EJ10

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EK01

3RG78 45-3EK11

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EK00

3RG78 45-3EK10

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EL01

3RG78 45-3EL11

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EL00

3RG78 45-3EL10

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EM01

3RG78 45-3EM11

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EM00

3RG78 45-3EM10

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EN01

3RG78 45-3EN11

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EN00

3RG78 45-3EN10

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EP01

3RG78 45-3EP11

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EP00

3RG78 45-3EP10

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-3ER01

3RG78 45-3ER11

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-3ER00

3RG78 45-3ER10

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-3ES01

3RG78 45-3ES11

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-3ES00

3RG78 45-3ES10

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-3ET01

3RG78 45-3ET11

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-3ET00

3RG78 45-3ET10

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-3EU01

3RG78 45-3EU11

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-3EU00

3RG78 45-3EU10

3RG78 42-6EU20

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JG01

3RG78 45-3JG11

3RG78 42-6JG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JG00

3RG78 45-3JG10

3RG78 42-6JG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JH01

3RG78 45-3JH11

3RG78 42-6JH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JH00

3RG78 45-3JH10

3RG78 42-6JH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JJ01

3RG78 45-3JJ11

3RG78 42-6JJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JJ00

3RG78 45-3JJ10

3RG78 42-6JJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JK01

3RG78 45-3JK11

3RG78 42-6JK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JK00

3RG78 45-3JK10

3RG78 42-6JK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JL01

3RG78 45-3JL11

3RG78 42-6JL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JL00

3RG78 45-3JL10

3RG78 42-6JL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JM01

3RG78 45-3JM11

3RG78 42-6JM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JM00

3RG78 45-3JM10

3RG78 42-6JM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JN01

3RG78 45-3JN11

3RG78 42-6JN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JN00

3RG78 45-3JN10

3RG78 42-6JN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JP01

3RG78 45-3JP11

3RG78 42-6JP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JP00

3RG78 45-3JP10

3RG78 42-6JP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JR01

3RG78 45-3JR11

3RG78 42-6JR21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JR00

3RG78 45-3JR10

3RG78 42-6JR20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JS01

3RG78 45-3JS11

3RG78 42-6JS21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JS00

3RG78 45-3JS10

3RG78 42-6JS20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JT01

3RG78 45-3JT11

3RG78 42-6JT21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JT00

3RG78 45-3JT10

3RG78 42-6JT20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-3JU01

3RG78 45-3JU11

3RG78 42-6JU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-3JU00

3RG78 45-3JU10

3RG78 42-6JU20

1050

Resolution 90 mm
750

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/37

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Light grids with standard function package
Transistor output with M12 plug connection 1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 mm

4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-3MH01

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-3MH00

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-3PG01

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-3PG00

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3SE01

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3SE00

Range 6 60 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-3MH51

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-3MH50

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-3PG51

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-3PG50

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-3SE51

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-3SE50

Type

Standard device

Transceiver with standard function package

Transistor output with M12 plug connection 1)
No. of beams

Beam distance
mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

3RG78 45-3TE01

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3RG78 48-1TL

Light curtains with standard function package

Transistor output with Hirschmann connection1)
Protective
zone height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BB01

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BB00

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BC01

On request

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BC00

On request

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BD01

On request

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BD00

On request

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BE01

On request

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BE00

On request

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BF01

On request

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BF00

On request

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BG01

On request

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BG00

On request

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BH01

On request

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BH00

On request

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BJ01

On request

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BJ00

On request

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35

2/38

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protective
zone height

Type

Standard device
Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BK01

On request

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BK00

On request

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BL01

On request

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BL00

On request

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BM01

On request

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BM00

On request

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BN01

On request

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BN00

On request

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-2BP01

On request

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-2BP00

On request

3RG78 42-6BP20

mm

Host device

Guest device

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DB01

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DB00

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DC01

On request

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DC00

On request

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DD01

On request

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DD00

On request

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DE01

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DE00

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DF01

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DF00

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DG01

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DG00

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DH01

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DH00

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DJ01

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DJ00

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DK01

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DK00

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DL01

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DL00

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DM01

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DM00

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DN01

On request

On request

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DN00

On request

On request

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-2DP01

On request

On request

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-2DP00

On request

On request

3RG78 42-6DD20

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/39

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Light grids with standard function package
Transistor output with Hirschmann connection1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m

4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-2MH01

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-2MH00

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-2PG01

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-2PG00

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-2SE01

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-2SE00

Range 6 60 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-2MH51

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-2MH50

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-2PG51

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-2PG50

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-2SE51

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-2SE50

Transceiver with standard function package

Transistor output with Hirschmann connection1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35

2/40

Siemens SI 10 2009

Transceiver

3RG78 45-2TE01
3RG78 48-1TL

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Light curtains with standard function package
Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)1)1)
Protection Type
field height
mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BB01

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BB00

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BC01

3RG78 45-4BC11

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BC00

3RG78 45-4BC10

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BD01

3RG78 45-4BD11

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BD00

3RG78 45-4BD10

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BE01

3RG78 45-4BE11

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BE00

3RG78 45-4BE10

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BF01

3RG78 45-4BF11

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BF00

3RG78 45-4BF10

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BG01

3RG78 45-4BG11

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BG00

3RG78 45-4BG10

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BH01

3RG78 45-4BH11

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BH00

3RG78 45-4BH10

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BJ01

3RG78 45-4BJ11

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BJ00

3RG78 45-4BJ10

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BK01

3RG78 45-4BK11

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BK00

3RG78 45-4BK10

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BL01

3RG78 45-4BL11

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BL00

3RG78 45-4BL10

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BM01

3RG78 45-4BM11

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BM00

3RG78 45-4BM10

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BN01

3RG78 45-4BN11

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BN00

3RG78 45-4BN10

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-4BP01

3RG78 45-4BP11

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-4BP00

3RG78 45-4BP10

3RG78 42-6BP20

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DB01

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DB00

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DC01

3RG78 45-4DC11

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DC00

3RG78 45-4DC10

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DD01

3RG78 45-4DD11

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DD00

3RG78 45-4DD10

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DE01

3RG78 45-4DE11

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DE00

3RG78 45-4DE10

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DF01

3RG78 45-4DF11

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DF00

3RG78 45-4DF10

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DG01

3RG78 45-4DG11

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DG00

3RG78 45-4DG10

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DH01

3RG78 45-4DH11

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DH00

3RG78 45-4DH10

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DJ01

3RG78 45-4DJ11

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DJ00

3RG78 45-4DJ10

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DK01

3RG78 45-4DK11

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DK00

3RG78 45-4DK10

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DL01

3RG78 45-4DL11

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DL00

3RG78 45-4DL10

3RG78 42-6DL20

1) Required above all for applications on the NAFTA market

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/41

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection field
height

Type

Standard device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DM01

3RG78 45-4DM11

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DM00

3RG78 45-4DM10

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DN01

3RG78 45-4DN11

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DN00

3RG78 45-4DN10

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-4DP01

3RG78 45-4DP11

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-4DP00

3RG78 45-4DP10

3RG78 42-6DP20

mm
1500

Host device

Guest device

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EE01

3RG78 45-4EE11

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EE00

3RG78 45-4EE10

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EF01

3RG78 45-4EF11

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EF00

3RG78 45-4EF10

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EG01

3RG78 45-4EG11

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EG00

3RG78 45-4EG10

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EH01

3RG78 45-4EH11

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EH00

3RG78 45-4EH10

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EJ01

3RG78 45-4EJ11

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EJ00

3RG78 45-4EJ10

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EK01

3RG78 45-4EK11

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EK00

3RG78 45-4EK10

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EL01

3RG78 45-4EL11

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EL00

3RG78 45-4EL10

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EM01

3RG78 45-4EM11

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EM00

3RG78 45-4EM10

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EN01

3RG78 45-4EN11

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EN00

3RG78 45-4EN10

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EP01

3RG78 45-4EP11

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EP00

3RG78 45-4EP10

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-4ER01

3RG78 45-4ER11

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-4ER00

3RG78 45-4ER10

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-4ES01

3RG78 45-4ES11

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-4ES00

3RG78 45-4ES10

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-4ET01

3RG78 45-4ET11

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-4ET00

3RG78 45-4ET10

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-4EU01

3RG78 45-4EU11

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-4EU00

3RG78 45-4EU10

3RG78 42-6EU20

Resolution 90 mm
750

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JG01

3RG78 45-4JG11

3RG78 42-6JG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JG00

3RG78 45-4JG10

3RG78 42-6JG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JH01

3RG78 45-4JH11

3RG78 42-6JH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JH00

3RG78 45-4JH10

3RG78 42-6JH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JJ01

3RG78 45-4JJ11

3RG78 42-6JJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JJ00

3RG78 45-4JJ10

3RG78 42-6JJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JK01

3RG78 45-4JK11

3RG78 42-6JK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JK00

3RG78 45-4JK10

3RG78 42-6JK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JL01

3RG78 45-4JL11

3RG78 42-6JL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JL00

3RG78 45-4JL10

3RG78 42-6JL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JM01

3RG78 45-4JM11

3RG78 42-6JM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JM00

3RG78 45-4JM10

3RG78 42-6JM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JN01

3RG78 45-4JN11

3RG78 42-6JN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JN00

3RG78 45-4JN10

3RG78 42-6JN20

2/42

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JP01

3RG78 45-4JP11

3RG78 42-6JP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JP00

3RG78 45-4JP10

3RG78 42-6JP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JR01

3RG78 45-4JR11

3RG78 42-6JR21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JR00

3RG78 45-4JR10

3RG78 42-6JR20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JS01

3RG78 45-4JS11

3RG78 42-6JS21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JS00

3RG78 45-4JS10

3RG78 42-6JS20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JT01

3RG78 45-4JT11

3RG78 42-6JT21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JT00

3RG78 45-4JT10

3RG78 42-6JT20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-4JU01

3RG78 45-4JU11

3RG78 42-6JU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-4JU00

3RG78 45-4JU10

3RG78 42-6JU20

1800

Light grids with standard function package

Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)1)2)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-4MH01

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-4MH00

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-4PG01

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-4PG00

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-4SE01

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4SE00

Range 6 60 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-4MH51

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-4MH50

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-4PG51

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-4PG50

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-4SE51

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-4SE50

Transceiver with standard function package

Transistor output with Brad Harrison connection (MIN Series)1)2)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3RG78 45-4TE01
3RG78 48-1TL

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35

2) Required above all for applications on the NAFTA market

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/43

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Light curtains with standard function package
Transistor output with cable gland1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BB01

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BB00

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BC01

3RG78 45-6BC11

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BC00

3RG78 45-6BC10

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BD01

3RG78 45-6BD11

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BD00

3RG78 45-6BD10

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BE01

3RG78 45-6BE11

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BE00

3RG78 45-6BE10

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BF01

3RG78 45-6BF11

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BF00

3RG78 45-6BF10

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BG01

3RG78 45-6BG11

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BG00

3RG78 45-6BG10

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BH01

3RG78 45-6BH11

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BH00

3RG78 45-6BH10

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BJ01

3RG78 45-6BJ11

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BJ00

3RG78 45-6BJ10

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BK01

3RG78 45-6BK11

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BK00

3RG78 45-6BK10

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BL01

3RG78 45-6BL11

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BL00

3RG78 45-6BL10

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BM01

3RG78 45-6BM11

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BM00

3RG78 45-6BM10

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BN01

3RG78 45-6BN11

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BN00

3RG78 45-6BN10

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-6BP01

3RG78 45-6BP11

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-6BP00

3RG78 45-6BP10

3RG78 42-6BP20

mm

Resolution 14 mm
150

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DB01

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DB00

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DC01

3RG78 45-6DC11

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DC00

3RG78 45-6DC10

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DD01

3RG78 45-6DD11

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DD00

3RG78 45-6DD10

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DE01

3RG78 45-6DE11

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DE00

3RG78 45-6DE10

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DF01

3RG78 45-6DF11

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DF00

3RG78 45-6DF10

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DG01

3RG78 45-6DG11

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DG00

3RG78 45-6DG10

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DH01

3RG78 45-6DH11

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DH00

3RG78 45-6DH10

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DJ01

3RG78 45-6DJ11

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DJ00

3RG78 45-6DJ10

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DK01

3RG78 45-6DK11

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DK00

3RG78 45-6DK10

3RG78 42-6DK20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/44

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DL01

3RG78 45-6DL11

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DL00

3RG78 45-6DL10

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DM01

3RG78 45-6DM11

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DM00

3RG78 45-6DM10

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DN01

3RG78 45-6DN11

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DN00

3RG78 45-6DN10

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-6DP01

3RG78 45-6DP11

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-6DP00

3RG78 45-6DP10

3RG78 42-6DP20

1350

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EE01

3RG78 45-6EE11

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EE00

3RG78 45-6EE10

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EF01

3RG78 45-6EF11

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EF00

3RG78 45-6EF10

3RG78 42-6EF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EG01

3RG78 45-6EG11

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EG00

3RG78 45-6EG10

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EH01

3RG78 45-6EH11

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EH00

3RG78 45-6EH10

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EJ01

3RG78 45-6EJ11

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EJ00

3RG78 45-6EJ10

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EK01

3RG78 45-6EK11

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EK00

3RG78 45-6EK10

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EL01

3RG78 45-6EL11

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EL00

3RG78 45-6EL10

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EM01

3RG78 45-6EM11

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EM00

3RG78 45-6EM10

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EN01

3RG78 45-6EN11

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EN00

3RG78 45-6EN10

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EP01

3RG78 45-6EP11

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EP00

3RG78 45-6EP10

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-6ER01

3RG78 45-6ER11

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-6ER00

3RG78 45-6ER10

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-6ES01

3RG78 45-6ES11

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-6ES00

3RG78 45-6ES10

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-6ET01

3RG78 45-6ET11

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-6ET00

3RG78 45-6ET10

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-6EU01

3RG78 45-6EU11

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-6EU00

3RG78 45-6EU10

3RG78 42-6EU20

Resolution 90 mm
750

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JG01

3RG78 45-6JG11

3RG78 42-6JG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JG00

3RG78 45-6JG10

3RG78 42-6JG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JH01

3RG78 45-6JH11

3RG78 42-6JH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JH00

3RG78 45-6JH10

3RG78 42-6JH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JJ01

3RG78 45-6JJ11

3RG78 42-6JJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JJ00

3RG78 45-6JJ10

3RG78 42-6JJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JK01

3RG78 45-6JK11

3RG78 42-6JK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JK00

3RG78 45-6JK10

3RG78 42-6JK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JL01

3RG78 45-6JL11

3RG78 42-6JL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JL00

3RG78 45-6JL10

3RG78 42-6JL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JM01

3RG78 45-6JM11

3RG78 42-6JM21

1500
Emitter
3RG78 45-6JM00
} Preferred type, available from stock.

3RG78 45-6JM10

3RG78 42-6JM20

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/45

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

mm

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JN01

3RG78 45-6JN11

3RG78 42-6JN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JN00

3RG78 45-6JN10

3RG78 42-6JN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JP01

3RG78 45-6JP11

3RG78 42-6JP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JP00

3RG78 45-6JP10

3RG78 42-6JP20

2100

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JR01

3RG78 45-6JR11

3RG78 42-6JR21

2100

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JR00

3RG78 45-6JR10

3RG78 42-6JR20

2400

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JS01

3RG78 45-6JS11

3RG78 42-6JS21

2400

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JS00

3RG78 45-6JS10

3RG78 42-6JS20

2700

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JT01

3RG78 45-6JT11

3RG78 42-6JT21

2700

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JT00

3RG78 45-6JT10

3RG78 42-6JT20

3000

Receiver

3RG78 45-6JU01

3RG78 45-6JU11

3RG78 42-6JU21

3000

Emitter

3RG78 45-6JU00

3RG78 45-6JU10

3RG78 42-6JU20

1650

Host device

Light grids with standard function package

Transistor output with cable gland1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-6MH01

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-6MH00

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-6PG01

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-6PG00

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6SE01

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-6SE00

Range 6 60 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3RG78 45-6MH51

4-beam

300

Emitter

3RG78 45-6MH50

3-beam

400

Receiver

3RG78 45-6PG51

3-beam

400

Emitter

3RG78 45-6PG50

2-beam

500

Receiver

3RG78 45-6SE51

2-beam

500

Emitter

3RG78 45-6SE50

Transceiver with standard function package

Transistor output with cable gland1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/35.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/46

Siemens SI 10 2009

Transceiver

3RG78 45-6TE01
3RG78 48-1TL

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 45 series, type 4
Initegrated evaluation

Dimensions
3RG78 45 standard light curtains,
3RG78 45 light grids
$ Pg 9 cover (receiver only, for local interface)
A Protection field height
(see Selection and Ordering data)
22

B Overall length =
Protection field height A + 134 mm

B = A + 84 mm
A

22

55

FS10_00308

52

52

Additional dimensions (mm) for light grids only:

3RG78 45 light grids, additional dimensions

Beams

3RG78 45-..M

1134 300

3RG78 45-..P

984 400

3RG78 45-..S

684 500

300

22

Overall Beam
length distance

1134
300

984

22

99,5

400

22

99,5

99,5

Type

52

52

55

FS10_00309

22

22

22

300

400

684
500

52

52

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/47

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, ASIsafe

Overview
3SF78 44 light curtains and light grids for ASIsafe with integrated
evaluation for type 4 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496-1, -2
With function packages "Blanking", "Muting", and
"Cycle Control"
Resolutions: 14, 30, and 50 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (optional).

Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories see
page 2/92).

3SF78 44 (ASIsafe) program overview

Unit type

Function
package

Output

Connection
type

For light curtains:

Resolution
For light grids and
transceivers: Range

LED indicator light

See page

14 mm

30 mm

Light curtains

Blanking

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

Light curtains

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/51

Light curtains

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

2/52

with

2/52

Light grids

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

Light grids

Muting

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 70 m

2/53

0.8 ... 18 m

with

Transceivers

Muting

ASIsafe

2/53

ASIsafe

6.5 m

with and without

Light curtains

Sequence control
system

ASIsafe

2/54

ASIsafe

2/54

Accessories
Electrical connection
Connecting cable with M12 connector, also applicable for supplying power to the ASIsafe emitter

2/96

ASIsafe modules

2/95

Accessory cable
for the local connection to connect muting lights, key-operated switches, reset buttons, etc.

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software

2/94

Other ASIsafe light curtains and light grids for

external evaluation see pages 2/64 and 2/67.

2/48

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, ASIsafe

Technical specifications
Type

Signal inputs and outputs (local socket, optional)

3SF78 44

Signal inputs

Safety category
to EN, IEC 61496-1, -2

Type 4

according to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Restart inhibit unlocking

Protection field height

for 14 and 30 mm resolution

150 ... 1800 mm

for 50 mm resolution

450 ... 3000 mm

- Min. switching time

300 ms

- Max. switching time

4 sec

Teach-in

2-pole key-operated switch

(selector switch) (floating)

- Simultaneity

Protection field width, range

for 14 mm resolution

0 ... 6 m

for 30 and 50 mm resolution

0 ... 18 m

Detection capability (resolution)

14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm

Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)

24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and compensation of
20 ms voltage dip is necessary)

Residual ripple

< 5%

1 button with 1 NO contact

(floating)

< 500 ms

Voltage output (for command

devices or safety sensors only)

24 V DC 20%, max 0.5 A

Current consumption
Emitter

75 mA

Receiver

160 mA (without external load)

General value for external fuse in

the transmitter and receiver supply
leads

4A

Wave length

880 nm (infrared)

Synchronization

Optically between emitter and

receiver

Ambient temperature
Operation

0 ... +50 C

Storage

25 ... +70 C

Relative humidity

15 ... 95%

Degree of protection

IP65

Safety class to DIN VDE 0106

III

Vibration resistance

5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz acc. to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6

Shock resistance

10 g, 16 ms to
IEC/EN 60068-2-29

Receiver/transceiver machine interface, ASIsafe

OSSDs safety switching outputs

4 bit AS-i data

Minimum

Typical

Maximum

Permissible cable length

100 m

Restart time after beam interruption

140 ms

Slave address area

31

Slave address area (WE)

0 (ex works)

ID code/IO code emitter

ID code receiver

IO code receiver

AS-i profile

Secure slave

Cycle time according to AS-i specification

5 ms

OSSD response time

Beam number dependent, see operating instructions

Additional AS-i system response time

40 ms

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/49

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, ASIsafe
Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:
2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3SF78 44 ASIsafe light curtains and light grids

Protection field
height/number of
beams

PL 13849-1

Category
ISO 13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3SF78 44-...
light grids

4-beam

1.90 x 10-8

20

3SF78 44-...
light curtain

900 mm

2.26 x 10-8

20

3SF78 44-...
light curtain

1800 mm

2.67 x 10-8

20

Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: from PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive - implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3SF78 44 light curtains with blanking, muting or sequence control system function package
Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set,

operating instructions/data sheets and safety key

in addition with 14 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0FH test rod (14/24/33 and 19/29 mm)

in addition with 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH/BH test rod (14/30 and 38 mm)

Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

in addition with 14/30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

3SF78 44 light grids with muting function package

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

3SF78 44 transceiver with muting function package

Transceiver

2/50

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with blanking function package
ASIsafe1)
Protection field height Type

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Standard device
30 mm resolution

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB04-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB06-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB08-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB11-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB13-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB15-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-6BB17-0SS1

3SF78 44-6BD17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

On request

3SF78 44-6BD20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

On request

3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

On request

3SF78 44-6BD22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

On request

3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

On request

3SF78 44-6BD24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

On request

3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

On request

3SF78 44-6BD26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

On request

3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/50

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/51

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light curtains with muting function package
ASIsafe1)
Protection field Type
height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 30 mm

300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD04-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

Light curtains with muting function package

ASIsafe and integrated LED1)
Protection field Type
height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD04-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD06-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD08-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD11-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD13-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD15-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MD17-0KS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/50

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/52

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Light grids with muting function package
ASIsafe1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0

4-beam

300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MM51-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SM51-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MP51-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SP51-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MS51-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SS51-0SS0

Type

Standard device

Range 6 70 m

Light grids with muting function package

ASIsafe and integrated LED1)
No. of beams

Beam distance
mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MM50-0KS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MP50-0KS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3SF78 44-6MS50-0KS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/53

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Transceiver with muting function package
ASIsafe1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
}

2-beam

500

Transceiver

2-beam

500

Transceiver with integrated LED

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3SF78 44-6MS50-0ST0
3SF78 44-6MS50-0MT0
3RG78 48-1TL

Light curtains with sequence control system function package

ASIsafe1)
Protection field height Type

Standard device
14 mm resolution

Standard device
30 mm resolution

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm and 30 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-6TB04-0SS1

3SF78 44-6TD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-6TB06-0SS1

3SF78 44-6TD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-6TB08-0SS1

3SF78 44-6TD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-6TB11-0SS1

3SF78 44-6TD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-6TB13-0SS1

3SF78 44-6TD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

Additional products on request.

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/51.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/54

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Dimensions
3SF78 44 standard light curtains,
3SF78 44 light grids

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror

52
$ Pg 9 cover (receiver only, for local interface)

7 2

A Protection field height

(see Selection and Ordering data)

4 0

B Overall length =
Protection field height A + 134 mm

57
29,5

FS1000104

5 5

102

5 2

A-A
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7

2 2

696
602

52

Additional dimensions for light grids only:

Type

Beams

3SF78 44-..M

1184

300

3SF78 44-..P

1034

400

3SF78 44-..S

734

500

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror (left)

and muting transceiver (right)
52
52

734

696
602

149.5

3SF78 44 light grids, additional dimensions

140

FS1000107

38

102

55

FS10_00307

52

52

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/55

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, PROFIsafe

Overview
3SF78 44 light curtains and grids for PROFIsafe with integrated
evaluation for type 4 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496-1, -2
with function packages "Blanking", "Muting", and
"Cycle Control"
Resolutions of 14 mm and 30 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an
option).

PROFIBUS connectivity only affects the receiver, as it also

switches off the safety switch outputs on the PROFIBUS.
In the following selection and ordering data, a suitable emitter
with AS-i M12 connection for power supply is always selected as
emitter. However, the emitter can also be selected with other
connection options such as M12, Hirschmann, cable gland, or
Brad Harrison connector from the 3RG78 44 series. It is important that the selected 3RG78 44/3SF78 44 emitter has the same
protection field height and resolution as the 3SF78 44 receiver!
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are
enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories
see page 2/93).
Other versions not listed in the ordering data are available upon
request.
3SF78 44 (PROFIsafe) program overview
Unit type

Function
package

Output

Connection type

For light curtains:

Resolution
For light grids and
transceivers: Range

LED
indicator light

See page

14 mm

30 mm

Light curtains

Blanking

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

Light curtains

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/659

2/60

Light grids

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

Transceivers

Muting

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

0.8 ... 18 m

2/61

6.5 m

with and without

Light curtains

Sequence control
system

PROFIsafe

PROFIsafe

2/61

2/61

Accessories
Electrical connection
Connecting cable with M12 connector, also applicable for supplying power to the PROFIsafe emitter

2/96

Accessory cable
for the local connection to connect muting lights, key-operated switches, reset buttons, etc.

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment aids, diagnostic software

2/94

2/56

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, PROFIsafe

Technical specifications
Type

3SF78 44

Safety category to EN,

IEC 61496-1, -2

Type 4

General PROFIsafe receiver system data

Safety category

Type 4 to EN IEC 61496-1

SIL 3 to IEC 61508

Protection field height

Supply voltage UV

24 V DC, 20%

for 14 and 30 mm resolution

150 ... 1800 mm

for 50 mm resolution

450 ... 3000 mm

Residual ripple of
supply voltage UV

5% within the limits of UV, external power pack with safe isolation

Current consumption at

Protection field width, range

for 14 mm resolution
for 30 and 50 mm resolution

0 ... 6 m
0 ... 18 m

UV = 28.8 V DC, +20%

150 mA

UV = 24 V DC

160 mA

UV = 19.2 V DC, -20%

170 mA

Detection capability (resolution)

14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm

Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)

24 V DC 20%

PROFIBUS
Data rate

9.6 kBd ... 12 MBd

Wave length

880 nm (infrared)

Connection

M12 connector, b-coded

Synchronization

Optically between emitter and

receiver

Additional PROFIsafe part response

time in the receiver

20 ms

Connection cable length

Ambient temperature
Operation

0 ... +50 C

PROFIBUS output

0.2 m

Storage

-20 ... +60 C

PROFIBUS input

0.4 m

Relative humidity

15 ... 95%, without condensation

Power supply

0.6 m

Degree of protection

IP65

Supply cable length, max.

< 100 m

Safety class to DIN VDE 0106

III

PROFIsafe services

Vibration resistance

5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6

PROFIsafe driver version

V2, supports PROFIsafe profiles

V1 and V2

Shock resistance

10 g, 16 ms to
IEC/EN 60068-2-29

Cyclic data

4 user data byte input data

4 user data byte output data

Acyclical data

To read the switching status of the

individual beams

Ensure the parameters in the F-CPU

via proxy function block for

S7-315F
S7-317F
S7-416F

Number of parameter sets, can be

changed using a secure program in
the F-CPU

max. 255, depends on the

available memory on the F-CPU

Restart delay is the larger value

out of

Watchdog time in the F-CPU

+20 ms
Receiver restart delay

Signal inputs and outputs (local socket, optional)

Signal inputs
Restart inhibit unlocking

1 button with 1 NO contact

(floating)

- Min. switching time

300 ms

- Max. switching time

4 sec

Teach-in
- Simultaneity
Voltage output (for command
devices or safety sensors only)

2-pole key-operated switch

(selector switch) (floating)
< 500 ms
24 V DC 20%, max. 0.5 A

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/57

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation, PROFIsafe
Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:
2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3SF78 44 PROFIsafe light curtains and light grids

Protection field
height/
number of beams

PL 13849-1

Category ISO
13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3SF78 44-...
light grids

4-beam

1.90 x 10-8

20

3SF78 44-...
light curtain

900 mm

2.26 x 10-8

20

3SF78 44-...
light curtain

1800 mm

2.67 x 10-8

20

Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: From PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

Selection and Ordering data

Order No.

Accessories for PROFIsafe

light curtains
PROFIBUS M12 terminating
connector

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

Order No.
Connecting cables for
emitters and receivers

6GK1 905-0EC00

For PROFIBUS DP
1 packet = 5 items
PROFIBUS M12 connector
for receivers
1 packet = 5 items

Power supply cable with M12

connector, straight, shielded,
5-pole in several lengths:
5.0 m

3RG7848-2EA

10.0 m

3RG7848-2EC

15.0 m

Male insert

6GK1 905-0EA00

SafetyLab parameterization
and diagnostic software

Socket insert

6GK1 905-0EB00

incl. PC cable, RS232 IR

3RG7848-2EE
H 3RG78 48-2SL

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Connecting cables for
receivers

H: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = 5D992B1.

2-core (inverted coding)

preassembled, with M12 connectors, in different lengths:
0.5 m

6XV1830-3DE50

1.5 m

6XV1830-3DH15

3.0 m

6XV1830-3DH30

5.0 m

6XV1830-3DH50

10.0 m

6XV1830-3DN10

15.0 m

6XV1830-3DN15

Optical PC adapter cables

3RG78 38-1DC

2/58

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with blanking function package
PROFIsafe1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB04-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB06-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB08-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB11-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB13-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB15-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB17-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB20-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB20-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB22-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB22-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB24-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB24-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BB26-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BB26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB26-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BP20
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD04-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD04-1SS1

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD04-1SS0

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD06-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD08-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD11-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD13-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD15-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD15-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD15-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD17-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD17-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD17-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD20-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD20-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD20-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD22-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD22-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD22-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD24-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD24-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD24-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DN20

3RG78 42-6DD20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/51.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/59

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height
mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

1800

Receiver

3SF78 44-8BD26-0SS1

3SF78 44-8BD26-1SS1

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SD26-1SS0

3RG78 42-6DP20

Light curtains with muting function package

PROFIsafe1)

Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB04-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MB26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6BP20
3RG78 42-6DD21

Resolution 14 mm
300

Resolution 30 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD04-0SS1

On request

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0

On request

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD06-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD08-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD11-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD13-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD15-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD17-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD20-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DL20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/51.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/60

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 42-6DD20

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD22-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD24-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MD26-0SS1

On request

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0

On request

3RG78 42-6DP20

1500

Light grids with muting function package

PROFIsafe1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 0.8 m 18 m
4-beam

300

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MM50-0SS1

4-beam

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0

3-beam

400

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MP50-0SS1

3-beam

400

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0

2-beam

500

Receiver

3SF78 44-8MS50-0SS1

2-beam

500

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0

Transceiver with muting function package

PROFIsafe1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Standard device

mm

Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Transceiver

2-beam

500

Transceiver with integrated LED

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

3SF78 44-8MS50-0ST0
3SF78 44-8MS50-0MT0
3RG78 48-1TL

Light curtains with sequence control system function package

PROFIsafe1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Guest device

Resolution 14 mm
300

Receiver

3SF78 44-8TB04-0SS1

3SF78 44-8TB04-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB04-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 44-8TB06-0SS1

3SF78 44-8TB06-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB06-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 44-8TB08-0SS1

3SF78 44-8TB08-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB08-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 44-8TB11-0SS1

3SF78 44-8TB11-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB11-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 44-8TB13-0SS1

3SF78 44-8TB13-1SS1

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0

3SF78 44-6SB13-1SS0

3RG78 42-6BH20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/51.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/61

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 44 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation

Dimensions
3SF78 44 standard light curtains,
3SF78 44 light grids

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror

52
$ Pg 9 cover (receiver only, for local interface)

7 2

A Protection field height

(see Selection and Ordering data)

4 0

B Overall length =
Protection field height A + 134 mm

57
29,5

FS1000104

5 5

102

5 2

A-A
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7

2 2

696
602

52

Additional dimensions for light grids only:

Type

Beams

3SF78 44-..M

1184

300

3SF8 44-..P

1034

400

3SF8 44-..S

734

500

3RG78 48-1TL reflecting mirror (left)

and muting transceiver (right)
52
52

734

696
602

149.5

3SF78 44 light grids, additional dimensions

52

2/62

Siemens SI 10 2009

140

FS1000107

38

102

55

FS10_00307

52

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe

Overview

Design
3SF7842
Emitter
Host

3SF7842
Emitter
Guest
B
22

b=40

22

3SF7842
Receiver
Host

3SF78 42 light curtains and light grids for ASIsafe for type 4 in
accordance with IEC/EN 61496-1, -2
Resolution: 14, 30, 50, and 90 mm
Protection field heights: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
Connection to AS-Interface

3SF7842
Receiver
Guest

Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection field

heights and lengths or for an angular arrangement (optional).
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories see
page 2/92).
c

Host/guest: Cascading basic device-subsequent device

3SF78 42 (ASIsafe) program overview

Unit type

Function
package

Output

Connection type

For light curtains: Resolution

For light grids and transceivers: Range

See page

14 mm

30 mm

50 mm

90 mm

Light curtains

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

Light grids

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

0.8 ... 18 m; 6 ... 60 m

2/67

Transceivers

ASIsafe

ASIsafe

6.5 m

2/64

2/64

Accessories
Electrical connection
Connecting cable with M12 connection

2/96

ASIsafe modules

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software

2/94

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/63

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe
Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:
2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3SF78 42 ASIsafe light curtains and light grids

Protection field
height/number of
beams

PL 13849-1

Category
ISO 13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3SF78 42-...
light grids

4-beam

6.6 x 10-9

20

3SF78 42-...
light curtain

900 mm

7.3 x 10-9

20

3SF78 42-...
light curtain

1800 mm

8.3 x 10-9

20

3SF78 42-...
light curtain

3000 mm

9.5 x 10-9

20

Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: From PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3SF78 42 light curtains
Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set,

operating instructions/data sheets and safety key

in addition with 14 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0FH test rod (14/24/33 and 19/29 mm)

in addition with 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH/BH test rod (14/30 and 38 mm)

Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set

in addition with 14 or 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

3SF78 42 light grids

Emitter

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

3SF78 42 transceiver
3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

Transceiver

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains1)
Protection Type
field height

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Resolution 14 mm
150

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BB01

3RG78 42-6BB21

150

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BB00

3RG78 42-6BB20

225

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BC01

3SF78 42-6BC11

3RG78 42-6BC21

225

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BC00

3SF78 42-6BC10

3RG78 42-6BC20

300

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BD01

3SF78 42-6BD11

3RG78 42-6BD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BD00

3SF78 42-6BD10

3RG78 42-6BD20

450

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BE01

3SF78 42-6BE11

3RG78 42-6BE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BE00

3SF78 42-6BE10

3RG78 42-6BE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BF01

3SF78 42-6BF11

3RG78 42-6BF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BF00

3SF78 42-6BF10

3RG78 42-6BF20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/64

2/64

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe
Protection Type
field height
mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BG01

3SF78 42-6BG11

3RG78 42-6BG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BG00

3SF78 42-6BG10

3RG78 42-6BG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BH01

3SF78 42-6BH11

3RG78 42-6BH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BH00

3SF78 42-6BH10

3RG78 42-6BH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BJ01

3SF78 42-6BJ11

3RG78 42-6BJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BJ00

3SF78 42-6BJ10

3RG78 42-6BJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BK01

3SF78 42-6BK11

3RG78 42-6BK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BK00

3SF78 42-6BK10

3RG78 42-6BK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BL01

3SF78 42-6BL11

3RG78 42-6BL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BL00

3SF78 42-6BL10

3RG78 42-6BL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BM01

3SF78 42-6BM11

3RG78 42-6BM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BM00

3SF78 42-6BM10

3RG78 42-6BM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BN01

3SF78 42-6BN11

3RG78 42-6BN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BN00

3SF78 42-6BN10

3RG78 42-6BN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 42-6BP01

3SF78 42-6BP11

3RG78 42-6BP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 42-6BP00

3SF78 42-6BP10

3RG78 42-6BP20

750

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DB01

3RG78 42-6DB21

150

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DB00

3RG78 42-6DB20

225

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DC01

3SF78 42-6DC11

3RG78 42-6DC21

225

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DC00

3SF78 42-6DC10

3RG78 42-6DC20

300

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DD01

3SF78 42-6DD11

3RG78 42-6DD21

300

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DD00

3SF78 42-6DD10

450

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DE01

3SF78 42-6DE11

3RG78 42-6DE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DE00

3SF78 42-6DE10

3RG78 42-6DE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DF01

3SF78 42-6DF11

3RG78 42-6DF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DF00

3SF78 42-6DF10

3RG78 42-6DF20

750

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DG01

3SF78 42-6DG11

3RG78 42-6DG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DG00

3SF78 42-6DG10

3RG78 42-6DG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DH01

3SF78 42-6DH11

3RG78 42-6DH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DH00

3SF78 42-6DH10

3RG78 42-6DH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DJ01

3SF78 42-6DJ11

3RG78 42-6DJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DJ00

3SF78 42-6DJ10

3RG78 42-6DJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DK01

3SF78 42-6DK11

3RG78 42-6DK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DK00

3SF78 42-6DK10

3RG78 42-6DK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DL01

3SF78 42-6DL11

3RG78 42-6DL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DL00

3SF78 42-6DL10

3RG78 42-6DL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DM01

3SF78 42-6DM11

3RG78 42-6DM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DM00

3SF78 42-6DM10

3RG78 42-6DM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DN01

3SF78 42-6DN11

3RG78 42-6DN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DN00

3SF78 42-6DN10

3RG78 42-6DN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 42-6DP01

3SF78 42-6DP11

3RG78 42-6DP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 42-6DP00

3SF78 42-6DP10

3RG78 42-6DP20

3RG78 42-6DD20

Resolution 50 mm
450

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EE01

3SF78 42-6EE11

3RG78 42-6EE21

450

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EE00

3SF78 42-6EE10

3RG78 42-6EE20

600

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EF01

3SF78 42-6EF11

3RG78 42-6EF21

600

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EF00

3SF78 42-6EF10

3RG78 42-6EF20

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/65

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe
Protection Type
field height
mm

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EG01

3SF78 42-6EG11

3RG78 42-6EG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EG00

3SF78 42-6EG10

3RG78 42-6EG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EH01

3SF78 42-6EH11

3RG78 42-6EH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EH00

3SF78 42-6EH10

3RG78 42-6EH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EJ01

3SF78 42-6EJ11

3RG78 42-6EJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EJ00

3SF78 42-6EJ10

3RG78 42-6EJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EK01

3SF78 42-6EK11

3RG78 42-6EK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EK00

3SF78 42-6EK10

3RG78 42-6EK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EL01

3SF78 42-6EL11

3RG78 42-6EL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EL00

3SF78 42-6EL10

3RG78 42-6EL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EM01

3SF78 42-6EM11

3RG78 42-6EM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EM00

3SF78 42-6EM10

3RG78 42-6EM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EN01

3SF78 42-6EN11

3RG78 42-6EN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EN00

3SF78 42-6EN10

3RG78 42-6EN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EP01

3SF78 42-6EP11

3RG78 42-6EP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EP00

3SF78 42-6EP10

3RG78 42-6EP20

2100

Receiver

3SF78 42-6ER01

3SF78 42-6ER11

3RG78 42-6ER21

2100

Emitter

3SF78 42-6ER00

3SF78 42-6ER10

3RG78 42-6ER20

2400

Receiver

3SF78 42-6ES01

3SF78 42-6ES11

3RG78 42-6ES21

2400

Emitter

3SF78 42-6ES00

3SF78 42-6ES10

3RG78 42-6ES20

2700

Receiver

3SF78 42-6ET01

3SF78 42-6ET11

3RG78 42-6ET21

2700

Emitter

3SF78 42-6ET00

3SF78 42-6ET10

3RG78 42-6ET20

3000

Receiver

3SF78 42-6EU01

3SF78 42-6EU11

3RG78 42-6EU21

3000

Emitter

3SF78 42-6EU00

3SF78 42-6EU10

3RG78 42-6EU20

750

Standard device

Resolution 90 mm
750

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JG01

3SF78 42-6JG11

3RG78 42-6JG21

750

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JG00

3SF78 42-6JG10

3RG78 42-6JG20

900

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JH01

3SF78 42-6JH11

3RG78 42-6JH21

900

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JH00

3SF78 42-6JH10

3RG78 42-6JH20

1050

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JJ01

3SF78 42-6JJ11

3RG78 42-6JJ21

1050

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JJ00

3SF78 42-6JJ10

3RG78 42-6JJ20

1200

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JK01

3SF78 42-6JK11

3RG78 42-6JK21

1200

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JK00

3SF78 42-6JK10

3RG78 42-6JK20

1350

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JL01

3SF78 42-6JL11

3RG78 42-6JL21

1350

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JL00

3SF78 42-6JL10

3RG78 42-6JL20

1500

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JM01

3SF78 42-6JM11

3RG78 42-6JM21

1500

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JM00

3SF78 42-6JM10

3RG78 42-6JM20

1650

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JN01

3SF78 42-6JN11

3RG78 42-6JN21

1650

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JN00

3SF78 42-6JN10

3RG78 42-6JN20

1800

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JP01

3SF78 42-6JP11

3RG78 42-6JP21

1800

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JP00

3SF78 42-6JP10

3RG78 42-6JP20

2100

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JR01

3SF78 42-6JR11

3RG78 42-6JR21

2100

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JR00

3SF78 42-6JR10

3RG78 42-6JR20

2400

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JS01

3SF78 42-6JS11

3RG78 42-6JS21

2400

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JS00

3SF78 42-6JS10

3RG78 42-6JS20

2700

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JT01

3SF78 42-6JT11

3RG78 42-6JT21

2700

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JT00

3SF78 42-6JT10

3RG78 42-6JT20

3000

Receiver

3SF78 42-6JU01

3SF78 42-6JU11

3RG78 42-6JU21

3000

Emitter

3SF78 42-6JU00

3SF78 42-6JU10

3RG78 42-6JU20

2/66

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe
Light grids1)
No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

Range 0.8 m 18 m

mm
4-beam

300

Range 6 m 60 m

Order No.

Order No.

Emitter

3SF78 42-6MH00

3SF78 42-6MH50

4-beam

300

Receiver

3SF78 42-6MH01

3SF78 42-6MH51

3-beam

400

Emitter

3SF78 42-6PG00

3SF78 42-6PG50

3-beam

400

Receiver

3SF78 42-6PG01

3SF78 42-6PG51

2-beam

500

Emitter

3SF78 42-6SE00

3SF78 42-6SE50

2-beam

500

Receiver

3SF78 42-6SE01

3SF78 42-6SE51

Transceiver with ASIsafe1)

No. of beams

Beam distance

Type

mm

Standard device
Order No.

Range 6.5 m
2-beam

500

Reflecting mirrors for transceivers

Transceiver

3SF78 42-6TE01
3RG78 48-1TL

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/64

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/67

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3SF78 42 series, type 4
External evaluation
ASIsafe

Dimensions
3SF78 42 standard light curtains,
3SF78 42 light grids
$ Pg 9 cover (receiver only, for local interface)
A Protection field height
(see Selection and Ordering data)

22

55

FS10_00308

52

52

Additional dimensions(mm) for light grids only:

3SF78 42 light grids, additional dimensions

52

Siemens SI 10 2009

22
22

22

22

52

55

300

400

FS10_00309

52

52

2/68

300
1134
300

984

22

99,5

400

22

99,5

99,5

Type

684
500

B = A + 84 mm
A

22

B Overall length =
Protection field height A + 134 mm

Overall Beam
length distance

Beams

3SF78 42-..M

1134 300

3SF78 42-..P

984 400

3SF78 42-..S

684 500

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 46 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
standard function package, transistor output

Overview
3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation for type 4 in
accordance with IEC/EN 61496-1, -2.
Resolution: 14, 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm
Two 360 mounting brackets 3RG78 48-2BA each are enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories
see page 2/98)

3RG78 46 (FS420I) program overview

Unit type
Light curtains

Function
package

Output

Standard

Transistor

Connection type
M12 plug connector

Resolution
14 mm

20 mm

30 mm

40 mm

90 mm

See
page
2/72

Accessories
Electrical connection
Connecting cable with M12 connection

2/96

Connecting cable for the K45F module (see also page 2/94) to connect the 3RG7843 and 3RG7846 series to ASIsafe

2/97

ASIsafe modules

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92f.

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software

2/94

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/69

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 46 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
standard function package, transistor output

Technical specifications
Type

3RG78 46

Type

3RG78 46

Safety category IEC/EN 61496

Type 4

Synchronization

Detection capability (resolution)

14 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm,

90 mm

Optically between emitter and

receiver

Safety class (VDE 106) 1)

III

Ambient temperature

Protection field width, range

14 mm resolution

0.5 ... 5 m

Operation

0 ... +55 C

20 mm resolution

0.7 ... 14 m

Storage

25 ... +70 C

30 mm resolution

0.5 ... 9 m

Relative humidity

15 ... 95%

40 mm resolution

0.9 ... 20 m

Degree of protection

IP65

90 mm resolution

0.9 ... 20 m

Signal inputs

Supply voltage Uv
(emitter and receiver)

24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and compensation of
20 ms voltage dip is necessary,
minimum 1 A current reserve)

Emitter pin 4

Residual ripple of supply voltage

5% within the limits of Uv

- Test input

Input: Contact or transistor

connected to +24 V DC
0 V or spare = Test
Current load: 20 mA max.

Receiver pin 1

Current consumption
Emitter

75 mA

Receiver

110 mA (without external load)

General value for external fuse in

the transmitter and receiver supply
leads

1 A medium time-lag

- Start/restart key

Input: Contact (NO) connected to

24 V DC, current load:
15 mA max.

- Error/pollution group alarm

Output: pnp: Connected to

24 V DC, 80 mA max.

Receiver pin 3

Permissible conductor
cross-section

- EDM (contactor control)

Input: Contact (NC)

connected to 0 V
Current load: 15 mA max.

- without EDM

24 V DC connection

mm2

Emitter

0.25

Receiver

0.14 mm2

Emitter

Light-emitting diodes according

to EN 60825-1:1994+
A1:2002+A:2001

Class

Wave length

950 nm

Power

< 50 W

Receiver pin 4

1)

OSSD transistor outputs

- with RES

Input: 24 V DC

- without RES

Jumper to pin 1

The circuits connected to the inputs and outputs must comply with the
air gaps and creepage distances specified in the applicable standards for safe isolation.

2 pnp safety-related transistor outputs, cross-connection monitored,

short-circuit-proof
Minimum

Typical

Maximum

Operational voltage active high (Uv 1.6 V)

For resistive load Irated = 250 mA

22 V

Operational voltage, low

-80 V1)

0V

+ 2.8 V

Operational current

250 mA

Leakage current

< 5 A

< 20 A

Load capacitance

< 220 nF

Load inductance

< 2.0 H

Permissible line resistance to load

< 300 2)

Permissible line length between receiver and load (with 0.25

mm2)

100 m

Test pulse width

30 s

100 s

Test pulse space

22 s

OSSD reactivation time after beam interruption (without RES)

40 ms

100 ms

OSSD response time

Depending on number of beams, see operating instructions

1)
2)

Fast recovery voltage for contactors, otherwise 0 V

Please note further constraints due to cable length and load current.

2/70

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 46 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
standard function package, transistor output
Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:
2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3RG78 46 light curtains
Protection field
height

PL 13849-1

Category ISO
13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3RG78 46-...
light curtain

900 mm

6.0 x 10-9

20

3RG78 46-...
light curtain

1800 mm

7.3 x 10-9

20

Explanation
PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: From PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1-7600.

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3RG78 46 light curtains
Emitter

3RG78 48-2BA mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-2BA mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

in addition for 14 mm and 30 mm resolution

3RG78 48-0AH test rod

in addition for 20 mm resolution

3RG78 48-1CH test rod

in addition for 40 mm resolution

3RG78 48-1BH test rod

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/71

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 46 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
standard function package, transistor output

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with M12 plug connection1)
Protection field
height

Type

mm

Resolution 14 mm

Resolution 20 mm

Resolution 30 mm

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

SIMATIC FS420I

150

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SC02-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD02-0SS1

150

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SC02-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD02-0SS0

225

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SC03-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD03-0SS1

225

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SC03-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD03-0SS0

300

Receiver

3RG7846-3SB04-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC04-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG7846-3SB04-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC04-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB06-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC06-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB06-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC06-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB08-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC08-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB08-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC08-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB11-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC11-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB11-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC11-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB13-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC13-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB13-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC13-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB15-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC15-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB15-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC15-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB17-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC17-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB17-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC17-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB20-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC20-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB20-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC20-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB22-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC22-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB22-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC22-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB24-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC24-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB24-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC24-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SB26-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SC26-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SD26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SB26-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SC26-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SD26-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/71

2/72

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 46 series, type 4
Integrated evaluation
standard function package, transistor output
Protection field height Type

Resolution 40 mm

Resolution 90 mm

mm

Order No.

Order No.

SIMATIC FS420I
150

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF02-0SS1

150

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF02-0SS0

225

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF03-0SS1

225

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF03-0SS0

300

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF06-0SS0

600

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF08-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ08-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF08-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ08-0SS1

750

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF11-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF11-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF13-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF13-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF15-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF15-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF17-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF17-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF20-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF20-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF22-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF22-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF24-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF24-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

3RG78 46-3SF26-0SS1

3RG78 46-3SJ26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

3RG78 46-3SF26-0SS0

3RG78 46-3SJ26-0SS0

Dimensions

3RG7813

29

24

Emitter

3RG7813

FS10_00081

11

34,6

17

34,6

17

11

3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation, Type 4

24

29

Receiver

A Protection field height

(see Selection and Ordering data)
B Overall length without connector = Protection field height A + 75.5 mm

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/73

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 43 series, type 2
Integrated evaluation, Standard function package,
transistor output, acc. to IEC/EN 61508 (SIL 2)

Overview
3RG78 43 light curtains with integrated startup/restart inhibit and
contactor control for type 2 according to IEC/EN 61496-1, -2.
Developed according to EN 61508 (SIL 2)
Risk assessment, suitable according to pr EN ISO 13849-1
Resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm
Two 360 mounting brackets 3RG78 48-2BA each are enclosed
with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories see page
2/98)

3RG78 43 (FS420l) program overview

Unit type

Function package

Light curtains

Standard

Output
Transistor

Connection type
M12 plug connector

Resolution
20 mm

30 mm

40 mm

90 mm

See
page
2/76

Accessories
Electrical connection
Connecting cable with M12 connection

2/96

Connecting cable for the K45F module (see also page 2/94) to connect the 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46 series to ASIsafe

2/97

ASIsafe modules

2/95

Assembly materials
Fixing columns, reflecting mirror

2/92f.

Muting mounting systems

2/93

Muting accessories

2/96

Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software

2/94

2/74

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 43 series, type 2
Integrated evaluation, Standard function package,
transistor output, acc. to IEC/EN 61508 (SIL 2)

Technical specifications
Type

3RG78 43

Type

3RG78 43

Safety category EN IEC 61496;

SIL2 to IEC 61508

Type 2

Emitter

Detection capability (resolution)

20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 90 mm

Light-emitting diodes according

to EN 60825-1:1994+
A1:2002+A:2001

Class

Wave length

950 nm

Pulse duration

7 s

Pulse interval

3.1 ms

Power

< 10 W

Synchronization

Optically between emitter and

receiver

Test repeat time for integrated

cyclical test

100 ms

Safety class (VDE 106)

III1)

Protection field width, range

for 20 mm resolution
for 30 mm resolution
for 40 mm resolution
for 90 mm resolution
Supply voltage UV
(emitter and receiver)

Residual ripple of supply voltage

0.5 ... 15 m
0 ... 8 m
0.8 ... 20 m
0.8 ... 20 m
24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and compensation of
20 ms voltage dip is necessary,
min. 1 A current reserve)
5% within the limits of UV

Ambient temperature

Current consumption
Emitter

45 mA

Receiver

140 mA (without external load)

General value for external fuse in

the transmitter and receiver supply
leads

1A

Operation

0 ... +50 C

Storage

25 ... +70 C

Relative humidity

15 ... 95%

Degree of protection

IP65

Signal inputs

Permissible conductor
cross-section
Emitter

0.25 mm2

Receiver

0.14 mm2

Emitter test input

Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC, current load:

20 mA max.

Receiver signal input BA1

Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC, or connect

to GND, current load: 10 mA max.

Receiver signal input BA2

Input: Contact or transistor connected to +24 V DC, or connect

to GND, current load: 10 mA max.

1) The circuits connected to the inputs and outputs must comply with the air
gaps and creepage distances specified in the applicable standards for
safe isolation.

Transistor outputs Receiver

OSSD transistor outputs

2 pnp safety-related transistor outputs, short-circuit-proof

Minimum

Typical

Maximum

Operational voltage active high

UV - 1.9 V

UV - 1.0 V

UV - 0.8 V

Operational voltage, low

200 mV

+1V

Operational current

250 mA

Leakage current

< 2 A1)

Load capacitance

< 2.2 F

Load inductance

2.0 H

Permissible line resistance to load

< 50 2)

Permissible conductor cross-section: Receiver

0.14 mm2

Permissible cable lengths between receiver and load

100 m

Auxiliary pulse width

20 s

230 s

Auxiliary pulse interval

3.7 ms

46 ms

OSSD reactivation time after beam interruption (without RES)

100 ms

OSSD response time

Depending on number of beams, see operating instructions

1)

2)

If an error occurs (when disconnecting the GND line), the output acts like a
120 k resistance to UV. A downstream safety PLC may not identify this as
a logical "1".
Please note further constraints due to cable length and load current.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/75

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 43 series, type 2
Integrated evaluation, Standard function package,
transistor output, acc. to IEC/EN 61508 (SIL 2)
Application of the EN ISO 13849-1 standard:
2006 "Safety of machinery" for 3RG78 43 light curtains
Protection field
height

PL 13849-1

Category ISO
13849-1

Cat. 954-1

PFHD

TM/years

3RG78 43-...
light curtain

900 mm

8.18 x 10-8

20

3RG78 43-...
light curtain

1800 mm

8.92 x 10-8

20

Explanation

PFHD = Probability of dangerous failure per hour

PL = Performance level
Discrete level used to specify the ability of safety-related parts of
control systems to perform a safety function under foreseeable
conditions: From PL "a" (highest probability of failure) to PL "e"
(lowest probability of failure).

For further explanations, see the brochure

"European machinery directive implemented easily",
Order No. E20001-A230-M103-V1.

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3RG78 43 light curtain
Emitter

3RG78 48-2BA mounting bracket set and emitter insert

Receiver

3RG78 48-2BA mounting bracket set, operating instructions/data sheets

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with M12 plug connection 1)
Protection field height Type

Resolution 20 mm

Resolution 30 mm

mm

Order No.

Order No.

SIMATIC FS420I
150

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC02-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD02-0SS1

150

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC02-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD02-0SS0

225

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC03-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD03-0SS1

225

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC03-0SS0

300

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC04-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC04-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC06-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC06-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC08-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC08-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC11-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC11-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC13-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC13-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC15-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC15-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC17-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC17-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC20-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC20-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC22-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC22-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC24-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC24-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SC26-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SD26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SC26-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SD26-0SS0

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/76.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/76

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 43-3SD03-0SS0

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 43 series, type 2
Integrated evaluation, Standard function package,
transistor output, acc. to IEC/EN 61508 (SIL 2)
Protection field height Type

Resolution 40 mm

Resolution 90 mm

mm

Order No.

Order No.

SIMATIC FS420I
150

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF02-0SS1

150

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF02-0SS0

225

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF03-0SS1

225

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF03-0SS0

300

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF04-0SS1

300

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF04-0SS0

450

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF06-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ06-0SS1

450

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF06-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ06-0SS0

600

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF08-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ08-0SS1

600

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF08-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ08-0SS0

750

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF11-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ11-0SS1

750

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF11-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ11-0SS0

900

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF13-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ13-0SS1

900

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF13-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ13-0SS0

1050

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF15-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ15-0SS1

1050

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF15-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ15-0SS0

1200

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF17-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ17-0SS1

1200

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF17-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ17-0SS0

1350

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF20-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ20-0SS1

1350

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF20-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ20-0SS0

1500

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF22-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ22-0SS1

1500

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF22-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ22-0SS0

1650

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF24-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ24-0SS1

1650

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF24-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ24-0SS0

1800

Receiver

3RG78 43-3SF26-0SS1

3RG78 43-3SJ26-0SS1

1800

Emitter

3RG78 43-3SF26-0SS0

3RG78 43-3SJ26-0SS0

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/77

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 43 series, type 2
Integrated evaluation, Standard function package,
transistor output, acc. to IEC/EN 61508 (SIL 2)

Dimensions

3RG7813

29

B
A
8

24

Emitter

B
A

3RG7813

24

29

Receiver

A Protection field height

(see Selection and Ordering data)
B Overall length without connector = Protection field height A + 75,5 mm

2/78

Siemens SI 10 2009

FS10_00081

11

34,6

17

34,6

17

11

3RG78 43-3S...-0SS. light curtains

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 41 series, type 2
External evaluation
Transistor output

Overview
3RG78 41 light curtains for type 2 in accordance with
IEC/EN 61496-1, -2.
Resolution: 30, 55, and 80 mm
Protection field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protection
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement
(optional)

3RG78 41 program overview

Unit type
Light curtains

Function package

Output
Transistor

Connection type
M12 plug connector

Resolution

See page

30 mm

55 mm

80 mm

2/81

Accessories, e.g.
Electrical connection
For the 3RG78 41 series

2/96

Muting accessories

2/96

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/79

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 41 series, type 2
External evaluation
Transistor output

Technical specifications
3RG78 41

Safety category to
EN/IEC 61496-1, -2

Type 2 (testable) in conjunction

with an external type 2 monitoring
unit

Type

3RG78 41

Emitter test input

via floating NC contact or pnp

output

Detection capability (resolution)

30 mm, 55 mm, 80 mm

No test

+24 V

Test

0 V or high impedance
20 ms
10 ms

Protection field height

Inputs

Type

for 30 mm resolution

150 ... 1800 mm

for 55 mm resolution

300 ... 1800 mm

Minimum signal duration for test

trigger

for 80 mm resolution

450 ... 1800 mm

Test execution time

Protection field width, sensing field

0.3 ... 6 m

Outputs

Protection class

OSSD safety outputs

pnp output, short circuit proof

Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)

24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and 20 ms voltage
power loss ride-through)

Output current Ia max

100 mA

Response time from the protection

field interrupt to disconnection of
the safety outputs

Increases with higher number of

beams (see operating instructions for precise figures)

for 30 mm resolution

8 ... 29 ms

for 55 mm resolution

8 ... 19 ms

for 80 mm resolution

8 ... 15 ms

Current consumption
Emitter

75 mA

Receiver

75 mA (without external load)

Synchronization between emitter

and receiver

Optical; 2 transmission channels

can be selected

Ambient temperature

Reactivation time from release of

the protection field to connection of
the safety outputs

Operation

0 ... +55 C

For all resolutions

0.5 ms

Storage

25 ... +75 C

min. 100 ms

Humidity

15 ... 95% (non-condensing)

After very brief protection field interrupts

Degree of protection

IP65

Pollution and error message output

pnp output, short circuit proof

Output current, max.

70 mA

Diagnostic interface, receiver

RS-485

Electrical connection

M12 circular connector, 8-pole

Connecting cable

7-pole, 0.25 mm2 (enclosed, with

sprayed connector),
5 or 15 m long

Vibration resistance

5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6

Shock resistance

10 g, 16 ms to
IEC/EN 60068-2-29

Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply:
3RG78 41 light curtains
Emitter

Emitter insert

Receiver

Operating instructions

2/80

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 41 series, type 2
External evaluation
Transistor output

Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains, M12 plug connection1)
Protection field
height

Type

mm

Standard device

Host device

Guest device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

3RG78 41-3DB01

3RG78 41-3DB11

3RG78 41-3DB21

Resolution 30 mm
150

Receiver

150

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DB00

3RG78 41-3DB10

3RG78 41-3DB20

225

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DC01

3RG78 41-3DC11

3RG78 41-3DC21

225

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DC00

3RG78 41-3DC10

3RG78 41-3DC20

300

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DD01

3RG78 41-3DD11

3RG78 41-3DD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DD00

3RG78 41-3DD10

3RG78 41-3DD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DE01

3RG78 41-3DE11

3RG78 41-3DE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DE00

3RG78 41-3DE10

3RG78 41-3DE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DF01

3RG78 41-3DF11

3RG78 41-3DF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DF00

3RG78 41-3DF10

3RG78 41-3DF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DG01

3RG78 41-3DG11

3RG78 41-3DG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DG00

3RG78 41-3DG10

3RG78 41-3DG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DH01

3RG78 41-3DH11

3RG78 41-3DH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DH00

3RG78 41-3DH10

3RG78 41-3DH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DJ01

3RG78 41-3DJ11

3RG78 41-3DJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DJ00

3RG78 41-3DJ10

3RG78 41-3DJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DK01

3RG78 41-3DK11

3RG78 41-3DK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DK00

3RG78 41-3DK10

3RG78 41-3DK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DL01

3RG78 41-3DL11

3RG78 41-3DL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DL00

3RG78 41-3DL10

3RG78 41-3DL20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DM01

3RG78 41-3DM11

3RG78 41-3DM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DM00

3RG78 41-3DM10

3RG78 41-3DM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DN01

3RG78 41-3DN11

3RG78 41-3DN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DN00

3RG78 41-3DN10

3RG78 41-3DN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 41-3DP01

3RG78 41-3DP11

3RG78 41-3DP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 41-3DP00

3RG78 41-3DP10

3RG78 41-3DP20

Resolution 55 mm
300

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FD01

3RG78 41-3FD11

3RG78 41-3FD21

300

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FD00

3RG78 41-3FD10

3RG78 41-3FD20

450

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FE01

3RG78 41-3FE11

3RG78 41-3FE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FE00

3RG78 41-3FE10

3RG78 41-3FE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FF01

3RG78 41-3FF11

3RG78 41-3FF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FF00

3RG78 41-3FF10

3RG78 41-3FF20

750

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FG01

3RG78 41-3FG11

3RG78 41-3FG21

750

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FG00

3RG78 41-3FG10

3RG78 41-3FG20

900

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FH01

3RG78 41-3FH11

3RG78 41-3FH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FH00

3RG78 41-3FH10

3RG78 41-3FH20

1050

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FJ01

3RG78 41-3FJ11

3RG78 41-3FJ21

1050

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FJ00

3RG78 41-3FJ10

3RG78 41-3FJ20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FK01

3RG78 41-3FK11

3RG78 41-3FK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FK00

3RG78 41-3FK10

3RG78 41-3FK20

1350

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FL01

3RG78 41-3FL11

3RG78 41-3FL21

1350

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FL00

3RG78 41-3FL10

3RG78 41-3FL20

1) For scope of supply see top of page 2/80.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/81

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

3RG78 41 series, type 2
External evaluation
Transistor output
Protection field
height

Type

Standard device

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

1500

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FM01

3RG78 41-3FM11

3RG78 41-3FM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FM00

3RG78 41-3FM10

3RG78 41-3FM20

1650

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FN01

3RG78 41-3FN11

3RG78 41-3FN21

1650

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FN00

3RG78 41-3FN10

3RG78 41-3FN20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 41-3FP01

3RG78 41-3FP11

3RG78 41-3FP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 41-3FP00

3RG78 41-3FP10

3RG78 41-3FP20

mm

Guest device

Resolution 80 mm
450

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HE01

3RG78 41-3HE11

3RG78 41-3HE21

450

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HE00

3RG78 41-3HE10

3RG78 41-3HE20

600

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HF01

3RG78 41-3HF11

3RG78 41-3HF21

600

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HF00

3RG78 41-3HF10

3RG78 41-3HF20

900

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HH01

3RG78 41-3HH11

3RG78 41-3HH21

900

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HH00

3RG78 41-3HH10

3RG78 41-3HH20

1200

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HK01

3RG78 41-3HK11

3RG78 41-3HK21

1200

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HK00

3RG78 41-3HK10

3RG78 41-3HK20

1500

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HM01

3RG78 41-3HM11

3RG78 41-3HM21

1500

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HM00

3RG78 41-3HM10

3RG78 41-3HM20

1800

Receiver

3RG78 41-3HP01

3RG78 41-3HP11

3RG78 41-3HP21

1800

Emitter

3RG78 41-3HP00

3RG78 41-3HP10

3RG78 41-3HP20

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Dimensions
3RG78 41-3..0. standard light curtains

C
B

28

66,5

14

NSC0_00485c

Host device

17

2/82

33

Siemens SI 10 2009

Type
3RG78 41-3.B..
3RG78 41-3.C..
3RG78 41-3.D..
3RG78 41-3.E..
3RG78 41-3.F..
3RG78 41-3.G..
3RG78 41-3.H..
3RG78 41-3.J..
3RG78 41-3.K..
3RG78 41-3.L..
3RG78 41-3.M..
3RG78 41-3.N..
3RG78 41-3.P..

A
170.5
245.5
320.5
470.5
620.5
770.5
920.5
1 070.5
1 220.5
1 370.5
1 520.5
1 670.5
1 820.5

B
248.5
323.5
398.5
548.5
698.5
848.5
998.5
1 148.5
1 298.5
1 448.5
1 598.5
1 748.5
1 898.5

C
238.5
313.5
388.5
538.5
688.5
838.5
988.5
1 138.5
1 288.5
1 438.5
1 588.5
1 738.5
1 888.5

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Overview
The 3RG78 47 evaluation units form a flexible product family of
interface modules for light curtains and light grids.
The modular design of this series can be used up to type 4 to
IEC/EN61496-1,-2.
These units expand the functionality of the light curtains and light
grids to include startup/restart inhibit and contact control as well
as cycle control and muting depending on the version.
This product family also offers an extensive range of additional
functions such as early error warning for the relay contacts, a PC
diagnostics function as well as many signaling outputs to a
higher-level controller.

Outputs

Relay outputs

OSSD safety outputs

2 safety-related NO contacts

Operational voltage/current switched

60 V DC, 250 V AC, max. 6 A

Only with extended versions

1 safety-related NC contact, 60 V DC, 250 V AC, max. 6 A,

minimum switched current 20 mA

OSSD external fusing

6AT

OSSD response time of processing unit (without light curtain)

With light curtain, type 4, with semiconductor output

22 ms

With light curtain, type 2

64 ms

With safety switches

64 ms

OSSD reactivation time

100 ms

OSSD suitable spark quenching

through coils of the successor relays

Required

Technical specifications
Standard evaluation units
Type

3RG78 47-4BA

Type

3RG78 47-4BA

Safety category to EN 954-1

up to 4 (depending on the
category of the upstream
protective device)

Permissible input resistance

50

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC , 20%

Power consumption

1.5 W (supplied via AODP)

Safety switching outputs (OSSD)

2 relay outputs (NC contact)

Signaling output

Relay output (NC contact)

Continuous current per current

path, max.

3A

Response time

10 ms

Reactivation time

20 ms

Current consumption
(inputs B1 and B3)

32 mA each

Permissible ambient temperature

Operation

0 C ... +50 C

Storage

-25 C ... +70 C

Protection class

II

Degree of protection

IP20

Connection method

Screw terminals

Dimensions (W x H x D)

17.5 mm x 99 mm x 113.6 mm

Assembly

on 35 mm mounting rail

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/83

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units

Intelligent evaluation units

Type

3RG78 47-4BB

Safety category to EN 954-1

Category 4

Type

3RG78 47

STOP category according to

EN 60204-1 (11/ 98)

STOP category 0

Protection according to
EN, IEC 61496-1

Type 4

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC, 15 ... +10%

Safety category to EN 954-1

Category 4

Residual ripple (with DC)

2.4 Vss

STOP category according to

EN 60204-1 (11/ 98)

STOP category 0

Frequency (AC)

50 ... 60 Hz

Supply voltage

Power consumption

2.1 W (AC)/1.7 W (DC)

External fusing of supply circuit

1 A slow-action

24 V DC 20%, external power

pack with safe isolation and compensation of 20 ms voltage dip is
required

Output contacts

2 NO,
1 NC AgSnO2, gold-flashed

Current consumption

Approximately 200 mA without

external load

External fusing (power supply)

2.5 A mT

Connectable safety sensors

(extended versions)

1 light curtain, type 4, or

up to 2 light curtains, type 2
(all according to IEC 61496)
Up to 2 light curtains, type 4, or
up to 4 light curtains, type 2
(all according to IEC 61496)

Test outputs T1 and T2,

test interval

200 ms

Switching capacity according to EN

60947-5-1
AC-15, 230 V

6A

DC-13, 24 V
(360 switching cycles/h)

6A

DC-13: 24 V
(3600 switching cycles/h)

3A

Max. continuous current

per current path

6A

Contact fusing per current path

6.3 A quick-action or
4 A slow-action

Max. summation current

of all current paths

12 A
106

Mechanical service life

10 x

Switching frequency

3600 switching cycles/h

switching cycles

Available functions
All versions

Startup/restart inhibit, contractor

control, diagnostics

Versions with cycle control

Protective, single-cycle and

two-cycle operation

Versions with muting function

Sequential muting, parallel

muting, parallel double muting
(only 3RG78 47-4.G)

ON delay
Manual start

70 ms

Control inputs

Automatic start

230 ms

Contactor control (EDM)

Reset of positive-action contacts

of downstream contactors

Returning time, response time

20 ms

Start/restart inhibit (reset)

Floating NO (switch or key switch)

Minimum ON period S34, S35

80 ms

Electronic fuse protection

Response time

2 sec

Recovery time

2 sec

Control voltage/current at
S11, S22, S31

24 V DC/20 mA

Permissible power input resistance

< 70

Emitted interference

EN 50081-1, -2

Noise immunity

EN 50082-2

Air gaps and creepage distances

according to DIN VDE 0110 (04.97)

4 kV

Operating temperature

25 ... +55 C

Connection
Non-testable muting sensors

Signal level in damped state:

active high, +24 V

Testable muting sensors

Active high, +24 V, plus test

pulses T1 or T2

Outputs
Muting displays for lamps 24 V,
max. 5 W

pnp switching outputs, muting

function on, active high, +24 V,
max. 200 mA

Signaling outputs (depending on

version)

Light curtain free/interrupted;

switching status relay/transistor
output; restart inhibit locked/
unlocked; muting function status;
muting error; warning defective
muting lamp, internal error, etc.

IP40

Operating temperature

0 ... +55 C

IP20

Degree of protection

IP20; must be built into control

cabinet or housing with degree of
protection of at least IP54

Finely-stranded

2 x 0.14 ... 0.75 mm2

Installation

Mounting on 35-mm mounting rail

Finely stranded with end sleeve

2 x 0.25 ... 0.5 mm2

Connection method

Finely stranded with twin end

sleeve

2 x 1.5 mm2

Pluggable, coded screw

terminals up to 2.5 mm2

Solid

1 x 0.14 2.5 mm2

Finely stranded with end sleeve

2 x 0.25 2.5 mm2

Degree of protection
Enclosure
Terminals
Connection cross-sections

2/84

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Selection and Ordering data
Version

Relay output
Order No.

Evaluation units
Type 2 and 4 to EN 954-1
Relay module, dual-channel, for AOPDs
with 2 OSSDs and contactor control

3RG7847-4BA

Type 2 to EN 954-1

3RG78 25-1CB1

Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control }

(suited for 3RG78 41 light curtains and
3RG78 23 light barriers)

3RG78 25-1CB1

Type 4 to EN 954-1 1)
Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control }
(no diagnostic and test function,
for category 4 light curtains and grids and
for category 2 3RG78 43 light curtains
only)

3RG78 47-4BB

Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control }

3RG78 47-4BD

Standard, restart inhibit, contactor control, }

expanded version 2)

3RG78 47-4BE

Muting function, restart inhibit,

contactor control

3RG78 47-4BF

Muting function, restart inhibit,

contactor control, expanded version 2)

3RG78 47-4BG

3RG78 47-4BB

3RG78 47-4BE

3RG78 47-4BF

Muting function, dual-channel, with UL

certification, CSA certification requested

3RG78 47-5BF

Muting function, with UL certification,

CSA certification requested, expanded
version 2)

3RG78 47-5BG

Cycle control, restart inhibit,

contactor control

3RG78 47-4BH

Cycle control, restart inhibit,

contactor control, expanded version 2)

3RG78 47-4BJ

Muting function and cycle control,

restart inhibit, contactor control

3RG78 47-4BK

Muting function and cycle control,

restart inhibit, contactor control,
expanded version 2)

3RG78 47-4BL

3RG78 47-4BJ

3RG78 47-4BL
1)

The electronic 3TK28 41 safety combination can also be used

for category 4 light curtains and grids.
Up to two type 4 light curtains or up to four type 2 light curtains or
two safety switches (e.g. emergency stop) can be connected to the
expanded version.
} Preferred type, available from stock.
2)

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/85

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Order No.

Version

Diagnostics software for evaluation units

} H 3RG78 48-4AC

Diagnostics software for evaluation units,

with PC cable

2
} Preferred type, available from stock.
H: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = 5D992B1.

Dimensions
3RG78 47-4BA
FS10_00258

111

99

22 24 11
Y1
Y2

X1
X2
A2 R1 R3
14 21 12

113,6

NSC00491

NSC00445a

113,6

52,5

111

3RG78 47-5BF/DF

70

70

2/86

Siemens SI 10 2009

NSC00445a

FS1000106

FS1000105

99

3RG78 47-5BG/DG

A
NSC00490

NSC00395

35

22,5

111

3RG78 47-4.F/G/K/L

99

3RG78 47-4.D/E/H/J

3RG78 47-4BB

17,5

113,6

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Schematics
Connecting 3RG78 43 light curtains
to the 3RG78 47-4BA relay module
+24V

+24V
0V
-S1
-K1
-W1

-W2 1

L+

L+

0V

0V

-A3

3RG7843
Receiver

FE

3RG7843
Emitter

3 4 5

B3

Y1

B1

Y2

12

14

22

24

3RG7847-4BA

A2

11

21

FS10_00305

OSSD2

BA2
n.c.
OSSD1

-A2

FE

2 4

BA1
+24V

Test

-A1

+24V
n.c.

-K2

Var. B
-W1

3 5H

-W2

7 8H
A1

A1

-K1

-K2

-K1
Var. A

-K2

-K1

-K2

A2

A2

L-

L-

0V
PE

0V
PE

Connecting 3RG78 41 light curtains

to the 3RG7825-1CB1 evaluation unit
Safety light grid
Emitter

Receiver

3RG7841
Test
Switching
input
output
(PIN 4)
(PIN 4)

Operation without
start-up/restart lock

Operation mode with

start-up/restart lock

Select operation mode by bridging

terminals 22 and 23 or terminals 23 and 24

EMD (Contactor control, return circuit)

14

15

16

21

22

23

24

13

30

31

32

3RG7825
5

29

FS10_00312

Reset
Start/
active

}
}
GND

Safety output 2

Emergency OFF
Safety output 1
Monitoring output "Safety on"
Monitoring output "Error"

+24V

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/87

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Connecting 3RG78 46 light curtains
to the 3RG78 47-4BA relay module

+24V

+24V
-S1
-K1
-W1

-W2 1

2 3

4 5

L+

L+

6
-K2
2
6

-A3

Y1

12 14

22 24

B1

Y2

11

21

A2

FS10_00259

FE

0V

B3

3RG78474BA

3RG7846

FE

0V

3RG7846

3 4 5

OSSD2

RESsolve
OSSD1

-A2

Start
Restart
+24V
EDM

+24V

1 2 4
n.c.
Test

-A1

Var. B
-W1

-W2

3 8H

7 8H
A1

A1

-K1

-K2

-K1

-K2

-K1

Var. A

A2

A2
-K2

L-

L-

0V
PE

0V
PE

Connecting 3RG78 45 light curtains, light grids and

transceivers to the standard 3RG78 47-4BB evaluation unit

K2
1 +24 V
2 0V
3
4
5
6
7 PE
Emitter

+24 V 1 Safety
0 V 2 output
3
4
5
6
PE 7
Receiver

3RG78 45
Light curtain/grid

K1

A1
(L+)

6.3 AF

6.3 Af

Reactivation inhibit

1 AT

NSC0_00492e

Start

Contactor control

+ 24 V

S11 S33 S34 S35 S31 S22

13

23

31

Enable
circuit,
twochannel

Enable
circuit,
singlechannel

K2
=

CH1
K1 K2

K1

3RG78 45

A2 (L-)

S21 S12

K11)

N.O.

N.O.

CH2

14
K21)

Use both contacts in

the enable channel!
K1 and K2 with positively
driven contacts
1) Implement appropriate
spark extinguishing
measures

0V

2/88

24

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Connecting 3RG78 34 laser scanners to the 3RG78 47-4BB
evaluation unit
+24V

+24V
1
2

-K1
-W1

3 4

11 12

L+

L+

-K2
2

-A3

15

A1 S11

23 31

reserved

X2

0V

RS232/422
n.c.
n.c.

RxDShield

4 5 6 7 8

S21 S12 14

A2

24 32

FS10_00311

-X2 1 2

RxD+

3RG7847-4BB
TxDTxD+

0V

S34 S35 S31 S22 13

X1

3RG7834

-X1 1

S33

+24V

Alarm 2

n.c.
n.c.

OSSD2

n.c.
OSSD1

9 10 11 12 13 14 15
n.c.

FP3
FP4

FP1
Alarm 1

6 7 8
FP2

3 4 5
+24V

Restart

-A1 -X1 2

Var. B
-W1

1 SH

A1

-K1

-K1
Var. A

-K2

-K1

A1
-K2

-K2

A2

A2

L-

L-

0V
PE

0V
PE

Connecting 3RG78 41 light curtains to the standard

3RG78 47-4BD evaluation unit
+ 24 V

+ 24 V 1
2
0V 3
4 Safety output

k1

3RG7841
Light curtain

Receiver

4
+ 24 V

Emitter

15
T1

24
T2

Test

Test input
3RG7847-4BD

S1

23

13

11

14

R-output

10

1)

0V

K1

k1

LN

k2

k1

1
1)

K2
h

Enable
circuit,
singlechannel

k2

State

0V

Enable
circuit,
twochannel

S2

AOPDs

RS 232

Diagn.

22

6 AT max.

OSSD2 N.O.

k2

LN

OSSD1 N.O.

L+
Ph

Start

3 0V
4

EDM

RESET

1 + 24 V

NSC0_00483d

6 AT max.

2,5 AT

Contactor control

Reactivation inhibit

0V

L+
Fase

Use both contacts in the

enable channel!
K1 and K2 with positively
driven contacts
1) Implement appropriate
spark extinguishing
measures

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/89

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Connecting 3RG78 45 light curtains, light grids and transceivers
to the 3RG78 47-4BF/3RG78 47-5BF evaluation unit with integrated muting function
+24 V

S1

23
S2

20
M1

AOPDs

21

M3

M2

19

Muting
failure
33

30

13

6 AT max.
11

14

Enable
circuit,
twochannel

M4

Muting
indicators

State outputs Warn.

S1-S2

RS232
9

32

Muting sensors

3RG7847-4BF

Diagn.

31

28

R-output
State

29

Muting display
24 V, 5 W max.

K1 K2

10
6
1
K11)
1)
K2

Grouped fault/warning
signal possible: active low
LN

L+
Ph

Enable
circuit,
singlechannel

K2

6 AT max.

T2

Test

22

K1

OSSD2 N.O.

T1

24

K2

OSSD1 N.O.

15

M4

LN

EDM

+ 24 V

M3

L+
Ph

Start

Receiver

3RG78 45
Light curtain/grid

M sensor 2

M sensor 1

5
6
PE 7

Emitter

M2

NSC0_00301e

RESET

M1

M sensor 4

Safety output

M sensor 3

+24 V 1
0V 2
3
4

0V

1 +24 V
2 0V
3
4
5
6
7 PE

Muting

2,5 AT

Contactor
control

Reactivation
inhibit

0V

K1

Use both contacts in the

enable channel!
K1 and K2 with positively
driven contacts
1) Implement appropriate
spark extinguishing
measures

Connection of 3RG78 45 light curtains, light grids and transceivers

to the 3RG7847-4BH evaluation unit with sequence control system

grid

Emitter
3RG78 45
Light curtain/grid

2/90

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Evaluation units
Connecting 3RG7834 laser scanners to a SafetyPLC
+24V

+24V
1
2

15

-W1

X2

0V

reserved

RS232/422
n.c.
n.c.

RxDShield

4 5 6 7 8

FS10_00310

-X2 1 2

RxD+

Safety PLC

TxDTxD+

0V

3RG7834

-X1 1

Safety
outputs

X1

Safety
inputs

-A2
15

I/O

Standard

Alarm 2

n.c.
n.c.

OSSD2

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

+24V

11 12

n.c.
OSSD1

6 7 8
FP3
FP4

3 4 5

FP2

-A1 -X1 2

FP1
Alarm 1

6 7 8

+24V

3 4 5

Restart

n.c.

-W1

1 SH

0V
PE

0V
PE

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/91

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Overview
To facilitate installation, alignment, commissioning and troubleshooting, a practical accessories package containing mounting
columns, reflecting mirror columns, reflecting mirrors, mounting
supports, protective disks and laser alignment tools is available.

In addition, PC software can be used to visualize and record the

function of the light curtains as well as the evaluation units.

Selection and Ordering data

Order No.

Length
mm

Mounting columns
Suited for the 3RG78 43, 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45, 3RG78 46
as well as 3SF78 42 and 3SF78 44 series
1060

3RG78 48-1CL

1360

3RG78 48-1CP

1660

3RG78 48-1CR

1960

3RG78 48-1CU

Reflecting mirror for light curtains

The 3RG78 43, 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45, 3RG78 46
as well as 3SF78 42 and 3SF78 44 series
Reflecting mirror
210

3RG78 48-1DC

285

3RG78 48-1DD

360

3RG78 48-1DL

510

3RG78 48-1DM

660

3RG78 48-1DN

810

3RG78 48-1DP

960

3RG78 48-1DR

1110

3RG78 48-1DU

1260

3RG78 48-1DE

1410

3RG78 48-1DF

1560

3RG78 48-1DG

1710

3RG78 48-1DH

1860

3RG78 48-1DK

Reflecting mirror columns

1060

3RG78 48-0DL

1360

3RG78 48-0DP

1660

3RG78 48-0DR

1960

3RG78 48-0DU

Reflecting mirror columns for light grids

The 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45 as well as 3SF78 42 and 3SF78 44 series
Adjustable separate mirrors

1060, 2-beam

3RG78 48-0FL

1360, 3-beam

3RG78 48-0FP

1360, 4-beam

3RG78 48-0FR

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/92

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Order No.

Length

Protective disks
The protective disks can prevent damage to the light curtains and
light grids. The protective disks can be easily replaced, if necessary.
For the 3RG78 42, 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45, 3SF78 42 and 3SF78 44 series

For protection field height

300 mm

3RG78 48-4AA

450 mm

3RG78 48-4BA

600 mm

3RG78 48-4CA

750 mm

3RG78 48-4DA

900 mm

3RG78 48-4FA

1050 mm

3RG78 48-4GA

1200 mm

3RG78 48-4HA

1350 mm

3RG78 48-4KA

1500 mm

3RG78 48-4LA

1650 mm

3RG78 48-4MA

1800 mm

3RG78 48-4NA

Holder set with 2 disk clamps for protective disks

for protection field heights up to 900 mm

3RG78 48-4SA

Holder set with 3 disk clamps for protective disks

for protection field heights of 900 mm and above

3RG78 48-4TA

For the 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46 series

For protection field height

300 mm

3RG78 48-4DS

450 mm

3RG78 48-4FS

600 mm

3RG78 48-4GS

750 mm

3RG78 48-4HS

900 mm

3RG78 48-4KS

1050 mm

3RG78 48-4LS

1200 mm

3RG78 48-4MS

1350 mm

3RG78 48-4NS

1500 mm

3RG78 48-4SS

1650 mm

3RG78 48-4TS

1800 mm

3RG78 48-4US

Holder set with 2 disk clamps for protective disks

for protection field heights up to 900 mm

3RG78 48-4BS

Holder set with 3 disk clamps for protective disks

for protection field heights of 900 mm and above

3RG78 48-4CS

Type

Order No.

Assembly materials
Bracket, hinged with vibration damping
(incl. 2 screws and 2 sliding blocks)

3RG78 48-0BB

Standard holding bracket kit

(1 set = 2 units, incl. screws)

3RG78 48-0AB

Sliding blocks
(1 set = 2 units), M6

3RG78 48-0AC

Muting mounting system,

total length 1000 mm with two 12 mm circular bars
for light barrier mounting systems (see page 2/99)

3RG78 48-2AF

Muting mounting system,

total length 1000 mm with 2 reflectors

3RG78 48-2LF

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/93

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories

Type

Order No.

Muting mounting system for sequential muting,

total length 1000 mm with four 12 mm circular bars
for light barrier mounting systems (see page 2/100)

3RG784 8-2DF

Muting mounting system for sequential muting,

total length 1000 mm with 4 reflectors

3RG78 48-2KF

Muting mounting system,

total length 350 mm with two 12 mm circular bars
for light barrier mounting systems (see page 2/100)

3RG78 48-2GF

Muting mounting system to bolt mount directly to the unit

for 2 sensors with angular circular bars
for light barrier mounting systems (see page 2/100)

3RG78 48-2HF

Holding bar for mounting to muting mounting system,

diameter 12 mm, length 200 mm

3RX7 315

Holding bar for mounting to muting mounting system,

diameter 12 mm, length 300 mm

3RX7 316

Holding plate to hold sensor,

mounting on 12 mm circular bar for sensor holding system

3RX7 326

Mounting base with 12 mm receptacle for fixing system

3RX7 322

Keys
Safety key for teach-in

3RG78 48-2AH

Laser alignment assistance

Standard version for slot mounting

3RG78 48-1AB

For installation with fixing columns

3RG78 48-1AG

For light barriers and laser scanners

3RG78 48-1AP

Test rods
With 14 mm and 30 mm resolution

20 mm test rod
30 mm test rod

3RG78 48-0AH
3RG78 48-1CH

40 mm test rod

3RG78 48-0AH
3RG78 48-1BH

Diagnostics software
for evaluation units, including PC cable

} H 3RG78 48-4AC

SafetyLab diagnostics and parameterization software with PC cable C

PC connecting lead, including connector, 9-pole with optical interface

H: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = 5D992B1
} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/94

Siemens SI 10 2009

H 3RG78 48-2SL

3RG78 38-1DC

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Type

Length

Order No.

Poles

ASIsafe
ASIsafe module
for 3RG78 43 type 2 light curtains

} B 3RK1205-0BQ21-0AA3

ASIsafe module
for 3RG78 46 type 4 light curtains

3RK1205-0BQ24-0AA3

ASIsafe adapter for 3SF78 44 series receiver

for use with 3RG78 38-1EA
or 3RG78 38-1EB 5-pole connecting cables,
for bus connection and 24 V power supply

3RG78 38-1DG

ASIsafe adapter for 3SF78 4 emitter

and M12 bus terminal receiver
for ASIsafe flat cable

3RX98 01-0AA00

Connecting cable
1
for 3RG78 38-1DG ASIsafe adapter
M12 ASIsafe adapter for 3SF78 44 M12 receiver

5-pole

3RG78 38-1EA

Connecting cable
2
for 3RG78 38-1DG ASIsafe adapter
M12 ASIsafe adapter for 3SF78 44 M12 receiver

5-pole

3RG78 38-1EB

Cables and cable plugs of the Hirschmann type for the 3RG78 44 series
Cable plug

12-pole

3RG78 48-2DA

Angular cable socket

12-pole

3RG78 48-2DB

Cable for machine interface,

straight plug

10

Cable for machine interface,

straight plug

25

3RG78 48-2DK

Cable for machine interface,

straight plug

50

3RG78 48-2EK

3RG78 48-2CK

Brad Harrison (MIN series) cable for 3RG78 45 and 3RG78 44 light curtains and light grids
Notice:
Primarily for the
NAFTA market.

Connecting cable for 3RG78 44

and 3RG78 45 receivers

7-pole

3RG78 48-0DB01

Connecting cable for 3RG78 45 emitter

5-pole

3RG78 48-0DB00

Connecting cable for 3RG7844

and 3RG7845 receivers

12

7-pole

3RG78 48-0KB01

Connecting cable for 3RG78 45 emitter

12

5-pole

3RG78 48-0KB00

Connecting cable for 3RG78 44

and 3RG78 45 receivers

20

7-pole

3RG78 48-0LB01

Connecting cable for 3RG78 45 emitter

20

5-pole

3RG78 48-0LB00

Cable and cable boxes for the 3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 series
Cable for local connection,
with M12 angular connector, 8-pole

3RG78 48-2AK

Cable for local connection,

with M12 angular connector, 8-pole

10

3RG78 48-2BK

External local connection box,

with 6 M12 sockets and cable; for connecting
the muting sensors and the muting lamp

0.5

3RG78 48-2AB

Connecting cable, twisted

(connecting pin 2 to plug pin 4),
M12 angle plug M12 connector

1.5

8-pole

3RG78 48-2FK

Connecting cable, twisted

(connecting pin 2 to plug pin 4),
M12 plug M12 connector

1.5

8-pole

3RG78 48-2GK

Connecting cable, twisted

(connecting pin 2 to plug pin 4),
M12 angle plug M12 angular connector

1.5

8-pole

3RG78 48-2HK

B: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99.

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/95

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Type

Order No.

Rated voltage

Muting lamp and accessories

}

8WD42 00-1AE

Connecting element with end cover

for conduit, floor and angled installation

8WD42 08-0AA

Conduit, single, length 100 mm

8WD42 08-0EF

Foot, single,
in plastic, for floor installation

8WD42 08-0DE

Bracket for wall mounting

8WD42 08-0CA

8WD43 28-1XX

Continuous light element, clear

AC/DC 24 ... 230 V

AC/DC 24

Incandescent lamp, 5W,

BA 15d base

Length

Order No.

Type

Safety and mounting profiles for 3RG78 41 light curtains

150 mm

3RG78 48-0GB

225 mm

3RG78 48-0GC

300 mm

3RG78 48-0GD

450 mm

3RG78 48-0GE

600 mm

3RG78 48-0GF

750 mm

3RG78 48-0GG

900 mm

3RG78 48-0GH

1050 mm

3RG78 48-0GJ

1200 mm

3RG78 48-0GK

1350 mm

3RG78 48-0GL

1500 mm

3RG78 48-0GM

1650 mm

3RG78 48-0GN

1800 mm

3RG78 48-0GP

Connecting cable with M12 socket for 3RG78 41 light curtains

}

3RG78 48-1BA

angled

3RG78 48-1BC

straight

3RG78 48-1BD

angled

3RG78 48-1BE

5m

straight

5m
15 m
15 m

Connecting cable with M12 plug-in connector for

3RG78 43, 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45, 3RG7846 and 3SF78 44 series emitter light curtains
5-pole, shielded

5m

straight

3RG78 48-2EA

5-pole, shielded

5m

angled

3RG78 48-2EB

5-pole, shielded

10 m

straight

3RG78 48-2EC

5-pole, shielded

10 m

angled

3RG78 48-2ED

5-pole, shielded

15 m

straight

3RG78 48-2EE

5-pole, shielded

15 m

angled

3RG78 48-2EF

5-pole, shielded

30 m

straight

3RG78 48-2EM

5-pole, shielded

30 m

angled

3RG78 48-2EN

} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/96

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
M12 socket

Order No.

Connector, connecting cable Length

m

Connecting cable with M12 plug-in connector for

3RG78 43, 3RG78 44, 3RG78 45 and 3RG78 46 series receiver light curtains
8-pole, shielded

straight

3RG78 48-2CA

8-pole, shielded

angled

3RG78 48-2CB

8-pole, shielded

straight

10

3RG78 48-2CC

8-pole, shielded

angled

10

3RG78 48-2CD

8-pole, shielded

straight

15

3RG78 48-2CE

8-pole, shielded

angled

15

3RG78 48-2CF

8-pole, shielded

straight

30

3RG78 48-2CM

8-pole, shielded

angled

30

3RG78 48-2CN

Connection cable to connect to ASIsafe with a straight connector and

straight/angular M12 socket for the 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46 emitter light curtains
straight

5-pole, shielded

3RG78 48-3EA

angled

5-pole, shielded

3RG78 48-3EB

straight

5-pole, shielded

10

3RG78 48-3EC

angled

5-pole, shielded

10

3RG78 48-3ED

straight

5-pole, shielded

15

3RG78 48-3EE

angled

5-pole, shielded

15

3RG78 48-3EF

Connection cable to connect to ASIsafe with a straight connector and

straight/angular M12 socket for the 3RG78 43 and 3RG78 46 receiver light curtains
straight

8-pole, shielded

3RG78 48-3CA

angled

8-pole, shielded

3RG78 48-3CB

straight

8-pole, shielded

10

3RG78 48-3CC

angled

8-pole, shielded

10

3RG78 48-3CD

straight

8-pole, shielded

15

3RG78 48-3CE

angled

8-pole, shielded

15

3RG78 48-3CF

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/97

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Order No.

Designation

Mounting hardware for 3RG78 43 and 3RG 78 46 light curtains

360 bracket

3RG78 48-2BA

L bracket

3RG78 48-2BB

Z bracket

3RG78 48-2BC

360 support set,

comprising two 360 supports

3RG78 48-2BD

L bracket set,
comprising two L brackets

3RG78 48-2BE

Z bracket set,
comprising two Z brackets

3RG78 48-2BF

Support, swivel-mounted,
with vibration damping
} Preferred type, available from stock.

2/98

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RG78 48-0BB

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Dimensions
3RG78 48-0C.
reflecting mirror columns

3RG78 48-0D., 3RG78 48-0F.

mounting columns

98,4
94,4

NSC0_00432a

Type

3RG78 48-0.L

1060

B
974

3RG78 48-0.P

1360

1274

3RG78 48-0.R

1660

1574

3RG78 48-0.U

1960

1874

29,2

160

95,6

63

160

60

60

3
3

71

NSC0_00431a

83

$ light curtain
% 8 bore holes, diameter = 16 mm
& plastic spring elements with
automatic return mechanism
( 3 bore holes in base for dowels,
diameter = 10 mm,
depth = 80 mm
3RG78 48-0AB standard mounting bracket
(included in the scope of supply)

3RG78 48-0BB support,

swivel-mounted, with vibration damping

R 10

33,5

10
11,3

90

ca. 40
ca. 34

6,2

M6

54

9,5

(24)

35

10

60

22
6,2

ANSC00435

44

Slot

70

NSC00434

ca.
24,5

M6
Swivel angle

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/99

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Muting mounting system

3RG78 48-2GF muting mounting system, length 350 mm with 2 circular bars

1000
=

FS1000108

100
40

100

40

150

12

FS10_00260

V2A circular bar 12 x 100 mm

Fixing plate
Aluminum profile
Cover

3RG78 48-2DF muting mounting system for sequential muting,

total length 1000 mm with four 12 mm circular bars

3RG78 48-2KF muting mounting system for sequential muting,

length 1000 mm with four reflectors

150

100
40
12

200

FS10_00261

3RG78 48-2BB L-bracket

3RG78 48-2BC Z-bracket

4

R10
R3,1

25

12,1

R3,1
R3,1
R10

R6

12
30

R10

6,2

FS10_00080

18,4

31,7

10

22

6,2

FS10_00079

73
61

16

39
29

FS10_00262

1000

1000

R3,1

R3,1

12

10,8

R10

3RG78 48-2BA support 360

34
20
8,2

3RG78 48-0BB pivoting support

-26,5

11,3

8
6,2

35

60

70

29,1

24,5

41,2

9,1

10

FS10_00082

-40
-34

(34-37)

FS10_00084

(50-53)

A
B
C
D

200

24
32

2/100

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids

Accessories
Local connectivity box 3RG7848-2AB
27
6

73

98

33

6
7

4
3

2
8

23
26

54

FS10_00306

8WD42 08-0DE pedestal

8WD42 08-0DE connecting element

0
1

5,5

37

8WD42 00-1AE signaling column

with continuous light element,
8WD42 08-0EF tube and
8WD42 08-0DE pedestal
50

2
3

1,5

FS10_00150

4
70

54

21,3

FS10_00151

FS10_00153

25
31,4

12

32

72

117
132,7

8WD42 08-0CA bracket

for wall mounting

FS10_00152

50

70

1,5

38

21,6
52

70

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/101

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Introduction
Route monitoring for automatic guided vehicle systems

Overview
Our optical distance sensors provide perfect all-round protection to type 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496.
In an operating field of 190 and over a distance of up to 4.0 m
(up to 15 m in non-safety-related applications), the laser scanner
reliably senses every object and every person. And it works so
simply: The distance sensor emits light pulses at regular intervals.

If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives the reflected light

and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the predefined area to be
protected, a Stop function is triggered.
With up to four programmable protection field pairs that can be
selected during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally
adapted to any application on machines, production robots,
conveyor systems or vehicles.
Different variants support optimal integration in the automation
system: Whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.

Application

SF4

SF1
SF3

SF2
NSC0_00620

Reliable detection of persons and objects approaching the

vehicle.
The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than
bumpers and, therefore, permits higher speeds.
Collision protection for shifting units

Horizontal danger zone protection

SF1
SF2
b

NSC0_00622

NSC0_00619

Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones

around machines and plants.
Flexible programming of almost any protection and warning
zones.
Horizontal danger zone protection with more than one protection field

SF 2
WF 2
SF 1
(active)

WF 1
(active)
NSC0_00646

Reliable detection of persons in different danger zones by

switching between protection fields.
Increased availability due to accurate protection of just the
fields that are currently active.

2/102

Siemens SI 10 2009

Reliable protection of persons in the path of the vehicle.

Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected in good time
and damage to the vehicle or its load is prevented.
Other applications
Many different types of hazardous area protection
Protection for rooms and entrances
Projecting object monitoring to protect machines and personnel
Non-safety-relevant measuring or detection tasks
(e.g. determining distances, positions, or contours).

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Introduction
Access protection by means of entry control

Securing danger zones by means of hand and arm guards

Access protection by means of entry control can be used when

the entry location to a machine or to a danger zone can be precisely defined and when no other unsecured access to this area
exists.

If a machine operator has to be close to the dangerous movement or if the operator coordinates the positioning and removal
of workpieces at the machine, danger zone protection must be
implemented at the machine.

The laser scanner is preferably mounted above the entry point,

aligned vertically. To protect the protective devices, laser scanners and fence from inadvertent adjustment and malicious manipulation, the protection fields of the laser scanners must be
defined using reference contours. In this operating mode, the
scanner uses the sampled environment as a reference and can
therefore monitor changes to the structure of the protective
equipment as well as each individual measurement to detect an
entering person.

A protective device must be used to guard these danger zones.

The laser scanner is approved for securing danger zones by
means of hand and arm guards and can, also in combination
with protection field changeover, ensure flexible work safety. To
protect the protective devices, laser scanners and the screens
(attached to the sides as a reference and as additional access
protection) from inadvertent adjustment and malicious manipulation, the protection fields of the laser scanners must be defined
using reference contours.

2
3

FS10_00226

FS10_00225

Access through entry control

Application example for a circular table

Laser scanners

Laser scanners

Reference contour

Reference contour

Emergency stop

Emergency stop

Protection field

4, 5 Protection fields with reference classes

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/103

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Introduction

Function
The laser scanner is an optical, contact-free surface scanner
designed primarily for operator protection.

Four protection field/warning field pairs

Four variable protection field pairs for the personnel protection
field and warning field, which can be easily set on the PC, ensure
that the laser scanner can be adapted to suit any requirement.

Sc

Reflection

SF 3

SF 1

SF 4

SF 2

NSC0_00623

Using a laser diode with transmission optics, the laser scanner

continuously generates bundled light pulses that are scattered
throughout the operating range by an integrated rotating mirror.
If objects or persons enter the field, it evaluates the reflected
light pulses and continuously calculates the exact position coordinates on the basis of the light propagation time. If the defined
personnel protection field is penetrated, the laser scanner stops
the machine immediately (within the system response time). The
Stop function is reset when the protection field is free again, either automatically or following acknowledgement (depending on
the operating mode).
The operating range of the laser scanner spans 190 and is subdivided into angle segments of 0.36.

0.36

Only personal protection fields are shown

NSC0_00625

It can be implemented in stationary applications (machines and

installations) or mobile applications (vehicles, automatic guided
vehicle systems, or shifting units). In the case of a robot, for example, different operating ranges can be protected, whereby
the laser scanner operates in succession with regard to time and
space. In the case of automatic guided vehicle systems, four
programmable protection fields can be protected (e.g. rapid
travel, slow travel, turning left, turning right).
LS4soft operator software
Thanks to the PC operator software LS4soft, it could not be easier to optimize the laser scanner settings. The following functions
have been integrated:
User-friendly configuration of the protection field using a PC or
laptop
Configuration of additional functions, such as protection field
selection, restart inhibit, etc. by means of a software wizard
Comprehensive range of displays, e.g. defined protection
fields, current scan contours, system settings, etc. reliable,
password-protected access with different authorization levels
Executable under Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP
The operator software is supplied with the laser scanner.

185

NSC0_00624

The scan rate is 25 scans/second, i.e. one light pulse every

40 ms in each segment. A special algorithm ensures that objects
larger than 70 mm (this corresponds to the scanner resolution)
can be reliably detected and that contamination (e.g. dust) does
not reduce system availability. The laser scanner detects people
(even if they are wearing dark clothing) at a distance of up to 4 m
(fail-safe). People or objects can, however, be detected at a distance of up to 15 m so that a warning can be output, for example
(not safety relevant).

2/104

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Standard laser scanners

Overview

Standard laser scanner with port covers

Integration
Standard laser scanners

or

or

or

or

X2
X1

FS10_00138

Contact assignment
Connection Description

Position

Connectable accessories

Order No.

X1

ConfigPlug, straight, without cable

3RG78 38-2AB

(not applicable)

(not applicable)

&

Cable

3RG78 38-2BD
3RG78 38-2BE
3RG78 38-2BF
3RG78 38-2BG
3RG78 38-2BH

Connector, complete, 9-pole

3RG78 38-1CA

Connector, complete, 9-pole with side cable entry 3RG78 38-1CB

Connecting cable, incl. connector, 9-pole

X2

15-pole Sub-D connector for

control interface

9-pole Sub-D connector for

RS232/RS422 PC interface

3RG78 38-1CC
3RG78 38-1CD
3RG78 38-1CE

Siemens SI 10 2009

(5 m)
(10 m)
(25 m)
(50 m)
(10 m,
angled)

(3 m)
(5 m)
(10 m)

2/105

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Standard laser scanners

Technical specifications
Type

Standard laser scanners

Operator protection zone

Type

Standard laser scanners

Power supply

Detection zone

0 ... 4 m (SIMATIC FS620I and

SIMATIC FS660I)
0 ... 2.15 m (SIMATIC FS660 SR)

Operating voltage

Supply according to IEC 60742

with safety transformer or comparable with DC/DC converters

Degree of remission

min. 1.8%

External supply

24 V DC, 30 to +20%

Object size, object diameter

70 mm (cylindrical test object)

Current consumption

approx. 300 mA, 2.5 A power

supply should be used

Power consumption at 24 V

8 W plus output loading

Overcurrent protection

With fuse 1.25 A, medium

time-lag, in control cabinet

Response time
2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

80 ms

Adjustable up to 16 scans

640 ms

Number

4/8 (selectable via switched

inputs)

Overvoltage protection

With safe switch-off at limit

Voltage dips

according to EN 61496-1

2 fail-safe pnp transistor outputs,

24 V, 250 mA

Protective conductor

Connection not permissible

Output

Inputs

Safety category

Restart/Reset

Connection of a command device

for operating mode with restart
inhibit and/or device reset,
dynamically monitored, 24 V DC
opto-decoupled

Field pair switchover

Selection of 4 field pairs over

4 control lines with internal monitoring (1 field pair = 1 protective
zone and 1 warning zone),
24 V DC opto-decoupled

according to DIN V 19250

Requirement class 4

according to EN 954-1

Category 3, single fault safety

according to IEC 61496-1,

EN 61496-3

Type 3

to IEC 61508

SIL 2

Start-up

The start-up test and the start-up

inhibit can be adjusted separately

Warm restart

160 ms ... 10 s settable or manually

Signal definition

Additional distance with dust

suppression deactivated

83 mm

High (logic 1)

16 ... 30 V

Low (logic 0)

<3V

Additional distance with dust

suppression activated

Parameterization

For protection fields < 3.5 m

83 mm

For protection fields > 3.5 m

100 mm

Additional distance for retroreflectors or strongly reflective

surfaces (such as certain metals
or ceramics in the scan plane)

Operator software

Communication and parameterization software under Windows

95/98/NT/2000/XP with secure
protocol for programming

Interfaces

Over 1.2 m behind the protection

field line

0 mm

In the protection field or up to

1.2 m behind the protection
field line

110 mm

Warning zone

For parameterizing devices and

defining fields

RS232, RS422

Outputs
Protection field

2 safe semiconductor output,

pnp, max. 250 mA short-circuit
monitoring, protected against
overcurrent

Warning zone/fouling/fault

pnp transistor output, max.

100 mA

Detection zone

0 ... 15 m

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Load properties, maximum values

Low-pass response

Object size

150 mm 150 mm

Limit frequency fg

< 1 kHz

Capacitance CLoad

< 100 nF

Response time
2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

80 ms

Adjustable up to 16 scans

640 ms

High (OSSD)

U b - 3.2 V

Number of warning zones

4 (selectable via switched inputs)

Low (OSSD)

<2V

Output

pnp transistor output, max.

100 mA

High (alarm active)

Ub-4V

Low (alarm inactive)

<2V

Contour measurement

Level

Environment and material

Detection zone

0 ... 50 m

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Degree of protection according to

IEC 60529

IP65

Object size

Touch protection

Total insulation, protection class 2

Output

Serial interface RS 232 (10 m),

RS 422 (50 m)

Ambient temperature

Radial resolution

5 mm

Lateral resolution

0.36

2/106

Siemens SI 10 2009

Operation

0 ... +50 C

Storage

20 ... +60 C

Humidity according to DIN 40040

Table 10, identification letter E

(fairly dry)

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Standard laser scanners
Type

Standard laser scanners

Enclosure material

Cast aluminum, plastic

Weight

approx. 2 kg

Dimensions (W H D) in mm

140 155 135

Distance from center of the scan

plane to the bottom edge of the
enclosure

48.75 mm

Distance from rear edge of

enclosure to rotating mirror axis

68 mm

Vibratory load over 3 axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-6

10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g

Continuous shock over 3 axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-29

10 g, 16 ms

Interference immunity
according to EN 61496-1

According to the requirements for

Type 4

Additionally according to
DIN 40839-1, -3

Test pulses 1, 2, 3a, 3b, 5

(not for use in vehicles with
internal combustion engines)

Rotating mirror drive

Brushless DC motor

Rotating mirror bearings

Maintenance-free ball bearings

SIMATIC FS660 SR
standard laser scanner
with vertical security

3RG78 34-6BE00

3RG78 34-6BM00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones, danger
points and access protection
Maximum protective zone 2.15 m
SIMATIC FS670 SR
Motion monitoring laser scanner with vertical security
(up to 4 protective fields)
Including LS4soft software for
securing danger zones, maximum protective zone 2.15 m

2
}

3RG78 34-6DM00

3RG78 38-1AA

Adapter plate for PLS support }

3RG78 38-1AB

3RG78 38-7RS

SIMATIC FS670 SR
Motion monitoring laser scanner with vertical security
(up to 8 protective fields)
Including LS4soft software for
securing danger zones, maximum protective zone 4 m

Accessories
Assembly system, hinged,
for easy adjustment

Connections
Connectors

2 connectors (connectable from

above, soldered connection)

Cable lengths
Control cable X1

max. 50 m with 0.5 mm2 conductor cross-section, shielded

Data cable X2, RS232

max. 10 m

Data cable X2, RS422

max. 50 m (twisted pair)

Cleaning set
Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
cloths (100 units)

Optical properties
Range of angle

max. 190

Connectors and cables

Angle resolution

0.36

Connector, complete, 9-pole

(X2)

3RG78 38-1CA

0.18

Connector, complete, 9-pole

(X2)
With lateral cable routing

3RG78 38-1CB

ConfigPlug for all laser scanners, }

straight, without cable

3RG78 38-2BA

Lateral tolerance
Without mounting system (with
reference to rear of enclosure)

With mounting system (with refer- 0.22

ence to the mounting surface)
Scan rate

25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan

Laser protection class according to

EN 60825-1

Class 1 (safe for eyes)

Wave length

905 nm (infrared)

Beam divergence

2 mrad

Time basis

100 s

Selection and Ordering data

SIMATIC FS620I standard laser }
scanner

Order No.
3RG78 34-6DD00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones
SIMATIC FS660I standard laser } B
scanner with vertical security
Including LS4soft software for
securing danger zones, danger
points and access protection

3RG78 34-6DE00

Connecting cable
Laser scanner control cable with
ConfigPlug, 15-pole (X1)

5 m cable, straight,
unconnected end

} A

3RG78 38-2BD

10 m cable, straight,
unconnected end

3RG78 38-2BE

25 m cable, straight,
unconnected end

3RG78 38-2BF

50 m cable, straight,
unconnected end

3RG78 38-2BG

10 m cable, angled,
unconnected end

3RG78 38-2BH

3m

3RG78 38-1CC

5m

3RG78 38-1CD

10 m

3RG78 38-1CE

Connecting cable
incl. connector, 9-pole (X2)

Suitable evaluation units, see page 4/82.

A: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99H
B: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99
} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/107

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Standard laser scanners

Dimensions
Standard laser scanner with switching output
122.3
88
61
38.5

R 2.6
130

64
132
135

R = smallest bending radius: 50 mm (original accessories)

a = rotating mirror axis
b = scan level

155,4

51,5
74,4
90

23
56,6

Assembly system 3RG78 38-1AA

158
166
192

2/108

Siemens SI 10 2009

NSC 00610

140

148
b

48.75

170

143.8

141

approx. 195

R 2.6

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

ASIsafe laser scanner

Overview

ASIsafe laser scanner

Integration
ASIsafe laser scanner

X5
and
and

X1

X2

or

X3
X4

FS10_00136

Contact assignment
Terminal

Description

Item

Connectable accessories

Order No.

X1

M12 connector for AS-Interface connection

(bus connection and 24 V DC power supply)

Laser scanner connecting cable to

M12 AS-Interface adapter

3RG78 38-1EA
3RG78 38-1EB

M12 AS-Interface adapter

3RG78 38-1DG

X2

Connection for AS-Interface addressing and

diagnostics unit

&

AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit

3RK1 904-2AB01

Connecting cable with M12 socket and

M12 plug (3-core)

3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
(1.5 m)

M12 jumper plug (suitable for protection field 1)

3RG78 38-1DF

M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pole

3RX8 000-0CD55

X3

M12 socket for connecting the changeover

for the protection fields

X4

M12 connector for connecting a restart button

(optional)

M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pole

3RX8 000-0CB55

X5

Optical PC interface

PC connecting cable for laser scanner

with optical interface, 9-pole

3RG78 38-1DC

Siemens SI 10 2009

(1 m)
(2 m)

2/109

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

ASIsafe laser scanner

Technical specifications
Type

ASIsafe laser scanner

Protection field
Detection zone

0 ... 4 m

Degree of remission

min. 1.8%

Object size (diameter)

70 mm (cylindrical test object)

Response time

Type

2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

85 ms (laser scanner only, without

AS-Interface system times)

Adjustable up to 16 scans

645 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times)

Number

4 (selectable via switched inputs)

via AS-Interface network

29.5 ... 31.6 V (according to

AS-Interface specification)

via external supply

24 V DC (+/-20%)

Note

The power supply unit of the

external power supply as well as
the AS-Interface power supply
unit used to supply the ASInterface components must
provide safe isolation from the
supply according to IEC 60742
and bridge short-term power
failures of up to 20 ms (e.g. the
AS-Interface power supply unit
3RX9 307-0AA00)

Overcurrent protection

Fuse 1.25 A, slow acting

Current consumption from the

supply circuit, typically

400 mA
50 mA

Safety category
according to EN 954-1

Category 3

according to IEC 61496-1 or

EN 61496-3

Type 3

according to IEC 61506

SIL 2

Output

Safe AS-Interface interface

Current consumption from the

AS-Interface circuit, typically

Start-up

Start-up test and start-up disable

can be set separately

Inputs

Warm restart

160 ms ... 10 s
(settable or manually)

Restart/Reset

Connection of a command device

for operating mode "With restart
inhibit" and/or device reset,
dynamically monitored, 24 V DC
opto-decoupled

Field pair switchover

Selection of 4 field pairs over 4

control lines with internal monitoring (1 field pair = 1 protective
zone and 1 warning zone), 24 V
DC opto-decoupled

Protection field additional distance

with dust suppression
deactivated

ASIsafe laser scanner

Supply voltage

83 mm

with dust suppression activated

- For protection fields < 3.5 mm

83 mm

- For protection fields > 3.5 mm

100 mm

Additional distance for retroreflectors or strongly reflective

surfaces (such as certain metals
or ceramics in the scan plane)
- Over 1.2 m behind the protection field line

0 mm

- In the protection field or up to

1.2 m behind the protection
field line

110 mm

Signal definition
High (logic 1)

16 ... 30 V

Low (logic 0)

<3V

Control cable
Length

max. 50 m (0.5 mm2 conductor

cross-section, shielded)

AS-Interface address programming Connection of a generally

available AS-Interface address
programming device

Warning zone
Detection zone

0 ... 15 m

RS232 interfaces by means of

infrared interface

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Optical system

Object size

150 150 mm

Response time

For device parameterization and

field function

Range of angle

190

Angle resolution

0.36

2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

85 ms (laser scanner only, without

AS-Interface system times)

Adjustable up to 16 scans

645 ms (laser scanner only, without AS-Interface system times)

Number of warning zones

4 (selectable via switched inputs)

With mounting system (with refer- 0.22

ence to the mounting surface)

Output

AS-Interface

Scan rate

Contour measurement

Lateral tolerance
Without mounting system (with
reference to rear of enclosure)

0.18

25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan

Laser protection class

Detection zone

0 ... 50 m

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Output

According to standard

EN 60825-1, Class 1 (safe for

eyes)

RS232 serial interface via infrared

interface

Wave length

905 nm

Beam divergence

2 mrad

Radial resolution

5 mm

Time basis

100 s

Lateral resolution

0.36

2/110

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

ASIsafe laser scanner
Type

ASIsafe laser scanner

Environment and material

Degree of protection

IP65

Ambient temperature
Operation

0 ... +50 C

Storage

-20 ... +60 C

Housing insulation class

Type of protection 2

Humidity

according to DIN 40040, Table 10,

identification letter E (fairly dry)

Dimensions (W H D) in mm

141 167 168

Weight

2.25 kg

Emitter

Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)

Housing

Cast aluminum, plastic,

steel connection plate

Vibratory load over three axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-6

10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g

Continuous shock over three axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-29

10 g, 16 ms

Rotating mirror drive

Brushless DC motor

Rotating mirror bearings

Maintenance-free ball bearings

Selection and Ordering data

SIMATIC FS620I ASIsafe laser
scanner

Order No.
}

3SF78 34-6DD00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones
B

SIMATIC FS660I ASIsafe laser

scanner with vertical security

3SF78 34-6DE00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones, danger
points and access protection
SIMATIC FS670 SR ASIsafe
}
Motion monitoring laser scanner with vertical security
(up to 8 protective fields)

3SF78 34-6DM00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones, maximum protective zone 4 m

AS-Interface
ID code

I/O code

0 (four data bits as outputs)

Accessories

Slave address

Programmed by user in the range

from 1 ... 31 (delivery status = 0)

Assembly system, hinged,

for easy adjustment

3RG78 38-1AA

Cycle time according to

AS-Interface specification

5 ms

Profile

Safe slave

Adapter plate for

PLS mounting support

3RG78 38-1AB

Cleaning set

3RG78 38-7RS

3RG78 38-1DC

M12 jumper plug

}
(suitable for protection field 1)

3RG78 38-1DF

3RG78 38-1DG

5-pole, 1 m

3RG78 38-1EA

5-pole, 2 m

3RG78 38-1EB

Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),

cloths (x 100)

Connectors and cables

PC connection cable for
AS-Interface and
PROFIBUS laser scanner
Includes plug (9-pole)
and optical interface

M12 adapter
For AS-Interface
and power supply
M12 laser scanner M12
adapter connection cable

B: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/111

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

ASIsafe laser scanner

Dimensions
ASIsafe laser scanner
122.3
61

143.8

R 2.6
130

64

approx. 140

132
approx. 168

a = rotating mirror axis

b = scan level

155,4

51,5
74,4
90

23
56,6

Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA

NSC 00610

9
158
166
192

Schematics
X5

X1
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5

2/112

48.75

X2

X3

X4

AS-Interface connection (Bus connction and 24 Volt power supply)

AS-Interface connection for address programming device
Connection protective fields switchover
Connection restart button
Optical PC Interface

Siemens SI 10 2009

167

148

approx. 220

R 2.6

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Overview

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Integration
PROFIsafe laser scanner

X5
X1
or

or

X2

or

X3
X4

FS10_00137

Contact assignment
Terminal

Description

Item

Connectable accessories

Order No.

X1

M12 connector for connecting a restart button

(optional)

M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pole

3RX8 000-0CD55

X2

M12 socket for PROFIBUS output cable

Terminating resistor for PROFIBUS DP

6GK1 905-0EC00

&

PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable,

with plug and socket, 2-pole

6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)

6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15.0 m)

PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug with male insert 6GK1 905-0EA00

&

PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable,

with plug and socket, 2-pole

6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)

6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15.0 m)

PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug

with female insert

6GK1 905-0EB00

X3

M12 plug for PROFIBUS input cable

X4

M12 plug for 24 V DC power supply

M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 5-pole

3RX8 000-0CB55

X5

Optical PC interface

PC connecting cable for laser scanner

with optical interface, 9-pole

3RG78 38-1DC

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/113

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Technical specifications
Type

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Protection field
Detection zone

0 ... 4 m

Degree of remission

min. 1.8%

Object size (diameter)

70 mm (cylindrical test object)

Response time

PROFIsafe laser scanner

The power supply unit for the
external power supply must feature safe isolation from the supply
according to IEC 60742 and
bridge temporary power failures
of up to 20 ms.

Overcurrent protection

Fuse 1.25 A, slow acting

80 ms (laser scanner only, without

PROFIBUS system times)

Current consumption

typ. 350 mA

Adjustable up to 16 scans

640 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times)

Restart/Reset

Number

4 (selectable via PROFIBUS)

2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

Type
Note

Inputs

Safety category

Connection of a command device

for operating mode "With restart
inhibit" and/or device reset,
dynamically monitored

Signal definition

according to EN 954-1

Category 3

according to IEC 61496-1 or

EN 61496-3

Type 3

according to IEC 61506

SIL 2

Control cable

Output

PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)

Length

Start-up

Start-up test and start-up disable

can be set separately

max. 50 m (with 0.5 mm2 conductor cross-section, shielded)

Field pair switchover

Warm restart

160 ms ... 10 s
(settable or manually)

Field pair switchover over

PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)

RS232 interfaces by means of

infrared interface

For device parameterization and

field function

Protection field additional distance

with dust suppression
deactivated

83 mm

with dust suppression activated

High (logic 1)

16 ... 30 V

Low (logic 0)

<3V

Optical system
Range of angle

190

Angle resolution

0.36

- For protection fields < 3.5 mm

83 mm

Lateral tolerance

- For protection fields > 3.5 mm

100 mm

Without mounting system (with

reference to rear of enclosure)

Additional distance for retroreflectors or strongly reflective

surfaces (such as certain metals
or ceramics in the scan plane)

With mounting system (with refer- 0.22

ence to the mounting surface)

- Over 1.2 m behind the protection field line

0 mm

- In the protection field or up to

1.2 m behind the protection
field line

110 mm

Scan rate

25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan

Laser protection class

Warning zone

According to standard

EN 60825-1, Class 1
(safe for eyes)

Wave length

905 nm

Beam divergence

2 mrad
100 s

Detection zone

0 ... 15 m

Time basis

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Object size

150 150 mm

Environment and material

Response time
2-fold evaluation (2 scans)

0.18

Degree of protection

IP65

Ambient temperature
80 ms (laser scanner only, without
PROFIBUS system times)

Operation

0 ... +50 C

640 ms (laser scanner only, without PROFIBUS system times)

Storage

-20 ... +60 C

Housing insulation class

Type of protection 2

Number of warning zones

4 (selectable via PROFIBUS)

Humidity

Output

PROFIBUS

according to DIN 40040, Table 10,

identification letter E (fairly dry)

Dimensions (W H D) in mm

141 167 168

Emitter

Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)

Housing

Cast aluminum, plastic,

steel connection plate

Adjustable up to 16 scans

Contour measurement
Detection zone

0 ... 50 m

Degree of remission

min. 20%

Output

RS232 serial interface via infrared

interface

Vibratory load over three axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-6

10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g

Radial resolution

5 mm
0.36

Continuous shock over three axes

according to IEC 60068, Part 2-29

10 g, 16 ms

Lateral resolution

Rotating mirror drive

Brushless DC motor

Rotating mirror bearings

Maintenance-free ball bearings

Supply voltage
via external supply

2/114

Siemens SI 10 2009

24 V DC (+20% / -30%)

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Selection and Ordering data

Order No.

SIMATIC FS620I PROFIsafe

laser scanner

3SF78 34-6PB00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones
B

SIMATIC FS660I PROFIsafe

laser scanner with vertical
security

3SF78 34-6PE00

Including LS4soft software for

securing danger zones, danger
points and access protection

Accessories
Assembly system, hinged,
for easy adjustment

3RG78 38-1AA

Adapter plate for

PLS mounting support

3RG78 38-1AB

Cleaning set

3RG78 38-7RS

3RG78 38-1DC

6GK1 905-0EC00

Male insert

6GK1 905-0EA00

Socket insert

6GK1 905-0EB00

0.5 m

6XV1 830-3DE50

1.5 m

6XV1 830-3DH15

3.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH30

5.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH50

10.0 m

6XV1 830-3DN10

15.0 m

6XV1 830-3DN15

Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),

cloths (x 100)

Connectors and cables

PC connection cable for
AS-Interface and
PROFIBUS laser scanners
including plug (9-pole),
and optical interface
PROFIBUS M12
terminating connector
For PROFIBUS DP
1 packet = 5 items
PROFIBUS M12 connectors
1 packet = 5 items

PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cables

2-core (inverted coding)
preassembled, with M12
connectors, in different lengths:

B: Subject to export regulations AL = N and ECCN = EAR99

} Preferred type, available from stock.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/115

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

PROFIsafe laser scanner

Dimensions
PROFIsafe laser scanner
122.3
61

143.8

R 2.6
64
5

130
approx. 140

132
approx. 168

a = rotating mirror axis

b = scan level

155,4

51,5
74,4
90

23
56,6

Assembly system 3RG78 38-1AA

NSC 00610

9
158
166
192

Schematics
X5

X1
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5

2/116

b
48.75

X2

Connection restart button

PROFIBUS output wire link
PROFIBUS input wire link
Connection supply voltage
Optical PC Interface

Siemens SI 10 2009

X3

X4

167

148

approx. 230

R 2.6

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC FS600 laser scanners

Notes

Notes

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/117

 Siemens AG 2009

Detecting Devices
Introduction

Overview

2
3SE5 23.,
3SF1 234

3SE5 24.,
3SF1 244

3SE5 11.,
3SF1 114

3SE5 12.,
3SF1 124

Position switches, standard

Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

Degree of protection
Standards
IEC 60947-5-1
Approvals
Contact blocks
2 slow-action contacts
With make-before-break
2 snap-action contacts
2 snap-action contacts, short stroke
2 snap-action contacts with
2 2 mm contact gap
3 slow-action contacts
3 snap-action contacts
Special features
LED status display
Increased corrosion protection
Explosion protection (ATEX)
ASIsafe integrated
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui
Conventional thermal current Ithe
Connections
Cable entry
M12 socket, 4-, 5- or 8-pole
Socket, 6-pole + PE
Actuator
Rounded plungers and roller
plungers
Roller and angular roller levers
Spring rod
Twist levers and rod actuators
Fork lever
Hinges for mounting
Page
Complete units
Modular system
ASIsafe
ATEX
Available

2/118

-31 68 33

-50 53 33

-
40 78 38

-
56 78 38

3SE5 112,
3SF1 1.4

3SE5 250

Hinge switches

Open-type

-31 68 33

-
40 78 38

30 48,5 20

IP65
IP66/IP67
Mounting and Operating
operating
points acc. to
points acc. to EN 50047
EN 50047
CE, UL, CSA, CCC

IP66/IP67
IP66/IP67
Mounting and Operating
operating
points acc. to
points acc. to EN 50041
EN 50041
CE, UL, CSA, CCC

IP65
IP66/IP67
Mounting and Mounting and
operating
operating
points acc. to points acc. to
EN 50047
EN 50041
CE, UL, CSA, CCC

IP10 or IP20
Mounting and
operating
points acc. to
EN 50047

1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC

1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC

--

1 NO + 1 NC

1 NO + 1 NC

1 NO + 1 NC

1 NO + 2 NC
1 NO + 2 NC

1 NO + 2 NC
1 NO + 2 NC

1 NO + 2 NC

1 NO + 2 NC
1 NO + 2 NC

-----

400 V
6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole)

400 V
6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole)

400 V
6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole)

400 V
6A

1 M20 1.5 2 M20 1.5 1 M20 1.5 3 M20 1.5 1 M20 1.5 1 M20 1.5 -

---

---

--

---

--

----

------

2/124

2/128

2/132

2/136

2/155

2/156

2/126
2/163
--

2/130
2/163
--

2/134
2/165
2/158

2/138
2/165
2/158

-2/173
--

-2/174
2/161

-- Not available

Siemens SI 10 2009

3SE5 232,
3SF1 2.4

see catalog
LV 1
----

 Siemens AG 2009

Detecting Devices
Introduction

2
3SE5 232,
3SE5 242,
3SF1 2.4

3SE5 322,
3SE5 312,
3SF1 3.4

3SE6

Position switches
with separate actuator

Position switches with

solenoid interlocking

Magnetically operated
switches

-31 68 33,
50 53 33

-
40 78 38,
56 78 38

54 185 44

Degree of protection
Standards
IEC 60947-5-1

IP65, IP66/IP67
Mounting
acc. to EN 50047

IP66/IP67
Mounting
acc. to EN 50041

IP66/IP67
EN 1088,
GS-ET 19

-M30 44,
19 33 13,
25 88 13
IP67
Category 3 or 4
acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)

Approvals
Contact blocks
2 slow-action contacts
2 snap-action contacts
3 slow-action contacts
3 snap-action contacts
6 slow-action contacts
Reed contacts

CE, TV, UL, CSA, CCC

CE, TV, UL, CSA, CCC

CE, UL, CSA

1 NO + 1 NC
-1 NO + 2 NC
----

----2 (1 NO + 2 NC)
--

-----1 NO + 1 NC,
2 NC

-----

400 V
6A

400 V
6A

---

3 M20 1.5

--

(through I/O module)

--

2/150, 2/151
-2/171, 2/172
--

-2/175
2/175
--

Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

Special features
LED status display
Increased corrosion protection
Explosion protection (ATEX)
ASIsafe integrated
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui
Conventional thermal current Ithe
Connections
Cable entry
M12 socket, 4- or 5-pole
Molded cables
AS-Interface
Actuator
Separate actuator
Page
Complete units
Modular system
ASIsafe
ATEX

1 M20 1.5,
2 M20 1.5

3SE5 112,
3SE5 122,
3SF1 1.4

1 M20 1.5,
3 M20 1.5

2/144
-2/168
--

2/145
-2/169
2/161

Available
-- Not available

Note:
For safety characteristics, see Catalog LV 1 "Appendix"
--> "Standards and approvals" --> "Overview".

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/119

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

Overview
Position switches in the innovative SIRIUS 3SE5 series are modern in design, compact, modular and simple to connect.

Design

Complete units

The 3SE5 switches are available in five different enclosure sizes:

Open-type position switch IP20 or IP10
Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047 (31 mm wide),
1 cable entry
Plastic enclosures (50 mm wide), 2 cable entries
Metal enclosures according to EN 50041 (40 mm wide),
1 cable entry
Metal enclosures (56 mm wide), 3 cable entries

Popular versions of the position switches in standard enclosures

are available as complete units.

Enclosure sizes

The following items are available in addition from the 3SE2

series:
Plastic enclosure according to EN 50041, 40 mm wide
Metal enclosures with 3 or 4 contacts, 56 mm wide
Enclosure versions

Position switches with plastic and metal enclosures

Modular system
The 3SE5 series features a new modular system comprising different sizes of the basic switch and an actuator which must be
ordered separately. Thanks to the modular construction of the
switch the user can select the right solution for his application
from numerous versions and install it himself in a very short time.
The short delivery times of the modules enable fast replacement
and thus ensure high plant availability.

Various basic switches can be selected for the 3SE5 series:

With switching elements with two or three contacts (screw terminals) designed as slow-action or snap-action contacts
Optional LED status display
With mounted four or five-pole M12 connector socket
(available for the wide enclosures as an accessory for selfassembly)
With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures
With increased corrosion protection
Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)
(see page 2/158)
AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all
enclosure designs (see page 2/162)
Actuator variants
The following actuator variants are available:
Rounded plungers
Roller plungers
Roller levers
Angular roller levers
Spring rods
Twist levers and rod actuators
Fork levers
The actuator rollers are available with various materials and
diameters.

Examples of selection options in the modular system

3SE2 series
The position switches of the 3SE2 series are still available, in particular those switch versions which are not yet covered by the
new 3SE5 series, including the complete 3SE2 230 series with
40 mm plastic enclosure or additional switching element versions, e. g. with make-before-break, with 2 NO contacts and with
3 or 4 contacts.

2/120

Siemens SI 10 2009

NSC0_00829

Twist actuators for twist levers and rod actuators,

with setting of switching to right, left or right/left
(standard for all twist actuators except version for fork levers)

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data
Optional LED indicators

Mounting

LED indicators available for all enclosure sizes

Easy plug-in method for fast replacement of the actuator head

The enclosure versions can be supplied with an LED signaling

indicator (1 green + 1 yellow). This is the first time that optical signaling equipment is also available for small standard enclosures according to EN 50047. The LED signaling indicators
are available in all common voltages (24 V DC and 230 V AC).

(1) Open cover

(2) Actuate locking lever
(3) Replace the head (turnable by 16 x 22.5)
(4) Lock and close the cover

Additional contacts

Fast connection method

Exchangeable two and three-pole switching blocks for all enclosure sizes

For plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm

The new three-pole switching block (2 NC, 1 NO) in snap-action

and slow-action is regularly available for all enclosure forms. It
offers more switching through redundant shutdowns (2 NC contacts) with simultaneous signaling (1 NO contact). The same installation space is required as for a two-pole switching block.

These position switches can be wired quickly and easily as an

added customer benefit. The connecting cable is first connected to the terminals of the contact block and then guided
through a slit into the cable gland opening. The time saved
through this new connection method is approx. 20 to 25 %.

Contact reliability
The new contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stability. This applies even when the devices are switching low voltages and currents, e .g. 1 mA at 5 V DC.
Positive opening q
The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically,
positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to
as "positive opening".

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/121

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data
Safety circuits

Benefits

The 3SE5 position switches differ from the previous series

through the following new characteristics:
The modular structure of the product range allows a number
of versions with a smaller number of bearing types for enclosures and operating mechanisms.
All actuators around the axis in increments of 22.5
(see picture on page 2/121).
Rounded plungers and roller plungers according to EN 50041
with 3 mm overtravel (total travel 9 mm) for greater tolerance
when switching.
All enclosure sizes now also including the small enclosure
31 mm wide are optionally available with an LED signaling
indicator (see the picture on page 2/121).
All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber
diaphragm (high functional safety in cold and aggressive
environments).
All switching elements are replaceable (see page 2/141).
The new three-pole switching element 1 NO + 2 NC is available for all enclosure sizes (see picture on page 2/121).
The short-stroke switching element 1 NO + 1 NC improves the
precision of the switching operation through a reduced actuation path.
The 1 NO + 1 NC snap-action contact block with 2 x 2 mm
contact opening is suitable for simultaneous disconnect and
signaling particularly in the elevator industry.
The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and
fast wiring equipment which makes it possible to save from
approx. 20 to 25 % of the time when connecting (see picture
on page 2/121).
The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions
with the AS-Interface connection (see page 2/162); an additional adapter is not required.

Application
With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of
moved machine parts are converted into electrical signals.
Through their modular and uniform design and large number of
variants, the devices can meet practically all requirements in
industry.
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular purpose. And many different actuator variants are available to
match the mechanical configuration of the moved machined
parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in
accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.
The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic
enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic
screw-glands.
Safety position switches
For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position
switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques
must be employed on installation.

2/122

Siemens SI 10 2009

The standards IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 require positive

opening of the NC contacts. Hence for the purposes of personal
safety, the assured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the
symbol q.
Category 2 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with 3SE5 position switches with q, and category 3 or 4
when using an additional position switch, if the corresponding
fail-safe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed,
e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching devices from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges. The operating
mechanisms (actuators) must also be connected to the enclosure by keyed techniques. The corresponding operating mechanisms are marked in the catalog with q.
Contacts for each application
Snap-action contacts: NC contacts and NO contacts switch at
the same time regardless of the actuating speed
(vmin = 0.01 m/s) and contact erosion.
Slow-action contacts: Difference in travel between "NC contact opens" and "NO contact closes"; the switching speed is
the same as or proportional to the actuating speed
(vmin = 0.4 m/s).
Operating mechanisms for each application
Rounded plungers and roller plungers
Operation in direction of the plunger axis or in case of roller
plunger with bar at right angles to the plunger axis
The roller plunger is recommended for lateral actuation and
relatively long overtravel.
Roller and angular roller levers
For actuators made of finely ground steel in the form of cams,
straight-edges (approach angle 30) or cam disks
Spring rods
Can be used for undefined actuations and changing starting
conditions
Starting from any direction is possible.
Twist levers and rod actuators
For a high starting speed (v = 1.5 m/s)
Variety of starting options
Insensitive to oil, grinding dust, ice and coarse-grained
material
With the twist lever the maximum approach angle is always
equal to the maximum trailing angle
Rod actuator when no actuator with approach and trailing
angle is possible
Adjustment of the lever in increments of 10.
Can be adjusted with left or right switching
Fork levers
Switchable in two directions
Latching actuator
For reciprocating movements

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

Options
On the following pages you will find selection tables for complete
units as well as components of the modular system.
Complete units

Version with 2 LEDs

Version with M12 connector socket or 6-pole + PE
Version with M12 connector socket and with 2 LEDs
For the plastic enclosures with a width of 31 and 50 mm the basic switches are designed as complete units with rounded
plunger (according to standard).

Modular system
The difference between units is indicated in the selection and ordering data by orange backgrounds.1)
1) only in the PDF version of this catalog

Using the modular system you can assemble switch variants

which are not available as complete units. Each complete unit
can also be supplied as a module.
A basic switch for the modular system comprises an enclosure
with a contact block and a cover. Among the basic switches the
following versions, for example, can be selected:
Basic enclosure with teflon plunger
Version with increased corrosion protection

Online configurator
The online configurator helps you not only to select and order the
right position switch but also to create complete product documentation.
Product data sheets
Dimensional drawings
Operating travel diagrams
CAD data in 2D and 3D model images
Ordering data
Product photos
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators

Complete units
To be ordered:

Ordering example
Required:
Position switch according to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure
Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Angular roller lever, metal lever and plastic roller

Version

Complete units
Order No.

Complete units Enclosure width 31 mm

Angular roller levers
With metal lever and
plastic roller 13 mm
Slow-action contacts
1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0BF10

Modular system
Ordering example 1

Ordering example 2

Required:
Position switch according to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure
Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Angular roller lever, metal lever and plastic roller

Required:
Position switch according to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure
Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Twist lever, high-grade steel lever and plastic roller

To be ordered separately:

To be ordered separately:

Version

Version

Modular system

Modular system

Order No.

Basic switches Enclosure width 31 mm

Order No.

Basic switches Enclosure width 31 mm

With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts
1 NO + 1 NC

With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts
1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0BC05

+
Operating mechanisms

+
Twist actuators

Angular roller levers

Metal lever,
plastic roller

3SE5 232-0BC05

Twist actuators

3SE5 000-0AK00

3SE5 000-0AF10

Twist levers
High-grade steel lever,
plastic roller

3SE5 000-0AA31

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/123

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP65 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Complete units

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 31 mm
Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50047

With teflon plunger

Rounded
plunger

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0CC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HC05

0.065

1 NO + 1 NC -Snap-action contacts
Short-stroke, integrated2)

3SE5 232-0FC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
2 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0GC05

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LC05

0.075

With increased corrosion protection

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0CC05-1CA0

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LC05-1CA0

0.065

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 234-0BC05-1AC4

0.075

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 234-0HC05-1AC4

0.075

Slow-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 234-0KC05-1AE0

0.070

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 234-0LC05-1AE0

0.080

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 232-1KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 232-1LC05

0.070

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 232-3KC05

0.060

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 232-3LC05

0.070

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A),

and 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 234-1BC05-1AF3

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 234-1CC05-1AF3

0.080

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047

With plastic roller 10 mm

Roller plunger

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BD03

0.060

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HD03

0.060

1 NO + 1 NC -Snap-action contacts
Short-stroke, integrated2)

3SE5 232-0FD03

0.075

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KD03

0.060

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LD03

0.075

3SE5 232-0LD03-1AH0

0.075

3SE5 234-0HD03-1AC4

0.080

Actuator head rotated by 90

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts,
integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

Roller plungers with central fixing

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HD10

0.090

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KD10

0.090

Roller plunger
with central
fixing
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

2/124

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP65 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 31 mm
Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047
With metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Roller lever

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BE10

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HE10

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KE10

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LE10

0.075

3SE5 234-0HE10-1AC4

0.075

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts,
integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

Angular roller levers

With metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Angular roller
lever

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BF10

0.070

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HF10

0.070

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KF10

0.080

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LF10

0.070

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047

With metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Twist lever

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BK21

0.085

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HK21

0.085

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KK21

0.100

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LK21

0.100

3SE5 234-0HK21-1AC4

0.110

3SE5 232-0HK60

0.100

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts,
integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

Twist levers, adjustable length

With metal lever with grid hole and
plastic roller 19 mm
Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

Twist lever, adjustable length

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete

unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/125

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047
Modular system
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP65 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 31 mm (with rounded plunger1))

With teflon plunger

2
Basic switch

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0CC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0HC05

0.065

1 NO + 1 NC -Snap-action contacts
Short-stroke, integrated2)

3SE5 232-0FC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
2 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0GC05

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LC05

0.075

With increased corrosion protection3)

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0BC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0CC05-1CA0

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0KC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0LC05-1CA0

0.065

With increased
corrosion
protection
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 234-0BC05-1AC4

0.075

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 234-0HC05-1AC4

0.075

Slow-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 234-0KC05-1AE0

0.070

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 234-0LC05-1AE0

0.080

With M12 socket

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 232-1KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 232-1LC05

0.070

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 232-3KC05

0.060

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 232-3LC05

0.070

With 2 LEDs
With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A),
and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 234-1BC05-1AF3

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 234-1CC05-1AF3

0.080

With M12 socket

and 2 LEDs
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1)

On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded
plunger.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

3)

Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

2/126

Siemens SI 10 2009

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047
Version

Diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

Operating mechanisms
Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047
Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD03

0.010

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD04

0.010

Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD10

0.035

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD11

0.030

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE11

0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE12

0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE13

0.055

Roller plunger
Roller plungers with central fixing

With central
fixing
Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF11

0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF12

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF13

0.020

3SE5 000-0AK00

0.025

Twist actuators
Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)
Switching right and/or left, adjustable

Levers for twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist lever

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA21

0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA22

0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA23

0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA25

0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA31

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA32

0.022

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Twist lever, adjustable length

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/127

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 50 mm

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 2 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 50 mm
Rounded plungers

With teflon plunger

Rounded
plunger

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0CC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HC05

0.065

1 NO + 1 NC -Snap-action contacts
Short-stroke, integrated2)

3SE5 242-0FC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
2 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0GC05

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0KC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LC05

0.065

With increased corrosion protection

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HC05-1CA0

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0KC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LC05-1CA0

0.065

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

With 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 242-1KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 242-1LC05

0.070

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 242-3KC05

0.080

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 242-3LC05

0.080

Roller plungers
With plastic roller 10 mm

Roller plunger

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BD03

0.075

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HD03

0.075

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LD03

0.080

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

1)

Popular versions.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

2/128

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 50 mm
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 2 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 50 mm
Roller levers
With metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Roller lever

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BE10

0.080

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HE10

0.080

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LE10

0.090

3SE5 244-0LE10-1AE0

0.100

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole right (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

--

Twist levers
With metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BK21

0.095

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HK21

0.095

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LK21

0.105

Twist lever
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete

unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/129

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 50 mm
Modular system
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 2 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 50 mm (with rounded plunger1))

With teflon plunger

Basic switch

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0CC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HC05

0.065

1 NO + 1 NC -Snap-action contacts
Short-stroke, integrated2)

3SE5 242-0FC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts
2 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0GC05

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0KC05

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LC05

0.065

With increased corrosion protection3)

With increased
corrosion
protection

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0BC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts
Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 242-0HC05-1CA0

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0KC05-1CA0

0.065

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0LC05-1CA0

0.065

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 242-1KC05

0.070

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 242-1LC05

0.070

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 242-3KC05

0.080

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 242-3LC05

0.080

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

With 2 LEDs

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1)

On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded
plunger.

2)

Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

3)

Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

2/130

Siemens SI 10 2009

Note: For selection aids, see page 2/123.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 50 mm
Version

Diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

mm

Operating mechanisms
Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047
Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD03

0.010

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD04

0.010

Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD10

0.035

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD11

0.030

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE11

0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE12

0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE13

0.055

Roller plunger
Roller plungers with central fixing

With central
fixing
Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF11

0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF12

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF13

0.020

3SE5 000-0AK00

0.025

Twist actuators
Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)
Switching right and/or left, adjustable

Levers for twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist lever

Twist levers
Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA21

0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA22

0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA23

0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA25

0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA31

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA32

0.022

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Twist lever, adjustable length

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/131

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 40 mm
Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041

With high-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BC02

0.290

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CC02

0.290

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KC02

0.300

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LC02

0.300

Rounded
plunger

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041

With high-grade steel roller 13 mm, with 3 mm
overtravel

Roller plunger

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BD02

0.310

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CD02

0.310

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KD02

0.320

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LD02

0.320

3SE5 114-1CD02-1AF3

0.320

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

and 2 LEDs
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

Roller levers
With metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BE01

0.300

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CE01

0.300

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KE01

0.310

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LE01

0.310

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

With metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BF01

0.310

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CF01

0.310

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LF01

0.320

Angular roller
lever
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

2/132

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 40 mm
Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50041
With metal lever 27 mm and plastic roller 19 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BH01

0.345

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CH01

0.345

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KH01

0.355

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LH01

0.355

3SE5 114-0CH01-1AC5

0.350

3SE5 114-1CH01-1AF3

0.355

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

Twist lever

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

and 2 LEDs
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

With metal lever 27 mm and high-grade steel roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BH02

0.355

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CH02

0.355

3SE5 114-1CH02-1AF3

0.365

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

and 2 LEDs
Snap-action contacts
Twist lever, adjustable length,
with grid hole

1 NO + 1 NC --

Twist levers, adjustable length

With metal lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BH60

0.360

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CH60

0.360

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LH60

0.370

3SE5 114-1LH50-1AD4

0.310

3SE5 112-0CT11

0.360

With M12 connector socket, 8-pole (30 V, 2 A)

and 2 LEDs
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

Fork levers, latching

With metal lever and 2 plastic rollers 19 mm
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

Fork lever
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete

unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/133

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041
Modular system
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 40 mm

With M20 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BA00

0.260

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CA00

0.260

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KA00

0.270

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LA00

0.270

Basic switch
With increased corrosion protection1)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0BA00-1CA0

0.260

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 112-0CA00-1CA0

0.260

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0KA00-1CA0

0.270

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0LA00-1CA0

0.270

With increased
corrosion
protection
With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 114-0BA00-1AC5

0.270

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 114-0CA00-1AC5

0.270

Slow-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 114-0KA00-1AE1

0.280

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

--

3SE5 114-0LA00-1AE1

0.280

With M12 socket

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 115-0KA00-1AD1

0.280

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 115-0LA00-1AD1

0.280

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 115-0CA00-1AD0

0.350

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 112-1KA00

0.280

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 112-1LA00

0.280

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 112-3KA00

0.280

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 112-3LA00

0.280

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A),

and quick-release device
Snap-action contacts
With socket,
6-pole + PE
With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

With 2 LEDs
With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A),
and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 114-1BA00-1AF3

0.280

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 114-1CA00-1AF3

0.280

3SE5 114-1LA00-1AD4

0.310

With M12 connector socket, 8-pole (30 V, 2 A),

and 2 LEDs
With M12 socket Snap-action contacts
and 2 LEDs

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (10 A),

and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 115-1BA00-1AF2

0.290

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 115-1CA00-1AF2

0.290

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

3SE5 115-1LA00-1AD2

0.300

24 V DC

With socket,
6-pole + PE,
and 2 LEDs
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1)

Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

2/134

Siemens SI 10 2009

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041
Version

Diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

mm

Operating mechanisms
Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041
q

3SE5 000-0AC02

0.030

13

3SE5 000-0AD02

0.050

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE01

0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE02

0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE03

0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE04

0.065

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF01

0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF02

0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF03

0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF04

0.075

For twist levers and rod actuators,

switching right and/or left, adjustable

3SE5 000-0AH00

0.070

For fork levers, latching

3SE5 000-0AT10

0.070

High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel
Roller levers

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Ang. roller lever

Twist actuators
Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

Twist actuator

Levers for twist actuators

Twist levers 27 mm, type A acc. to EN 50041

Twist lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA01

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA02

0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA03

0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AA04

0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA05

0.015

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA08

0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA11

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA12

0.025

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole

Twist lever, adjustable length

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Fork levers (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Fork lever
Rod actuator

2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT01

0.050

2 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT02

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT03

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19

3SE5 000-0AT04

0.050

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/135

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 56 mm

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 3 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 56 mm
Rounded plungers

With high-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BC02

0.355

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CC02

0.355

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KC02

0.365

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LC02

0.365

Rounded
plunger

Roller plungers
With high-grade steel roller 13 mm, with 3 mm overtravel
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BD02

0.375

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CD02

0.250

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KD02

0.250

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LD02

0.250

Roller plunger

Roller levers
With metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BE01

0.365

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CE01

0.365

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KE01

0.375

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LE01

0.375

3SE5 122-0CE02

0.250

With metal lever and high-grade steel roller 22 mm

Roller lever

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

Angular roller levers

With metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BF01

0.380

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CF01

0.380

3SE5 122-0CR01

0.250

Angular roller
lever

Spring rods
Length 142.5 mm, with plastic plunger 50 mm
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

Spring rod
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

2/136

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 56 mm
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 3 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Complete

units1)

Enclosure width 56 mm
Twist levers
With metal lever 27 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Twist lever

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BH01

0.410

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CH01

0.410

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KH01

0.420

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LH01

0.420

With metal lever 27 mm and high-grade steel roller

19 mm
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CH02

0.250

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LH02

0.250

Twist levers, adjustable length

With metal lever with grid hole and plastic roller
19 mm
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BH60

0.250

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CH60

0.250

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LH60

0.250

3SE5 122-0CT11

0.250

Twist lever,
adjustable
length

Fork levers, latching

With metal lever and 2 plastic rollers 19 mm
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

Fork lever
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Popular versions.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete

unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/137

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 56 mm
Modular system
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry 3 (M20 1.5)
Version

Contacts

LEDs

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 56 mm

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BA00

0.315

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CA00

0.315

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KA00

0.325

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LA00

0.325

Basic switch
With increased corrosion protection1)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0BA00-1CA0

0.315

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 122-0CA00-1CA0

0.315

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0KA00-1CA0

0.325

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0LA00-1CA0

0.325

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 122-1KA00

0.330

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 122-1LA00

0.330

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 122-3KA00

0.330

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 122-3LA00

0.330

With increased
corrosion
protection
With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

With 2 LEDs

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1)

Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

Version

Diameter

DT Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
mm

kg

Operating mechanisms
Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041
q B

3SE5 000-0AC02

0.030

13

q B

3SE5 000-0AD02

0.050

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

q A

3SE5 000-0AE01

0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AE02

0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AE03

0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AE04

0.065

High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel
Plungers
Roller levers

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

q A

3SE5 000-0AF01

0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AF02

0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AF03

0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

q B

3SE5 000-0AF04

0.075

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

2/138

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 56 mm
Version

Diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

mm

Twist actuators
Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

Twist actuator

For twist levers and rod actuators,

switching right and/or left, adjustable

3SE5 000-0AH00

0.070

For fork levers, latching

3SE5 000-0AT10

0.070

19

3SE5 000-0AA01

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA02

0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA03

0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AA04

0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA05

0.015

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA08

0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA11

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA12

0.025

19

3SE5 000-0AA15

0.050

Levers for twist actuators

Twist levers 27 mm, type A acc. to EN 50041
Metal lever, plastic roller

Twist lever

Twist levers 35 mm
Metal lever, plastic roller
Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole
Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Twist lever,
adjustable
length
Fork levers (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Fork lever

2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT01

0.050

2 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT02

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT03

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel

rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT04

0.050

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/139

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Accessories and spare parts
for 3SE5, 3SE2

Selection and ordering data

The quick-release devices and plug-in connections are used for
fast installation and replacement of position switches.
Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Quick-release devices for enclosure width 40 mm

Adapter plates with screws

3SY3 110

0.055

Base plates with locking lever

3SY3 027

0.080

Connector sockets (6-pole+PE), for M201.5

For max. 250 V, 10 A
With 0.75 mm2 connecting cable,
plastic, degree of protection IP65,
ambient temperature 40 to +90 C

3SY3 131

0.030

Cable boxes (6-pole + PE)1)

With terminal compartment, can be preassembled, plastic, degree of protection IP65

3SY3 136

0.065

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12,

for M20 1.5, fixed
For max 250 V, 4 A, Uimp = 2500 V
With four 0.25 mm2 connecting cables,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 127

0.010

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12, with terminal

compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

3RX8 000-0CB45

0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12, with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

3RX8 000-0CC45

0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12,

for M20 1.5, fixed
For max 125 V, 4 A, Uimp = 1500 V
With five 0.25 mm2 connecting cables,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 128

0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12, with terminal

compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

3RX8 000-0CB55

0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12, with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

3RX8 000-0CC55

0.016

Connector sockets (8-pole), M12,

for M20 1.5, fixed, metal version
For max 30 V, 2 A, Uimp = 800 V
With eight 0.25 mm2 connecting cables,
metal, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 134

0.025

Cable boxes (8-pole), M12

With 5 m PUR cable, 8 0.25 mm2, IP67 2)

3RX8 000-0CB811GF0

0.335

Metal

3SX9 917

0.035

Plastic

3SX9 918

0.015

Cable glands M20 1.5

Plastic

3SX9 926

0.010

3SY3 110

3SY3 027

Plug-in connections for M20 1.5 connecting threads

3SY3 136

3SY3 131

3SY3 127

3RX8 000

3SY3 134

Adapters and cable glands for M20 1.5 connecting threads

Adapters according to s, u and U
For cable entry from M20 1.5 to NPT 1/2

3SX9 917

3SX9 918

3SX9 926
1)

For wiring, a crimping tool is necessary,

max. conductor cross-section 1 mm2.

2/140

Siemens SI 10 2009

2)

For more cable boxes with molded cable see A&D Mall or
Catalog FS 10.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Accessories and spare parts
for 3SE5

Selection and ordering data

Version

Contacts

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Spare parts for 3SE5

Contact blocks with 2 contacts

2 contacts

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 000-0BA00

0.050

- Standard

3SE5 000-0CA00

0.050

- 2 2 mm switching gap

3SE5 000-0GA00

0.050

- Short stroke

3SE5 000-0NA00

0.050

Contact blocks with 3 contacts

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 000-0KA00

0.060

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 000-0LA00

0.060

Version

Rated voltage

Order No.

3 contacts

LED

Weight,
approx.

kg

Spare parts for 3SE51, 3SE52

Covers for plastic enclosures, width 31 mm
Turquoise with LED

31 mm, turquoise with

LED

24 DC

3SE5 230-1AA00

0.012

230 AC

3SE5 230-3AA00

0.012

Yellow

--

3SE5 230-0AA00-1AG0

0.010

Yellow with LED

24 DC

3SE5 230-1AA00-1AG0

0.012

230 AC

3SE5 230-3AA00-1AG0

0.012

24 DC

3SE5 240-1AA00

0.015

230 AC

3SE5 240-3AA00

0.015

Yellow

--

3SE5 240-0AA00-1AG0

0.012

Yellow with LED

24 DC

3SE5 240-1AA00-1AG0

0.015

230 AC

3SE5 240-3AA00-1AG0

0.015

24 DC

3SE5 110-1AA00

0.060

230 AC

3SE5 110-3AA00

0.060

Yellow

--

3SE5 110-0AA00-1AG0

0.055

Yellow with LED

24 DC

3SE5 110-1AA00-1AG0

0.060

230 AC

3SE5 110-3AA00-1AG0

0.060

24 DC

3SE5 120-1AA00

0.085

230 AC

3SE5 120-3AA00

0.085

Yellow

--

3SE5 120-0AA00-1AG0

0.080

Yellow with LED

24 DC

3SE5 120-1AA00-1AG0

0.085

230 AC

3SE5 120-3AA00-1AG0

0.085

Covers for plastic enclosures, width 50 mm

Turquoise with LED

50 mm, turquoise with

LED

Covers for metal enclosures, width 40 mm

Turquoise with LED

40 mm, yellow with LED

Covers for metal enclosures, width 56 mm

Turquoise with LED

56 mm, yellow with LED

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/141

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
General data

Overview
Position switches with separate actuator are used where the position of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for
safety reasons.
3SE5 position switches with separate actuator have the same
enclosures as the standard switches (modular system).

Operation
The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 x 90. The
switches can also be approached from above.
The actuator heads of the 3SE2 243 and 3SE2 257 switches with
special enclosures cannot be changed. The switches can be
approached from the two broad sides and from above.
The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the position switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six
versions to suit the application (see page 2/146).

The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary

devices is impossible.
Radius actuators
The position switches with radius actuators are particularly suitable for rotatable protective devices. The movable actuation key
allows even small radii to be approached. Damage to the switch
and the actuator due to inaccurate approach is prevented.
Locking devices
A high-grade steel blocking device for attaching up to eight padlocks is available for even more safety (see page 2/146).
Design
Enclosure sizes
The 3SE5 switches are available in various enclosure sizes:
Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047 (31 mm wide),
1 cable entry
Plastic enclosures (50 mm wide), 2 cable entries
Metal enclosures according to EN 50041 (40 mm wide),
1 cable entry
Metal enclosures (56 mm wide), 3 cable entries
Also available is a switch in the 3SE2 series, which has arisen in
this form according to general market requirements:
Molded-plastic enclosure outside of the standards, enclosure
width 52 mm.
Enclosure versions
Various basic versions can be selected for the enclosures of the
3SE5 series:
Available with two- or three-pole contact blocks designed as
slow-action contacts
Optional LED status display
With mounted four- or five-pole M12 connector socket (available for the wide enclosures as an accessory for self-assembly)
With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures
Similarly with a combination of connector socket and LED indicators
Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)
(see page 2/161)
AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all
enclosure designs (see page 2/167)
For a description of the basic switches see page 2/120.

2/142

Siemens SI 10 2009

Blocking device with padlock

Dust protection
A rubber cap to protect the actuator head from contamination is
available for operation in dusty environments (see page 2/146).
Contact reliability
The new contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stability. This applies even when the devices are switching low voltages and currents, e. g. 1 mA at 5 V DC.
Positive opening q
The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically,
positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to
as "positive opening".

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
General data

Benefits
The 3SE5 position switches with separate actuator differ from the
previous series through the following new characteristics:
All enclosure sizes are optionally available with a LED signaling indicator.
The new three-pole switching element 1 NO + 2 NC is available for all enclosure sizes.
The plastic enclosure has simple and fast wiring equipment
which makes it possible to save from approx. 20 to 25 % of the
time when connecting.
The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions
with the AS-Interface connection (see page 2/167); an
adapter is not required.

Application
Position switches with separate actuator are used where the position of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for
safety reasons.
The position switch can only be operated with the matching
coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices
is impossible.
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular purpose. Dimensions, fixing points of the enclosure are in
accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.
The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic
enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screwglands.
Safety position switches
For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position
switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques
must be employed on installation.
Safety circuits
The standards IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 require positive
opening of the NC contacts. Hence for the purposes of personal
safety, the assured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the
symbol q.
Category 3 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with a position switch with separate actuator if the corresponding fail-safe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the
ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.
Category 4 can be achieved when using an additional position
switch.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/143

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047/50 mm

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts 5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version1)

Contacts

LEDs

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

5 directions of approach

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 232-0RV40

0.150

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 232-0QV40

0.155

With separate
actuator
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 234-0RV40-1AC4

0.165

Slow-action contacts

2 NC

3SE5 234-0QV40-1AE0

0.170

--

With M12 socket

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 232-1RV40

0.155

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 232-3RV40

0.110

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 234-1RV40-1AF3

0.175

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 242-0QV40

0.110

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts
With 2 LEDs

Enclosure width 50 mm
5 directions of approach
Slow-action contacts

With separate
actuator
With 2 LEDs, yellow/green
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 242-1QV40

0.120

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 242-3QV40

0.120

With 2 LEDs
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 2/146).

2/144

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts 5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version1)

Contacts

LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

5 directions of approach
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 112-0QV10

0.360

With separate
actuator
With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC --

3SE5 114-0RV10-1AC5

0.360

Slow-action contacts

2 NC

3SE5 114-0QV10-1AE1

0.360

3SE5 115-0QV10-1AD1

0.380

--

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A)

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC --

With M12 socket

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 112-1QV10

0.370

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 112-3QV10

0.370

3SE5 114-1RV10-1AF3

0.360

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 115-1RV10-1AF2

0.380

1 NO + 2 NC --

3SE5 122-0QV10

0.360

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts
With 2 LEDs

1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (10 A)

and 2 LEDs
Slow-action contacts

Enclosure width 56 mm
5 directions of approach
Slow-action contacts

With separate
actuator
With 2 LEDs, yellow/green
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC

3SE5 122-1QV10

0.370

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC

3SE5 122-3QV10

0.370

With 2 LEDs
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 2/146).

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/145

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
Accessories

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Actuators for 3SE5

Standard actuators,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

Direction of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

Direction of approach from the right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

Universal radius actuators,

length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

0.010

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

0.065

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12, fixed

for M20 1.5
For max. 250 V, 4 A
With 0.25 mm2 connecting cable,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 127

0.010

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12

With terminal compartment, can be preassembled1)

3RX8 000-0CB45

0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12

With terminal compartment, can be preassembled1)

3RX8 000-0CC45

0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12, fixed

for M20 1.5
For max. 125 V, 4 A
With 0.25 mm2 connecting cable,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 128

0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12

With terminal compartm., can be pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CB55

0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12

With terminal compartm., can be pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CC55

0.016

Cable glands M20 1.5

Plastic

3SX9 926

0.010

3SE5 000-0AV01

2
3SE5 000-0AV02

3SE5 000-0AV03
Radius actuators,
length 51 mm

3SE5 000-0AV06

3SE5 000-0AV05
Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

3SE5 000-0AV07

Optional accessories for 3SE5

Protective caps made of black rubber for the
actuator head, to protect the actuator openings
from contamination
3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

Not to be used for 3SE5 2.. plastic enclosures.

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for actuator
head, for up to 8 padlocks

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

Connections for 3SE5, 3SE2

3SY3 127

3SX9 926

1)

3RX8 000

For cable boxes with molded cable see our Mall

or Catalog FS 10.

2/146

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
3SE2, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 52 mm

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
1 or 3 contacts 3 directions of approach Degree of protection IP67
Version

Operation

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Molded-plastic enclosures in special width of 52 mm

Lateral and front-end
actuation1)

6 mm stroke

With M20 1.5 connecting

thread
- Slow-action contacts
1 NO + 2 NC

- Slow-action contacts
1 NC
3SE 2 243

Extraction force 5 N

3SE2 243-0XX40

0.140

Extraction force 30 N

3SE2 243-0XX

0.140

With automatic
ejection

3SE2 243-0XX30

0.140

Extraction force 5 N

3SE2 257-6XX40

0.120

Extraction force 30 N

3SE2 257-6XX

0.120

With automatic
ejection

3SE2 257-6XX30

0.120

With M16 1.5 connecting

thread
- Slow-action contacts
1 NO + 2 NC

Extraction force 5 N

3SE2 243-0XX48

0.140

Extraction force 30 N

3SE2 243-0XX18

0.145

With automatic
ejection

3SE2 243-0XX38

0.140

Extraction force 5 N

3SE2 257-6XX48

0.140

Extraction force 30 N

3SE2 257-6XX18

0.140

With automatic
ejection

3SE2 257-6XX38

0.140

Standard actuator
(rmin = 150 mm),
length 28 mm

3SX3 218

0.020

Universal radius actuator

(rmin = 45 mm),
length 34 mm

3SX3 228

0.025

Radius actuator,
adjustable radius,
length 34 mm

3SX3 256

0.020

Ball locating,
force adjustable up to 100 N
by 2 screws,
length 28 mm

3SX3 217

0.035

Actuator, length 34 mm,

with dust protection and slit
cover

3SX3 234

0.035

3SX3 233

0.005

- Slow-action contacts
1 NC

Accessories
Actuators

3SX3 218

3SX3 228

3SX3 256

3SX3 217

3SX3 234
Accessories
Slit covers
(1 set = 3 units)
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/147

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
General data

Overview
The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional,
technically safe devices which restrict and prevent an unforeseen or intentional opening of protective doors, protective grilles
or other covers as long as a dangerous situation is present
(i. e. follow-on motion of the shutdown machine).

Locking devices
A high-grade steel locking device for attaching up to eight padlocks is available for even more safety (see page 2/152).
Dust protection
A rubber cap to protect the actuator head from contamination is
available for operation in dusty environments (see page 2/152).
Solenoid interlocking

There are two versions for locking the actuator:

Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle) with various release mechanisms
Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)
The spring-actuated switch is equipped with an auxiliary release
for emergency situations or setup mode. Available as options:
Escape release or
Emergency release
Contact blocks

The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking are comprised of a switch part with electromechanical interlock and a
mechanical actuator which has to be ordered separately.
They are rugged protective devices that enable the greatest
possible safety for man and machine.

The position switches with solenoid interlocking have one contact block each for:
Monitoring the actuator or the position of the protective door
Monitoring the position of the solenoid
The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.
Optical signaling equipment

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are offered in

plastic or metal enclosures.
Dimensions (W H D):
3SE5 3: 54 mm 185 mm 43.5 mm,
3SE2 8: 90 mm 100 mm (+ head 41.3 mm) 45 mm.

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are available

with an optional optical signaling device.

Operation

Protective device Interlock

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 x 90. The
3SE5 3 switches can also be approached from above.

Closed

Released

Actuator free
to be pulled

Closed

Closed

Actuator
locked

Open

Open

Actuator
pulled

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the position switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six
versions to suit the application (see page 2/152).
Actuation data:
Maximum actuating speed vmax = 1.5 m/s
Minimum actuating speed vmin = 0.4 mm/s
Minimum force in the direction of actuation Fmin = 30 N
The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary
devices is impossible.
Radius actuators
The position switches with radius actuators are particularly suitable for rotatable protective devices. The movable actuation key
allows even small radii to be approached. Damage to the switch
and the actuator due to inaccurate approach is prevented.

2/148

Siemens SI 10 2009

The signaling device indicates the switch position of the lock

and the protective device optically by means of 2 LEDs on the
front.
Display

Meaning

Note:
The voltage of the LEDs at the monitored contacts must be the
same as the operational voltage of the solenoid (same potential).

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
General data

Benefits
The new generation of 3SE5 3 position switches offers:
More safety through higher locking forces:
- 1300 N with plastic enclosure
- 2600 N with metal enclosure
Various release mechanisms: lock release, escape release
and emergency release
Two contact blocks each with three contacts as standard
equipment, hence fewer versions needed
Same dimensions for all enclosure variants:
Plastic, metal or with integrated ASIsafe
An extensive range of actuators
An optional LED status display 24 V DC, 115 V AC or
230 V AC for all switch variants
Device with ASIsafe electronics integrated in the enclosure
(see page 2/170).

There are two versions of locking:

Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle)
In the standard version, the position switch locks by means of
spring force and releases by means of electromagnetic force.
In the case of voltage failure, it reliably prevents the protective
device from opening when machine parts are still moving.
The switch is equipped with an auxiliary release for emergency
situations or setup mode.
An auxiliary release which can be secured with a lock to prevent misuse is available as a version.

Application
The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional,
technically safe devices which restrict and prevent an unforeseen or intentional opening of protective doors, protective grilles
or other covers as long as a dangerous situation is present
(i.e. follow-on motion of the shutdown machine).
The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking have the
following functions:
Enabling the machine or process with closed and locked protective device
Locking the machine or process with opened protective device
Position monitoring of the protective device and solenoid
Standards
The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Voltage Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Devices).
The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.

Auxiliary release

Auxiliary release with lock

The new 3SE5 3 position switches are also available with an escape release or an emergency release.
Personnel working inside the hazard zone can use the escape
release feature to manually release the interlock without tools
from the escape side (hazardous area side) so that they can
exit the hazard area. An intentional act (in this case pulling the
gray actuator) is required to release the locking mechanism
and restore the normal operating state.
The emergency release enables someone in an emergency situation to manually release the interlock without tools from the
access side (outside the hazardous area). Releasing the lock
and restoring the normal operating state must require effort
which is comparable to repair activity, in this case disassembly
of the red actuator and resetting the mechanical lock.

Approvals
The switches are approved for use with locking devices according to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.
3SE5 3 position switches with solenoid interlocking bear the VDE
test mark for tested according to GS-ET19 (Test Principles of the
German Trade Association for Locking Devices with Electromagnetic Interlocks).
The 3SE2 8 metal-enclosed position switches with solenoid interlocking have been awarded a test certificate from the BIA
(Berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut fr Arbeitssicherheit).
Category 3 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with a position switch with solenoid interlocking if the corresponding fail-safe evaluation units are selected and correctly
installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the
ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.
Category 4 can be achieved when using an additional position
switch.
They are approved according to UL 508, UL 50 and UL 746-C.
Solenoid interlocking

Escape release from the front

Emergency release from the back

Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)

The second version offers locking by means of electromagnetic force and release by means of spring force. This version
has an advantage when it is necessary to quickly access the
machine after a power failure occurs, or in the case of very
short overtravel times.

The separate actuator operates in a similar way to the coding of

a key and protects against manipulation. It transmits the locking
force to the protective device and helps to monitor its position.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/149

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
3SE5, plastic enclosures
With locking force up to 1200 N

Selection and ordering data

6 slow-action contacts 5 directions of approach Cable entry 3 M20 1.5 Degree of protection IP66/IP67
Locking force 1300 N (1000 N according to GS-ET 19)
Interlock1)

LEDs

Solenoid

Order No.

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Position monitoring:
Actuators:
1 NO + 2 NC
Solenoid:
1 NO + 2 NC

Rated operational voltage

Price
per PU

kg

1300 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
With auxiliary release

3SE5 312-0SD2.
With auxiliary release
With lock

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SD21

0.590

--

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SD22

0.590

--

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SD23

0.590

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SD21

0.590

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SD22

0.590

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SD23

0.590

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SE21

0.745

--

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SE22

0.745

--

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SE23

0.745

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SE21

0.745

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SE22

0.745

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SE23

0.745

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SF21

0.590

--

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SF22

0.590

--

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SF23

0.590

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SF21

0.590

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SF22

0.590

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SF23

0.590

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SG21

0.590

--

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SG22

0.590

--

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SG23

0.590

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SG21

0.590

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SG22

0.590

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SG23

0.590

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SH21

0.745

3SE5 312-0SE2.
With escape release
from the front

3SE5 312-0SF2.
With escape release
from the back
and auxiliary release
from the front

3SE5 312-0SG2.
With escape release
from the back
and auxiliary release
with lock from the front

With emergency release -from the back

-and auxiliary release
-from the front
Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SJ21

0.745

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SJ22

0.745

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SJ23

0.745

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SJ21

0.745

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SJ22

0.745

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SJ23

0.745

--

24 DC

3SE5 322-0SB21

0.590

--

115 AC

3SE5 322-0SB22

0.590

--

230 AC

3SE5 322-0SB23

0.590

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 322-1SB21

0.590

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 322-2SB22

0.590

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 322-3SB23

0.590

3SE5 312-0SJ2.
Magnetic field locks

3SE5 312-0SB2.
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 2/152).

2/150

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
3SE5, metal enclosures
With locking force up to 2000 N

Selection and ordering data

6 slow-action contacts 5 directions of approach Cable entry 3 M20 1.5 Degree of protection IP66/IP67
Locking force 2600 N (2000 N according to GS-ET 19)
Interlock1)

LEDs

Solenoid

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Position monitoring:
Actuators:
1 NO + 2 NC
Solenoid:
1 NO + 2 NC

Rated operational voltage

Order No.
V

kg

2600 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
With auxiliary release

3SE5 312-0SD1.
With auxiliary release
With lock

3SE5 312-0SE1.
With escape release
from the front

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SD11

1.030

--

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SD12

1.030

--

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SD13

1.030

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SD11

1.040

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SD12

1.040

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SD13

1.040

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SE11

1.180

--

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SE12

1.180

--

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SE13

1.180

48 AC/DC

3SE5 312-0SE14

1.180

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SE11

1.180

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SE12

1.180

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SE13

1.180

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SF11

1.180

--

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SF12

1.180

--

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SF13

1.180

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SF11

1.180

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SF12

1.180

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SF13

1.180

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SG11

1.175

--

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SG12

1.175

--

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SG13

1.175

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SG11

1.180

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SG12

1.180

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SG13

1.180

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SH11

1.180

3SE5 312-0SF1.
With escape release
from the back
and auxiliary release
from the front

3SE5 312-0SG1.
With escape release
from the back
and auxiliary release
with lock from the front

With emergency release -from the back

-and auxiliary release
-from the front
Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SJ11

1.180

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SJ12

1.180

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SJ13

1.180

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SJ11

1.180

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SJ12

1.180

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SJ13

0.925

--

24 DC

3SE5 312-0SB11

1.030

--

115 AC

3SE5 312-0SB12

1.030

--

230 AC

3SE5 312-0SB13

1.030

Yellow/Green

24 DC

3SE5 312-1SB11

1.040

Yellow/Green

115 AC

3SE5 312-2SB12

1.040

Yellow/Green

230 AC

3SE5 312-3SB13

1.040

3SE5 312-0SJ1.
Magnetic field locks

3SE5 312-0SB1.
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 2/152).

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/151

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
Accessories

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Actuators for 3SE5

Standard actuators,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

Direction of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

Direction of approach from the right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

Universal radius actuators,

length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

Protective caps made of black rubber for the

actuator head, to protect the actuator openings
from contamination

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

0.010

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for actuator

head, for up to 8 padlocks

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

0.065

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12, fixed

for M20 1.5
For max. 250 V, 4 A
With 0.25 mm2 connecting cable,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 127

0.010

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12, non-adjustable

With terminal compartment, can be
pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CB45

0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12

With terminal compartment, can be
pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CC45

0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12

for M20 1.5
For max. 125 V, 4 A
With 0.25 mm2 connecting cable,
plastic, degree of protection IP67,
ambient temperature 40 to +85 C

3SY3 128

0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12

With terminal compartm., can be pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CB55

0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12

With terminal compartm., can be pre-assembled1)

3RX8 000-0CC55

0.016

Cable glands M20 1.5

Plastic

3SX9 926

0.010

3SE5 000-0AV01

2
3SE5 000-0AV02

3SE5 000-0AV03
Radius actuators,
length 51 mm

3SE5 000-0AV04

3SE5 000-0AV05
Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

3SE5 000-0AV07

Optional accessories for 3SE5

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

Connections for 3SE5, 3SE2

3SY3 127

3SX9 926

1)

3RX8 000

For cable boxes with molded cables see A&D Mall or

Catalog FS 10.

2/152

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
3SE2, metal enclosures
With locking force up to 1800 N

Selection and ordering data

4 slow-action contacts 4 directions of approach Locking force 1800 N (1400 N acc. to GS-ET 19) Degree of protection IP67
Interlock/
Signaling equipment

Slow-action contacts

Solenoid

Complete units

Position monitoring

Rated
operational
voltage

Order No.

Actuators

Solenoid

Weight,
approx.
Price
per PU

kg

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

Auxiliary release,
sealable

Auxiliary release with

lock

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

24 DC

3SE2 840-0XX00

0.885

110 AC

3SE2 842-0XX00

0.890

230 AC

3SE2 841-0XX00

0.875

24 DC

3SE2 840-0XX01

0.935

110 AC

3SE2 842-0XX01

0.925

230 AC

3SE2 841-0XX01

0.920

Magnetic field locks1)

With auxiliary
release

Standard

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

24 DC

3SE2 830-0XX00

0.890

110 AC

3SE2 832-0XX00

0.855

230 AC

3SE2 831-0XX00

0.855

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

Auxiliary release,
sealable

Auxiliary release with

lock

2 NC

2 NC

2 NC

2 NC

24 DC

3SE2 840-6XX00

0.885

110 AC

3SE2 842-6XX00

0.880

230 AC

3SE2 841-6XX00

0.880

24 DC

3SE2 840-6XX01

0.965

110 AC

3SE2 842-6XX01

0.960

230 AC

3SE2 841-6XX01

0.925

Magnetic field locks1)

With lock

Standard

2 NC

2 NC

24 DC

3SE2 830-6XX00

0.885

110 AC

3SE2 832-6XX00

0.855

230 AC

3SE2 831-6XX00

0.850

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

Auxiliary release,
sealable

3SE2 840-1XX00

0.875

110 AC

3SE2 842-1XX00

0.890

230 AC

3SE2 841-1XX00

0.870

3SE2 840-1XX20

0.905

110 AC

3SE2 842-1XX20

0.885

230 AC

3SE2 841-1XX20

0.880

Auxiliary release with 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC

lock and with optical
110 AC
With optical signalsignaling equipment2)
ing equipment
230 AC

3SE2 840-1XX32

0.945

3SE2 842-1XX32

0.935

3SE2 841-1XX32

0.930

Auxiliary release,
sealable, and
with optical signaling
equipment2)

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC

Magnetic field locks1)

Standard

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC

3SE2 830-1XX00

0.870

110 AC

3SE2 832-1XX00

0.855

230 AC

3SE2 831-1XX00

0.875

With optical signaling 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC

equipment2)
110 AC

3SE2 830-1XX20

0.880

3SE2 832-1XX20

0.865

230 AC

3SE2 831-1XX20

0.875

3SX3 197

0.035

- For approach from the left,

length 132 mm

3SX3 207

0.045

- With transverse fixing,

length 50 mm

3SX3 206

0.025

- With vertical fixing,

length 50 mm

3SX3 306

0.025

3SX3 203

0.120

Actuators
Standard actuator,
length 79 mm

Universal radius actuator,

length 80 mm

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

1)

Supplied without actuator.

2)

On the version with optical signaling equipment the contacts are not electrically isolated.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/153

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Hinge Switches
General data

Overview

Benefits

3SE5 hinge switches have the same enclosures as the standard

switches (modular system).

The 3SE5 hinge switches differ from the previous series through
the following new characteristics:
All actuators around the axis in increments of 22.5 (see
picture on page 2/121).
The new three-pole switching element 1 NO + 2 NC is available for all enclosure sizes (see picture on page 2/121).
The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and
fast wiring equipment which makes it possible to save from
approx. 20 to 25 % of the time when connecting (see picture
on page 2/121).
The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions
with the AS-Interface connection (see page 2/162); an additional adapter is not required.

Application

Hinge switches

Design
Enclosure sizes
The 3SE5 switches are available as complete units in two enclosure sizes:
Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047 (31 mm wide),
1 cable entry
Metal enclosures according to EN 50041 (40 mm wide),
1 cable entry

The hinge switches are used in those areas where the position of
swiveling protective devices such as doors or flaps must be
monitored. With these switches, the position of the doors and
flaps is converted into electric signals. The switches allows shutdown and signaling without delay in the event of a small opening
angle through the snap-action contacts with an operating angle
of 10.
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular purpose. Dimensions and fixing points of the enclosures are in
accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards

Enclosure versions

IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.

Various basic versions can be selected for the enclosures:

Available with two or three-pole switching elements designed
as snap-action contacts
Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)
(see page 2/161)
AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all
enclosure designs (see page 2/173)

The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic

enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screwglands.

For a description of the basic switches see page 2/120.

Operating mechanisms
The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. The
twist actuator is included in the scope of supply. There are two
versions:
Operating mechanism with hollow shaft, diameter inside
8 mm, outside 12 mm
Operating mechanism with solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

2/154

Siemens SI 10 2009

Safety position switches

For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position
switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques
must be employed on installation.
Safety circuits
The standards IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 require positive
opening of the NC contacts. Hence for the purposes of personal
safety, the assured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the
symbol q.
Category 4 according to EN 954-1 can be attained with the 3SE5
hinge switches with q if the corresponding fail-safe evaluation
units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety
relays or matching devices from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or
SINUMERIK product ranges.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Hinge Switches
3SE5, plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP65 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Snap-action
contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Plastic enclosures Enclosure width 31 mm

according to EN 50047
With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0HU21

0.080

Operating angle 10

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 232-0LU21

0.080

Operating angle 10

1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0HU22

0.110

Operating angle 10

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 232-0LU22

0.120

With hollow shaft

With solid shaft

With solid shaft

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts
Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Actuator heads
With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

3SE5 000-0AU21

0.030

3SE5 000-0AU22

0.052

Actuator head with

hollow shaft
With solid shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator head with

solid shaft

Note:
The respective actuator heads are included in the scope of
supply for the complete units.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/155

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Hinge Switches
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Snap-action
contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

Price
per PU

kg

Metal enclosures Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 112-0LU21

0.295

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE5 112-0LU22

0.315

With hollow shaft

With solid shaft
Operating angle 10

With solid shaft

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts
Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Actuator heads
With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

3SE5 000-0AU21

0.030

3SE5 000-0AU22

0.052

Actuator head with

hollow shaft
With solid shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator head with

solid shaft

Note:
The respective actuator heads are included in the scope of
supply for the complete units.

2/156

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Hinge Switches
3SE2, plastic enclosures
with integrated hinge

Overview

Benefits
Easy mounting through use of versions with integrated hinge
Versions with small operating angle of 4
Protection against personal injury provided by positively
driven NC contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1
Simultaneous shutdown and reporting by 1 NO + 2 NC
contacts

The 3SE2 283 hinge switches are particularly suitable for use in
doors and flaps of machines that must be closed to ensure the
safety of operating personnel. Their thin profile and compact design allow them to be directly mounted on a hinged protective
cover and the stable frame.

Selection and ordering data

3 contacts Degree of protection IP65 Cable entry 2 (M20 1.5)
Version

Slow-action
contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

Price
per PU

kg

Plastic enclosures with integrated hinge

With mounted hinges
(delivered with additional
hinge and fixing
accessories)

Slow-action
contacts

Aluminum hinge

3SE2 283

- Operating angle 4

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE2 283-0GA43

0.425

- Operating angle 4

3 NC

3SE2 283-6GA43

0.425

- Operating angle 8

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE2 283-0GA53

0.420

- Operating angle 8

3 NC

3SE2 283-6GA53

0.420

- Operating angle 4

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE2 283-0GA44

0.800

- Operating angle 4

3 NC

3SE2 283-6GA44

0.800

High-grade steel hinge

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts
Version

DT Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Accessories
Additional hinges
(delivered with fixing accessories)
Made of aluminum

3SX3 225

0.160

Made of high-grade steel

3SX3 231

0.330

3SX3 225

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/157

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

For Explosion Protection (ATEX)
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm

Overview
The position switch in the metal enclosure including the hinge
switch and the switch with a separate actuator is also available
in versions for operation in areas with a gas explosion hazard
and in areas with combustible dust.
To achieve the maximum possible safety in these areas, the legislators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the
form of laws, regulations and standards which these switches
comply with to the letter.
These switches comply with Directive 94/4/EC (ATEX 95) of the
European Union and are approved for Zone 22.

The switches have a grounding screw on the outside of the enclosure. The connection openings are closed with protective
caps upon delivery.
See Catalog LV 1,Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" --> "Type overview of approved devices for potentially
explosive areas (ATEX explosion protection)".

Selection and ordering data

Complete units
2 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Snap-action
contacts

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M20 1.5 connecting thread
Snap-action contacts

Rounded plunger

1 NO + 1 NC

Rounded plunger, high-grade

steel, with 3 mm overtravel

3SE5 112-0CC02-1DA0

0.290

Roller plunger, high-grade steel

roller, with 3 mm overtravel

3SE5 112-0CD02-1DA0

0.310

Roller lever, high-grade steel

lever, plastic roller

3SE5 112-0CE03-1DA0

0.300

Angular roller lever, high-grade

steel lever, plastic roller

3SE5 112-0CF03-1DA0

0.320

3SE5 112-0CR01-1DA0

0.315

3SE5 112-0CH11-1DA0

0.360

3SE5 112-0CH52-1DA0

0.360

3SE5 112-0CT13-1DA0

0.360

Rod actuator,
aluminum rod, length 200 mm

3SE5 112-0CH80-1DA0

0.300

Rod actuator,
plastic rod, length 200 mm

3SE5 112-0CH82-1DA0

0.300

Spring rod, length 142.5 mm

Plastic plunger
Twist lever, high-grade steel
lever, plastic roller

Roller lever

Twist lever, adjustable length

High-grade steel lever, plastic
roller
Fork lever, high-grade steel lever,
plastic roller

Enclosure width 56 mm
With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread
Snap-action contacts

Twist lever

1 NO + 1 NC

Rounded plunger,
high-grade steel, with overtravel

3SE5 122-0CC02-1DA0

0.355

Roller plunger, high-grade steel

roller

3SE5 122-0CD02-1DA0

0.380

Roller lever, high-grade steel

lever, plastic roller

3SE5 122-0CE03-1DA0

0.375

Angular roller lever, high-grade

steel lever, plastic roller

3SE5 122-0CF03-1DA0

0.390

3SE5 122-0CR01-1DA0

0.390

3SE5 122-0CH11-1DA0

0.410

Spring rod, length 142.5 mm

Plastic plunger
Twist lever, high-grade steel
lever, plastic roller
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2/158

Siemens SI 10 2009

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete

unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

For Explosion Protection (ATEX)
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm
Modular system
2 or 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Contacts

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M20 1.5 connecting thread
Slow-action contacts
Snap-action contacts
Slow-action contacts
Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC q
1 NO + 1 NC q

3SE5 112-0BA00-1DA0

0.260

3SE5 112-0CA00-1DA0

0.260

1 NO + 2 NC q
1 NO + 2 NC q

3SE5 112-0KA00-1DA0

0.270

3SE5 112-0LA00-1DA0

0.270

1 NO + 1 NC q
1 NO + 1 NC q

3SE5 122-0BA00-1DA0

0.325

3SE5 122-0CA00-1DA0

0.325

1 NO + 2 NC q
1 NO + 2 NC q

3SE5 122-0KA00-1DA0

0.335

3SE5 122-0LA00-1DA0

0.335

Basic switch

Basic switches Enclosure width 56 mm

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread
Slow-action contacts
Snap-action contacts
Slow-action contacts
Snap-action contacts
Basic switch

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Version

Diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

mm

Operating mechanisms
Rounded plungers,
type B acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm
overtravel

3SE5 000-0AC02

0.030

3SE5 000-0AD02

0.050

Rounded
plunger
Roller plungers,
type C acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 13

Roller plunger
Roller levers

Roller lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE01

0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE02

0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE03

0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22

3SE5 000-0AE04

0.065

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF01

0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF02

0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF03

0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22

3SE5 000-0AF04

0.075

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/159

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

For Explosion Protection (ATEX)
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm
Version

Diameter

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

mm

Twist actuators
Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

Twist actuator

For twist levers and rod actuators,

switching right and/or left, adjustable

3SE5 000-0AH00

0.070

For fork levers, latching

3SE5 000-0AT10

0.070

Levers for twist actuators

Twist levers 27 mm, type A acc. to EN 50041

Twist lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA01

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA02

0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA03

0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AA04

0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA05

0.015

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA08

0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA11

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA12

0.025

19

3SE5 000-0AA15

0.050

Twist levers 35 mm
Metal lever, plastic roller
Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole
Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Twist lever,
adjustable
length
Fork levers (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Fork lever

2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT01

0.050

2 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT02

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT03

0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel

rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT04

0.050

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

2/160

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

For Explosion Protection (ATEX)
3SE5, metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm
Position switches with separate actuator Complete units
5 directions of approach 3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version1)

Contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M20 1.5 connecting thread
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC q

0.250

3SE5 112-0QV10-1DA0

2
With separate
actuator

Enclosure width 56 mm
With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread
Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 2 NC q

0.250

3SE5 122-0QV10-1DA0

With separate
actuator
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 2/146).

Hinge switches Complete units

3 contacts Degree of protection IP66/IP67 Cable entry M20 1.5
Version

Snap-action
contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

1 NO + 2 NC q

3SE5 112-0LU21-1DA0

0.295

1 NO + 2 NC q

3SE5 112-0LU22-1DA0

0.315

With hollow shaft

With solid shaft, = 10 mm
Operating angle 10

With solid shaft

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/161

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

General data

Overview

Benefits

The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication

can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.
With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are integrated in the switch enclosure.

The new generation of 3SF1 position switches offers:

ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure,
with low power consumption < 60 mA
An extensive range of actuators
Status display with three LEDs

Application
With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of
moved machine parts are converted into electrical signals.
Through their modular and uniform design and large number of
variants, the devices can meet practically all requirements in
industry.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular purpose. And many different actuator variants are available to
match the mechanical configuration of the moved machined
parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in
accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
Examples of selection options in the modular system

Modular system
The position switches of the 3SF1 1.4 and 3SF1 2.4 series are
constructed from a modular system comprising different versions of the basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered
separately. Thanks to the modular construction of the switch the
end user can select the right solution for his application from numerous versions and install it himself in a very short time.
Design
The 3SF1 switches are available in four different enclosure sizes:
Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm wide,
with M12 connector socket
Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, with M12 connector socket
and M12 socket
Metal enclosures according to EN 50041, 40 mm wide,
with M12 connector socket
Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, with M12 connector socket and
M12 socket
Display
The switches have a status display with three LEDs:
LED 1 (yellow):
F-IN1
LED 2 (yellow):
F-IN2
LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT
Connection
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Interface bus cable.
The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for
connecting a second position switch. Category 4 according to
EN 954-1 is thus achieved.

2/162

Siemens SI 10 2009

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1
(Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).
The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.
Approvals
AS-Interface according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.
With a 3SF1 position switch it is possible to achieve category 2
according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 1 according to
IEC 61508.
Categories 3 or 4 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2
or 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second
3SE5 position switch.
The 3SF1 position switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047/50 mm

Selection and ordering data

Modular system
For the ASIsafe version of the position switch, the basic switch
and actuator must be ordered separately.
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) M12 connector socket
Version

Contacts LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

Basic switches (with rounded plunger1))

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047
With teflon plunger
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Slow-action contacts

2 NC

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

24 V DC q
24 V DC q

3SF1 234-1KC05-1BA1

0.170

3SF1 234-1LC05-1BA1

0.170

24 V DC q
24 V DC q

3SF1 244-1KC05-1BA2

0.180

3SF1 244-1LC05-1BA2

0.180

ASIsafe basic switch

Basic switches (with rounded plunger1))

Enclosure width 50 mm
With teflon plunger
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Slow-action contacts

1 NC

Snap-action contacts

1 NC

ASIsafe basic switch

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

1)

On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded
plunger.

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/140.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/163

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047/50 mm
Version

Roller
diameter

Weight,
approx.

Modular system

Order No.

U
kg

mm

Operating mechanisms
Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047
Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD03

0.010

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD04

0.010

Plastic rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD10

0.035

High-grade steel rollers

10

3SE5 000-0AD11

0.030

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE11

0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE12

0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AE13

0.055

Roller plunger
Roller plungers with central fixing

2
With central
fixing

Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF10

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF11

0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF12

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

13

3SE5 000-0AF13

0.020

3SE5 000-0AK00

0.025

Twist actuators with lever

Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)
switching right or left, adjustable
Twist actuator

Levers for twist actuators

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047

Twist lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA21

0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA22

0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA23

0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA25

0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA31

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA32

0.022

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole

Twist lever,
adjustable
length

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA67

0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

q Positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

2/164

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm

Selection and ordering data

Modular system
For the ASIsafe version of the position switch, the basic switch
and actuator must be ordered separately.
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP66/IP67 M12 connector socket
Version

Contacts LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Slow-action contacts

2 NC

Snap-action contacts

2 NC

24 V DC q
24 V DC q

3SF1 114-1KA00-1BA1

0.400

3SF1 114-1LA00-1BA1

0.400

24 V DC q
24 V DC q

3SF1 124-1KA00-1BA2

0.470

3SF1 124-1LA00-1BA2

0.470

ASIsafe basic switch

Basic switches Enclosure width 56 mm

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Slow-action contacts

1 NC

Snap-action contacts

1 NC

ASIsafe basic switch

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or

positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

Note: For selection aid, see page 2/123.

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/140.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/165

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm
Version

Roller
diameter

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

mm

Operating mechanisms
Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel plunger, with 3 mm overtravel

3SE5 000-0AC02

0.030

13

3SE5 000-0AD02

0.050

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE01

0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE02

0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE03

0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AE04

0.065

Rounded
plunger
Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel

Roller plunger
Roller levers

Roller lever

Angular roller levers

Angular roller
lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF01

0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF02

0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF03

0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

22

3SE5 000-0AF04

0.075

Switching right or left, adjustable

3SE5 000-0AH00

0.070

For fork levers, latching

3SE5 000-0AT10

0.070

Twist actuators with lever

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

Twist actuator

Levers for twist actuators

Twist levers 27 mm, type A acc. to EN 50041

Twist lever

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA01

0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA02

0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing

19

3SE5 000-0AA03

0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AA04

0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller

30

3SE5 000-0AA05

0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA07

0.020

Metal levers, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA08

0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA11

0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA12

0.025

19

3SE5 000-0AA15

0.050

Twist levers 35 mm
Metal lever, plastic roller
Twist lever,
adjustable
length

Fork lever

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole

Metal lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA60

0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA61

0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA67

0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller

50

3SE5 000-0AA68

0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA62

0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller

19

3SE5 000-0AA63

0.040

Fork levers (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT01

0.050

Metal lever, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT02

0.050

High-grade steel lever, 2 plastic rollers

19

3SE5 000-0AT03

0.050

High-grade steel lever, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19

3SE5 000-0AT04

0.050

q Positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

2/166

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
General data

Overview
The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication
can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.
With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are integrated in the switch enclosure.

Benefits
The new generation of 3SF1 position switches with separate actuator offers:
ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure,
with low power consumption < 60 mA
An extensive range of actuators
Status display with three LEDs

Application
Position switches with separate actuator are used where the position of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for
safety reasons.
The position switch can only be operated with the matching
coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices
is impossible.
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular
purpose. Dimensions, fixing points of the enclosure are in accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
3SF1 position switches with separate actuator and with integrated
ASIsafe electronics

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1
(Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).

3SF1 position switches with separate actuator have the same

enclosures as the standard switches.

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.

Operation

Approvals

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 x 90. The
switches can also be approached from above.

AS-Interface according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the position switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six
versions to suit the application.
The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary
devices is impossible.
A high-grade steel blocking device for attaching up to eight padlocks is available for even more safety.

With a 3SF1 position switch it is possible to achieve category 3

according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2 according to
IEC 61508.
Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5
position switch.
The 3SF1 position switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.

A rubber cap to protect the metal enclosure from contamination

is available for operation in dusty environments.
Display
The switches have a status display with three LEDs:
LED 1 (yellow):
F-IN1
LED 2 (yellow):
F-IN2
LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT
Connection
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Interface bus cable.
The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for
connecting a second position switch. Category 4 according to
EN 954-1 is thus achieved.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/167

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
Plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

Overview
Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm)

Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts

Status display with 3 LEDs 24 V DC;
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT

Selection and ordering data

Version1)

Contacts

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

5 directions of approach
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole;
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Slow-action contacts

2 NC

3SF1 234-1QV40-1BA1

0.210

1 NC

3SF1 244-1QV40-1BA2

0.220

Standard actuator,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

Radius actuator, left,

length 51 mm,
direction of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

Radius actuator,
length 51 mm,
direction of approach from the
right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

Universal radius actuator,

length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

- Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

- Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

0.065

Enclosure width 50 mm
5 directions of approach
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole;
channel 1 on NC,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Slow-action contacts

Actuators
Actuators

Universal radius actuator, heavy-duty

Optional accessories
Blocking inserts, high-grade
steel, for actuator head,
for up to 8 padlocks
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

2/168

Siemens SI 10 2009

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/146.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Separate Actuator
Metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

Overview
Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts
Status display with 3 LEDs 24 V DC;
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT

Degree of protection IP66/IP67

Selection and ordering data

Version1)

Contacts

Weight,
approx.

Complete units
Order No.

kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

5 directions of approach
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole;
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Slow-action contacts

2 NC

3SF1 114-1QV10-1BA1

0.550

1 NC

3SF1 124-1QV10-1BA2

0.600

Standard actuator,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

- Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

- Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

Protective caps made of black

rubber for the twist actuator, to protect the actuator openings from
contamination

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

0.010

Blocking inserts, high-grade

steel, for actuator head,
for up to 8 padlocks

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

0.065

Enclosure width 56 mm
5 directions of approach
With M12 connector socket, 4-pole;
channel 1 on NC,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Slow-action contacts

Actuators
Actuators

Radius actuator,
length 51 mm

Universal radius actuator,

length 77 mm

Universal radius actuator, heavy-duty

Optional accessories

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

1)

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/146.

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/169

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
General data

Overview

Benefits

The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication

can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.
With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are integrated in the switch enclosure.

The new generation of 3SF1 3 position switches with solenoid

interlocking offers:
More safety through higher locking forces:
- 1300 N for the plastic version
- 2600 N for the metal version
Various release mechanisms: lock release, escape release
and emergency release
ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure;
connected through 4-pole M12 connector socket
Current consumption of the solenoid max. 170 mA
Two contact blocks as standard equipment, hence fewer versions needed
Same dimensions for all enclosure variants:
Plastic, metal
An extensive range of actuators
Status display with four LEDs

Application
The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional,
technically safe devices which restrict and prevent an unforeseen or intentional opening of protective doors, protective grilles
or other covers as long as a dangerous situation is present
(i.e. follow-on motion of the shutdown machine).
3SF1 position switches with solenoid interlocking and with integrated
ASIsafe electronics

Operation
The twist actuator is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 x 90. The
switches can also be approached from above.
The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the position switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six
versions to suit the application.
The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary
devices is impossible.
A high-grade steel blocking device for attaching up to eight padlocks is available for even more safety.

The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking have the

following functions:
Enabling the machine or process with closed and locked protective device
Locking the machine or process with opened protective
device
Position monitoring of the protective device and solenoid
Standards
The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Voltage Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Devices).
The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.

A rubber cap to protect the enclosure from contamination is

available for operation in dusty environments.

Approvals

Solenoid interlocking

AS-Interface according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.

There are two versions for locking the actuator:

Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle) with various
release mechanisms
Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)

The switches are approved for use with locking devices according to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.

For more explanations see page 2/149.

Display
The switches have a status display with four LEDs:
LED 1 (yellow): F-IN1
LED 2 (yellow): F-IN2
LED 3 (green): AS-i
LED 4 (red):
FAULT
Connection
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Interface bus cable (no additional supply of auxiliary power is required thanks to the low current consumption of the solenoid of
max. 170 mA).

2/170

Siemens SI 10 2009

3SE5 3 position switches with solenoid interlocking bear the VDE

test mark for tested according to GS-ET19 (Test Principles of the
German Trade Association for Locking Devices with Electromagnetic Interlocks).
With a 3SF1 3 position switch it is possible to achieve category
3 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2 according to
IEC 61508.
Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5
position switch.
The 3SF1 position switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
Plastic enclosures
With locking force greater than 1200 N

Overview
5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP66/IP67
Slow-action contacts:
- Version -1BA1: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the
actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid
- Version -1BA3: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the
actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the actuator

Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC

Locking force 1300 N (1000 N according to GS-ET 19)
Status display with 4 LEDs 24 V DC;
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i, 4: FAULT

Selection and ordering data

Interlock1)

Contacts
Actuator/
Solenoid

Weight,
approx.

Complete units

Order No.
kg

1300 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
With auxiliary release

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 324-1SD21-1BA1

0.600

With auxiliary release

2 NC/--

3SF1 324-1SD21-1BA3

0.600

With auxiliary release with lock

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 324-1SE21-1BA1

0.760

With escape release from the

front

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 324-1SF21-1BA1

0.620

With escape release from the

back
and auxiliary release from the
front

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 324-1SG21-1BA1

0.640

With emergency release from the 1 NC/1 NC

back
and auxiliary release from the
front

3SF1 324-1SJ21-1BA1

0.650

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 324-1SB21-1BA1

0.600

2 NC/--

3SF1 324-1SB21-1BA3

0.600

Standard actuator,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

- Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

- Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

3SF1 324-1SD21-...

3SF1 324-1SF21-...

Magnetic field locks

3SF1 324-1SB21-...

Actuators
Actuators

Radius actuator,
length 51 mm

Universal radius actuator,

length 77 mm

Universal radius actuator, heavy-duty

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

For 4-pole cable boxes and optional accessories see page

2/152.
Siemens SI 10 2009

2/171

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

With Solenoid Interlocking
Metal enclosures
With locking force greater than 2000 N

Overview
5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP66/IP67
Slow-action contacts:
ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the actuator and
channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid

Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC

Locking force 2600 N (2000 N according to GS-ET 19)
Status display with 4 LEDs 24 V DC;
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i, 4: FAULT

Selection and ordering data

Interlock1)

Contacts
Actuator/
Solenoid

Complete units

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

2600 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
With auxiliary release

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 314-1SD11-1BA1

1.060

With auxiliary release with lock

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 314-1SE11-1BA1

1.220

With escape release from the

front

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 314-1SF11-1BA1

1.060

With escape release from the

back
and auxiliary release from the
front

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 314-1SG11-1BA1

1.080

With emergency release from the 1 NC/1 NC

back
and auxiliary release from the
front

3SF1 314-1SJ11-1BA1

1.100

1 NC/1 NC

3SF1 314-1SB11-1BA1

1.060

Standard actuator,
length 75.6 mm

3SE5 000-0AV01

0.040

With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm

3SE5 000-0AV02

0.070

With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm

3SE5 000-0AV03

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the left

3SE5 000-0AV04

0.070

- Dir. of approach from the right

3SE5 000-0AV06

0.070

3SE5 000-0AV05

0.090

- Length 67 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2

0.120

- Length 77 mm

3SE5 000-0AV07

0.090

3SF1 314-1SD21-...

3SF1 314-1SF21-,,,

Magnetic field locks

3SF1 314-1BF21-,,,

Actuators
Actuators

Radius actuator,
length 51 mm

Universal radius actuator,

length 77 mm

Universal radius actuator, heavy-duty

q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

1)

Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

2/172

Siemens SI 10 2009

For 4-pole cable boxes and optional accessories see page

2/152.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Hinge Switches
Plastic enclosures
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047/50 mm

Overview
The 3SF1 hinge switches with safety-oriented communication
can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.

For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and
actuator head must be ordered separately. The basic switches
correspond to the position switches of the standard version (only
use versions with snap-action contacts).

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are integrated in the switch enclosure.

The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1 standard switches (see page 2/162).

The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There

are two actuator variants here:
Hollow shaft, diameter inside 8 mm, outside 12 mm
Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

Selection and ordering data

Modular system
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) M12 connector socket
Version

Contacts LEDs

Weight,
approx.

Modular system
Order No.

kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

With teflon plunger,
with M12 connector socket, 4-pole
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Snap-action contacts

2 NC

24 V DC q

3SF1 234-1LC05-1BA1

0.170

24 V DC q

3SF1 244-1LC05-1BA2

0.180

3SE5 000-0AU21

0.030

3SE5 000-0AU22

0.052

ASIsafe basic switch

Basic switches Enclosure width 50 mm

With teflon plunger,
with M12 connector socket, 4-pole
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Snap-action contacts

1 NC

ASIsafe basic switch

Actuator heads
With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator heads with

hollow shaft
With solid shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator heads with

solid shaft
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/140.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/173

 Siemens AG 2009

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Hinge Switches
Metal enclosures
Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041/56 mm

Overview

The 3SF1 hinge switches with safety-oriented communication

can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.

For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and
actuator head must be ordered separately. The basic switches
correspond to the position switches of the standard version (only
use versions with snap-action contacts).

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are integrated in the switch enclosure.

The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1 standard switches (see page 2/162).

The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There

are two actuator variants here:
Hollow shaft, diameter inside 8 mm, outside 12 mm
Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

Selection and ordering data

Modular system
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP66/IP67 M12 connector socket
Version

Contacts LEDs

Modular system

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg

Basic switches Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Snap-action contacts

2 NC

24 V DC q

3SF1 114-1LA00-1BA1

0.400

24 V DC q

3SF1 124-1LA00-1BA2

0.470

3SE5 000-0AU21

0.030

3SE5 000-0AU22

0.052

ASIsafe basic switch

Basic switches Enclosure width 56 mm

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on M12 socket, right
Snap-action contacts

1 NC

ASIsafe basic switch

Actuator heads
Hollow shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator heads with

hollow shaft
Solid shaft
Operating angle 10

Actuator heads with

solid shaft
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2/174

Siemens SI 10 2009

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 2/140.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches

Magnetic monitoring systems

5,5

Overview

6
5,5
5
4

0_0

3
4

3
NSC

063

7a

Enabling range (example)

3SE6 806 safety relay

Switching magnets and switching element

A magnetically operated switch is comprised of a coded switching magnet and a switching element(sensor unit). Evaluation requires a safety relay or connection to a bus system.

The 3SE6 806 safety relay has two floating enabling circuits
(safe circuits) as NO contact circuits and one floating signaling
circuit as a NC circuit. The number of enabling circuits can be
increased by adding one or more 3TK28 30 expansion modules.
Up to six protective devices (sensors) can be connected to the
safety relay. The device has six current-sourcing semiconductor
outputs (Y1 ... Y6), which report the state of the connected protective devices.

Application
SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for
mounting on movable protective guards (covers, hinge
switches, doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of
a safety relay or through connection to a bus system.
The 3SE6 6 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches
stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection
IP67. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed
to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting.

A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magnetically operated switches and an evaluation unit, e.g. a safety relay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC are used the 3SE6 806
safety relay provides a high degree of protection against manipulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to Category 3 or
4 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).

Combination of monitoring units and magnetically operated switches

Monitoring units

Magnetically operated switches

(switching elements + switching magnets)
1 NC + 1 NO

2 NC

3SE6 605-1BA 3SE6 605-2BA 3SE6 605-3BA 3SE6 604-2BA

Achievable category
(EN 954-1) /
performance level
(EN ISO 13849-1)

3SE6 704-1BA 3SE6 704-2BA 3SE6 704-3BA 3SE6 704-2BA

Relay outputs
SIRIUS safety relays,
6-fold

3SE6 806-2CD00

--

Cat. 3

SIRIUS safety relays

3TK28 26

Cat. 4 / e

3TK28 40

--

--

--

Cat. 3 / d

3TK28 41, 3TK28 42, 3TK28 45

--

--

--

Cat. 4 / e

SIRIUS safety relays with

contactor relay

3TK28 50, 3TK28 51, 3TK28 52

--

--

--

Cat. 3 / d

3TK28 53

--

--

--

Cat. 4 / e

SIRIUS safe load feeders

3RA71 0.

--

--

--

Cat. 3

3RA71 1.

--

--

--

Cat. 4

ASIsafe compact safety modules 3RK1 205, 3RK1 405

--

--

--

Cat. 4

SIMATIC S7-31xF-2 DP or
SIMATIC ET 200M

SM 326 F, 24 DI, DC 24 V,
SM 326 F, 8 DI, NAMUR

Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200S PROFIsafe

4/8 F-DI / 3 F-DO, 24 V DC

Cat. 3

4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC

Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200eco

4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC

Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200pro

8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC,

4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A, 24 V DC,
F-Switch

Cat. 4

Solid-state outputs
SIRIUS safety relays

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/175

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches

Magnetic monitoring systems

Selection and ordering data

Version

Size

Contacts

Order No.

mm

Weight,
approx.
kg

Round sensor units

Switching magnets (coded) M30

3SE6 704-1BA

0.035

Switching elements

With 3 m cable

M30

1 NO +
1 NC

3SE6 605-1BA

0.165

With M12 plug, 4-pole

M30

1 NO +
1 NC

3SE6 605-1BA02

0.040

3SE6 704-2BA

0.027

1 NO +
1 NC

3SE6 605-2BA

0.165

2 NC

3SE6 604-2BA

0.165

1 NO +
1 NC

3SE6 605-2BA01

0.040

2 NC

3SE6 604-2BA01

0.130

3SE6 704-3BA

0.014

3SE6 605-3BA

0.150

Rectangular sensor units

Switching magnets (coded) 25 88

Switching elements
With 3 m cable

25 88

With M8 plug, 4-pole

25 88

Switching magnets (coded) 25 33

Switching elements
With 3 m cable

25 33

1 NO +
1 NC

Spacers

25 88

3SX3 260

0.015

Spacers

25 33

3SX3 261

0.010

Version

Number of
sensors

Order No.

Weight,
approx.

Accessories

Enabling/
signaling
circuits

kg

Monitoring units
Safety relays
with relay output, 6-fold

2 NO / 1 NC

Rated control supply voltage

24 V DC

For more monitoring units, see Chapters 6 and 7 of Catalog

LV 1, and Catalog IK PI.

2/176

Siemens SI 10 2009

3SE6 806-2CD00

0.200

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches

Magnetic monitoring systems

Notes

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/177

 Siemens AG 2009

Commanding and Signaling Devices

Introduction

Overview

2
3SB2

3SB30, 3SB32

3SB31, 3SB33

3SB35, 3SB36

16 mm
Plastic, round

22 mm
Plastic, round

26 mm 26 mm
Plastic, square

22 mm
Metal, round

1)
1)

--

--

----

----

----

--

--

--

---

(with solder connections) (with solder connections) (with solder connections)

--
--

Pushbuttons and indicator lights

Designs
Nominal diameter
Version
Actuators
Pushbuttons and switches
Illuminated pushbuttons and
switches
Mushroom pushbuttons
Push-pull buttons
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons
Selector switches
Key-operated switches
Special actuators
Coordinate switches
Twin pushbuttons
Potentiometer drives
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Contact blocks
Single-pole
Two-pole
Lampholders
Wedge base
BA 9s base
With integrated LED
Connections
Plug-in connection
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
Solder pins
AS-Interface

AS-Interface solutions
Commanding and signaling devices of the SIRIUS 3SB3 series
can be connected to the AS-Interface communication system
quickly and easily with the help of various solutions.
For AS-Interface solutions, see Catalog IK PI
"Industrial Communication".
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850
Using a special F adapter, EMERGENCY-STOP devices according to ISO 13850 (former EN 418) can be directly connected
through the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication (see page 2/195).
AS-Interface enclosures
Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. For
customized enclosures, use the 3SB configurator to select the
elements for equipping (see page 2/201).
Standard

2/178

Siemens SI 10 2009

-- Not available
Optional
1)

Only pushbuttons, no pushbutton switches.

AS-Interface front panel modules

The front panel module has one 4I/4O slave for connection of
four 3SB3 commanding or signaling devices (see Catalog IK PI).
Note:
For safety characteristics for motor starters, see Catalog LV 1,
"Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" --> "Overview".

 Siemens AG 2009

Commanding and Signaling Devices

Introduction

2
Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Actuators
Pushbuttons and switches
Illuminated pushb. and switches
Mushroom pushbuttons
Push-pull buttons
EMERG.-STOP mushroom pushb.
Selector switches
Key-operated switches
Bowden wires
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Contact blocks
Single-pole
Two-pole
Three-pole
Four-pole
Connections
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
Molded cables
Plug-in connection
AS-Interface

Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Lighting
Incandescent lamps
LEDs
Flashlights
Connections
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
AS-Interface

3SB38
Enclosures

3SB38 6
3SE7, 3SF2
3SE29
Two-hand oper. consoles Cable-operated switches Foot switches

--

-
----

----
--

--------

---

--

---

----

---

-
-

--

--
--

--

8WD42, 8WD44

8WD53

Signaling columns

Integrated signal lamps

--

--

---

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/179

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB2 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 16 mm

General data
For PCB mounting

Overview
The 3SB2 pushbuttons and indicator lights are provided for front
plate mounting and rear connection with flat connectors. For use
on printed circuit boards, contact blocks and lampholders with
solder pins are also available.

For use on printed circuit boards, special contact blocks and

lampholders for soldering into the printed circuit board are available. For this purpose, the blocks are fitted with
0.8 mm 0.8 mm solder pins of length 3.5 mm.
F

Standards
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1,
D

Version with flat connector

A

NSD0_00010a

G
F1

D
C1

A
B
C
D
E

A1
F2
E

Actuator
Front panel
Spacer
Holder
Lampholder/
actuator
PCB

D
C1
B1
A2

F2

Flat connectors

Solder pin connections

The terminals are indicated in the selection and

ordering data by orange backgrounds.

C2
B2
A3

NSD0_00001b

IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5

for EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons.

Application
The devices are climate-proof and suitable for marine applications.

A1 Illuminated pushbutton, flat

Safety EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850

A2 Pushbutton, flat
A3 Screw lens for indicator light
B1 Insert label for inscription
B2 Insert cap for inscription

For controls that comply with IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1, the

mushroom pushbuttons of the 3SB2 series are suitable for use
as safety EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons.

C1
C2
D
E

The standards IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 require positive

opening. Hence for the purposes of personal safety, the assured
opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical
equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the symbol
.

Collar with extruded front ring

Collar for indicator light
Frame for square design
Wedge-Base lamps W2 x 4.6 d
F1 Holder
F2 Lampholder with holder
G Contact blocks (1 NO or 1 NC) for snapping on to holder
and/or lampholder

2/180

Siemens SI 10 2009

Safety circuits

Category 4 according to EN 954-1 can be attained with the

EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons if the corresponding fail-safe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed,
e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the ASIsafe,
SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB2 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 16 mm

Complete units

Selection and ordering data

Version

Contact
blocks

Color of
handle

Weight,
approx.

Flat connectors
Order No.

kg

Pushbutton
1 NC
EMERGENCY-STOP
2)
mushroom pushbuttons
acc. to ISO 13850,
latching1)
Latches automatically when
pressed;
unlatches by turning the mushroom head anticlockwise,
with yellow name plate,
with inscription "NOT-HALT"
(German)

Red

0.032

3SB22 03-1AC01

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton

Selection and ordering data

Version

Color of
handle

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Pushbutton
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons
acc. to ISO 13850, latching1)
Latches automatically when pressed;
unlatches by turning the mushroom head
anticlockwise

Red

0.015

3SB20 00-1AC01

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
1

The mushroom pushbutton cannot be combined with 3SB29 02-0AB name

plate or 3SB29 02-0AA single frame.

2)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/181

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB2 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 16 mm

Contact blocks and lampholders

Selection and ordering data

Version

Symbols

Operating travel

Flat connectors

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Contact closed
Contact open

Contact blocks and lampholders with

flat connectors 2 2.8 0.8 mm acc. to IEC 60760
Holders for fixing the actuator and the contact blocks
Holders for 2
contact blocks
Inscription with identification number 1-2

3SB29 08-0AA

0.008

3SB24 04-0B

0.004

3SB24 04-0C

0.004

Holder

Contact blocks for fixing in the holder or lampholder

1 NO

NSD00006

Contact blocks
with one contact1)
NSD00008

3-4
0 1
mm

4
2)

2
1)

For plug-in and inslulation sleeves, see Accessories.

2)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2/182

Siemens SI 10 2009

NSD00009

NSD00007

1 NC
Contact block

1-2
0 1
mm

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB2 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 16 mm

Contact blocks and lampholders
Version

Symbols

Operating travel
Contact closed

Solder pin
connections

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Contact open

Contact blocks and lampholders with solder pins

Lampholders
Wedge base
W2 x 4.6 d1)

(L+) X1

NSD00013

Holders for contact

block with solder pins
For fixing the actuators
in the front panel

3SB29 08-0AB

0.006

3SB24 55-2A

0.008

(L-) X2

Holder
Contact blocks
3

NSD00015

NSD00006

1 NO

3SB24 55-0B

0.008

3SB24 55-0C

0.008

3SB24 55-0J

0.010

3SB24 55-0E

0.009

3SB24 55-0F

0.009

3-4
0 1
mm

2,3

Contact block
with solder pins

1 NO + 1 NC

NSD00017

1-2
0 1
mm

1,6

13 21

NSD00018

1)

NSD00007

1 NC

NSD00019

21-22
13-14
0 1
mm

14 22

13 23

NSD00020

1,6

1 NO + 1 NO

NSD00021

13-14
23-24
0 1
mm

14 24

1 NC + 1 NC

1)

11 21

NSD00022

2,3

12 22

NSD00023

21-22
11-12
0 1
mm

1,6
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/183

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB2 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 16 mm

Accessories and Spare Parts
Insert labels and insert caps

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Accessories for command points

Name plates, yellow, 50 mm

As backing plate for EMERGENCY-STOP button,
self-adhesive
Blank
With German inscription "NOT-HALT"
With German inscription "NOT-AUS"

3SB29 08-2AF
3SB29 08-2AG
3SB29 08-2AK

0.001
0.001
0.001

Plug-in sleeves
For flat connectors 2.8 0.8 mm,
cross-section 0.5 ... 1.5 mm2

3SB29 08-8AA

0.200

Insulation sleeves
For flat connectors,
connection from the front

3SB29 08-8AB

0.100

Complete connectors1)
For connecting contact blocks and lampholders (up to
10 connections).
Guaranteed finger-safe
acc. to IEC 61140 and VBG 4

3SB29 08-8AD

0.005

Plug-in sleeves
For flat connectors 2.8 0.8 mm,
with locating spring for latching in complete connector

3SB29 08-8AE

0.100

3SB29 08-2AG

Flat connectors

3SB29 08-8AA

3SB29 08-8AB

3SB29 08-8AD

3SB29 08-8AE

Tools
1)

Required 3SB29 08-8AE plug-in sleeves for flat connectors 2.8 0.8 mm
are not included in the scope of supply.

2/184

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

General data

Overview
Front plate mounting
D
C
B
E

A
F
NSD0_00029b

C
B

A
B
C
D
E
F

Actuator
Front plate
Holder
Contact block
Lampholder
Mounting element

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Actuator
Front plate
Holder
Holder for printed circuit-board
Lampholder
Contact block
PCB

For actuators see page 2/187 to 2/192.

For contact blocks and lampholders see page 2/193 to 2/194.

Use on printed circuit boards

G
F
E
D
C

NSD0_00030b

B
A

D
A

D
A

For contact blocks for use on printed circuit boards

see page 2/194.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/185

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

General data
Design

Standards

The 3SB3 series is a modular range of commanding and signaling devices for front panel mounting and rear conductor connection. As an alternative, individual elements can also be supplied
for use on printed circuit boards. Complete units are offered for
the most commonly used applications.

IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1,
IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5
for EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons.
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection EEx i according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The pushbuttons and indicator lights in round design can also
be used in hazardous areas. The 3SB34 ..-0. contact blocks and
the 3SB34 ..-1A lampholders (with 3SB39 01-1.A LED lamp) with
screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals can be used.

See Catalog LV 1, Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" --> "Type overview of approved devices for potentially
explosive areas (ATEX explosion protection)".
Connection methods
The devices are available with screw terminals (box terminals),
spring-loaded terminals or solder pins.
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
Actuators and indicators and complete units

Solder pin connections

The 3SB3 series is available

7 Made of molded plastic in flat, round and square design
7 Made of metal in round design
The devices are of modern industrial design and can be
mounted rapidly by a single person. The operating surfaces of
the pushbuttons and illuminated pushbuttons are concave. The
lenses of the indicator lights are convex.
The metal version with a high degree of protection according to
IP67 and NEMA 4 is available for the world market.
One command point comprises:
7 An actuator or lens assembly in front of the control panel
7 A holder for mounting behind the control panel
7 Up to 3 contact blocks and/or 1 lampholder behind the control
panel
7 A comprehensive range of accessories for inscription
Two contact blocks can be snapped onto the actuator in the
standard version.
When three contact blocks or illuminated actuators are required,
an additional holder must be plugged onto the actuator from the
rear.
7 3SB39 01-0AB holder for 3 contact blocks or for 2 contact
blocks and 1 lampholder
7 3SB39 01-0AC holder with pressure plates for actuating a
central contact block when using a selector switch, key-operated switch and twin pushbutton with 3 contact blocks.
For illuminated pushbuttons, illuminated switches and illuminated selector switches the holder is included in the scope of
supply as standard.

The terminals are indicated in the selection and

ordering data.1)
1)

in the PDF of this Catalog: by orange backgrounds

Application
The devices are climate-proof (KTW 24) and suitable for standard industrial applications. For operation in oily atmospheres
(organic oils/lubricants) we recommended actuators of polyamide type (-0PA0 versions).
AS-Interface solutions
The 3SB3 commanding and signaling devices can be connected to the AS-Interface communication system quickly and
safely with the help of various solutions.
The following solutions are available:
7 ASIsafe EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons
(see page 2/195)
7 AS-Interface enclosures with 1 to 6 command points
(see page 2/201).
7 AS-Interface front panel modules for 4 command points
(see Catalog IK PI)
Safety EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850
For controls that comply with IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1
(VDE 0113 Part 1), the mushroom pushbuttons of the 3SB3 series are suitable for use as safety EMERGENCY-STOP
pushbuttons.
Safety circuits
The standards IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 require positive
opening. Hence for the purposes of personal safety, the assured
opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical
equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the symbol
.
Category 4 according to EN 954-1 can be attained with the
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons if the corresponding fail-safe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed,
e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the ASIsafe,
SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.

2/186

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round, 22 mm
Complete units

Selection and ordering data

Version

Color of Contacts for

handle front plate
mounting

Weight,
approx.

Screw terminals

Order No.
kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850,

with yellow name plate, 80 mm, with inscription.
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with positive latching function

German inscription "NOT-HALT"

PR

FZ
ER
T

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red
B G-

With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

1 NC

1)

3SB32 03-1HA20

0.070

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB32 01-1HA20

0.080

1 NC

1)

3SB32 03-1TA20

0.060

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB32 01-1TA20

0.050

1 NC

1)

3SB32 03-1HR20

0.070

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB32 01-1HR20

0.080

1 NC

1)

3SB32 03-1TR20

0.070

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB32 01-1TR20

0.080

96 4041

English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"

With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

PR

FZ
ER
T

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red
B G-

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton

96 4041

Version

Color of Contacts for

handle front plate
mounting

Weight,
approx.

Spring-loaded
terminals
Order No.

kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850,

with yellow name plate, 80 mm, with inscription.
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with positive latching function
German inscription "NOT-HALT"
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

3SB32 03-1HA20-0CC0

0.070

1)

3SB32 01-1HA20-0CC0

0.080

FZ
T

B G-

1)

1 NO + 1 NC
ER

PR

1 NC

96 4041

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/187

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators
Version

Color of
handle

Approval

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850 and

IEC 60947-5-5 with holder1)2).
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays.
Red
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons,
32 mm
With positive latching acc. to
ISO 3850, with rotate-tounlatch mechanism

0.050

Standard versions

3SB30 00-1HA20

0.060

With mechanical switching

position indication

3SB30 00-1HA26

0.070

3SB30 00-1TA20

0.060

3SB30 00-1AA20

0.080

3SB30 00-1BA20

0.090

3SB30 00-1KA20

0.110

3SB30 00-1LA20

0.110

3SB30 00-1MA20

0.120

B G-

FZ
ER

3SB30 00-1FA20
PR

96 4041

Mushroom diameter 32 mm

B G-

96 4041

FZ
T

B G-

PR

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm
With positive latching acc. to
ISO 3850, with pull-tounlatch mechanism

FZ
T

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
with switching position indication

PR

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm
With positive latching acc. to
ISO 3850, with rotate-tounlatch mechanism

96 4041

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

pull-to-unlatch mechanism
FZ
T

B G-

PR

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
60 mm
With positive latching acc. to
ISO 3850, with rotate-tounlatch mechanism

96 4041

Mushroom diameter 60 mm

B GB G-

PR

96 4042

FZ
T

B GB G-

PR

ER

Siemens SI 10 2009

96 4042

96 4042

The yellow backing plates must be ordered separately, see Accessories.

2/188

FZ
ER

PR

1) Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote
order code "B01".
2)

FZ
T

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with CES lock

EMERGENCY-STOP mush- Red

room pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with O.M.R. lock, lock No.
73037, with positive latching
acc. to ISO 13850, unlocking
only possible using key

96 4042

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP mush- Red

room pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with BKS lock, lock No. S1,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
possible using key

FZ
T

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with RONIS lock

EMERGENCY-STOP mush- Red

room pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with CES lock, lock No. SSG
10, with positive latching
acc. to ISO 13850, unlocking
only possible using key

PR

ER

Red
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with RONIS lock, lock No. SB
30,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
possible using key

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Square, 26 mm 26 mm
Complete units
Version

Color Contacts for

of
front plate
handle mounting

Weight,
approx.

Screw terminals

Order No.

Price
per PU

kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850,

with yellow name plate, 80 mm, with inscription1).
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
EMERGENCY-STOP Red
mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm,
with positive latching
function
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

1 NC

2)

3SB33 03-1HA20

0.070

1 NO + 1 NC

2)

3SB33 01-1HA20

0.080

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
1)

German inscription "NOT-HALT".

2)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/189

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Square, 26 mm 26 mm
Actuators and Indicators
Version

Color of
handle

Approval

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850 and

IEC 60947-5-5 with holder1)2).
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
B G-

B GB G-

PR

0.110

3SB31 10-1LA20

0.120

3SB31 10-1MA20

0.120

FZ

96 4042

B G-

FZ
ER

PR

96 4042

B G-

FZ
ER

PR

96 4042

1)

Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote
order code "B01".

2)

The yellow backing plates must be ordered separately, see Accessories.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3SB31 10-1KA20

96 4042

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
with O.M.R. lock

2/190

0.100

FZ

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with O.M.R. lock
(with 2 keys),
lock No. 73037
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
unlocking only using key

PR

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
with CES lock

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with BKS lock
(with 2 keys),
lock No. S1,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible
using key

3SB31 10-1BA20

96 4041

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
with RONIS lock

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with CES lock
(with 2 keys),
lock No. SSG 10,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible
using key

0.060

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with RONIS lock
(with 2 keys),
lock No. SB 30,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible
using key

3SB31 10-1HA20
FZ
T

PR

ER

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm,
With positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
rotate-to-unlatch mechanism

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round, 22 mm
Complete units

Selection and ordering data

Version

Color Contacts for

of
front plate
handle mounting

Weight,
approx.

Screw terminals

Order No.
kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc.to ISO 13850,

with yellow name plate, 80 mm, with inscription.
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
Mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm
with positive latching
German inscription "NOT-HALT"
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1HA20

0.130

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1HA20

0.140

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1TA20

0.130

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1TA20

0.140

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1HR20

0.130

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1HR20

0.140

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1TR20

0.140

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1TR20

0.140

English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
Rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

Version

Color Contacts for

of
front plate
handle mounting

Weight,
approx.

Spring-loaded
terminals
Order No.

kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850,

with yellow name plate, 80 mm, with inscription.
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays
Mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm
with positive latching
German inscription "NOT-HALT"
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1HA20-0CC0

0.130

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1HA20-0CC0

0.140

1 NC

1)

3SB36 03-1TA20-0CC0

0.130

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 01-1TA20-0CC0

0.140

1 NC + 1 NC

1)

3SB36 11-1TA20-0CC0

0.131

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
Pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/191

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round, 22 mm
Complete units
Version

Color of
handle

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

EMERGENCY-STOP control devices acc. to ISO 13850 and

IEC 60947-5-5 with holder1)2).
Can also be used with 3TK28 safety relays.
EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
32 mm,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

3SB35 00-1FA20

0.110

Standard versions

3SB35 00-1HA20

0.120

With mechanical switching

position indication

3SB35 00-1HA26

0.120

Mushroom diameter 32 mm
EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism with switching position
indication

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

pull-to-unlatch mechanism

Mushroom diameter 60 mm

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with RONIS lock

With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

3SB35 00-1TA20

0.120

EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons,
60 mm,
with positive latching
acc. to ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

Red

3SB35 00-1AA20

0.140

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with RONIS lock
(with 2 keys), lock No. SB 30,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
possible using key

3SB35 00-1BA20

0.140

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with CES lock
(with 2 keys),
lock No. SSG 10,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
possible using key

3SB35 00-1KA20

0.170

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with BKS lock
(with 2 keys), Lock No. S1,
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
possible using key

3SB35 00-1LA20

0.170

EMERGENCY-STOP
Red
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm, with O.M.R. lock
(with 2 keys), lock No. 73037
with positive latching acc. to
ISO 13850, unlocking only
using key

3SB35 00-1MA20

0.180

Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with CES lock
1)

Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "Z" and quote
order code "B01".

2)

The yellow backing plates must be ordered separately, see Accessories.

2/192

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders

Selection and ordering data

Version

Diagram

Operating travel/color

Weight,
approx.

Screw terminals

Contact closed
Order No.

Contact open

kg

Contact blocks for front plate mounting

Contact blocks with one contact
Mounting depth: 50 mm
3

1 NO with
gold-plated
contacts

NSD00015

NSD00006

1 NO

3-4
0 1
mm

3SB34 00-0B

0.011

3SB34 00-0BA

0.011

3SB34 00-0C

0.011

3SB34 00-0CA

0.011

3SB34 00-0M

0.018

3SB34 00-0A

0.018

3SB34 00-0AA

0.018

3SB34 00-0H

0.018

3SB34 00-0HA

0.018

3SB34 00-0D

0.018

3SB34 00-0DA

0.018

3SB34 00-0E

0.018

3SB34 00-0EA

0.018

2,3

1 NC

1)

1 NC with
gold-plated
contacts

1)

NSD00017

NSD00007

3SB34 00-0B

1-2
0 1
mm

1,6

With mounting monitoring contact2),

mounting depth 63 mm
1 NC

1)

NSD00017

1-2

3SB34 00-0M

0 1
mm

1,6

Contact blocks with 2 contacts

Mounting depth 63 mm (including unit labeling plate)
31
42

1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed

75

1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed
with gold-plated
contacts

86

2 NO

3 3

2 NO with
gold-plated
contacts

4 4

NSD00038

NSD00033

1)

3-4
1-2

NSD00034

1)

1 NO + 1 NC
with goldplated contacts

7-8
5-6

0 1 2 3
mm
1,6 2,3

NSD00037b

0 1 2 3
mm
1,3 2,2
NSD00035

3SB34 00-0A

1 NO + 1 NC

NSD00039

3-4
3-4
0 1
mm

2 NC

1)

2 NC with
gold-plated
contacts

1)

1 1

2 2

NSD00036

2,3
NSD00040

1-2
1-2
0 1
mm

1,6
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2)

The NC contact opens automatically upon disconnection of the actuator.

On delivery, the contact is open (= safe state).
Activation (= NC contacts on the non-actuated control device are closed)
takes place upon first-time actuation after the contact block is snapped
onto the actuator.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/193

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders
Version

Rated voltage
of lamp/
Diagram

Operating travel/color
Contact closed
Contact open

Spring-loaded
terminals

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Contact blocks for front plate mounting

Contact blocks with one contact
Mounting depth: 50 mm
3

1 NO with
gold-plated
contacts

NSD00015

NSD00006

1 NO

3-4
0 1
mm

3SB34 03-0B

0.008

3SB34 03-0BA

0.008

3SB34 03-0C

0.008

3SB34 03-0CA

0.008

3SB34 03-0M

0.018

3SB34 03-0A

0.018

3SB34 03-0AA

0.018

3SB34 03-0H

0.018

3SB34 03-0HA

0.018

3SB34 03-0D

0.017

3SB34 03-0DA

0.017

3SB34 03-0E

0.018

3SB34 03-0EA

0.018

2,3
1)

1 NC with
gold-plated
contacts

1)

NSD00017

NSD00007

3SB34 03-0B

1 NC

1-2
0 1
mm

1,6

With mounting monitoring

contact2),
mounting depth 63 mm
1 NC

NSD00017

1-2
0 1
mm

1)

1,6

Contact blocks with 2 contacts

Mounting depth 63 mm
31
42

1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed

75

1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed
with gold-plated
contacts

86

2 NO

3 3

2 NO with
gold-plated
contacts

4 4

NSD00038

NSD00033

1)

3-4
1-2

NSD00034

1)

1 NO + 1 NC
with goldplated contacts

7-8
5-6

0 1 2 3
mm
1,6 2,3

NSD00037b

0 1 2 3
mm
1,3 2,2

NSD00039

NSD00035

3SB34 03-0A

1 NO + 1 NC

3-4
3-4
0 1
mm

2,3
1)

2 NC with
gold-plated
contacts

1)

1 1

2 2

NSD00040

NSD00036

2 NC

1-2
1-2
0 1
mm

1,6

Version

Diagram

Operating travel
Contact closed

Solder pin
connections

Contact open

Order No.

Weight,
approx.

kg

Contact blocks for use on printed circuit boards

1 NO

NSD00006

Contact blocks with one contact

Mounting depth 44 mm
NSD00015

3SB34 11-0B

0.003

3SB34 11-0C

0.003

3-4
0 1
mm

2,3
1)

NSD00017

NSD00007

3SB34 11-0B

1 NC

1-2
0 1
mm

2
1,6

1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2)

The NC contact opens automatically upon disconnection of the actuator.

On delivery, the contact is open (= safe state).
.

2/194

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Components for Actuators and Indicators
AS-Interface F adapters
for EMERGENCY-STOP devices

Overview
The AS-Interface F adapter is used to connect an EMERGENCYSTOP device matching ISO 13850 from the 3SB3 series to the
AS-Interface bus system. The F adapter is suitable for control
devices with mounting on front plates.
The F adapter has a safe AS-Interface 2E slave and is snapped
from behind onto the EMERGENCY-STOP device (actuator). In
the 2I/1O expanded version, an output is also available for actuating an indicator light with LED.
Connection to the AS-Interface bus cable is made with screw
terminal or spring-loaded terminals depending on the version.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connection or
the integrated addressing socket.
Safety category 4 (SIL 3) is achieved with the adapter.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Weight,
approx.

Screw terminals
Order No.

kg
AS-Interface F adapters for
3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP actuator
For mounting on front plate
2I

3SF5 402-1AA03

0.066

2I/1O, with output for LED control

3SF5 402-1AB03

0.066

Version

Spring-loaded
terminals

3SF5 402-1AA03

Weight,
approx.

Order No.
kg
AS-Interface F adapters for
3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP actuator
For mounting on front plate
2I

3SF5 402-1AA04

0.066

2I/1O, with output for LED control

3SF5 402-1AB04

0.066

3SF5 402-1AA04

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/195

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Accessories and Spare Parts
Protective covers

Selection and ordering data

Version

Use

Color

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Protective caps1), degree of protection IP67

Material: silicone
Protective caps
For round version

Clear

3SB19 02-2BH

0.006

EMERGENCY- Clear
STOP mushroom pushbutton, 40 mm
(plastic and
metal)

3SB39 21-0BU

0.013

Mushroom
push-pull button, 40 mm
(plastic and
metal)

3SB19 02-2BH

3SB39 21-0BU
1)

Only for mounting on front plates.

Not to be used with label holder.
Version

Use

Color

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Protective collars for front plates

Protective collars for EMERGENCYEMERGENCY-STOP2) STOP mushFor round version
room pushbutton without
lockh
3SB39 21-0AX

Protective collars for

EMERGENCY-STOP
for 5 padlocks2)
For round version

Yellow

3SB39 21-0AK

0.044

Gray

3SB39 21-0AP

0.043

EMERGENCYSTOP mushroom pushbutton with lock

Yellow

3SB39 21-0AX

0.053

3SB3...-1AA20
EMERGENCYSTOP
mushroom
pushbutton

Yellow

3SB39 21-0CG

0.044

3SB39 21-0CG
1)

Only for mounting on front plates.

Not to be used with label holder.

2)

The protective collar must only be used to protect against inadvertent actuating and must be fitted to allow unimpeded actuation of the EMERGENCYSTOP mushroom pushbutton.

2/196

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Accessories and Spare Parts
Miscellaneous accessories

Selection and ordering data

Version

Use

Inscription

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Yellow name plates for EMERGENCY-STOP

For use on front plates
Name plates, round
Self-adhesive,
external diameter
80 mm,
hole 23 mm

EMERGENCYSTOP
mushroom
pushbutton
(round version)

3SB39 21-0AC

3SB39 21-0BW

3SB39 21-0DA

Blank

3SB39 21-0AB

0.002

4 languages:
G, En, It, Sp

3SB39 21-0BW

0.001

NOT-HALT

3SB39 21-0AC

0.001

NOT-AUS

3SB39 21-0CK

0.001

EMERGENCY
STOP

3SB39 21-0AD

0.001

ARRET
DURGENCE

3SB39 21-0AG

0.002

EMERGENZA

3SB39 21-0AN

0.002

Blank

3SB39 41-0AB

0.001

NOT-HALT

3SB39 41-0AC

0.001

NOT-AUS

3SB39 41-0BX

0.001

EMERGENCY
STOP

3SB39 41-0AD

0.002

Name plates, round

Self-adhesive,
external diameter
80 mm,
cut-out
26 mm 26 mm

EMERGENCYSTOP
mushroom
pushbutton
(square version)

Name plates, round

1 mm thick,
external diameter
75 mm,
hole 22.5 mm

EMERGENCY- Blank
STOP
NOT-HALT
mushroom
NOT-AUS
pushbutton
(round version)

3SB19 02-2BA

0.006

3SB19 02-2BB

0.006

3SB39 21-0CH

0.006

Name plates, round

Self-adhesive,
external diameter
60 mm,
hole 23 mm1)

EMERGENCYSTOP
mushroom
pushbutton
(round version)

Illuminated, suitable as
signaling device for
EMERGENCY-STOP,
with plug-in connection for 24 V AC/DC2)

Blank

3SB39 21-0DA

0.020

NOT-HALT

3SB39 21-0DK

0.020

NOT-AUS

3SB39 21-0DC

0.020

EMERGENCY
STOP

3SB39 21-0DD

0.020

1)

For front panel thickness of max. 4 mm.

2)

The illuminated label can also be operated through the AS-Interface

F adapter (see page 2/195).

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/197

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Accessories and Spare Parts
Miscellaneous accessories
Version

Use

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Holders and pressure plates

Holders
For snapping on 3 blocks1)

Pushbuttons,
push-pull buttons,
mushroom pushbuttons
with front plate
mounting

3SB39 01-0AB

0.100

Holders with pressure plate

For actuating the central contact
block of 3 contact blocks

Selector switches,
key-operated
switches and twin
pushbuttons
with front plate
mounting

3SB39 01-0AC

0.200

Pressure plates
For actuating the central contact
block of 3 contact blocks

Selector switches
and key-operated
switches for use
on PCBs or with
floor mounting

3SB39 01-0AW

0.100

As-supplied state
for front panel
thickness
1 ... 4 mm

3SB39 31-0AA

0.014

Holders
For plastic version, square

3SB39 51-0AA

0.013

Holders
For metal version,
round

3SB39 31-0AC

0.044

Grounding screws
For grounding metal actuators for
fitting in front plates made of nonconducting materials

3SB39 21-0BD

0.100

3SB39 01-0AB

2
3SB39 01-0AC

3SB39 01-0AW

Holders for commanding and signaling elements2)

Holders
For plastic version, round

3SB39 31-0AA

3SB39 51-0AA

3SB39 31-0AC

3SB39 21-0BD
1)

The holder for illuminated commanding devices is included in the scope of

supply.

2)

The matching holder for actuators and indicators is included in the scope
of supply (exception: Order with order code "B01").

2/198

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Enclosures
General data

Overview
Enclosures with standard fittings
I
H

E
C2
A
B
NSD0_00049b

C1

Enclosed pushbuttons and indicator lights are used as hand operated control devices for separately allocated control units and
cabinets.
Enclosures with handle are available for suspension (e. g. for
crane control units).
The enclosed pushbuttons and indicator lights are available with
conventional controls as well as for connection to the
AS-Interface bus system.

A
B
C1
C2
D
E
F
G
H
I

Top part of enclosure

Inscription labels
Pushbutton unit
Indicator light
Holder
Contact designations
Contact blocks, lampholders for floor mounting
Bottom part of enclosure
Identification letters for the command points
Identification number

The following versions are available:

7 Enclosure with standard fittings
with 1 to 3 command points
7 Enclosure with customized equipment
with 1 to 6 command points
7 Empty enclosures (individual parts must be ordered separately)

Standards

Customer-specific enclosures

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1.

Enclosures with more than 6 command points can also be supplied with AS-Interface connection.
For AS-Interface enclosures see page 2/201.

Application
The devices are climate-proof (KTW 24) according to DIN 50017
and suitable for stationary use (weather-protected).

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/199

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

Enclosures
Enclosures with standard fittings

Overview

The actuators/indicators are fixed with an enclosure nut. If required it can be disassembled with a 27 mm socket wrench or
with a 3SX17 07 ring nut wrench.

Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:

7 1 to 3 command points
7 Operational voltage up to 400 V
7 Vertical mounting type
7 Plastic enclosures are equipped with plastic actuators and indicators, metal enclosures are equipped with metal actuators
and indicators
7 Contact blocks and lampholders for floor mounting (are
snapped into the enclosure base). Screw terminals (box terminals) as standard; some versions also with spring-loaded terminals (Order No. ends with -0CC0).

Color of enclosure cover:

Gray, RAL 7035, or
7 Yellow, RAL 1004
7

Color of enclosure base:

7 Black, RAL 9005

Selection and ordering data

Equipment

Contact
block
function

Number of
command
points

Screw terminals

Weight,
approx.

Order No.

kg

Plastic enclosures with standard fittings

Cable entry top and bottom each 1 x M20
A = EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm,
with positive latching
according to ISO 13850
and rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
3SB38 01-0.F3

With yellow top part,

1 NC
without protective collar 2 NC

2)

3SB38 01-0DG3

2)

3SB38 01-0EG3

With yellow top part,

with protective collar1)

1 NC

2)

3SB38 01-0DF3

2 NC

2)

3SB38 01-0EF3

Equipment

Contact
block
function

Number of
command
points

Screw terminals

Weight,
approx.

Spring-loaded
terminals3)
Order No.

kg

Metal enclosures with standard fittings

Cable entry top and bottom each 1 x M20
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, 40 mm, with
positive latching acc. to ISO 13850
and rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
2)

3SB38 01-2DG3

2)

3SB38 01-2EG3

2 NC

2)3)

3SB38 01-2EG10-0CC0

1 NC

2)

3SB38 01-2DF3

2 NC

2)

3SB38 01-2EF3

With yellow top part,

1 NC
without protective collar 2 NC
3SB38 01-2.F3

- With M12 plug

With yellow top part,
with protective collar1)

A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons,

60 mm, with positive latching acc. to ISO 13850 and
rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
With yellow top part,
2 NC
with protective collar for 2 NC
5 padlocks

2)

3SB38 01-2EA30

0.590

2)3)

3SB38 01-2EA30-0CC0

0.591

3SB38 01-2EB30-0CC0

0.591

A = mushroom pushbutton,
60 mm, black,
with positive latching and
rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism

3SB38 01-2EB30

With gray top part,

2 NC 3)
with protective collar for
5 padlocks

1)

The protective collar must only be used to protect against inadvertent actuating and must be fitted to allow unimpeded access to the EMERGENCYSTOP mushroom pushbutton.

2)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

3)

-0CC0: Contact blocks with spring-loaded terminals.

2/200

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

AS-Interface Enclosures
General data

Overview
Enclosures for

Number of slaves
for enclosures
without EMERGENCYSTOP

Number of slaves
for enclosures
with EMERGENCY-STOP

1 command point

Not available

1x F slave

2 command points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O

Not available

3 command points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O

1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +

1 x F slave

4 command points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O1)

2 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +

1 F slave1)

6 command points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O

2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +

1 x F slave

1)

For metal enclosures with 4 command points, only 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O
is possible.

Connection
Distributed command devices of the 3SB3 series can be quickly
connected to the AS-Interface using AS-Interface enclosures.
Using suitable components you can make your own enclosures
with integrated AS-Interface or flexibly modify existing
enclosures.

One set of links is required in each case to connect a slave to

contact blocks, to lampholders and to the connection element.
The connection elements are mounted in the front-end cable
glands and are used for connection of the AS-Interface or for
bringing unused inputs or outputs out of the enclosure.
For connection to the AS-Interface bus there is a choice of the
following options:
7 Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable. The cable is contacted by the insulation piercing method and routed past the
enclosure on the outside (possible only with plastic enclosure).
7 Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable. The cable is routed into the enclosure (preferable for
metal enclosure).
7 Connection using M12 plug
If less than all inputs/outputs of the installed slaves in an enclosure are used for connecting the command devices, free inputs
and outputs can be routed on request to the outside through an
M12 socket on the top or bottom side of the enclosure.

NSD0_01414

To supply inputs with power, the S+ connection of the slave must

be assigned to the socket, for outputs the OUT connection
must be assigned.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket. An external power supply is
not required.
Customer-specific enclosures
EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures

Enclosures
Color of enclosure cover:
7 Gray, RAL 7035, or
7 Yellow, RAL 1004, for EMERGENCY-STOP.
Color of enclosure base:
7 Black, RAL 9005
Installation of AS-Interface slaves
The following slave types are available for connecting the command points:
7 Slave in A/B technology with 4 inputs and 3 outputs
7 Slave with 4 inputs and 4 outputs
7 F slave with 2 safe inputs for EMERGENCY-STOP
The following table shows the maximum number of equippable
slaves:

To order customized 3SF58 AS-Interface enclosures with the

3SB3 control devices, use the 3SB/3SF configurator to select the
blocks for equipping. An electronic order form will be generated
for the additional options.
To order customized enclosures with the 3SB3 control devices,
use the 3SB configurator to select the blocks for equipping. An
electronic order form will be generated for the additional options.
The configurator is available in the electronic catalog CA 01 on
CD-ROM or DVD or in the online catalog (Mall) on the Internet:
http://mall.automation.siemens.com
The list price of the complete enclosure is generated in the configurator for the customized equipment.
Please send the resulting electronic order form along with your
order by e-mail to our Competence Center at
[email protected]
If you are unable to access either catalog, please contact our
Technical Assistance.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/201

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm

AS-Interface Enclosures
AS-Interface enclosures with standard fittings

Overview

Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:

7 1 to 3 command points
7 Operational voltage through AS-Interface (approx. 30 V),
7 Vertical mounting type
7 Plastic enclosures are equipped with plastic actuators and indicators, metal enclosures are equipped with metal actuators
and indicators.
The actuators/indicators are fixed with an enclosure nut. If required it can be disassembled with a 27 mm socket wrench or
with a 3SX17 07 ring nut wrench.
The enclosures without EMERGENCY-STOP each have one user
module with 4I/3O; the enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP
have a safe AS-Interface slave integrated in the enclosure.

EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures are fitted with two NC contact

blocks, which are wired to the safe slave. The contact blocks
and lampholders (with spring-loaded terminals) of the control
device, and the AS-Interface slaves, are mounted in the base of
the enclosure and are cable-connected.
The plastic versions of the enclosures have a connection for the
AS-Interface flat cable (the cable is routed past the enclosure on
the outside); in the case of the metal versions the AS-Interface
cable is routed into the enclosure.
The metal versions of the EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures can
also be supplied with an M12 plug in place of the gland.

Selection and ordering data

Equipping options
(A, B, C = identification letters of the command points)

Number of DT Order No.

command
points

Weight,
approx.
kg

AS-Interface enclosures, plastic

With M12 top connector
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushb.,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Yellow enclosure top

B 3SF5 811-0AA10

0.315

With terminal for insulation piercing method at top

3SF5 811-0AA08

A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton,

with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
1

A 3SF5 811-0AA08

0.315

Yellow enclosure top, with protective collar 1

Yellow enclosure top

A 3SF5 811-0AB08

0.415

C 3SF58 11-2AA10

0.315

Yellow enclosure top, with protective collar 1

C 3SF58 11-2AB10

0.315

3SF5 812-0DA00

AS-Interface enclosures, metal

With M12 top connector
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Yellow enclosure top

3SF5 811-2AB08

2/202

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SB3 Two-Hand Operation Consoles

Plastic and metal enclosures
The standard fitting comprises:
2 black mushroom pushbuttons, 40 mm, 1 NO + 1 NC,
Order No. 3SB30 00-1GA11 or 3SB35 00-1GA11
1 red EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton according
to ISO 13850, 40 mm, with positive latching, 2 NC,
Order No. 3SB30 00-1HA20 or 3SB35 00-1HA20.

Overview

The plastic version can be retrofitted with up to 8 customized

command points. The surface of the console has premachined
breaking points for this purpose.

Application
The two-hand operation consoles are required for use with machines and systems that have hazardous areas, in order to direct
both hands of the operator to safe positions.
Operator panels are primarily used on presses, stamping machines, printing presses and paper converting machines, in the
chemical industry and in the rubber and plastics industries.
Two-hand operation console with metal enclosure

Equipment
The two-hand operation consoles are pre-equipped with 3SB3
command devices. In the case of plastic enclosures the command points are equipped as standard with actuators and indicators made of plastic, in the case of metal enclosures they are
equipped with actuators and indicators made of metal.

For the further processing of control commands, suitable evaluation units are used, e.g. 3TK28 3 safety relays (see Safety
Relays in Catalog LV 1, chapter 7).
Standards
The two-hand operation consoles comply with the requirements
of EN 574.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Metal enclosures, degree of protection IP65

Two-hand operation consoles,
metal enclosure

3SB38 63-4BB

With standard fittings

3SB38 63-4BB

4.800

With standard fittings and 4 additional holes

for 22.5 mm command devices1)

3SB38 63-4BA

4.800

Empty enclosure, unequipped

3SB38 63-4BC

4.800

Two-hand operation consoles,

plastic enclosure
With standard fittings and premachined
breaking points for 8 additional
22.5 mm1)command devices,
with holes for metric cable glands

3SB38 63-1BB3

2.300

Stands for two-hand operation consoles

With holes for metric cable glands

3SB39 01-0AQ3

4.500

Plastic enclosures, degree of protection IP65

3SB38 63-1BB3

Accessories

3SB39 01-0AQ
1)

See 3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/203

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE7, 3SF2 Cable-Operated Switches

3SE7 metal enclosures

Overview

Application
SIRIUS cable-operated switches (trip-wire switches) are used
for monitoring or for EMERGENCY-STOP devices on particularly
endangered system components.
As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited
by the length of the trip-wire, large systems can also be protected. Cable-operated switches (requiring pulling at both ends)
and conveyor belt unbalance trackers are used primarily for
monitoring very long belt systems.
Standards

The switches are equipped with positive latching and positive

NC contacts and are thus suitable for operation in EMERGENCYSTOP devices in accordance with EN ISO 13850.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Wire
length

Contacts

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Cable-operated switches
Metal enclosures, IP65
(cover made of molded
plastic)
Without latching, only
wire pull monitoring

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 120-2DD01

0.395

With latching and button

reset

2 NC

1)

3SE7 120-1BF00

0.410

Without latching

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 150-2DD00

0.425

With latching and button

reset

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 150-1BD00

0.445

2 NC

1)

3SE7 150-1BF00

0.440

With latching and key

unlatching

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 150-1CD00

0.510

Without latching

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 150-2DD04

0.425

With latching and button

reset

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 150-1BD04

0.450

Metal enclosures, IP65

(cover made of molded
plastic),
with dust protection and
alignment window

3SE7 150-1BD00

10

Metal enclosures, IP65

(cover made of molded
plastic),
with dust protection and
alignment window,
with LED, red, 24 V DC

25

25

3SE7 150-1BD04
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

2/204

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE7, 3SF2 Cable-Operated Switches

3SE7 metal enclosures
Version

Wire
length

Contacts

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Cable-operated switches
Metal enclosures, IP65
(cover made of molded
plastic),
with dust protection

3SE7 140-1B.00

50

With latching and button

reset

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 140-1BD00

0.790

2 NC

1)

3SE7 140-1BF00

0.790

In addition with LED,

red, 24 V DC

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 140-1BD04

0.820

With latching and key

unlatching

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 140-1CD00

0.835

1 NO + 3 NC

1)

3SE7 141-1EG10

0.790

With latching and button

reset

2 NO + 2 NC

1)

3SE7 160-1AE00

1.270

1 NO + 1 NC

1)

3SE7 160-1BD00

0.300

In addition with LED,

red, 24 V DC

2 NO + 2 NC

1)

3SE7 160-1AE04

1.200

2 NO + 2 NC

1)

3SE7 310-1AE00

1.805

2 NO + 2 NC

1)

3SE7 310-1AE04

1.815

3SX3 235

0.015

Metal enclosures, IP67

(cover made of molded
plastic),
with EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom,
rotate-to-unlatch mechanism

75

Metal enclosures, IP65

with actuation on both
sides

2 75

3SE7 141-1EG10

3SE7 160-1AE00

Conveyor belt unbalance protection devices

Metal enclosures, IP65
With latching and button
reset
In addition with LED,
red, 24 V DC

3SE7 310-1AE00

Accessories
LED lamps, red
24 V DC
25 mm diameter;
for M20 x 1.5 connection
1)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/205

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE7, 3SF2 Cable-Operated Switches

3SE7 metal enclosures

Accessories
Version1)

Wire length/
diameter

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Pull-ropes with fixing

Steel wires, with red plastic sheath, 10 m

4 mm2)
15 m

3SE7 910-3AA

0.420

3SE7 910-3AB

0.665

20 m

3SE7 910-3AC

0.865

50 m

3SE7 910-3AH

2.065

Oval

4 mm

3SE7 941-1AC

0.040

Simplex (1 set = 4 units)

4 mm

3SE7 943-1AC

0.010

Duplex (1 set = 4 units)

4 mm

3SE7 944-1AC

0.020

Single (1 set = 4 units)

5 mm

3SE7 942-1AA

0.025

13 N

3SE7 931-1AB

0.150

35 N, for bowden wires up to 50 m

3SE7 931-1AD

0.340

> 35 N, for bowden wires up to

2 75 m

3SE7 931-1AE

0.340

3SE7 921-1AC

0.045

3SE7 921-1AA

0.015

3SE7 930-1AD

0.005

Including M8 nut

3SE7 920-1AB

0.035

Including M10 nut

3SE7 920-1AC

0.060

M6 x 60

3SE7 950-1AB

0.055

M6 x 110

3SE7 950-1AD

0.075

Wire clamps, galvanized white

Tension springs (zinc-plated)

to maintain the counter tension

Wire rollers for changing the

direction of the wire, rotatable

4 mm

Fixtures for the rope rollers

(including fixing nuts)

Wire eyes for changes in wire

direction and improved power
transmission at the fixing points
(1 set = 4 units)

4 mm

Eyebolts for fixing the wire

Turnbuckles for precise adjustment of the pretension

1)

For mounting and fixing the wires, see Technical Information LV 1 T.

2)

Diameter including casing; the diameter of the steel wire is 3.2 mm.

2/206

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3SE7, 3SF2 Cable-Operated Switches

3SF2 AS-Interface cable-operated switches

Overview
AS-Interface cable-operated switches (trip-wire switches) can
now be directly connected via the standard AS-Interface with
safety-oriented communication.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.

Application
SIRIUS cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for
EMERGENCY-STOP devices on particularly endangered system
components.
As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited
by the length of the trip-wire, large systems can also be protected.
Standards
The switches with positive latching are suitable for operation in
EMERGENCY-STOP devices in according to EN ISO 13850.
They are usable up to Category 4 according to EN 954-1.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Basic switch1)

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

ASIsafe cable-operated switches

Metal enclosures, IP65
(cover made of molded
plastic),
with dust protection,
latching acc. to ISO 13850,
with button reset,
2 NC2)
For wire lengths
up to 10 m,
with alignment window

3SE7 120-1BF00

3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1

0.620

For wire lengths

up to 25 m,
with alignment window

3SE7 150-1BF00

3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1

0.630

For wire lengths

up to 50 m

3SE7 140-1BF00

3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1

0.905

3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1

3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1

3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)

For accessories, see "3SE7 Basic Switches". For technical specifications,

contact travel, circuit diagrams and dimensional drawings, see Technical
Information LV 1 T.

2)

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/207

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

General data

Overview
The 8WD4 signaling columns are flexible in design and versatile
in use.

2
2
2

3
3
4

5
4

7
8

5
6

9
10

11

12

15
7

13
14
NSC0_00727

9
10
11
NSC0_00726

12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Acoustic element
Light element
AS-Interface adapter element
Connection element
Bracket for wall mounting
Adapter for single-hole mounting
Foot for mounting with pipe
Pipe
Foot for mounting with pipe (> 400 mm)
Socket
Socket (magnetic fixing)
Bracket for mounting with foot

8WD42 signaling columns (width 50 mm) with up to 4 elements

2/208

Siemens SI 10 2009

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Acoustic element
7
Light element
15
AS-Interface adapter element
GSM radio element
Connection element for mounting on bracket,
base and floor
Connection element for mounting on pipe
Socket
Bracket for base mounting
Bracket for wall mounting
Bracket for wall mounting (two-sided)
Pipe
Foot with pipe
Foot for mounting with pipe
Foot for mounting with pipe (> 400 mm)
Socket (magnetic fixing)
Bracket for mounting with foot

16

8WD44 signaling columns (width 70 mm) with up to 5 elements

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

General data
Two product series are available:
8WD42
- Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 50 mm
- Degree of protection IP54
- Up to 4 elements can be mounted between the connection
element and the cover
8WD44
- Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
- Advanced design and significantly improved illumination
- Fast and flexible connection using spring-loaded terminals
- Integrated degree of protection IP65
- Up to 5 elements can be mounted between the connection
element and the cover

Application
8WD4 signaling columns are used in machines or in automatic
processes for monitoring complex procedures or as visual or
acoustic warning devices in emergency situations, e.g. for displaying individual assembly stages.
Communication capability
Connection to AS-Interface
The 8WD4 signaling columns can be directly connected to the
AS-Interface bus system through an adapter element that can
be integrated. Wiring outlay is reduced as the result. The twowire bus cable is fixed to the screw terminals in the connection
element. Up to three signaling elements can be mounted on it
using an adapter element.
A/B technology enables the connection of up to 62 slaves on one
AS-Interface system.
Communication using a mobile phone
GSM radio elements are available for the 8WD44 series. They
can send error signals without delay to a mobile phone, e.g. as
an SMS or call. The device can be set to the GSM frequencies
customary in the EU and North America.
The radio elements are not allowed to be used in safety-relevant
applications.
Connection
The signaling elements are wired up using the screw terminals
in the connection element, screw terminals on the 8WD42 and
screw or spring-loaded terminals on the 8WD44.

Signaling column examples

The illustrated examples are from the left:

8WD42: Cover (no No.), 4 light elements %,
connection element (, pipe ,, foot +
8WD44: Cover (no No.), acoustic element $,
2 light elements %, connection element *, foot with pipe 0
8WD44: Cover (no No.), 4 light elements %,
GSM radio element (, connection element ), bracket for
wall mounting 8WD44: Cover (no No.), 3 light elements %,
AS-Interface adapter element &, connection element *,
foot with pipe 0
Note:
The cover is supplied with the connection element.

Benefits
Choice of various light and acoustic elements with different
functions:
continuous light, blinklight, flashlight and rotating light; buzzer
and siren
Light elements with particularly long-lasting LEDs
Variety of colors: red, yellow, green, white or blue
Optimized illumination through improved prism technology
with the 8WD44
Acoustic elements can be adjusted in tone and volume
Extremely resistant to shock and vibrations
Easy connection and quick lamp change with secure bayonet
mechanism
Communication capability through connection to AS-Interface

Cable outlet
The connecting cables can be guided either downwards or sideways through the cable gland using an adapter that can be
screwed under the foot. This makes wiring easier if there is no
access from below.
Connection to AS-Interface

8WD42:
The two-wire bus cable is fixed to the screw terminals in the connection element. The adapter element must be the first module
to be positioned on the connection element. A maximum of 4 signaling elements can then be mounted on it.
The 8WD42 28-0BB adapter element is a standard slave.
8WD44:
The two-wire bus cable is fixed to the screw or spring-loaded terminals in the connection element. The adapter element must be
the first module to be positioned on the connection element. The
signaling elements can then be mounted on it.
The 8WD44 28-0BE adapter element is a standard slave. A maximum of 4 signaling elements can be mounted on it.
The 8WD44 28-0BD adapter element with A/B technology enables the connection of up to 62 slaves on one AS-Interface system. The addressing socket provides user-friendly parameterization of the AS-Interface elements. A maximum of 3 signaling
elements can be mounted on it.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/209

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

8WD42 signaling columns, 50 mm diameter

Overview
Features:
Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 50 mm
Degree of protection IP54
Up to 4 elements can be mounted

Selection and ordering data

Version

Rated voltage

Color

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Acoustic elements
Buzzer elements 80 dB,
pulsating or continuous
tone, adjustable by
means of a wire bridge

24 AC/DC

8WD42 20-0FA

0.060

115 AC

Black

8WD42 40-0FA

0.065

230 AC

8WD42 50-0FA

0.065

Red

8WD42 00-1AB

0.050

Green

8WD42 00-1AC

0.050

Yellow

8WD42 00-1AD

0.050

Clear

8WD42 00-1AE

0.050

Blue

8WD42 00-1AF

0.050

Red

8WD42 20-5AB

0.050

Green

8WD42 20-5AC

0.050

Yellow

8WD42 20-5AD

0.050

Red

8WD42 20-5BB

0.050

Green

8WD42 20-5BC

0.050

Yellow

8WD42 20-5BD

0.050

Clear

8WD42 20-5BE

0.050

Blue

8WD42 20-5BF

0.050

Red

8WD42 40-5BB

0.055

Green

8WD42 40-5BC

0.055

Yellow

8WD42 40-5BD

0.055

Clear

8WD42 40-5BE

0.055

Blue

8WD42 40-5BF

0.055

Red

8WD42 50-5BB

0.055

Green

8WD42 50-5BC

0.055

Yellow

8WD42 50-5BD

0.055

Clear

8WD42 50-5BE

0.055

Blue

8WD42 50-5BF

0.055

Black

8WD42 28-0BB

0.075

Black

8WD42 08-0AA

0.085

Light elements for incandescent lamps/LED, BA 15d bases

Continuous light
elements1)

24 ... 230 AC/DC

Light elements with integrated LED

Continuous light
elements

Blinklight elements

24 AC/DC

24 AC/DC

115 AC

230 AC

Adapter elements for AS-Interface

AS-Interface adapter
elements with external
auxiliary voltage

for 4 signaling elements 24 V DC

Connection elements2)
Connection elements
with cover
For mounting on pipes,
floors and angles

1)

The lamp is not included in the scope of supply. Please order separately.

2)

The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.

2/210

Siemens SI 10 2009

Note:
For mounting and configuring help see the publication "Versatile,
robust, communication-capable: SIRIUS signaling columns and
integrated signal lamps", Order No. E20001-A670-P305.

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

8WD42 signaling columns, 50 mm diameter
Version

Rated voltage

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Fixing
Foot, single

Plastic, for mounting

on pipes

8WD43 08-0DB

0.050

Metal, for pipe

lengths > 400 mm

8WD43 08-0DC

0.315

Plastic, for floor

mounting (without
pipe)

8WD42 08-0DE

0.040

Length 100 mm

8WD42 08-0EF

0.030

Length 150 mm

8WD43 08-0EE

0.045

Length 250 mm

8WD43 08-0EA

0.080

Length 400 mm

8WD43 08-0EB

0.120

Length 1000 mm

8WD43 08-0ED

0.300

Side cable outlet

8WD43 08-0DD

0.070

Side cable outlet,

with magnetic fixing1)

8WD43 08-0DE

0.300

8WD44 08-0CC

0.070

Mounting without feet

and pipe

8WD42 08-0CD

0.090

Adapters for single- Mounting without feet

hole mounting
and pipe,
with M18 thread and
fixing nut

8WD42 08-0EH

0.120

Pipe, single

Sockets for feet

Brackets for mounting with foot

Brackets for wall

mounting
(plastic)

Lamps
Incandescent
lamps, 5 W
Base BA 15d

24 AC/DC

8WD43 28-1XX

0.010

115 AC

8WD43 48-1XX

0.010

230 AC

8WD43 58-1XX

0.010

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

24 AC/DC

8WD44 28-6XB
8WD44 28-6XC
8WD44 28-6XD
8WD44 28-6XE
8WD44 28-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

115 AC

8WD44 48-6XB
8WD44 48-6XC
8WD44 48-6XD
8WD44 48-6XE
8WD44 48-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

230 AC

8WD44 58-6XB
8WD44 58-6XC
8WD44 58-6XD
8WD44 58-6XE
8WD44 58-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

LEDs
Base BA 15d

For labeling panels, see 8WD44, page 2/213.

1)

For horizontal mounting, only 1 element is recommended.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/211

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

8WD44 signaling columns, 70 mm diameter

Overview
Features:
Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
Advanced design and significantly improved illumination

Fast and flexible connection using spring-loaded terminals

Integrated degree of protection IP65
Up to 5 elements can be mounted

Selection and ordering data

Version

Rated voltage

Color

Order No.

kg

Weight,
approx.

Acoustic elements
Buzzer elements 85 dB,
pulsating or continuous
tone, adjustable by
means of a wire bridge

24 AC/DC

8WD44 20-0FA

0.085

115 AC

Siren elements,
multi-tone, 100 dB,
8 tones and volume are
adjustable

24 AC/DC

Siren elements 108 dB,

IP40

24 DC

Black

8WD44 40-0FA

0.090

230 AC

8WD44 50-0FA

0.090

8WD44 20-0EA2

0.090

115 AC

8WD44 40-0EA2

0.105

230 AC

8WD44 50-0EA2

0.100

Black

8WD44 20-0EA

0.135

Red

8WD44 00-1AB

0.070

Green

8WD44 00-1AC

0.070

Yellow

8WD44 00-1AD

0.070

Clear

8WD44 00-1AE

0.070

Blue

8WD44 00-1AF

0.070

Red

8WD44 20-1BB

0.075

Green

8WD44 20-1BC

0.080

Yellow

8WD44 20-1BD

0.075

Clear

8WD44 20-1BE

0.080

Blue

8WD44 20-1BF

0.075

Red

8WD44 40-1BB

0.080

Green

8WD44 40-1BC

0.080

Yellow

8WD44 40-1BD

0.080

Clear

8WD44 40-1BE

0.080

Blue

8WD44 40-1BF

0.080

Red

8WD44 50-1BB

0.080

Green

8WD44 50-1BC

0.080

Yellow

8WD44 50-1BD

0.080

Clear

8WD44 50-1BE

0.080

Blue

8WD44 50-1BF

0.080

Black

Light elements for incandescent lamps/LED, BA 15d bases

Continuous light
elements1)

Blinklight elements1)

12 ... 230 AC/DC

24 AC/DC

115 AC

230 AC

Light elements with integrated flash lamps

Flashlight elements
24 DC
With integrated electronic
2)
flash

115 AC

230 AC

Red

8WD44 20-0CB

0.090

Green

8WD44 20-0CC

0.090

Yellow

8WD44 20-0CD

0.090

Clear

8WD44 20-0CE

0.090

Blue

8WD44 20-0CF

0.090

Red

8WD44 40-0CB

0.090

Green

8WD44 40-0CC

0.090

Yellow

8WD44 40-0CD

0.090

Clear

8WD44 40-0CE

0.090

Blue

8WD44 40-0CF

0.090

Red

8WD44 50-0CB

0.085

Green

8WD44 50-0CC

0.085

Yellow

8WD44 50-0CD

0.085

Clear

8WD44 50-0CE

0.085

Blue

8WD44 50-0CF

0.085

1)

The bulb is not included in the scope of supply. Please order separately.

2)

The bulb is included in the scope of supply.

2/212

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

8WD44 signaling columns, 70 mm diameter
Version

Rated voltage

Color

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Light elements with integrated LED

Red

8WD44 20-5AB

0.075

Green

8WD44 20-5AC

0.075

Yellow

8WD44 20-5AD

0.075

Clear

8WD44 20-5AE

0.075

Blue

8WD44 20-5AF

0.070

Red

8WD44 40-5AB

0.075

Green

8WD44 40-5AC

0.075

Yellow

8WD44 40-5AD

0.075

Clear

8WD44 40-5AE

0.075

Blue

8WD44 40-5AF

0.075

Red

8WD44 50-5AB

0.075

Green

8WD44 50-5AC

0.075

Yellow

8WD44 50-5AD

0.075

Clear

8WD44 50-5AE

0.075

Blue

8WD44 50-5AF

0.075

Red

8WD44 20-5BB

0.070

Green

8WD44 20-5BC

0.075

Yellow

8WD44 20-5BD

0.075

Red

8WD44 20-5DB

0.080

Green

8WD44 20-5DC

0.080

Yellow

8WD44 20-5DD

0.085

Black

8WD44 28-0BC

0.110

A/B technology,
For 3 signaling
with/without external
elements 24 V DC
aux. voltage, switchable

Black

8WD44 28-0BD

0.110

Standard AS-Interface,
with external aux.
voltage

Black

8WD44 28-0BE

0.110

For mounting on pipes

8WD44 08-0AA

0.110

For mounting on bracket and floor

8WD44 08-0AB

0.115

For mounting on pipes

8WD44 08-0AD

0.105

For mounting on bracket and floor

8WD44 08-0AE

0.105

Labeling panels

8WD44 08-0FA

0.345

Continuous light
elements

24 AC/DC

115 AC

230 AC

Blinklight elements

Rotating light elements

24 AC/DC

24 AC/DC

GSM radio elements

GSM radio elements
Power consumption
50 mA,
short-time 450 mA

24 DC,
controlled 15 %

Adapter elements for AS-Interface

AS-Interface adapter
elements

For 4 signaling
elements 24 V DC

Connection elements1)
Connection elements with cover

Black

Screw terminals

Spring-loaded terminals

Inscription
With fixing accessories for
mounting on pipe
25 mm
Inscription area/step
50 mm 140 mm
Suitable for standard
labels, e.g.
Zweckform 3425
Herma 4457
1)

The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.

Note:
For mounting and configuring help see the publication "Versatile,
robust, communication-capable: SIRIUS signaling columns and
integrated signal lamps", Order No. E20001-A670-P305.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/213

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD4 Signaling Columns

8WD44 signaling columns, 70 mm diameter
Version

Rated voltage

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Fixing

Feet with pipe

Pipe length 100 mm

8WD43 08-0DA

0.080

Feet, single

Plastic, for mounting

on pipes

8WD43 08-0DB

0.050

Metal, for pipe

lengths > 400 mm

8WD43 08-0DC

0.315

Pipes, single

Sockets for feet

Brackets for wall

mounting
(mounting without
feet and pipe)

Length 100 mm

8WD42 08-0EF

0.030

Length 150 mm

8WD43 08-0EE

0.045

Length 250 mm

8WD43 08-0EA

0.080

Length 400 mm

8WD43 08-0EB

0.120

Length 1000 mm

8WD43 08-0ED

0.300

Side cable outlet (can

also be used without
feet)

8WD43 08-0DD

0.070

Side cable outlet,

with magnetic fixing1)

8WD43 08-0DE

0.300

For single-sided
mounting

8WD43 08-0CA

0.090

For double-sided
mounting

8WD43 08-0CB

0.085

8WD44 08-0CC

0.070

Brackets for mounting with foot

Brackets for base

mounting

Mounting without feet

and pipe

8WD44 08-0CD

0.055

Adapters for
mounting on pipes
according to NPT

Mounting on pipes,
25 mm, with
NPT 1/2" thread

8WD43 08-0DF

0.080

Bulbs
Incandescent Bulbs,
5W
Base BA 15d

24 AC/DC

8WD43 28-1XX

0.010

115 AC

8WD43 48-1XX

0.010

230 AC

8WD43 58-1XX

0.010

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

24 AC/DC

8WD44 28-6XB
8WD44 28-6XC
8WD44 28-6XD
8WD44 28-6XE
8WD44 28-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

115 AC

8WD44 48-6XB
8WD44 48-6XC
8WD44 48-6XD
8WD44 48-6XE
8WD44 48-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue

230 AC

8WD44 58-6XB
8WD44 58-6XC
8WD44 58-6XD
8WD44 58-6XE
8WD44 58-6XF

0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020

LEDs
Base BA 15d

1)

For horizontal mounting, only 1 element is recommended.

2/214

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

8WD5 Integrated Signal Lamps

8WD53 integrated signal lamps, 70 mm diameter

Overview
Features:
Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
Degree of protection IP65
Rated voltage 24 V, 115 V, 230 V AC/DC

Selection and ordering data

Version

Rated voltage

Color

Order No.

Weight,
approx.
kg

Lights for incandescent lamps/LED, BA 15d base

Continuous lights1)

24 ... 230 AC/DC

Red

8WD53 00-1AB

0.130

Green

8WD53 00-1AC

0.130

Yellow

8WD53 00-1AD

0.130

Clear

8WD53 00-1AE

0.130

Blue

8WD53 00-1AF

0.130

Red

8WD53 20-0CB

0.150

Green

8WD53 20-0CC

0.150

Yellow

8WD53 20-0CD

0.150

Clear

8WD53 20-0CE

0.150

Blue

8WD53 20-0CF

0.150

Lights with integrated flash lamp

Single-flash lights with
24 AC/DC
integrated electronic flash

115 AC

230 AC

Red

8WD53 40-0CB

0.145

Green

8WD53 40-0CC

0.145

Yellow

8WD53 40-0CD

0.145

Clear

8WD53 40-0CE

0.145

Blue

8WD53 40-0CF

0.145

Red

8WD53 50-0CB

0.145

Green

8WD53 50-0CC

0.145

Yellow

8WD53 50-0CD

0.145

Clear

8WD53 50-0CE

0.145

Blue

8WD53 50-0CF

0.145

Red

8WD53 20-5AB

0.135

Green

8WD53 20-5AC

0.135

Yellow

8WD53 20-5AD

0.135

Red

8WD53 20-5BB

0.135

Green

8WD53 20-5BC

0.135

Yellow

8WD53 20-5BD

0.135

Red

8WD53 20-5DB

0.140

Green

8WD53 20-5DC

0.140

Yellow

8WD53 20-5DD

0.140

Lights with integrated LED

Continuous lights

Blinklight lamps

Rotating lights

24 AC/DC

24 AC/DC

24 AC/DC

For incandescent lamps and LEDs, see Signal Lamps.

1)

Lamp not included in scope of supply. Please order separately.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/215

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN

Overview

Function
Input/output fields
for displaying and changing of process values
Function keys
are used for directly actuating functions and actions. Up to 16
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
The function keys can also be used directly as PROFINET IO.
The function keys can also be reconfigured as system keys. A
function that is used frequently such as "Acknowledge message" can be allocated to a function key this way.
Auxiliary control elements
such as handwheels, key switches and illuminated pushbuttons can be assigned with a variable or as a direct actuation
via PROFINET IO (direct keys)
Buttons
are used for directly actuating functions and actions. Up to 16
functions can be configured simultaneously on buttons
Graphics
can be used as symbols instead of text for "labeling" function
keys or buttons. They can also be used as background
displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration software, a comprehensive library is
available containing graphics and a wide variety of objects. All
editors with an "OLE" interface can be used as graphic editors,
e.g. Paint-Shop, Designer, CorelDraw, etc.
Vector graphics
Simple geometric basic forms (e.g. lines, circles and
rectangles) can be created directly in the configuration
software
Text fields
for labeling function keys, process screens and process
values in any font size
Trend views and bars
are used for the graphic display of dynamic values
Display selection from the controller
supports operator prompting from the controller
Presentation of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet
Explorer
Visual Basic Script, flexibility thanks to the implementation of
new functions including linking to variables (comparison
operations, loops, etc.)

2/216

Siemens SI 10 2009

Language switching
16 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication with user name and password
- User-group-specific rights
Signaling system
- Discrete and analog alarms (edge alarms) as well as the
ALARM_S message frame procedure for SIMATIC S7
- Freely definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of alarm events
Message buffer
- Non-volatile, maintenance-free and message buffer without
battery. The messages remain stored when the mobile panel
has the battery removed as well
Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on optional Multi Media Card)
- Online/offline processing on the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools Excel and Access
is possible
Help texts
for process images, messages and variables
Arithmetic functions
Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
Message lamps
for displaying machine and system status
Task planner
for cyclic function processing
Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding
of objects
Permanent window and template concept
- Creation of screen templates
Simple maintenance and configuration thanks to:
- Save and restore (Backup/Restore) projects, operating system, recipe data records and firmware to the optional standard Multi Media Card
- Backup and restoration (Backup/Restore) of the configuration, operating system, recipe data records and firmware on
a PC with ProSave
- Project transfer/return transfer via PROFINET/WLAN
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual brightness setting
- Project simulation directly on the configuration computer
WinCC flexible options
- Sm@rtService for remote operation and monitoring of
SIMATIC HMI systems based on TCP/IP networks
- Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems
based on TCP/IP networks. Remote access to recipe data
records, passwords and HMI system-specific information
and much more. (Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN as server: View
only)
- OPC server: Communication with applications (e.g. MES,
ERP, or applications in the office sector) from various manufacturers (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
- Audit

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN

Function (continued)
Configuration
Configuration is carried out with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Standard or Advanced configuration software (see
SIMATIC WinCC flexible HMI software/engineering software).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible is a consistent further development of
the proven ProTool family. Projects created with ProTool can be
comfortably transferred to WinCC. If WinCC flexible is started
directly from the SIMATIC Manager, the data in STEP 7 can be
accessed directly while configuring the panel. Double data entry
and data storage is prevented this way.

System requirements
SIMATIC Mobile Panel
277 IWLAN

5 GHz freSIMATIC F-CPU

quency band
(Distributed
(IEEE 802.11a) Safety)

Only WLAN
utilization (HMI)

When using
transponders

When using
Profinet IO

277F IWLAN
(Fail-safe)

I = Recommended
! = Requirement
= Not required

The Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN can be connected to:

SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 (one F-CPU required for integrating the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN)
Note:
Further information can be found in catalog ST 80, chapter 2, under "System interfaces".

Integration
IWLAN infrastructure

The SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN communicates via the

WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11 a(b/g) via PROFINET. The Mobile
Panel 277F IWLAN devices also support PROFIsafe communication.

The required IWLAN infrastructure is set up with the IWLAN

Access Points SCALANCE W-780, preferably with the version
SCALANCE W786-2RR, which fully supports all possible applications of the Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN.
For operating a plant without fail-safe communication, the
version SCALANCE W786-1PRO can also be used.

There are four device versions:

If the radio link of a single Access Point (radio cell) is insufficient,

it can be expanded by further Access Points. The individual
radio links must not overlap to permit that moving stations such
as the Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN can be transferred from one
Access Point to the next without interruptions (roaming). This is
performed transparently for the application.

As fail-safe device for safety-oriented operation as well:

Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN with enable button and emergency
stop button
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN with enable button, emergency
stop button, handwheel, key switch and illuminated
pushbuttons

The Access Point provides an Industrial Ethernet interface for

connection to the wired network.
In addition to a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W-780 Access
Points stand out due to their optimum support of standardized IT
mechanisms:
IEEE 802.11b/ g/ a/ h for different frequency ranges
IEEE 802.11e for multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM)
IEEE 802.11i for security
Construction of redundant networks with the Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (RSTP)
Virtual networks (VLAN) to logically separate, for example,
different user groups
Sending the log entries of the SCALANCE W devices to a
Syslog server

For mobile operation and monitoring via WLAN:

Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN with handwheel, key switch and
illuminated pushbuttons

For the versions Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN (PROFIsafe), the

following system prerequisites apply:
The Mobile Panel must be connected as a safe device
(PROFIsafe, Distributed Safety)
Use of a SIMATIC F-CPU

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/217

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN

Technical specifications
SIMATIC Mobile Panel

277 IWLAN

277(F) IWLAN

Communication via
WLAN (PROFINET)

Communication via
WLAN (PROFINET)
with integrated handwheel, key-operated
switch and two illuminated
pushbuttons

Communication via
WLAN (PROFINET) with
enabling button and
emergency STOP button

Communication via
WLAN (PROFINET)
with enabling button
and emergency STOP
button, handwheel, keyoperated switch and two
illuminated pushbuttons

Via charging station

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Via table power supply

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Rated voltage

7.2 V

7.2 V

7.2 V

7.2 V

Capacity

5.100 mAh

5.100 mAh

5.100 mAh

5.100 mAh

Number of loading cycles,

min

500

500

500

500

Charging time, typ.

4h

4h

4h

4h

Operating time, typ.

Supply voltage

4h

4h

4h

4h

Display for battery capacity Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Energy-saving mode

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Battery exchange in operation

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

maximum buffer time 5 min

maximum buffer time 5 min

maximum buffer time 5 min

maximum buffer time 5 min

Type

Flash / RAM

Flash / RAM

Flash / RAM

Flash / RAM

Memory usable for

project data/Options

6 MByte Usable memory

for user data

6 MByte Usable memory

for user data

6 MByte Usable memory

for user data

6 MByte Usable memory

for user data

Hardware clock, battery

backed, Synchronizable

Hardware clock, battery

backed, Synchronizable

Hardware clock, battery

backed, Synchronizable

Hardware clock, battery

backed, Synchronizable

PROFINET

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

PROFINET IO

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

PROFIsafe

Yes

Yes

Backup battery
Battery operation
Memory
Type of storage

Time
Clock
Type
Protocols

Configuration
Configuration tool

WinCC flexible Standard version 2007 (must be ordered separately)

Display
Display type

TFT, 65536 Colors

TFT, 65536 Colors

TFT, 65536 Colors

TFT, 65536 Colors

Size

7.5"

7.5"

7.5"

7.5"

Resolution (WxH in pixel)

640 x 480

640 x 480

640 x 480

640 x 480

MTBF backlighting (25 C)

Approx. 50000 h

Approx. 50000 h

Approx. 50000 h

Approx. 50000 h

Operating options

Key and Touch

Key and Touch

Key and Touch

Key and Touch

Function keys,
programmable

18 Function keys,
18 With LEDs

18 Function keys,
18 With LEDs

18 Function keys,
18 With LEDs

18 Function keys,
18 With LEDs

Touchscreen

analog, resistive

analog, resistive

analog, resistive

analog, resistive

Numeric/alphabetical input

Yes / Yes

Yes / Yes

Yes / Yes

Yes / Yes

Connection for mouse/

keyboard/barcode reader

USB / USB / USB

USB / USB / USB

USB / USB / USB

USB / USB / USB

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Messages, Report
(shift log), PROFINET

Messages, Report
(shift log), PROFINET

Messages, Report
(shift log), PROFINET

Messages, Report
(shift log), PROFINET

Operating mode

Data medium support

Multi Media Card
Recording
Recording/Printing
T

2/218

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN
SIMATIC Mobile Panel

277 IWLAN

277(F) IWLAN

Operating mode
(continued)
Acknowledgement button

2-channel, Number
of settings: 3

2-channel, Number
of settings: 3

Illuminated pushbutton

No

Yes

No

Yes

Handwheel

No

Yes

No

Yes

2-channel, positively
latched

Yes

Yes

IP65 housing

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Certifications

CE, cULus, C-TICK

CE, cULus, C-TICK

CE, cULus, C-TICK

CE, cULus, C-TICK

TV safety certification

Yes

Yes

BGIA safety certification

Yes

Yes

Safety Integrity Level to

IEC 61508

Performance Level to EN
ISO 13849-1

Safety category according

to EN954-1

Safety category according

to EN954-1 (enabling
button, STOP button if
present) 4

Safety category according

to EN954-1 (enabling
button, STOP button if
present) 4

max. relative humidity

(in %)

80 %

80 %

80 %

80 %

Drop height

1.2 m

1.2 m

1.2 m

1.2 m

Operation

0 to +40C

0 to +40C

0 to +40C

0 to +40C

Transport, storage

-20 to +60C

-20 to +60C

-20 to +60C

-20 to +60C

Status LEDs

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LED for safe

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LED for communication

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LED for battery

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Vibrations

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Multi Media Card slot

1 x Multi Media Card slot

1 x Multi Media Card slot

1 x Multi Media Card slot

1 x Multi Media Card slot

USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

1 x USB

Ethernet

1 x Ethernet (RJ45)

1 x Ethernet (RJ45)

1 x Ethernet (RJ45)

1 x Ethernet (RJ45)

WLAN

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Supports standards

According to IEEE 802.11a

According to IEEE 802.11a

According to IEEE 802.11a

According to IEEE 802.11a

Supports channels
(acc. to IEEE 802.11a)

Channel 34, Channel 36, Channel 38, Channel 40, Channel 42, Channel 44, Channel 46, Channel 48, Channel 52,
Channel 56, Channel 60, Channel 64, Channel 149, Channel 153, Channel 157, Channel 161

Supports channels
(acc. to IEEE 802.11b and
IEEE 802.1g)

Channels 1 to 11, Channel 12, Channel 13, Channel 14

Country approval
(radio)

Australia, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Finland, France, Greece, Great Britain, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Japan, Liechtenstein, Luxemburg, Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland, Spain, South Africa, Czech
Republic, Turkey, Hungary, USA

Encryption

WEP, WPA

WEP, WPA

WEP, WPA

WEP, WPA

Windows CE

Windows CE

Windows CE

Windows CE

Degree of protection
Emergency STOP button

Certifications & Standards

Ambient conditions

Temperature

Type of output

Interfaces

Operating systems
Operating system
Processor

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/219

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN
SIMATIC Mobile Panel

277 IWLAN

Processor

ARM, 520 MHz

ARM, 520 MHz

277(F) IWLAN
ARM, 520 MHz

ARM, 520 MHz

Applications/options

Internet Explorer, Sm@rt

Service , Sm@rt Access

Internet Explorer, Sm@rt

Service , Sm@rt Access

Internet Explorer, Sm@rt

Service , Sm@rt Access

Internet Explorer, Sm@rt

Service , Sm@rt Access

Number of Visual Basic

scripts

50

50

50

50

Task planner

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Help system

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Status/control

With SIMATIC S7

With SIMATIC S7

With SIMATIC S7

With SIMATIC S7

Number of messages

4,000

4,000

4,000

4,000

Bit messages

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Analog messages

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Message buffer

Circulating buffer (n x 512

Entries), Retentive,
maintenance-free

Circulating buffer (n x 512

Entries), Retentive,
maintenance-free

Circulating buffer (n x 512

Entries), Retentive,
maintenance-free

Circulating buffer (n x 512

Entries), Retentive,
maintenance-free

Recipes

300

300

300

300

Data records per recipe

500

500

500

500

Entries per data record

1000

1000

1000

1000

Recipe memory

64 kByte integrated Flash,

expandable

64 kByte integrated Flash,

expandable

64 kByte integrated Flash,

expandable

64 kByte integrated Flash,

expandable

Process images

500

500

500

500

Variables

2,048

2,048

2,048

2,048

Limit values

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Multiplexing

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Text objects

10000 Text elements

10000 Text elements

10000 Text elements

10000 Text elements

Graphics object

Bitmaps, Icons, Vector

graphics

Bitmaps, Icons, Vector

graphics

Bitmaps, Icons, Vector

graphics

Bitmaps, Icons, Vector

graphics

Dynamic objects

Diagrams / curves,
Diagrams / curves,
Diagrams / curves,
Diagrams / curves,
Bar graphs, Sliders, Analog Bar graphs, Sliders, Analog Bar graphs, Sliders, Analog Bar graphs, Sliders, Analog
display, Hidden buttons
display, Hidden buttons
display, Hidden buttons
display, Hidden buttons

Functionality under
WinCC flexible

Message system

Recipes

Number of process images

Image elements

Functionality under
WinCC flexible
Lists
Text lists

500

500

500

500

Graphics list

400

400

400

400

Libraries

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Number of archives per

project

20

20

20

20

Number of measuring
points per project

20

20

20

20

Number of entries per archive

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

Memory location

Multi Media Card

Multi Media Card

Multi Media Card

Multi Media Card

Number of user groups

50

50

50

50

Passwords exportable

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Number of user rights

32

32

32

32

Archiving

Security

2/220

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN
T

SIMATIC Mobile Panel

277 IWLAN

277(F) IWLAN

Languages
Online languages

16

Configuration languages

D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "traditional", CHN "simplified", DK, FIN, GR, J, KP/ROK, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, CZ/SK, TR, H

16

16

16

Fonts

Tahoma, Arial, Courier New, WinCC flexible-Standard, Ideographic languages, all freely scalable

Transfer (Upload/Download)
Transfer of configuration

USB, Ethernet, Automatic

transfer recognition

USB, Ethernet, Automatic

transfer recognition

USB, Ethernet, Automatic

transfer recognition

USB, Ethernet, Automatic

transfer recognition

Wireless LAN

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

S7-200, S7- 300/400, See

section "System Links"

S7-200, S7- 300/400, See

section "System Links"

S7-200, S7- 300/400, See

section "System Links"

S7-200, S7- 300/400, See

section "System Links"

Yes

Yes

Yes

254

254

254

255

255

255

Process coupling
Connection to controller

Zones
Yes
- Number of zones per
254
project, max.
- Number of transponders 255
for zones per project,
max.
Effective range
- Number of effective
ranges per project, max.
- Number of transponders
for effective ranges per
project, max.

Yes

Yes

127

127

127

127

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

256

256

256

256

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2m

2m

2m

2m

8m

8m

8m

8m

Plastic

Plastic

Plastic

Plastic

290 mm / 103 mm

290 mm / 103 mm

290 mm / 103 mm

290 mm / 103 mm

2.2 kg

2.2 kg

2.2 kg

2.2 kg

Functionality under
WinCC flexible
Transponder
- Number of transponders
per project, max.
- Adjustable distance
range
- Adjustable distance,
Min.
- Adjustable distance,
Max.
Mechanics
Type of housing (front)
Dimensions
Housing diameter/
depth (mm)
Weights
Weight

Ordering dataOrder No.

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN
Communication via WLAN (PROFINET) F

6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX0

Communication via WLAN (PROFINET) F

with integrated handwheel,
key switch and two illuminated pushbuttons

6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX0

Table-top power supply incl.

power cable for EU, US, UK, JP (only
suitable for operation
under laboratory/office
conditions)

6AV6 671-5CN00-0AX1

6AV6 671-5CE00-0AX0

Communication via WLAN (PROFINET) F

with enable button and
emergency stop button

6AV6 645-0DB01-0AX0

Charger for safe storage and charging

the device incl. lock for securing the device in the
charger. Charging capabilities for up to
two additional batteries

6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0

Communication via WLAN (PROFINET) F

with enable button and
emergency stop button
with integrated handwheel,
key switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons

6AV6 645-0DC01-0AX0

Additional battery with LED

indicator for indicating the
charge status
Transponder incl. batteries
(3x AA)

6AV6 671-5CM00-0AX0

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN

Accessories
Note: Please order the table-top power
supply or charging station as well.
Required for charging the battery:

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/221

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN
Service pack for Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN contains
accessories pack for Mobile
Panel 277 (labeling strip cover), battery
compartment cover
(device), backup battery, cover
left/right (charger), power
supply connector counterpart (charger), replacement key (charger)

6AV6 671-5CA00-0AX1

6GK5 791-2DC00-0AA0

PS791-2AC power supply

6GK5 791-2AC00-0AA0

110 V AC to 230 V AC power supply for

installation in
SCALANCE W-786 products; operating
instructions in
German/English

SCALANCE W-786 Access Points for

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN

PS791-2DC power supply

24 V DC power supply for installation in
SCALANCE W-786 products; operating
instructions in German/English

IWLAN Access Points with

integrated radio interfaces;
radio networks;
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz up to
54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (40 C to
+70 C); scope of delivery: Mounting
hardware,
48 V DC terminal block; manual on CDROM; German/English;

see HMI accessories,

from page 2/158

Other compatible accessories:

Wall mounting bracket for
Mobile Panels
MultiMedia memory card
Mobile Panel 277 cover foil
Key labeling strips for Mobile Panel 277
Spare key for Mobile Panels
Further IWLAN Access Point versions:

SCALANCE W786-2RR

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN

starter kit

IWLAN Dual Access Point with two integrated radio interface for setting up radio
links with iPCF; RJ45 connection

for

Four internal antennas

Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN

6AV6 651-5GA01-0AA0

National approvals for

operation outside the U.S.

Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN

6AV6 651-5HA01-0AA0

National approvals for

operation within the U.S.

6GK5 786-2BA60-6AA0

Configuration
6GK5 786-2BA60-6AB0

Function Manual "Fail-Safe Operation

of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN"1)

IWLAN Access Points with built-in wireless interface RJ45 connection

Two internal antennas

National approvals for

operation within the U.S.

see HMI Software

Documentation (to be ordered separately)

SCALANCE W786-1PRO

National approvals for

operation outside the U.S.

with SIMATIC WinCC flexible

R
R

6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB0

Further IWLAN Access Point versions:

German

6AV6 691-1AB01-2AA0

English

6AV6 691-1AB01-2AB0

Japanese

6AV6 691-1AB01-2AJ0

Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN

Operating Instructions
German

6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AA0

SCALANCE W-784 Access Points

6GK5 784-1AA30-...

English

6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AB0

IWLAN Access Points with integrated radio

interfaces (see Catalog IK PI), radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz up
to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE),
degree of protection IP30 (-20 C to
+60 C); scope of delivery: Mounting
hardware, 24 V DC terminal block; manual
on CD-ROM; German/English;

(see Catalog IK PI)

French

6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AC0

Italian

6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AD0

Spanish

6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AE0

SCALANCE W-786 Access Points

6GK5 786-...

IWLAN Access Points with integrated

radio interfaces (see Catalog IK PI);
radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (40C to +70C); scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware, 48 V DC terminal
block; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English;

(see Catalog IK PI)

SCALANCE W-788 Access Points

6GK5 788-...

IWLAN Access Points with integrated

radio interfaces (see Catalog IK PI);
radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (20C to +60C); scope of delivery: 2
ANT795-4MR antennas, IP67 hybrid
plug-in connector, mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM, German/English

(see Catalog IK PI)

2/222

Siemens SI 10 2009

Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN

Operating Instructions
German

6AV6 691-1DM01-2AA0

English

6AV6 691-1DM01-2AB0

French

6AV6 691-1DM01-2AC0

Italian

6AV6 691-1DM01-2AD0

Spanish

6AV6 691-1DM01-2AE0

Documentation (to be ordered separately)

Getting Started Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN
German

available as PDF

English

available as PDF

User Manual WinCC flexible

Compact/Standard/Advanced
German

6AV6 691-1AB01-3AA0

English

6AV6 691-1AB01-3AB0

French

6AV6 691-1AB01-3AC0

Italian

6AV6 691-1AB01-3AD0

Spanish

6AV6 691-1AB01-3AE0

 Siemens AG 2009

Human Machine Interface System

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 (F) IWLAN
WinCC flexible Communication User
Manual
German

6AV6 691-1CA01-3AA0

English

6AV6 691-1CA01-3AB0

French

6AV6 691-1CA01-3AC0

Italian

6AV6 691-1CA01-3AD0

Spanish

6AV6 691-1CA01-3AE0

1)

Function manual enclosed with the Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN units is
printed in German. Please order other languages separately.

R) Subject to export regulations: AL: 5A002A1A2 and ECCN: 5A002ENC3

S) Subject to export regulations: AL: N and ECCN: 5A002ENC3

Dimensions
All specifications in mm. Panel cutout see technical specifications.

45

90

290 mm

103 mm
129 mm

G_ST80_XX_00299

172

G_ST80_XX_00298

38,5

155

117

162

Transponder
Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/mobile-panels
Note:

Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN Front and side view

85

Do you need a specific modification or addition to the products

described here? Then take a look under "Customer-specific
products". There, you will find information on ordering additional
and standard industry products as well as possibilities for
customer-specific modifications and adjustments.

208

72

G_ST80_XX_00297

61

198

343

160

Charger

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/223

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

Prozessinstrumentierung

Kontinuierliche Gasanalysegerte

Continuous gas analyzers, extractive

ULTRAMAT, OXYMAT, CALOMAT

Overview
For additional information on Process Analytics see the Internet
under:
www.siemens.de/prozessinstrumentierung (toggle to English)
www.siemens.de/prozessanalytik (toggle to English)
www.siemens.com/piaselector
or in catalog PA01 Process Analytical Instruments

ULTRAMAT 23
The ULTRAMAT 23 gas analyzer can measure up to 4 gas components at once: A maximum of three infrared sensitive gases
such as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, CH4 plus O2 with an electrochemical oxygen measuring cell.
ULTRAMAT 23 basic versions for:
1 infrared gas component with/without oxygen measurement
2 infrared gas components with/without oxygen measurement
3 infrared gas components with/without oxygen measurement.

19 unit and field unit

OXYMAT 6
The OXYMAT 6 gas analyzers are based on the paramagnetic alternating pressure method and are used to measure oxygen in
gases.

ULTRAMAT 23

ULTRAMAT 6

19 unit and field unit

The ULTRAMAT 6 single-channel or dual-channel gas analyzers

operate according to the NDIR two-beam alternating light principle and measure gases highly selectively whose absorption
bands lie in the infrared wavelength range from 2 to 9 m, such
as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, NH3, H2O, CH4 and other hydrocarbons.
Single-channel analyzers measure up to 2 gas components,
dual-channel analyzers up to 4 gas components simultaneously.

Additional information is available in catalog PA 01 Process Analytical Instruments

2/224

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

Continuous gas analyzers, extractive
ULTRAMAT, OXYMAT, CALOMAT
OXYMAT 61
The measuring principle of the OXYMAT 61 gas analyzer is
based on the paramagnetic alternating pressure method and is
used to measure oxygen in gases in standard applications.

CALOMAT 6
The CALOMAT 6 gas analyzer is primarily used for quantitative
determination of H2 or He in binary or quasi-binary non-corrosive
gas mixtures.
Concentrations of other gases can also be measured if their
thermal conductivities differ significantly from the residual gases
like Ar, CO2, CH4, NH3.

19 unit and field unit

Additional information is available in catalog PA 01 Process Analytical Instruments

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/225

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure

Druckmessgerte SITRANS P

Transmitters for gage, absolute and

differential pressure, flow and level

Overview
Series DS III

For additional information on SITRANS P see in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/sitransp

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series, are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high
accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys,
over HART communication, PROFIBUS-PA or Foundation Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plants requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of remote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available
for measuring:
Gage pressure, absolute pressure, for differential pressure
transmitters
Filling level, mass level, volume level
Volume flow, mass flow

Benefits
High quality and long life
High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics without recalibration
Minimum conformity error
Small long-term drift

Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless

steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 mbar to 400 mbar for
DS III with HART communication
Nominal measuring range from 1 to 400 bar for DS III PA
(PROFIBUS PA) and FF (Foundation Fieldbus)
High measuring accuracy
Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
PROFIBUS PA communication or Foundation Fieldbus interface.

Applications
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in industrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of category "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of remote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
over PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus interface.

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/226

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

Temperaturmessgerte SITRANS T

SITRANS T temperature measuring devices

SITRANS TW universal transmitter

Overview
For additional information on SITRANS T see in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/sitranst
Four wire system for rail mounting

Explosion protection [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] for measurements

with sensors in the hazardous area
Temperature-linear characteristic for all temperature sensors
Temperature-linear characteristic can be selected for all temperature sensors
Automatic correction of zero and span
Monitoring of sensor and cable for open-circuit and short-circuit
Sensor fault and/or limit can be output via an optional sensor
fault/limit monitor
Hardware write protection for HART communication
Diagnostic functions
Slave pointer functions
Mode of operation
TC
RTD

The user-friendly transmitters for the control room

The SITRANS TW universal transmitter is a further development
of the service-proven SITRANS T for the 4-wire system in a
mounting rail housing. With numerous new functions it sets new
standards for temperature transmitters.
With its diagnostics and simulation functions the SITRANS TW
provides the necessary insight during commissioning and operation. And using its HART interface the SITRANS TW can be conveniently adapted with SIMATIC PDM to every measurement
task.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-intrinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.

Applications
The SITRANS TW transmitter is a four-wire rail-mounted device
with a universal input circuit for connection to the following sensors and signal sources:
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple elements
Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers
mV sensors
As special version: V sources, current sources
The 4-wire rail-mounted SITRANS TW transmitter wire is designed for control room installation. It must not be mounted in potentially explosive atmospheres.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-intrinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.

Function
Features
Transmitter in four-wire system with HART interface
Housing can be mounted on 35 mm rail or 32 mm G rail
Screw plug connector
All circuits electrically isolated
Output signal: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V
Power supplies: 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC

10

D
C

11

D
1

12

Power
supply

13

EEPROM

HART modem/
communicator
Output
U or I
0/4 ... 20 mA

unit

A Current test
UH

The signal output by a resistance-based sensor (two-wire, threewire, four-wire system), voltage source, current source or thermocouple is converted by the analog-to-digital converter
(1, function diagram) into a digital signal. This is evaluated in the
micro controller (2), corrected according to the sensor characteristic, and converted by the digital-to-analog converter (6) into
an output current (0/4 to 20 mA) or output voltage (0/2 to 10 V).
The sensor characteristics as well as the electronics data and
the data for the transmitter parameters are stored in the non-volatile memory (3). AC or DC voltages can be used as the power
supply (13). Any terminal connections are possible for the power
supply as a result of the bridge rectifier in the power supply unit.
The PE conductor is required for safety reasons.
A HART modem or a HART communicator permit parameterization of the transmitter using a protocol according to the HART
specification. The transmitter can be directly parameterized at
the point of measurement via the HART output terminals (10).
The operation indicator (4) identifies a fault-free or faulty operating state of the transmitter. The limit monitor (9) enables the signaling of sensor faults and/or limit violations. In the case of a current output, the current can be checked on a meter connected
to test socket (12).
Diagnosis and simulation functions
The SITRANS TW comes with extensive diagnosis and simulation functions.
Physical values can be defined with the simulation function. It is
thus possible to check the complete signal path from the sensor
input to inside the control system without additional equipment.
The slave pointer functions are used to record the minimum and
maximum of the plants process variable.

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/227

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

Durchflussmegerte SITRANS F M

SITRANS F M flow meters

Transmitter
MAGFLO MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex d

Overview
For additional information on SITRANS F see in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/sitransf

The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex d is a microprocessor-based transmitter with a build-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and installation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
Displays and keypads

Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:

Keypad and display unit
HART communicator
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communication
PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS communication
The SITRANS F M MAGFLO MAG 6000 I / I Ex d transmitter is
designed for the demands in the process industry. The robust
die cast aluminium housing provides superb protection, even in
the most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output
functionality is given even in the Ex version.

Benefits
Full range of ATEX rated flow meters with intrinsically safe
rated input and outputs
For compact or remote installation
HART, PROFIBUS PA/DP, MODBUS RTU/RS485 add-on communication modules available
Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
Digital signal processing with many possibilities
Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commissioning
User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Flow rate in various units
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available.
Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum configuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging
Batch control

Design
The transmitter is designed for either compact or remote installation in non-hazardous or hazardous areas.

Technical specifications
Mode of operation and design
Measuring principle

Electromagnetic with pulsed constant field

Empty pipe

Detection of empty pipe (special

cable required in separate
mounted installation)

Excitation frequency

Sensor size dependent pulsating

DC current

Electrode input impedance

> 1 x 1014

Input
Digital input

DC 11 ... 30 V, Ri = 4.4 k

Activation time

50 ms

Current

IDC 11 V = 2.5 mA, IDC 30 V = 7 mA

Output
Current output
Signal range

0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA (Active/

passive)

Load

< 560

Time constant

0.1 30 s, adjustable

Digital output
Frequency

0 10 kHz, 50% duty cycle (uni/bidirectional)

Time constant

0.1 30 s, adjustable

Pulse (passive)

3 30 V DC, max 110 mA

(30 mA Ex version), 200 Ri
10 k (powered from connected
equipment)

Time constant

0.1 30 s, adjustable

Relay output

Function
The following functions are available:
Flow rate
2 measuring ranges, 2 totalizers
Low flow cut-off
Flow direction
Error system, operating time
Uni-/bidirectional flow
Limit switches and pulse output
Batch control

Time constant

Changeover relay, same as current output

Load

42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A

Low flow cut off

0 9.9% of maximum flow

Galvanic isolation

All inputs and outputs are

galvanic isolated

Max. measuring error

MAG 6000 I

0.25% of rate

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/228

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Durchflussmegerte SITRANS F C

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS F C flow meters
MASSFLO MASS 6000
IP67 NEMA 4X compact/remote

Overview

4-wire Pt1000 temperature measurement ensures optimum

accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow
Fraction flow computation based on 5 order algorithm matching all applications
USM II platform enables fitting of add-on bus modules without
loss of functionality.
- All modules can be fitted as true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter are automatically configured through
the SENSORPROM
Installation of the transmitter to the sensor is simple plug &
play via the sensor pedestal

Applications

MASS 6000 is based on the latest developments within digital

signal processing technology engineered for high performance, fast flow step response, fast batching applications, high
immunity against process noise, easy to install, commission and
maintain. The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multiparameter measurements i.e. mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and fraction. The MASS 6000 IP67 transmitter can be compact mounted on all sensors of type MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40,
and can be used in remote version for all types of MASS
2100/MC1 and FC300 sensors.

Benefits
Dedicated mass flow chip with the latest ASIC technology
Fast batching and flow step response with an update rate of
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a patented DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation) algorithm
Front end resolution better than 0.35 ns improves zero point
stability and enhances dynamic turn down ratio on flow and
density accuracy
Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances trouble
shooting and meter verification
Built-in batch controller with compensation and monitoring
comprising 2 built in totalizers
Multi parameter outputs, individual configurable for mass flow,
volume flow, density, temperature or fraction flow such as
BRIX or PLATO
Digital input for batch-control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode
All outputs can be forced to preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes
User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Self explaining error handling/log in text format
- Keypad can be used for controlling batch as
start/stop/hold/reset
SENSORPROM technology automatically configures transmitter at start up providing:
- Factory pre-programming with calibration data, pipe size,
sensor type, output settings
- Any values or settings changed by users are stored
automatically
- Automatically re-programming any new transmitter without
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes. True plug &
play

SITRANS F C MASSFLO mass flow meters are suitable for all applications within the entire process industry, where there is a demand for accurate flow measurement. The meter is capable of
measuring both liquid and gas flow.
The main applications for the MASS 6000 IP67 transmitter can
be found in:
Food and beverage industries
Pharmaceutical industries
Automotive industry
Oil and gas industry
Power generation and utility industry
Water and waste water industry

Design
The transmitter is designed in an IP67/NEMA 4X compact
polyamide enclosure which can be compact mounted on the
MASS 2100 sensor range DI 3 to DI 40 (1/8" to 1") and remote
mounted for the entire sensor series.
The MASS 6000 IP67 is available as standard with 1 current-,
1 frequency/pulse- and 1 relay output and can be fitted with
add-on modules for bus communication.

Function
The following functions are available:
Mass flow rate, volume flow rate, density, temperature, fraction
flow
1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse output, 1 relay output,
1 digital input
All outputs can be individually configured with mass, volume,
density etc.
2 built in totalizes which can count positive, negative or net
Low flow cut-off
Density cut-off or empty pipe cut-off, adjustable
Flow direction adjustable
Error system consisting of error-log, error pending menu
Display of operating time
Uni/bidirectional flow measurement
Limit switches with 1 or 2 limits, programmable for flow, density or temperature
Noise filter setting for optimization of measurement performance under non ideal application conditions
Full batch controller
Automatic zero adjustment menu, with zero point evaluation
feed back
Full service menu for effective and straight forward application
and meter trouble shooting

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/229

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS F C flow meters
MASSFLO MASS 6000
for 19" rack/19" wall mounting

Overview

MASS 6000 is based on the latest developments within digital

signal processing technology engineered for high performance, fast flow step response, fast batching applications, high
immunity against process noise, easy to install, commission and
maintain.
The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multi parameter measurements i.e.: Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and
fraction.
The MASS 6000 19" transmitter can be connected to all sensors
of types MASS 2100/MC1/FC300 and are available in different
versions depending of number of output facilities, Ex protection
and grade of enclosure.

Benefits
Dedicated mass flow chip with the latest ASIC technology
Fast batching and flow step response with an update rate of
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a patented DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation) algorithm
Front end resolution better than 0.35 ns improves zero point
stability and enhances dynamic turn down ratio on flow and
density accuracy
Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances trouble
shooting and meter verification
Built in batch controller with compensation and monitoring
comprising 2 built in totalizers
Multi parameter outputs, individual configurable for mass flow,
volume flow, density, temperature or fraction flow such as
BRIX or PLATO
Many output capacities, up to 3 current outputs, 2 frequency/pulse and 2 relay (excludes the possibility of an
add-on module
Digital input for batch-control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode
All outputs can be forced to preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes
User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Self explaining error handling/log in text format
- Keypad can be used for controlling batch as
start/stop/hold/reset

SENSORPROM technology automatically configures transmitter at start up providing:

- Factory pre-programming with calibration data, pipe size,
sensor type, output settings
- Any values or settings changed by users are stored automatically
- Automatically re-programming any new transmitter without
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes. True plug &
play
4-wire Pt1000 temperature measurement ensures optimum
accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow
Fraction flow computation based on 5 order algorithm matching all applications
USM II platform enables fitting of add-on bus modules without
loss of functionality.
- All modules can be fitted as true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter automatically configured through the
SENSORPROM
Transmitter available with ATEX and UL approval
All electrical connections are easy accessible on the large
back plane PCB

Applications
SITRANS F C MASSFLO coriolis mass flow meters are suitable
for all applications within the entire process industry, where there
is a demand for accurate flow measurement. The meter can
measure both liquids and gases.
The main applications for the MASS 6000 19 transmitter can be
found in:
Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
Food and beverage industries
Automotive industry
Oil and gas industry
Power generation and utility industry
Water and waste water industry

Design
The transmitter is designed as a 19" insert as base to be used in:
19" rack system
Panel mounting IP66/NEMA 4
Back of panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1
Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4
The MASS 6000 19" is available as standard or as ATEX approved transmitter which is to be mounted in the safe area.

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/230

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS F C flow meters
MASSFLO MASS 6000 Ex
compact-/remote

Overview

MASS 6000 is based on the latest developments within digital

signal processing technology engineered for high performance, fast flow step response, fast batching applications, high
immunity against process noise, easy to install, commission and
maintain.
The MASS 6000 transmitter delivers true multiparameter measurements i.e.: Mass flow, volume flow, density, temperature and
fraction flow.
The MASS 6000 Ex-d transmitter is manufactured in stainless
steel (AISI 316L) and able to withstand harsh installation conditions in hazardous applications within the process and chemical
industry. The conservative choice of material guarantees the
user a low cost of ownership and a long trouble-free lifetime.
The Ex-d can be compact mounted on all sensors of type
MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40, and can be used in remote version for
all types of MASS 2100.

Benefits
Fully stainless steel flameproof EEx-d enclosure, ensuring optimum cost of ownership
Intrinsically safe keypad and display directly programmable in
hazardous area
ATEX approved transmitter which can be mounted in hazardous area Zone 1 or Zone 2
Sensor and transmitter interface intrinsically safe EEx ia IIC
Exchange of transmitter directly in hazardous area without
shut down of process pipe line due to ia IIC sensor/transmitter
interface
Dedicated mass flow chip with the latest ASIC technology
Fast batching and flow step response with an update rate of
true 30 Hz
Superior noise immunity due to a patented DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation) algorithm
Front end resolution better than 0.35 ns improves zero point
stability and enhances dynamic turn down ratio on flow and
density accuracy
Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances trouble
shooting and meter verification
Built in batch controller with compensation and monitoring
comprising 2 built in totalizers
Multi parameter outputs, individual configurable for mass flow,
volume flow, density, temperature or fraction flow such as
BRIX or PLATO
1 current output, 1 frequency/pulse and 1 relay as standard
output

Current output can be selected as passive or active output

Digital input for batch-control, remote zero adjust or forced
output mode
All outputs can be forced to preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes
User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Self explaining error handling/log in text format
- Keypad can be used for controlling batch as
start/stop/hold/reset
SENSORPROM technology automatically configures transmitter at start up providing:
- Factory pre-programming with calibration data, pipe size,
sensor type, output settings
- Any values or settings changed by users are stored automatically
- Automatically re-programming any new transmitter without
loss of accuracy
- Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes. True plug &
play
4-wire Pt1000 temperature measurement ensures optimum
accuracy on mass flow, density and fraction flow
Fraction flow computation based on 5 order algorithm matching all applications
USM II platform enables fitting of add-on bus modules without
loss of functionality
- All modules can be fitted as true "plug & play"
- Module and transmitter automatically configured through the
SENSORPROM
Installation of the transmitter to the sensor is simple plug &
play via the sensor pedestal

Application
SITRANS F C MASSFLO mass flow meters are suitable for all applications within the entire process industry where there is a demand for accurate flow measurement in hazardous area. The
meter can measure both liquids and gases.
The main applications for the MASS 6000 Ex-d transmitter can
be found in:
Chemical process industry
Pharmaceutical industries
Automotive industry
Oil and gas industry
Power generation and utility industry

Design
The transmitter is designed in an Ex-d compact stainless steel
enclosure which can be compact mounted on the MASS 2100
sensor range DI 3 to DI 40, and remote mounted for the entire
sensor series.
The MASS 6000 Ex-d is available as standard with 1 current-,
1 frequency/pulse- and 1 relay output and can be fitted with addon modules for bus communication
Flameproof d enclosure
Enclosure stainless steel, IP67/NEMA 4X as compact and
IP66/NEMA 4 as remote
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC.
MASS 6000 Ex-d is ATEX approved together with all
MASS 2100 sensors

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/231

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments

Fllstandmessgerte SITRANS L

Point level measurement - capacitance switches

Pointek CLS 200

Overview
For additional information on SITRANS L see in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/sitransl

Modular design and construction provide a wide choice of configurations, including rod, cable and sanitary versions. When
used with a SensGuard protection cover, the CLS 200 is protected from shearing, impact and abrasion in tough primary processes.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, powders, granules, pressurized applications, hazardous areas

Configuration

Pointek CLS 200 is a versatile inverse frequency shift capacitance level switch with optional rod/cable choices and configurable output, ideal for detection of liquids, solids, slurries, foam
and interfaces. The digital version (with optional PROFIBUS PA)
includes a display and provides additional diagnostic features.

Benefits
Potted construction protects signal circuit from shock, vibration, humidity and/or condensation
High chemical resistance
Level detection independent of tank or pipe earth reference
Insensitive to product buildup due to high frequency oscillation (5.5 MHz)
High sensitivity allows installation in a wide range of liquids,
solids or slurry applications
Integral LCD display allows for easy setup of CLS 200 when
you can configure switching threshold, even under the most
demanding process conditions.
Extended rod, cable and sanitary versions available
Standard version: 3 LED indicators for adjustment control, output status and power
Digital version: integral LCD display, and optional
PROFIBUS PA communication

Applications
The Pointek CLS 200 is offered in standard and digital versions.
The standard version has 3 LED indicators with basic relay and
solid-state switch alarms.
The digital version provides an integral LCD display for standalone use, and provides PROFIBUS PA communication (profile
version 3.0, Class B) when required.
The power supply is galvanically isolated and accepts a wide
range of voltages (12 to 250 V AC/DC for standard version and
9 to 32 V DC for digital version). The stainless steel and PPS
(PVDF optional) materials used in the probe construction provides a temperature rating up to +125 C (+257 F) on the process wetted portion of the probe. The switch responds to any
material with a dielectric constant of 1.5 or more by detecting a
change in oscillating frequency, and it can be set to detect before contact or on contact with the probe.The CLS 200 operates
independently of the tank wall or pipe so it does not require an
external reference electrode for level detection in a non-conductive vessel such as concrete or plastic.

Pointek CLS 200, installation

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/232

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments
Point level measurement - capacitance switches
Pointek CLS 300

Overview

The unique modular design of the Pointek CLS 300 provides a

wide range of configurations, process connections, extensions
and approvals to meet the temperature and pressure requirements of specific applications. The modular design makes ordering easier and reduces stocking requirements. A wide range
of probe configurations is available, including rod and cable versions.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, bulk solids, relatively high
pressure and temperature, hazardous areas, milling and mining applications

Configuration

Pointek CLS 300 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level

switch with optional rod/cable choices and configurable output.
It is ideal for detecting liquids, solids, slurries, foam and interfaces in demanding conditions where high pressure and temperatures are present. The Digital version (with optional
PROFIBUS PA) includes a display and provides additional diagnostic features.

Benefits
Patented Active-Shield technology so measurement is unaffected by material buildup in active shield section
Performs in extremely abrasive conditions because of solid
rod construction
Standard version: 3 LED indicators for adjustment control, output status and power
Digital version: integral LCD display, and optional PROFIBUS
PA communication
Push-button calibration, full-function diagnostics
Multiple output options

Application
The Pointek CLS 300 is offered in standard and digital versions.
The standard version has 3 LED indicators with basic relay or
solid-state switch alarms.
The digital version provides an integral LCD display for standalone use, with PROFIBUS PA communication (Profile version
3.0, Class B) when required. Solid-state switch alarm is standard.
The robust design of CLS 300 makes it specifically applicable
for heavy solids applications where abrasive materials occur like
the mining industry.
The fully potted electronics are unaffected by condensation,
dust or vibration.
Wetted parts are made of stainless steel with a PFA shield for
high chemical resistance. Ceramic inserts are supplied with high
temperature CLS 300 devices. Materials with low or high dielectric constants can be accurately detected. The unique active
shield suppresses interference from material buildup.

Pointek CLS 300 installation

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/233

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments
Point level measurement - capacitance switches
Pointek CLS 500

Overview

Configuration

Pointek CLS 500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level

switch for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, toxic and aggressive chemicals in critical conditions of high temperature and
pressure.

Benefits
Patented Active-Shield technology so measurement is unaffected by material buildup in active shield section
2-wire loop powered with solid-state switch or 4 to 20/
20 to 4 mA output
Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
Full function diagnostics
HART communications for remote commissioning and inspection

Application
Patented Active-Shield technology ensures that measurement is
unaffected by vapors, product deposits, dust and condensation.
The unique mechanical probe design coupled with a high performance transmitter gives superior performance in a wide
range of level detection applications.
Pointek CLS 500s microprocessor-based electronics provide
one-point calibration, making setup possible without shutting
down your production process.
Key Applications: foam or liquid/foam level, glycol regenerators, high-pressure coalescers, LNG applications

Pointek CLS 500 installation

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/234

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments
Point level measurement - ultrasonic switch
Pointek ULS 200

Overview

Locate the Pointek ULS 200 so that it has a clear sound path perpendicular to the material surface. The sound path should not intersect the fill path, rough walls, seams, rungs etc.
Mounting and Interconnection
The Pointek ULS 200 is available in three thread types: 2" NPT,
2" BSPT or PF2 and can be fitted with the optional 75 mm (3")
flange adapter for mating to 3" ASME, DN 65, PN 10 and JIS 10K
3B sized flanges.
Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to
standard instrumentation wiring or electrical codes.

Configuration

The Pointek ULS 200 is an ultrasonic non-contacting switch with

two switch points for level detection of bulk solids, liquids and
slurries in a wide variety of industries; ideal for sticky materials.

Benefits
2 switch outputs for high-high, high, low and low-low level
alarms or pump up/pump down control
Integral temperature compensation
AC or DC power supply
Electronics provided with fail-safe function
Threaded and 3A approved sanitary fitting clamp process
connections
Polycarbonate or aluminum enclosures, Type 6/NEMA 6/IP67
Easy, two-button programming

Application
The measuring range for bulk solids is max. 3 m (9.8 ft) and 5 m
(16.4 ft) for liquids and slurries. Unlike invasive contacting devices, there is no material buildup on the sensor.
The level switch has a rugged design, combining the transducer
and electronics in one durable device. It has no moving parts
and is virtually maintenance-free.
The transducer, available in ETFE or PVDF copolymer, is inert to
most chemicals. This means the device can be used in the
chemical, petrochemical, water and wastewater industries. A
sanitary version of the ULS 200, with an industry standard flange
option, is easy to remove from the application for cleaning. It
thus satisfies the prerequisites for use in the food, beverage and
pharmaceutical industries. The Pointek ULS 200 delivers superior performance while reducing maintenance, downtime and
equipment replacement costs.
Key Applications: liquids, slurries, fluid materials, plugged
chute detection, chemical industry

Design
Installation

Pointek ULS 200 Mounting

The Pointek ULS 200 should be mounted in an area that is within

the temperature range specified and that is suitable to the enclosure rating and materials of construction. The cover should be
accessible to allow programming, wiring and display viewing.
It is advisable to keep the Pointek ULS 200 away from high voltage or current runs, contactors and SCR control drives.
Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/235

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar transmitter
SITRANS LR 200

Overview

SITRANS LR 200 is a 2-wire loop powered pulse radar level

transmitter for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels.

Benefits
Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna standard, other
antenna options available
Easy installation and simple start-up
Programming using infrared Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer or SIMATIC PDM
Communication using HART or PROFIBUS PA
Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio
Auto False-Echo Suppression of fixed obstructions
Various flanges, horn and waveguide antenna options available

Application
SITRANS LR 200s unique design allows safe and simple programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without having to open the instruments lid. It also features a
built-in alphanumeric display in four languages.
The SITRANS LR 200 has a standard Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna that offers excellent chemical resistance and
is hermetically sealed. With other instruments, you may need to
consider compatibility of multiple materials including the seal
between the materials. The Uni-Construction antenna features
an internal, integrated shield that eliminates vessel nozzle interference.
Start-up is easy with as few as two parameters for basic operation. Installation is simplified as the electronics are mounted on
a rotating head that swivels, allowing the instrument to line up
with conduit or wiring connections or simply to adjust the position for easy viewing. SITRANS LR 200 features patented Sonic
Intelligence signal-processing technology for superior reliability.
Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, process vessels with
agitators, vaporous liquids, high temperatures.

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/236

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

SITRANS L level instruments
Continuous measurement Capacitance transmitters SITRANS LC 500

Overview

Configuration

SITRANS LC 500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level

or interface transmitter for extreme and critical process conditions, such as oil and liquefied natural gas (LNG) as well as toxic
and aggressive chemicals and vapors.

Benefits
Patented Active-Shield technology so measurement is unaffected by material buildup in active shield section
Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
Inverse frequency approach provides high resolution
2-wire loop powered 4 to 20/20 to 4 mA measurement signal
Pre-detection alarm and full function diagnostics
High temperature and pressure resistant (optional)
Full-function diagnostics comply with NAMUR NE 43
Easy calibration locally or via HART (using SIMATIC PDM software)

SITRANS LC 500, installation

Application
SITRANS LC 500s advanced electronics provide one-step,
push-button calibration and local display for easy on-site installation and setup.
The unique mechanical probe design coupled with a high performance transmitter gives superior performance in toxic and
aggressive chemicals, acids, caustics, adhesives and in viscous conductive and non-conductive materials.
The SMART 2-wire transmitter has HART communications for
remote commissioning and inspection.
Key Applications: Oil/water or foam/liquid interface measurement in separators or coalescers, cryogenic applications including C02 and liquefied natural gas (LNG), distillation/regeneration tanks with high temperatures

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/237

 Siemens AG 2009

Process analytical instruments

Elektropneumatische StellungsreglerSIPART PS2

Electropneumatic positioners SIPART PS2

SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

Overview

Benefits

For additional information on SIPART PS2 see in the Internet under: www.siemens.com/sipartps2

SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner

SIPART PS2 positioners offer decisive advantages:

Simple installation and automatic commissioning (self-adjustment of zero and span)
Simple operation with
- Local operation and configuration of the device using three
input keys and a user-friendly two-line LCD
- Programming through SIMATIC PDM
Very high-quality control thanks to an online adaptation procedure
Negligible air consumption in stationary operation
"Tight shut-off" function (ensures maximum positioning pressure on the valve seat)
Numerous functions can be activated by simple configuring
(e.g. characteristics and limits)
Extensive diagnosis functions for valve and actuator
Only one device version for linear and part-turn actuators
Few moving parts, hence insensitive to vibrations
External non-contacting position sensor as option for extreme
ambient conditions

Application
The SIPART PS2 positioner is used, for example, in the following
industries:
Chemical/petrochemical, power stations
Paper and glass
Water, waste water
Food and pharmaceuticals
Offshore plants

SIPART PS2 EEx d electropneumatic positioner in pressure-proof casing

The SIPART PS2 positioner is available:

For single-action actuators: in plastic, stainless steel or aluminum casings, as well as flameproof aluminium casing (EEx d)
For double-action actuators: in plastic and stainless steel casing, as well as flameproof aluminum casing (EEx d)
For non-hazardous applications
For hazardous applications in the designs
- as intrinsically-safe device (EEx ia/ib) or
- in flameproof aluminum casing (EEx d) or
- in Ex n design (non sparking)
and in the versions:
With 0/4 to 20 mA control communication through HART signal
(as option)
With PROFIBUS PA communication interface
With Foundation Fieldbus (FF) communications interface.
Explosion-proof versions

SIPART PS2 in stainless steel casing

The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner is used to control

the final control element of pneumatic linear or part-turn actuators. The electropneumatic positioner moves the actuator to a
valve position corresponding to the setpoint. Additional function
inputs can be used to block the valve or to set a safety position.
A binary input is present as standard in the basic device for this
purpose.

The basic version of the device is available in an intrinsicallysafe design with degree of protection EEx ia/ib or in a non-intrinsically-safe design for zone 2 (see Technical data for intrinsically-safe versions).
A non-intrinsically-safe application is permissible in zone 1 for
the SIPART PS2 EEx d flameproof version (see "Technical Data").
It is then permissible to use all option modules (except external
actuator travel detection systems, SIA module and NCS).
Stainless steel casing for extreme ambient conditions
The SIPART PS2 is available in a stainless steel casing for use in
particularly aggressive environments (e.g. offshore operation,
chlorine plants etc.). The device functions are the same as those
of the basic versions..

Additional information is available in catalog FI 01 Field Instruments for Process Automation

2/238

Siemens SI 10 2009

Siemens AG 2009

Evaluating /
Communication
3/2

Communication over
PROFIBUS/PROFINET

3/2
3/2
3/7
3/14
3/20
3/27
3/35

CPUs for factory automation

CPU 315F-2 DP
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
CPU 416F

3/45

3/61

CPUs for
process automation
CPU 412H
CPU 414H
CPU 417H
Sync-Modul for interfacing with
CPU 41xH
Y-Link for S7-400H

3/64
3/64
3/65
3/67
3/68

Configuring
Distributed Safety Software
S7 F/FH Systems
S7 F Systems
SIMATIC Safety Matrix

3/70

SIMATIC ET 200S fail-safe

distributed IOs
IM 151-7F-CPU interface module
SIPLUS IM 151-7F-CPU interface module
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
Master interface module for
IM 151-7(8) CPU/F-CPU
ET 200S - fail-safe modules
F electronic modules
F electronic modules SIPLUS
F electronic modules RELAY
F power module
PM-E F PROFIsafe
F terminal modules

3/110
3/111

3/45
3/50
3/55
3/60

3/70
3/74
3/75
3/81
3/82
3/83
3/86
3/87
3/89
3/90
3/92
3/94
3/97
3/100
3/103
3/109

3/114
3/115
3/118
3/119
3/121
3/122
3/123
3/123

SIMATIC ET 200M fail-safe

distributed IOs
F digital input SM 326
Safety Integrated
F digital input SIPLUS SM 326
Safety Integrated
F digital output SM 326
Safety Integrated
F digital output SIPLUS SM 326
Safety Integrated
F analog input SM 336
Safety Integrated
Isolation module
SIPLUS isolation module
SIMATIC ET 200eco fail-safe
distributed IOs
F electronic module

3/129

Communication over
AS-Interface

3/131
3/132
3/135

ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors
AS-Interface safety modules

3/137
3/137

Routers
DP/AS-i F link

3/141

Conventional design

3/141

3RK3 modular safety system

3/145
3/146
3/150
3/155

3TK28 safety relays

with electronic enabling circuits
with relay enabling circuits
mit auxiliary contactor
enabling circuits
with special functions

3/157

SIMATIC ET 200pro fail-safe

distributed IOs
IM 154-2 interface module
IM 154-4 PN interface module
IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN interface
module
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface
module
Fail-safe digital expansion modules

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 DP
MPI multi-point interface;
the integrated MPI interface can build as many as 16 connections simultaneously to S7-300/400 or to PG, PC, OP. Among
these connections, one is always reserved for PG and another
for OP. The MPI makes it possible to set up a simple network
with a maximum of 16 CPUs via "global data communication".
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The CPU 315F-2 DP with PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface allows a distributed automation configuration offering
high speed and ease of use. The distributed I/O is handled
from the users viewpoint in the same way as central I/O (configuring, addressing and programming are identical).
Distributed I/O stations complete with fail-safe I/O modules
can be connected through the integral PROFIBUS DP interface. The fail-safe I/O modules of ET200M can also be centrally implemented safety-related.
Safety-related communication between the F CPU and the failsafe I/O modules is performed on the basis of the PROFIsafe
profile.

Overview

Function

For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements
Based on the SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Distributed fail-safe I/O modules can be connected through
the integral PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe).
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for nonsafety-relevant applications
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Application
The CPU 315F-2 DP permits the design of a fail-safe automation
system for plants with increased safety requirements, especially
for production engineering.
Distributed I/O stations containing fail-safe I/O modules can be
connected through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface. The
fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200M can also be centrally implemented safety-related.
Safety-related communication between the F CPU and the failsafe I/O modules is performed on the basis of the PROFIsafe
profile.

Design
The CPU 315F-2 DP is equipped with the following:
Microprocessor;
the processor achieves a processing time of 100 ns per binary
instruction.
Memory:
192 KB high-speed RAM for safety-relevant and standard program sections; increased memory space requirements must
be expected (5 times larger) in the case of safety-relevant program sections. Of the 192 KB RAM, 128 KB data memory can
be used for standard applications. Micro memory cards (max.
8 MB) as load memory for programs additionally permit storage of the project (including symbols and comments) in the
CPU.
Flexible expansion capability;
max. 31 modules, (4-tier installation)

3/2

Siemens SI 10 2009

Password protection;
A password concept also protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Diagnostics buffer;
The last 100 errors and interrupt events are saved in a buffer
for diagnostics purposes.
Maintenance-free data back-up;
All standard data are automatically written onto the Micro
Memory Card by the CPU if there is a power interruption, and
are available unchanged following voltage recovery
Configurable attributes
STEP 7 can be used to parameterize both S7 configurations and
the properties and responses of the CPUs:
MPI multipoint interface;
Determination of node addresses.
Restart/cycle time behavior;
Stipulation of maximum cycle time and loading as well as selftest functions
Clock bit memory;
Address setting
Protection level;
Definition of access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics;
Definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts;
Setting of periodicity
Time-of-day interrupts;
Setting of date and time of start and periodicity
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface;
User-oriented address allocation for distributed I/O
Indication and information functions
Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate e.g. hardware, programming, time or I/O errors,
as well as operating states such as RUN, STOP and restart
Test functions;
The PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process variables independently of the user
program, and read out the contents of stack memories.
Information functions;
You can use the PG to obtain information about the storage capacity and operating mode of the CPU as well as the current
loading of the main and load memories as well as current cycle times and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 DP
Integrated communication functions
PG/OP communication
Global data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication (server only)
Communication
The safety-related communication and standard communication
between the central controller and the distributed stations is
conducted over PROFIBUS DP. The specially developed
PROFIBUS profile PROFIsafe allows the transmission of user
data associated with the safety function within the standard data
telegram. Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety
buses, are unnecessary. The required software is either integrated in the hardware components as an extension of the operating system, or must be loaded into the CPU as a certified software component.
Mode of operation
The safety functions of the F CPU are contained in the CPUs F
program and in the fail-safe signal modules.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.2 SP1 or higher with
HSP 0126
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V

Yes

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

Min. 2 A

Current consumption
Current consumption (in no-load
operation), typ.

60 mA

Inrush current, typ.

2.5 A

The signal modules monitor the output and input signals by

means of discrepancy analyses and test signal injections.

It

0.5

The CPU monitors proper operation of the PLC by performing

regular self-tests, instruction tests and logic and sequential program flow control. In addition, the I/O is checked by requesting
signs of life.

Power loss, typ.

If an error is diagnosed on the system, the latter is moved to a

safe state.

Current consumption/
power loss
2.5 W

Memory
RAM
integrated

192 Kibyte; The number of Finstructions compared to a standard program is limited due to the
F-specific overheads; depending
on the type of programming, about
36 K F-instructions are possible.

expandable

No

An F runtime license is not required for operation of the

S7-300F-2 DP.
Programming
The S7-300F is programmed in exactly the same way as the
other SIMATIC S7 systems. The user program for non fail-safe
plant sections is created with the proven programming tools
such as STEP 7.

pluggable (MMC)

Yes

SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

The STEP 7 option package "S7 F Distributed Safety" is required

to program the safety-relevant parts of the program. The package contains all the functions and blocks required to create the
F program.

Backup

The F program with the safety functions is linked in F-FBD or

F-LAD or using special function blocks from the F library. Use of
F-FBD or F-LAD simplifies plant planning and programming and,
because of the uniform and cross-vendor presentation, the acceptance test too. Programmers can concentrate completely on
configuration of the safety-relevant application without having to
use additional tools.

Load memory

present

Yes; Guaranteed by MMC

(maintenance-free)

CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.

1 023; DB 0 reserved

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FB
Number, max.

2 048; See instruction list

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FC
Number, max.

2 048; See instruction list

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

16 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.1 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

2 s

for floating point arithmetic, min.

6 s

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/3

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 DP
Order No.

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

Times/counters and their

remanence
S7 counter
Number

256

of which remanent without battery

- adjustable

Yes

Counting range

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

Racks, max.

Modules per rack, max.

Number of DP masters
integrated

via CP

- lower limit

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)

- upper limit

999

FM

CP, point-to-point

CP, LAN

10

IEC counter
present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times

Time
Clock

Number

256

Remanence

Order No.
Hardware configuration

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

- adjustable

Yes

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

- preset

No retentivity

Operating hours counter

Number

- lower limit

10 ms

Number/Number range

- upper limit

9 990 s

Range of values

0 to 2^31 hours (when using SFC

101)

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Time range

IEC timer
present

Yes

Type

SFB

Data areas and their remanence

Clock synchronization

Flag

supports

Yes

Number, max.

2 048 byte

to MPI, Master

Yes

Remanence available

Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

to DP, Master

Yes; on DP slave only time-of-day

slave

1 023; DB 0 reserved

to DP, Slave

Yes

16 Kibyte

in AS, Master

Yes

Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.

S7 message functions

Local data
per priority class, max.

1 024 byte

Address area
I/O address area
Inputs

2 Kibyte

Outputs

2 Kibyte

of which, distributed

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

16

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

40

Test commissioning functions

Status/control

- Inputs

2 Kibyte

Status/control variable

Yes

- Outputs

2 Kibyte

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

384 byte

Number of variables, max.

30

384 byte

of which status variable, max.

30

Digital channels

of which control variable, max.

14

Inputs

16 384

Forcing

Outputs

16 384

Forcing

Yes

Inputs, of which central

1 024

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

Outputs, of which central

1 024

Number of variables, max.

10

Analog channels

Status block

Yes

Inputs

1 024

Single step

Yes

Outputs

1 024

Number of breakpoints

Inputs, of which central

256

Outputs, of which central

256

Process image
Inputs
Outputs

3/4

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 DP
Order No.

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

Diagnostic buffer

Order No.
Point-to-point coupling

present

Yes

DP master

Number of entries, max.

100

Number of connections, max.

adjustable

No

Services

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0
No
16

- PG/OP communication

Yes

PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

Communication functions

Global data communication

supported

Yes

- S7 communication

No

Size of GD packets, max.

22 byte

- equidistance support

Yes

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

S7 basic communication
supported

Yes

S7 communication
supported

Yes

S5-compatible communication
supported

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

125

Address area
Yes; via CP and loadable FC

Number of connections

- Inputs, max.

244 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

244 Kibyte

overall

16

DP slave

usable for PG communication

15

Number of connections

usable for OP communication

15

Services

usable for S7 basic communica- 12

tion

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes; with interface active

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication, as client

No

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 200 mA

V DC), max.

- S7 communication, as server

No

Functionality

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

1st interface
Physics

RS 485

isolated

No

MPI

Yes

DP master

No

DP slave

No

Point-to-point coupling

No

MPI
Number of connections

16

Services

GSD file

The current GSD file can be

obtained from:
http://
www.siemens.com/profibus-gsd

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory
- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Address area, max.

32

- Global data communication

Yes

32 byte

- S7 basic communication

Yes

Useful data per address area,

max.

- S7 communication

Yes

CPU/programming

- S7 communication, as client

Yes; via CP and loadable FB

Programming language

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

STEP 7

Yes; V5.1 SP6 or higher

187.5 kBit/s

LAD

Yes

2nd interface

FUP

Yes

Type of interface

integrated RS 485 interface

AWL

Yes

Physics

RS 485

SCL

Yes

isolated

Yes

Operational stocks

See instruction list

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

200 mA

Nesting levels

User program protection/password protection

Yes

No

System functions (SFC)

see instruction list

DP master

Yes

System function blocks (SFB)

see instruction list

DP slave

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

Functionality
MPI

16

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/5

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 DP
Order No.

Order No.

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

Dimensions
Width

40 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

130 mm

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year
Current "Manual Collection" DVD
and the three subsequent
updates

Weights

Power supply connector

Weight, approx.

10 units, spare part

290 g

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
CPU 315F-2 DP

6ES7 315-6FF01-0AB0

CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F; main

memory 192 KB, power supply
24 V DC, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface, incl. single
location number labels and 2
keys

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

PROFIBUS DP bus connector

RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tool

Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4; Floating
license for 1 user

German

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Micro Memory Card

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

With axial cable outlet for

SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

6XV1 830-0EH10

Standard type with special design

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m

64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

PROFIBUS bus components

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

For establishing MPI/PROFIBUS

communication
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

S7-300 manual
Design, CPU data, module data,
instruction list
German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7, S7400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors

3/6

Siemens SI 10 2009

RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

Overview

For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
Component based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Application
The CPU 315F-2 PN/DP permits the design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements, especially for production engineering.
It can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller and as a standard
PROFIBUS DP master in SIMATIC S7-300.
The CPU 315F-2 PN/DP can also be implemented as distributed
intelligence (DP slave).
Distributed I/O stations containing fail-safe I/O modules can be
connected through the two integrated interfaces. The fail-safe
I/O modules of ET200M can also be centrally implemented
safety-related.
Safety-related communication between the F CPU and the failsafe I/O modules is performed on the basis of the PROFIsafe
profile.
A Micro Memory Card is required for operation of the CPU.

Design
The CPU 315F-2 PN/DP is equipped with the following:
Microprocessor:
the processor can handle an execution time of approximately
100 ns per binary instruction and 3 s per floating-point operation.

Memory:
256 KB high-speed RAM for safety-relevant and standard program sections; increased memory space requirements must
be expected (5 times larger) if safety-relevant program sections are implemented. Micro memory cards (max. 8 MB) as
load memories for programs additionally permit storage of the
project (including symbols and comments) in the CPU.
Flexible expansion capability;
max. 31 modules, (4-tier configuration)
Combined MPI/DP interface;
the first MPI/DP integrated interface can establish as many as
16 connections simultaneously to S7-300/400 or connections
to PG, PC, OP. Among these connections, one is always reserved for programming devices and another for OPs. A simple network with up to 32 CPUs can be configured with the
MPI interfaces and "global data communication". The MPI interface can be reconfigured from an MPI to a DP interface. The
DP interface can be used as a DP master or as a DP slave.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The PROFIBUS DP V1 standard is fully supported. This increases the scope of DP V1 standard slaves in terms of diagnostics and parameterization capability.
Ethernet interface;
the second integral interface of the CPU 315-2 PN/DP is a
PROFINET interface based on Ethernet TCP/IP.
It supports the following protocols:
- S7 communication for data communication between SIMATIC controllers;
- PG/OP communication for programming, startup and diagnostics through STEP 7;
- PG/OP communication for interfacing to HMI and SCADA;
- Open TCP/IP communication over PROFINET and SIMATIC
NET OPC server for communication with other controllers
and I/O devices with a separate CPU.

Function
Password protection;
a password concept also protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Diagnostics buffer;
the last 100 errors and interrupt events are saved in a buffer
for diagnostics purposes.
Maintenance-free data backup;
the CPU automatically saves all data in case of power failure
so that the data are available again unchanged when the
power returns
Configurable attributes
STEP 7 can be used to parameterize both S7 configurations and
the properties and responses of the CPUs:
MPI multipoint interface;
determination of node addresses.
Restart/cycle time behavior;
stipulation of maximum cycle time and loading.
Clock bit memory;
address setting.
Protection level;
definition of access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics;
definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts;
setting of periodicity.
Time-of-day interrupts;
setting of date and time of start and periodicity.
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface;
User-oriented address allocation for distributed I/O.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/7

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Indication and information functions
Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate e.g. hardware, programming, time, I/O or bus
errors, as well as operating states such as RUN, STOP and restart
Test functions;
the PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process variables independently of the user
program, and read out the contents of stack memories.
Information functions;
you can use the PG to obtain information about the storage capacity and operating mode of the CPU as well as the current
loading of the main and load memories, current cycle times
and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher, S7
Distributed Safety V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V

Yes

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

Min. 2 A

Integrated communication functions

PG/OP communication
Global data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication
Open communication by means of TCP/IP
PROFINET CBA

Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA

Current consumption
Current consumption (in no-load
operation), typ.

100 mA

Inrush current, typ.

2.5 A

Communication

It

The safety-related communication and standard communication

between the central controller and the distributed stations is
conducted over PROFIBUS DP and/or PROFINET. The specially
developed profile PROFIsafe allows the transmission of user
data associated with the safety function within the standard data
telegram. Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety
buses, are unnecessary. The required software is either integrated in the hardware components as an extension of the operating system, or must be loaded into the CPU as a certified software component.

Current consumption/
power loss
Power loss, typ.

3.5 W

Memory
Type of storage
RAM
integrated

256 Kibyte; For program and data

expandable

No

Mode of operation

Load memory

The safety functions of the F CPU are contained in the CPUs F

program and in the fail-safe signal modules. The signal modules
monitor the output and input signals by means of discrepancy
analyses and test signal injections. The CPU checks proper operation of the PLC by performing regular self-tests, instruction
tests and logic and sequential program flow control. In addition,
the I/O is checked by requesting signs of life. If an error is diagnosed on the system, the latter is moved to a safe state. An F
runtime license is not required for operation of the CPU 315F-2
PN/DP.

pluggable (MMC)

Yes

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

expandable FEPROM

can be plugged in as MMC

Programming

DB

The CPU 315F-2 PN/DP is programmed in the same manner as

other SIMATIC S7 systems. The user program for non fail-safe
plant sections is created with the proven programming tools
such as STEP 7.
SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package
The STEP 7 option package "S7 F Distributed Safety" is required
to program the safety-relevant parts of the program. The package contains all the functions and blocks required to create the
F program.
The F program with the safety functions is linked in F-FBD or FLAD or using special function blocks from the F library. Use of FFBD or F-LAD simplifies plant planning and programming and,
because of the uniform and cross-vendor presentation, the acceptance test too. Programmers can concentrate completely on
configuration of the safety-relevant application without having to
use additional tools.

3/8

Siemens SI 10 2009

Backup
present

Yes; Guaranteed by MMC

(maintenance-free)

without battery

Yes; Program and data

CPU/blocks
Number, max.

1 023; Number band: 1 to 1023

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FB
Number, max.

1 024; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FC
Number, max.

1 024; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

16 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

additional within an error OB

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

Order No.

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

of which, distributed

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.1 s

- Inputs

2 Kibyte

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

- Outputs

2 Kibyte

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

2 s

Process image

for floating point arithmetic, min.

3 s

Inputs

384 byte

Outputs

384 byte

Times/counters and their

remanence

Digital channels

S7 counter
Number

256

of which remanent without battery

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

Counting range
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter

16 384

Outputs

16 384

Inputs, of which central

1 024; max.

Outputs, of which central

1 024; max.

Analog channels
Inputs

1 024

Outputs

1 024

Inputs, of which central

256; max.

Outputs, of which central

256; max.

Hardware configuration
Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

Racks, max.

Modules per rack, max.

Number of DP masters

present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times
Number

Inputs

256

integrated

via CP

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)
FM

- adjustable

Yes

CP, point-to-point

- lower limit

CP, LAN

10

- upper limit

255

Time

- preset

No retentivity

Clock

Remanence

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

Time range
- lower limit

10 ms

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

- upper limit

9 990 s

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

IEC timer

Operating hours counter

present

Yes

Number

Type

SFB

Number/Number range

Range of values

0 to 231 hours
(when using SFC 101)

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Data areas and their remanence

Flag
Number, max.

2 048 byte

Remanence available

Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Data blocks

Clock synchronization
supports

Yes

Number, max.

1 023; From DB 1 to DB 1023

to MPI, Master

Yes

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Remanence adjustable

Yes; via non-retain property on DB

to DP, Master

Remanence preset

yes

Yes; on DP slave only time-of-day

slave

Local data

to DP, Slave

Yes

per priority class, max.

in AS, Master

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

1 024 byte; per block max. 510

Address area

S7 message functions

I/O address area

Inputs

2 Kibyte

Outputs

2 Kibyte

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

16

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/9

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

40

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
17

Total of all master/slave connec- 1 000

tions

Test commissioning functions

Status/control
Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

Number of variables, max.

30

of which status variable, max.

30

of which control variable, max.

14

Forcing

Order No.
Number of functions,
master/slave

Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Number of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections

500

Data length of device-internal

4 000 byte
and PROFIBUS interconnections,
max.
Data length per connection, max. 1 400 byte

Forcing

Yes

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

Number of variables, max.

10

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Diagnostic buffer
present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

100

adjustable

No

Communication functions
PG/OP communication

Yes

Routing

Yes

Global data communication

Remote interconnections with

acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling 500 ms
interval, min.
- Number of incoming interconnections

100

- Number of outgoing interconnections

100

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

1 400 byte

Remote interconnections with

cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency: trans- 10 ms
mission interval, min.

supported

Yes

Size of GD packets, max.

22 byte

- Number of incoming interconnections

200

Yes

- Number of outgoing interconnections

200

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

Yes

S7 basic communication
supported
S7 communication
supported

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; via CP and loadable FC

Open IE communication
TCP/IP

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

1 460 byte

Number of connections
overall

16

usable for PG communication

15; max.

usable for OP communication

15

usable for S7 basic

communication

14

usable for routing

X1 as MPI: max. 10; X1 as DP

master: max. 24; X1 as DP slave
(active): max. 14; X2 as
PROFINET: max. 24

- Data length per connection,

max.

450 byte

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap

- HMI variable updating

500 ms

- Number of HMI variables

200

- Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 byte

max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported

Yes

- Number of linked PROFIBUS

devices

16

- Data length per connection,

max.

240 byte; Slave-dependent

PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint

communication load)

PROFINET CBA (at 50 % communication load)

Setpoint for the CPU communica- 50%

tion load

Data length for arrays and struc- Slave-dependent

tures (local interconnection),
max.

Number of remote interconnection partners

3/10

Siemens SI 10 2009

32

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Order No.
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap

Order No.
- Outputs
Address area, max.

1st interface

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
244 byte
32; with max. 32 bytes each

2nd interface

Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

200 mA

Functionality

Type of interface

PROFINET

Physics

Ethernet

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

0 mA

automatic detection of transmission speed

Yes

MPI

Yes

DP master

Yes

DP slave

Yes

Functionality

Point-to-point coupling

No

MPI

No

DP master

No

DP slave

No

PROFINET IO controller

Yes

MPI
Number of connections

16

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

PROFINET CBA

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

- Global data communication

Yes

PROFINET IO controller

- S7 basic communication

Yes

Services

- S7 communication

Yes

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- Routing

Yes

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes; with loadable FBs, max. configurable connections: 14, max.

number of instances: 32

DP master

- open IE communication

Yes; via TCP/IP

Services

Transmission speed, max.

100 MBit/s
128
1 to 512 ms (minimum value
depends on communication share
set for PROFINET I/O, on the number of I/O devices and on the number of configured net data items)

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Total number of connectable IO

Devices, max.

- Global data communication

No

Updating time

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- equidistance support

Yes

- Isochronous mode

Yes; OB 61

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

Acyclic transmission

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

cyclic transmission

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

CPU/programming

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

Programming language

Address area
- Inputs, max.

2 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

2 Kibyte

- Useful data consistency, max.

256 byte

PROFINET CBA

DP slave

STEP 7

Yes

Services

LAD

Yes

- Routing

Yes; only with active interface

FUP

Yes

- Global data communication

No

AWL

Yes

Yes

SCL

Yes

Yes

CFC

Yes

No

GRAPH

Yes

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

HiGraph

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

Operational stocks

See instruction list

- DPV1

No

- S7 basic communication
- S7 communication
- S7 communication, as client

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory
- Inputs

244 byte
Siemens SI 10 2009

3/11

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Order No.
8

SIMATIC Manual Collection

User program protection/password protection

Yes

System functions (SFC)

see instruction list

System function blocks (SFB)

see instruction list

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,

S7-400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(programming devices), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors

Dimensions
Width

80 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

130 mm

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

Weights
Weight, approx.

460 g

Selection and ordering data

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector

Order No.
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

Order No.

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0

Nesting levels

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0

10 units, spare part

Manual "Communication for
SIMATIC S7-300/-400"

CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F; main

memory 256 KB, power supply
24 V DC, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface, Industrial
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
incl. slot number labels

German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

PROFIBUS DP bus connector

RS 485

Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC

S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher

With 90 cable outlet, max.

transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4; Floating
license for 1 user

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Micro Memory Card

64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

With axial cable outlet for

SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

6XV1 830-0EH10

Standard type with special design

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

S7-300 manual

PROFINET bus components

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2x2

German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
Sold by the meter

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

FO Standard Cable GP (50/125)

Standard cable, splittable, UL
approval, sold by the meter

3/12

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing
6XV1 840-2AH10

6XV1 873-2A

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Order No.
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial
Ethernet Switch

6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3

Industrial Ethernet Switches with

integral SNMP access, Web diagnostics, copper cable diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring
topologies; four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two FO ports
Compact Switch Module CSM
377

6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0

Unmanaged switch for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300, ET200 M

and up to three other participants
to Industrial Ethernet with 10/100
Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
power supply, LED diagnostics,
S7-300 module incl. electronic
manual on CD-ROM
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables

IE FC RJ45 plug 145

145 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0

IE FC RJ45 plug 180

180 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus
components

See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

For establishing MPI/

PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/13

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP

Overview

The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity

framework for demanding applications
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Distributed fail-safe I/O modules can be connected through
the two integral PROFIBUS DP interfaces (PROFIsafe).
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Application
The CPU 317F-2 DP permits the design of a fail-safe automation
system for plants with increased safety requirements, especially
for production engineering.
Distributed I/O stations containing fail-safe I/O modules can be
connected through the two integrated PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
The fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200M can also be centrally implemented safety-related.
Safety-related communication between the F CPU and the failsafe I/O modules is performed on the basis of the PROFIsafe
profile.
A Micro Memory Card is required for operation of the CPU.

Design
The CPU 317F-2 DP is equipped with the following:
Microprocessor;
the processor achieves an execution time of approximately
100 ns per binary instruction and 2 s per floating-point operation. The CPU 317F-2 DP is clearly superior in terms of processing speed, particularly where word or double-word commands and 32 bit fixed-point commands are concerned.
Memory;
1024 KB high-speed RAM for safety-relevant and standard
program sections; increased memory space requirements
must be expected (5 times larger) if safety-relevant program
sections are implemented. Micro Memory Cards (8 MB max.)
as load memory for the program also allow the project to be
stored in the CPU (complete with symbols and comments)
and can be used for data archiving and recipe management.
Flexible expansion;
up to 32 modules (four-tier configuration)

3/14

Siemens SI 10 2009

Combined MPI/DP interface;

the first MPI/DP integrated interface can establish as many as
32 connections simultaneously to S7-300/400 or connections
to programming device, PC, OP. Among these connections,
one is always reserved for programming devices and another
for OPs. A simple network with up to 32 CPUs can be configured with the MPI interfaces and "global data communication".
The MPI interface can be reconfigured from an MPI to a DP interface. The DP interface can be used as a DP master or as a
DP slave.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The second integrated interface of the CPU 317F-2 DP is a
pure PROFIBUS DP interface that can be used as a DP master
or as a DP slave. It allows a distributed automation configuration with high speeds and simple handling. From the users
point of view, the distributed I/Os are treated the same as central I/Os (identical configuration, addressing and programming).
The PROFIBUS DP V1 standard is supported in full. This increases the scope of DP V1 standard slaves in terms of diagnostics and parameterization capability.
Limitation: It is impossible to operate both interfaces simultaneously as slaves.
Distributed I/O stations containing fail-safe I/O modules can be
connected through the two integrated PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
The fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200M can also be installed in
central and safety-related configurations. The fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200M can also be centrally implemented. Safety-related communication is performed over PROFIBUS DP with the
PROFIsafe profile.

Function
Password protection;
a password concept protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Diagnostics buffer;
the last 100 errors and interrupt events are saved in a buffer
for diagnostics purposes.
Maintenance-free data backup;
the CPU automatically saves all data in case of power failure
so that the data are available again unchanged when the
power returns
Configurable attributes
STEP 7 can be used to parameterize both S7 configurations and
the properties and responses of the CPUs:
MPI multipoint interface;
determination of node addresses.
Restart/cycle time behavior;
stipulation of maximum cycle time and loading.
Clock bit memory;
address setting
Protection level;
definition of access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics;
definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts;
setting of periodicity
Time-of-day interrupts;
setting of date and time of start and periodicity
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface;
user-oriented address allocation for distributed I/O.
Indication and information functions
Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate e.g. hardware, programming, time, I/O or bus
errors, as well as operating states such as RUN, STOP and restart

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP
Test functions;
the PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process variables independently of the user
program, and read out the contents of stack memories.
Information functions;
you can use the PG to obtain information about the storage capacity and operating mode of the CPU as well as the current
loading of the main and load memories, current cycle times
and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.2 SP1 with hardware
update or higher; S7 Distributed
Safety 5.2 SP1 or higher
Supply voltages

Integrated communication functions

PG/OP communication
Global data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication (server only)

Rated value

Sequential function chart

DC 24 V

Yes

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

Min. 2 A

The CPU provides many extensive system functions for diagnostics, parameterization, synchronization, alerting, time measurement, etc.
Details can be found in the manual.

Current consumption (in no-load

operation), typ.

100 mA

Communication

Inrush current, typ.

2.5 A

The safety-related communication and standard communication

between the central controller and the distributed stations is
conducted over PROFIBUS DP. The specially developed
PROFIBUS profile PROFIsafe allows the transmission of user
data associated with the safety function within the standard data
telegram. Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety
buses, are unnecessary. The required software is either integrated in the hardware components as an extension of the operating system, or must be loaded into the CPU as a certified software component.

It

Current consumption

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

4W

Memory
Type of storage
RAM
integrated

1 024 Kibyte

Mode of operation

expandable

No

The safety functions of the F CPU are contained in the CPUs F

program and in the fail-safe signal modules. The signal modules
monitor the output and input signals by means of discrepancy
analyses and test signal injections. The CPU monitors proper
operation of the PLC by performing regular self-tests, instruction
tests and logic and sequential program flow control. In addition,
the I/O is checked by requesting signs of life. If an error is diagnosed on the system, the latter is moved to a safe state. An F
runtime license is not required for operation of the CPU 317F-2
DP.

Load memory
pluggable (MMC)

Yes

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

Backup
present

Yes; Guaranteed by MMC

(maintenance-free)

without battery

Yes; Program and data

CPU/blocks

Programming

DB

The CPU 317F-2 DP is programmed in the same manner as other

SIMATIC S7 systems. The user program for non fail-safe plant
sections is created with the proven programming tools such as
STEP 7.

Number, max.

2 047; Number band: 1 to 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package

The "S7 F Distributed Safety" option package is required to program the safety-relevant parts of the program. The package
contains all the functions and blocks required to create the F program. The F program with the safety functions is linked in F-FBD
or F-LAD or using special function blocks from the F library. Use
of F-FBD or F-LAD simplifies plant planning and programming
and, because of the uniform and cross-vendor presentation, the
acceptance test too. Programmers can concentrate completely
on configuration of the safety-relevant application without having
to use additional tools.

FB
Number, max.

2 048; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

FC
Number, max.

2 048; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

16

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.05 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.2 s

for floating point arithmetic, min.

1 s
Siemens SI 10 2009

3/15

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

Times/counters and their

remanence
S7 counter
Number

512

of which remanent without battery

- adjustable

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0
65 536

Outputs

65 536

Inputs, of which central

1 024

Outputs, of which central

1 024

Analog channels
Yes

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

511

Counting range
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter

Order No.
Inputs

Inputs

4 096

Outputs

4 096

Inputs, of which central

256

Outputs, of which central

256

Hardware configuration
Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

Racks, max.

Modules per rack, max.

Number of DP masters

present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times
Number

512

Remanence

integrated

via CP

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)
FM

- adjustable

Yes

CP, point-to-point

- lower limit

CP, LAN

10

- upper limit

511

Time

- preset

No retentivity

Clock

Time range

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

- lower limit

10 ms

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

- upper limit

9 990 s

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

IEC timer

Operating hours counter

present

Yes

Number

Type

SFB

Number/Number range

0 to 3

Range of values

0 to 231 hours (when using SFC

101)

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Data areas and their remanence

Flag
Number, max.

4 096 byte

Remanence available

Yes; MB 0 to MB 4095

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Data blocks

Clock synchronization
supports

Yes

Number, max.

2 047; from DB 1 to DB 2047

to MPI, Master

Yes

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Remanence adjustable

Yes; via non-retain property on DB

to DP, Master

Remanence preset

yes

Yes; on DP slave only time-of-day

slave

to DP, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

Address area

in AS, Slave

Yes

I/O address area

S7 message functions

Local data
per priority class, max.

1 024 byte

Inputs

8 Kibyte

Outputs

8 Kibyte

of which, distributed
- Inputs

8 Kibyte

- Outputs

8 Kibyte

Process image

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

32

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

60

Test commissioning functions

Status/control

Inputs

1 024 byte

Status/control variable

Yes

Outputs

1 024 byte

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

Digital channels

3/16

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

Order No.

Number of variables, max.

30

of which status variable, max.

30

DP master

of which control variable, max.

14

Services

Forcing

Transmission speeds, max.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0
12 MBit/s

- PG/OP communication

Yes

Forcing

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

- Global data communication

No

Number of variables, max.

10

- S7 basic communication

Yes

Status block

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

Single step

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

Number of breakpoints

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- equidistance support

Yes

present

Diagnostic buffer
Yes

- Isochronous mode

No

Number of entries, max.

100

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

adjustable

No

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

Communication functions
PG/OP communication
Routing

Yes
Yes

Global data communication

supported

Yes

Size of GD packets, max.

22 byte

S7 basic communication
supported

Yes
Yes

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; via CP and loadable FC

Number of connections
overall
usable for PG communication
usable for OP communication

32
31
31

usable for S7 basic communica- 30

tion
usable for routing

isolated

RS 485
Yes

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 200 mA

V DC), max.
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Point-to-point coupling

Yes
Yes
Yes
No

MPI
Number of connections

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

Address area
- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

DP slave
- Routing

Yes; only with active interface

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory

1st interface
Physics

12 MBit/s

Services

S7 communication
supported

Transmission speeds, max.

32

Services

- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

Address area, max.

32

Useful data per address area,

max.

32 byte

2nd interface
Type of interface

integrated RS 485 interface

Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

200 mA

Functionality
MPI

No

- PG/OP communication

Yes

DP master

Yes

- Routing

Yes

DP slave

Yes

- Global data communication

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/17

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

DP master
Number of connections, max.

32

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client
- S7 communication, as server

No
Yes

- equidistance support

Yes

- Isochronous mode

Yes; OB 61

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

Address area
- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

DP slave
Number of connections

32

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes; with interface active

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

GSD file

The current GSD file can be

obtained from: http://
www.siemens.com/profibus-gsd

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

automatic baud rate search

Yes; only with passive interface

Transfer memory
- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

Address area, max.

32

Useful data per address area,

max.

32 byte

CPU/programming
Programming language
STEP 7

Yes

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes

CFC

Yes

GRAPH

Yes

HiGraph

Yes

3/18

Siemens SI 10 2009

Order No.

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

Operational stocks

See instruction list

Nesting levels

User program protection/

password protection

Yes

System functions (SFC)

see instruction list

System function blocks (SFB)

see instruction list

Dimensions
Width

80 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

130 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

460 g

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 DP

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 317F-2 DP

6ES7 317-6FF03-0AB0

Main memory 1024 KB, power

supply 24 V DC, MPI/PROFIBUS
DP master/slave interface, MMC
required

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

PROFIBUS DP bus connector

RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tool

Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4; Floating
license for 1 user

Spanish

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Micro Memory Card

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

With axial cable outlet for

SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

6XV1 830-0EH10

64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

Standard type with special design

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m

4 MB

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

8 MB

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing
PROFIBUS bus components

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

3
6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

For establishing MPI/PROFIBUS

communication

S7-300 manual
Design, CPU data, module data,
instruction list
German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,

S7-400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0

10 units, spare part

Manual "Communication for
SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/19

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

Overview

The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity

framework for demanding applications
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe)
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Application
The CPU 317F-2 PN/DP permits the design of a more extensive
fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements, especially for production engineering.
It can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller and as a standard
PROFIBUS DP master in SIMATIC S7-300. The CPU 317F-2
PN/DP can also be implemented as distributed intelligence (DP
slave).
Distributed I/O stations containing fail-safe I/O modules can be
connected through the two integrated interfaces. The fail-safe
I/O modules of ET200M can also be centrally implemented
safety-related.
Safety-related communication between the F CPU and the failsafe I/O modules is performed on the basis of the PROFIsafe
profile.
A Micro Memory Card is required for operation of the CPU.

Design
The CPU 317F-2 PN/DP is equipped with the following:
Microprocessor;
the processor achieves an execution time of approximately
100 ns per binary instruction and 3 s per floating-point operation.

3/20

Siemens SI 10 2009

Memory;
1024 KB high-speed RAM for safety-relevant and standard
program sections; increased memory space requirements
must be expected (5 times larger) if safety-relevant program
sections are implemented. Micro memory cards (max. 8 MB)
as load memories for programs additionally permit storage of
the project (including symbols and comments) in the CPU.
Flexible expansion capability;
max. 32 modules, (4-tier configuration)
Combined MPI/DP interface;
the first MPI/DP integrated interface can establish as many as
16 connections simultaneously to S7-300/400 or connections
to PG, PC, OP. Of the connections, one is permanently reserved for programming devices and one for OPs.
The MPI supports simple networking of up to 32 CPUs over
"Global data communication".
This interface can be reconfigured from MPI interface to DP interface. The DP interface can be used as a DP master or as a
DP slave.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The PROFIBUS DP V1 standard is fully supported. This increases the scope of DP V1 standard slaves in terms of diagnostics and parameterization capability.
Ethernet interface;
the second integrated interface of the CPU 317F-2 PN/DP is a
PROFINET interface based on Ethernet TCP/IP. It supports the
following protocols:
- S7 communication for data communication between
SIMATIC controllers
- PG/OP communication for programming, startup and diagnostics through STEP 7
- PG/OP communication for interfacing to HMI and SCADA
- Open TCP/IP communication over PROFINET and SIMATIC
NET OPC server for communication with other controllers
and I/O devices with a separate CPU

Function
Password protection;
a password concept also protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Diagnostics buffer;
the last 100 errors and interrupt events are saved in a buffer
for diagnostics purposes.
Maintenance-free data backup;
the CPU automatically saves all data in case of power failure
so that the data are available again unchanged when the
power returns
Configurable attributes
STEP 7 can be used to parameterize both S7 configurations and
the properties and responses of the CPUs:
MPI multipoint interface;
determination of node addresses.
Restart/cycle time behavior;
stipulation of maximum cycle time and loading.
Clock bit memory;
address setting.
Protection level;
definition of access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics;
definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts;
setting of periodicity.
Time-of-day interrupts;
setting of date and time of start and periodicity.
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface;
user-oriented address allocation for distributed I/O.

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Indication and information functions
Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate e.g. hardware, programming, time, I/O or bus
errors, as well as operating states such as RUN, STOP and restart
Test functions;
the PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process variables independently of the user
program, and read out the contents of stack memories.
Information functions;
you can use the PG to obtain information about the storage capacity and operating mode of the CPU as well as the current
loading of the main and load memories, current cycle times
and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher, S7 Distributed Safety V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V

Yes

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

Min. 2 A

Integrated communication functions

PG/OP communication
Global data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication
Open communication by means of TCP/IP
PROFINET CBA

Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA

Current consumption
Current consumption (in no-load
operation), typ.

100 mA

Inrush current, typ.

2.5 A

Communication

It

The safety-related communication and standard communication

between the central controller and the distributed stations is
conducted over PROFIBUS DP and/or PROFINET. The specially
developed profile PROFIsafe allows the transmission of user
data associated with the safety function within the standard data
telegram. Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety
buses, are unnecessary. The required software is either integrated in the hardware components as an extension of the operating system, or must be loaded into the CPU as a certified software component.

Current consumption/power
loss

Mode of operation
The safety functions of the F CPU are contained in the CPUs F
program and in the fail-safe signal modules. The signal modules
monitor the output and input signals by means of discrepancy
analyses and test signal injections.
The CPU checks proper operation of the PLC by performing regular self-tests, instruction tests and logic and sequential program flow control. In addition, the I/O is checked by requesting
signs of life.

Power loss, typ.

3.5 W

Memory
Type of storage
RAM
integrated

1 MByte; For program and data

expandable

No

Load memory
pluggable (MMC)

Yes

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

Backup
present

Yes; Guaranteed by MMC

(maintenance-free)

without battery

Yes; Program and data

CPU/blocks

If an error is diagnosed on the system, the latter is moved to a

safe state.

DB
Number, max.

2 047; Number band: 1 to 2047

An F runtime license is not required for operation of the CPU

317F-2 PN/DP.

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Programming

Number, max.

2 048; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

The CPU 317F-2 PN/DP is programmed in the same manner as

other SIMATIC S7 systems. The user program for non fail-safe
plant sections is created with the proven programming tools
such as STEP 7.

FB

FC
Number, max.

2 048; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package

The STEP 7 option package "S7 F Distributed Safety" is required
to program the safety-relevant parts of the program. The package contains all the functions and blocks required to create the
F program.
The F program with the safety functions is linked in F-FBD or FLAD or using special function blocks from the F library. Use of FFBD or F-LAD simplifies plant planning and programming and,
because of the uniform and cross-vendor presentation, the acceptance test too. Programmers can concentrate completely on
configuration of the safety-relevant application without having to
use additional tools.

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

16

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.05 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.2 s

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/21

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

for floating point arithmetic, min.

1 s

Times/counters and their

remanence
S7 counter
Quantity

512

of which remanent without battery

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

511

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

511

Counting range

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter

Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

Process image
Inputs

2 048 byte

Outputs

2 048 byte

Inputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

Outputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

Inputs, preset

1 024 byte

Outputs, preset

1 024 byte

Digital channels
Inputs

65 536

Outputs

65 536

Inputs, of which central

1 024

Outputs, of which central

1 024

Analog channels
Inputs

4 096

Outputs

4 096

Inputs, of which central

256

Outputs, of which central

256

Hardware configuration

present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times
Number

512

Remanence

Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

Racks, max.

Modules per rack, max.

Number of DP masters

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

511

- preset

No retentivity

Time range

integrated

via CP

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)
FM

- lower limit

10 ms

CP, point-to-point

- upper limit

9 990 s

CP, LAN

10

present

Yes

Clock

Type

SFB

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

IEC timer

Time

Data areas and their remanence

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Flag

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

Number, max.

4 096 byte

Operating hours counter

Remanence available

Yes; MB 0 to MB 4095

Number

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Number/Number range

0 to 3

Range of values

0 to 231 hours (when using SFC

101)

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Data blocks
Number, max.

2 047; from DB 1 to DB 2047

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Remanence adjustable

Yes; via non-retain property on DB

Remanence preset

yes

Local data

Clock synchronization
supports

Yes

to MPI, Master

Yes

Address area

to MPI, Slave

Yes

I/O address area

to DP, Master

Yes; on DP slave only time-of-day

slave

to DP, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

per priority class, max.

1 024 byte

Inputs

8 Kibyte

Outputs

8 Kibyte

of which, distributed
- Inputs

8 Kibyte

- Outputs

8 Kibyte

3/22

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

S7 message functions
Number of login stations for message functions, max.

32

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

60

Test commissioning functions

Status/control

Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

Total of all master/slave connec- 1 000

tions
Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Number of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections

500

Data length of device-internal

4 000 byte
and PROFIBUS interconnections,
max.

Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

Number of variables, max.

30

of which status variable, max.

30

of which control variable, max.

14

- Sampling frequency: sampling 500 ms

interval, min.

Yes

- Number of incoming interconnections

100

Forcing
Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

- Number of outgoing interconnections

100

Number of variables, max.

10
Yes

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

Status block
Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Forcing

Data length per connection, max. 1 400 byte

Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission

- Data length per connection,

max.

Diagnostic buffer

1 400 byte

present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

100

adjustable

No

- Transmission frequency: trans- 10 ms

mission interval, min.

PG/OP communication

Yes

- Number of incoming interconnections

200

Routing

Yes

- Number of outgoing interconnections

200

supported

Yes
22 byte

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

Size of GD packets, max.

Communication functions

Global data communication

S7 basic communication
supported

Yes

S7 communication
supported

Yes

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; via CP and loadable FC

Open IE communication
TCP/IP

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

1 460 byte

Number of connections
overall

32

usable for PG communication

31

usable for OP communication

31

Remote interconnections with cyclic transmission

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

450 byte

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap

- HMI variable updating

500 ms

- Number of HMI variables

200

- Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 byte

max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported

Yes

- Number of linked PROFIBUS

devices

16

- Data length per connection,

max.

240 byte; Slave-dependent

usable for S7 basic communica- 30

tion

PROFINET CBA (at 50 % communication load)

PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint

communication load)

Data length for arrays and struc- Slave-dependent

tures (local interconnection),
max.

Setpoint for the CPU communica- 50%

tion load
Number of remote interconnection partners

32

Number of functions, master/slave

17

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/23

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

1st interface
Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
32

Useful data per address area,

max.

32 byte

2nd interface

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 200 mA

V DC), max.

Type of interface

PROFINET

Functionality

Physics

Ethernet

MPI

Yes

isolated

Yes

DP master

Yes

DP slave

Yes

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 0 mA

V DC), max.

Point-to-point coupling

No

automatic detection of transmission speed

16

MPI

No

MPI

Yes

Functionality

Number of connections
Services

Order No.
Address area, max.

DP master

No

- PG/OP communication

Yes

DP slave

No

- Routing

Yes

PROFINET IO controller

- Global data communication

Yes

Yes; Firmware Status V2.3 or

higher

- S7 basic communication

Yes

PROFINET CBA

Yes

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

- S7 communication, as client

No

PROFINET IO controller

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Services

- S7 communication

- PG/OP communication

Yes

DP master

- Routing

Yes

Services

- S7 communication

Yes; with loadable FBs, max. configurable connections: 16, max.

number of instances: 32
Yes; via TCP/IP

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- open IE communication

- Global data communication

No

Transmission speed, max.

100 MBit/s

- S7 basic communication

Yes

128

- S7 communication

Yes

Total number of connectable IO

Devices, max.

- S7 communication, as client

No

Updating time

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- equidistance support

Yes

1 to 512 ms (minimum value

depends on communication share
set for PROFINET I/O, on the number of I/O devices and on the number of configured net data items)

- Isochronous mode

Yes; OB 61

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

DP slave

Address area
- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

- Useful data consistency, max.

256 byte

PROFINET CBA
Acyclic transmission

Yes

cyclic transmission

Yes

CPU/programming

Services
- Routing

Yes; with interface active

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client
- S7 communication, as server

No
Yes

Programming language
STEP 7

Yes

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes

CFC

Yes

GRAPH

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

HiGraph

Yes

12 MBit/s

Operational stocks

See instruction list

Transmission speeds, max.

Transfer memory
- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

3/24

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Order No.

Order No.

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

Nesting levels

SIMATIC Manual Collection

User program protection/password protection

Yes

System functions (SFC)

see instruction list

System function blocks (SFB)

see instruction list

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7, S7400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(programming devices), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors

Dimensions
Width

80 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

130 mm

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

Weights
Weight, approx.

460 g

Selection and ordering data

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

Main memory 1024 KB, 24 V DC

supply voltage, MPI/PROFIBUS
DP master/slave interface, Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tool
Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
Floating license
Software Update Service

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

With 90 cable outlet, max.

transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Micro Memory Card

64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0

10 units, spare part

PROFIBUS DP bus connector

RS 485

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4; Floating
license for 1 user

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector

Order No.
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

With axial cable outlet for

SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

6XV1 830-0EH10

Standard type with special design

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

S7-300 manual

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing
PROFINET bus components

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2x2

German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

6XV1 840-2AH10

4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
Sold by the meter
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125)

6XV1 873-2A

Standard cable, splittable, UL

approval, sold by the meter

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/25

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Order No.
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial
Ethernet Switch

6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3

Industrial Ethernet Switches with

integral SNMP access, Web diagnostics, copper cable diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring
topologies; four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two FO ports
Compact Switch Module CSM
377

6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0

Unmanaged switch for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300, ET200 M

and up to three other participants
to Industrial Ethernet with
10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
power supply, LED diagnostics,
S7-300 module incl. electronic
manual on CD-ROM
IE FC RJ45 plugs

RJ45 plug connector for Industrial

Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 plug 145
145 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0

IE FC RJ45 plug 180

180 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus components

See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

For establishing MPI/

PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication

3/26

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Overview

The fail-safe CPU with high-performance command processing, large program memory and large quantity structure for
demanding applications
For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
Satisfies safety requirements up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 acc. to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected decentralized over
the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe) and/or over
the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe)
Fail-safe I/O modules of ET200M can also be connected centrally
Standard modules for non-safety-related applications can be
operated centrally and decentralized
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
For operation of the CPU, a micro memory card is required.

Application
The CPU 319F-3 PN/DP is the fastest S7-300 CPU with a large
program memory. It is ideally suited to plants with extensive automation tasks and stringent safety requirements.
It can be used as a PROFINET IO controller and as a standard
PROFIBUS DP master in the SIMATIC S7-300. The CPU 319F-3
PN/DP can also be used as distributed intelligence (DP slave).
Distributed I/O devices with fail-safe I/O modules can be connected over the three integrated interfaces. The fail-safe I/O
modules of the ET200M can also be used centrally for safety-related applications.
The integrated communication options of the CPU support networked automation solutions (also fail-safe) without the need for
additional components.

Design
The CPU 319F-3 PN/DP features:
High command processing and communication performance
1.4 MB main memory;
the extensive main memory for runtime-relevant program sections offers sufficient space for user programs. In the case of
safety-related program sections, increased memory requirements (5 times larger) must be expected. Micro memory cards
(8 MB max.) as load memory for the program also allow the
project to be stored in the CPU (complete with symbols and
comments) and can be used for data archiving and recipe
management.
Flexible expansion capability;
max. 32 modules (4-tier configuration)
Combined MPI/DP interface;
the first integrated MPI/DP interface can establish up to 32
connections simultaneously to the S7-300/400 or connections
to PGs, PCs and OPs. One of the connections is permanently
reserved for the PG and one for the OP.
With MPI, a simple network can be constructed with up to 32
CPUs using "global data communication". This interface can
be reconfigured from an MPI to a DP interface. The DP interface can be used as a DP master or as a DP slave.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The PROFIBUS DP V1 standard is supported in full. This enhances the diagnostics and parameterization capability of DP
V1 standard slaves.
DP interface;
the second integrated DP interface can establish up to 32
connections simultaneously to the S7-300/400 or connections
to PGs, PCs and OPs. One of the connections is permanently
reserved for the PG and one for the OP.
The DP interface can also be used as a DP master or as a DP
slave. PROFIBUS DP slaves can be operated isochronously
on this interface. The PROFIBUS DP V1 standard is supported
in full. This enhances the diagnostics and parameterization
capability of DP V1 standard slaves.
Ethernet interface;
the third integrated interface of the CPU 319F-3 PN/DP is a
PROFINET interface based on Ethernet TCP/IP. It supports the
following protocols:
- S7 communication for the exchange of data between
SIMATIC controllers
- PG/OP communication for programming, start-up and diagnostics through STEP 7
- PG/OP communication for connection to HMI and SCADA
- Open TCP/IP, UDP and ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) communication over PROFINET
- SIMATIC NET OPC server for communication with other controllers and I/O devices with an integrated CPU

Function
Password protection;
a password concept protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Diagnostics buffer;
the last 100 error and interrupt events are stored in a buffer for
diagnostic purposes.
Maintenance-free data back-up;
all data (up to 700 KB) are automatically backed up by the
CPU if the voltage is interrupted and are available unchanged
after the voltage has been reconnected.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/27

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Parameterizable properties

Communication

The S7 configuration as well as the properties and response of

the CPUs can be parameterized using STEP 7:
MPI multipoint interface;
determining station addresses
Start-up/cyclic response;
determining maximum cycle time and loading
Isochronous interrupts;
setting of DP master system, partial process image number
and delay time
Clock bit memory;
setting of addresses
Retentivity;
setting of retentive areas
Clock interrupts;
setting of start date, start time and periodicity
Watchdog interrupts;
setting of periodicity
System diagnostics;
determining handling and scope of the diagnostic alarms
Clock;
setting the type of synchronization in the AS or on the MPI
Protection level;
specifying the access rights to program and data
Operation;
selection of either test operation or process operation
Communication;
reserving the connection resources
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interfaces;
user-oriented address assignment for distributed I/O
PROFINET interface;
parameterization of time synchronization with NTP procedure

The safety related and standard communication between the

central controller and the distributed stations takes place over
PROFIBUS DP and/or PROFINET. The specially developed
PROFIsafe profile supports the transfer of user data for the
safety functions within the standard data message frame. Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety buses are not
required. The necessary software is either integrated in the hardware components as an expansion of the operating system or
loaded into the CPU later as a certified software block.

Information and display functions

Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate hardware, programming, time, I/O and bus errors and operating statuses such as RUN, STOP and starting.
Test functions;
the PG is used to indicate signal status during program execution, to modify process variables independently of the user
program and to output the contents of stack memories.
Information functions;
the PG can be used to obtain information about the memory
capacity and operating mode of the CPU, the current loading
of the work and load memory, current cycle times and diagnostics buffer content in plain text.
Integrated communication functions
PG/OP communication
Global data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication
Routing
PROFIBUS DP master/slave
Open communication over TCP/IP, UDP and ISO-on-TCP
(RFC1006)
PROFINET IO controller
PROFINET CBA
System functions;
the CPU offers a number of comprehensive system functions
for diagnosis, parameterization, synchronization, interrupts,
time measurement, etc.
Further details can be found in the manual.

3/28

Siemens SI 10 2009

Mode of operation
The safety functions of the F-CPU are included in the F program
of the CPU and in the fail-safe signal modules. The signal modules monitor the output and input signals by means of discrepancy analysis and the injection of test signals.
The CPU checks the proper operation of the controller by means
of periodic self-tests, command tests and logic-based and timebased program execution checks. Furthermore, the I/O is
checked using requests for signs of life.
If an error is diagnosed in the system, the system will be placed
in a safe state.
An F runtime license is not required to operate the CPU 319F-3
PN/DP.
Programming
The CPU 319F-3 PN/DP is programmed in the same manner as
the other SIMATIC S7 systems. The user program for non-failsafe plant sections is created using familiar programming tools,
e.g. STEP 7.
SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package
The STEP 7 option package "SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety" is
required for programming the safety-related program components. The package contains all the functions and blocks required to create an F program.
The F program with the safety functions is connected in F FBD
or F LAD or using special functions from the F library. Use of F
FBD or F LAD simplifies configuration and programming of the
plant and also acceptance testing thanks to the non-plant-specific uniform presentation form. The programmer can concentrate on configuration of the safety-related application without
the need to use additional tools.

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0

Order No.

Product status

for floating point arithmetic, min.

associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 or higher, Service

Pack 2 with HSP 143

Times/counters and their

remanence

Supply voltages

S7 counter

Rated value

Number

DC 24 V

Yes

Remanence

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

Short-circuit protection
external protection for supply
cables (recommendation)

- adjustable

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0
0.1 s

2 048
Yes

Counting range

0.0000000000000000E+00
Min. 2 A

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter

Current consumption

present

Yes

Current consumption (rated value) 1 050 mA

Type

SFB

Current consumption (in no-load

operation), typ.

400 mA

Inrush current, typ.

4A

It

1.2

Number

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

S7 times

14 W

Memory
Type of storage

2 048

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- preset

No retentivity

Time range
- lower limit

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

IEC timer

RAM
integrated

1 400 Kibyte

expandable

No

present

Yes

Type

SFB

Data areas and their remanence

Load memory
pluggable (MMC)

Yes

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

Backup
present

Yes; up to 700 KB, maintenancefree

without battery

Yes; Program and data

Flag
Number, max.

8 Kibyte

Remanence available

Yes; MB 0 to MB 8191

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Data blocks
Number, max.

4 095; from DB 1 to DB 4095

CPU/blocks

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

DB

Remanence adjustable

Yes; via non-retain property on DB

yes

Number, max.

4 095; DB 0 reserved

Remanence preset

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Local data

FB

per priority class, max.

Number, max.

2 048; from FB 0 to FB 2047

Address area

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

I/O address area

FC

1 024 byte

Inputs

8 Kibyte

Number, max.

2 048; from FC 0 to FC 2047

Outputs

8 Kibyte

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

of which, distributed

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth

- Inputs

8 Kibyte

- Outputs

8 Kibyte

Process image

per priority class

16

Inputs, adjustable

2 Kibyte

additional within an error OB

Outputs, adjustable

2 Kibyte

Inputs, preset

1 024 byte

Outputs, preset

1 024 byte

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.01 s

for word operations, min.

0.02 s

Subprocess images

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.02 s

Number of subprocess images,

max.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/29

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0

Digital channels

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0
30

Inputs

65 536

of which status variable, max.

30

Outputs

65 536

of which control variable, max.

14

Inputs, of which central

1 024

Forcing

Outputs, of which central

1 024

Forcing

Yes

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

Analog channels
Inputs

4 096

Number of variables, max.

10

Outputs

4 096

Status block

Yes

Inputs, of which central

256

Single step

Yes

Outputs, of which central

256

Number of breakpoints

Racks, max.

present

Yes

Modules per rack, max.

Number of entries, max.

500

Diagnostic buffer

Hardware configuration

Number of DP masters

Order No.
Number of variables, max.

Communication functions

integrated

PG/OP communication

Yes

via CP

Routing

Yes

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)

Global data communication

FM

CP, point-to-point

CP, LAN

10

Time

supported

Yes

Size of GD packets, max.

22 byte

S7 basic communication
supported

Yes

S7 communication

Clock

supported

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

Operating hours counter

Yes

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; via CP and loadable FC

Open IE communication
TCP/IP

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

Number

Number/Number range

0 to 3

- Number of connections, max.

Range of values

0 to 2^31 hours (when using SFC

101)

- Data length, max.

1 460 byte

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Clock synchronization

ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006)

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

8 192 byte

UDP

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

supports

Yes

to MPI, Master

Yes

- Number of connections, max.

to MPI, Slave

Yes

- Data length, max.

1 472 byte

to DP, Master

Yes

Number of connections

to DP, Slave

Yes

overall

32

in AS, Master

Yes

usable for PG communication

31

in AS, Slave

Yes

usable for OP communication

31

on Ethernet via NTP

Yes; as client

usable for S7 basic communica- 30

tion

S7 message functions
Number of login stations for message functions, max.

32

PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint

communication load)

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

Setpoint for the CPU communica- 20%

tion load

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

60

Test commissioning functions

Status/control
Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

3/30

Siemens SI 10 2009

Number of remote interconnection partners

32

Number of functions, master/slave

50

Total of all master/slave connec- 3 000

tions
Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.

24 000 byte

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0

Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.

24 000 byte

Number of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections

1 000

Order No.
Number of connections
Services

Data length of device-internal

8 000 byte
and PROFIBUS interconnections,
max.
Data length per connection, max. 1 400 byte
Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling 200 ms
interval, min.

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

Yes

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes; possible via CP and loadable

FB

- Number of incoming interconnections

100

Transmission speeds, max.

- Number of outgoing interconnections

100

Services

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

3 200 byte

12 MBit/s

DP master

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 3 200 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0
32

1 400 byte

Remote interconnections with

cyclic transmission

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes; with I blocks

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- Transmission frequency: trans- 1 ms

mission interval, min.

- equidistance support

Yes

- Isochronous mode

No

- Number of incoming interconnections

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

300

- Number of outgoing interconnections

300

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

4 800 byte

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 4 800 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

250 byte

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
- HMI variable updating
- Number of HMI variables

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

Address area
- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

Useful data per DP slave

3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
500 ms
600

- Data length of all HMI variables, 9 600 byte

max.

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

DP slave
Services
- Routing

Yes; with interface active

- Global data communication

No

- supported

Yes

- S7 basic communication

No

- Number of linked PROFIBUS

devices

32

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- Data length per connection,

max.

240 byte; Slave-dependent

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

PROFIBUS proxy functionality

1st interface
Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 150 mA

V DC), max.

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory

Functionality

- Inputs

244 byte

MPI

- Outputs

244 byte

Yes

DP master

Yes

Address area, max.

DP slave

Yes

Useful data per address area,

max.

Point-to-point coupling

No

MPI

32
32 byte

2nd interface
Type of interface

integrated RS 485 interface

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/31

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
Order No.

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0

Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0
32 byte

3rd interface

Power supply to interface (15 to 30 200 mA

V DC), max.

Type of interfaces

PROFINET

Functionality

Physics

RJ45

MPI

No

isolated

Yes

DP master

Yes

Yes

DP slave

Yes

automatic detection of transmission speed

PROFINET IO controller

No

PROFINET CBA
Point-to-point coupling

No
No

DP master
Services
- PG/OP communication

Order No.
Useful data per address area,
max.

Yes

Functionality
MPI

No

PROFINET IO controller

Yes

PROFINET IO device

No

PROFINET CBA

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

Updating times

0.25...512 depending on the send

cycle

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

Open IE communication

- S7 basic communication

Yes; with I blocks

Number of connections, max.

- S7 communication

Yes

CPU/programming

- S7 communication, as client

No

Programming language

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

STEP 7

- equidistance support

Yes

Yes; 5.4 or higher, Service Pack 1

with HSP

- Isochronous mode

Yes; OB 61

LAD

Yes

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

FUP

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

CFC

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

GRAPH

Yes

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

HiGraph

Yes

Operational stocks

See instruction list

Address area

- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

Nesting levels

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

User program protection/password protection

Yes

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

System functions (SFC)

See instruction list

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

System function blocks (SFB)

See instruction list

Useful data per DP slave

Dimensions

DP slave

Width

120 mm

Yes

Height

125 mm

Yes; with interface active

Depth

130 mm

- Global data communication

No

Weights

- S7 basic communication

Yes

Weight, approx.

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

No

Services
- PG/OP communication
- Routing

GSD file

The current GSD file can be

obtained from: http://
www.siemens.com/profibus-gsd

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

automatic baud rate search

Yes; only with passive interface

Transfer memory
- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

Address area, max.

3/32

Siemens SI 10 2009

32

1 250 g

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0

Main memory 1.4 MB, power supply 24 V DC, combined

MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface, Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool

German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

PROFIBUS bus components

PROFIBUS DP bus connector
RS 485

Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC S7300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

With 90 cable outlet, max.

transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

From V5.x to V5.4; floating license

for 1 user
Micro Memory Card
64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

- With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

With axial cable outlet for SIMATIC OP, for connecting to PPI,
MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

PROFINET bus components

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2x2

German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
Sold by the meter

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

FO Standard Cable GP (50/125)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Standard cable, splittable, UL

approval, sold by the meter

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,

S7-400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(programming devices), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year

SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial

Ethernet Switch

10 units, spare part

6XV1 840-2AH10

6XV1 873-2A

6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3

Industrial Ethernet Switches with

integral SNMP access, Web diagnostics, copper cable diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring
topologies; four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two FO ports
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Compact Switch Module CSM

377

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0

Unmanaged switch for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300, ET200 M

and up to three other participants
to Industrial Ethernet with 1
0/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
power supply, LED diagnostics,
S7-300 module incl. electronic
manual on CD-ROM

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing

S7-300 manual

SIMATIC Manual Collection

Standard type with special design

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"

6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/33

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 plug 145
145 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0

IE FC RJ45 plug 180

180 cable outlet

1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus
components

See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

For establishing MPI/

PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication

3/34

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F

Overview

For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants with

increased safety requirements
High-performance CPU in the top-end performance range
Satisfies safety requirements up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508
and Cat. 4 acc. to EN 954-1
Standard and safety-related tasks can be performed with a
single CPU
Multi-processor mode is possible
Safety-related communication with distributed I/O devices
over PROFIBUS DP with the PROFIsafe profile
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected decentralized over
the integrated interfaces (DP and PN with CPU416F-3 PN/DP)
and/or through communication modules (CP443-5 Ext. and
CP443-1 Adv.)
Standard modules for non-safety-related applications can be
operated centrally and decentralized

Application
The CPU 416F-2 and the CPU 416F-3 PN/DP are high-performance CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-400. They allow a fail-safe automation system to be constructed for plants with increased safety
requirements.
The integrated PROFIBUS DP interfaces of CPU 416F-2 support
direct connection to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus as a master or
as a slave.
Another DP master system can be connected in the case of the
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP through the IF 964-DP interface module.
The integrated PROFINET interface of the CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
implements switch functionality by using the ERTEC 400 ASIC.
This forms the basis for provision of 2 externally accessible
PROFINET ports. This means that apart from hierarchic network
topologies, line structures can also be implemented with the new
S7-400 controllers.
Note:
Only interface module 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 can be used.
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected to all integrated interfaces, to IF 964-DP and/or through communication modules
(CP443-5 Ext. and CP443-1 Advanced). Safety-related communication is performed over PROFIBUS DP with the PROFIsafe
profile.

Design
Both CPUs feature:
High-performance processor:
The CPUs achieve command runtimes down to 0.03 s per binary instruction.

CPU 416F-2: 5.6 MB main memory (of which 2.8 MB each for
program and data);
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP: 11.2 MB main memory (of which 5.6 MB
each for program and data);
faster main memory for sections of the user program that are
significant for execution.
Flexible expansion possibilities:
Max. 262144 digital, 16384 analog inputs/outputs.
MPI multi-point interface:
The MPI allows a simple network to be established with up to
32 stations and a data transmission rate of up to 12 Mbit/s. The
CPUs can establish up to 44 connections to stations of the
communications bus (C bus) and MPI.
Mode selector:
Implemented as a toggle switch.
Diagnostics buffer:
The last 120 error and interrupt events are stored in a ring
buffer for diagnostic purposes. The number of entries can be
parameterized.
Real-time clock:
Diagnostic alarms of the CPU are tagged with the date and
time.
Memory card:
To expand the integrated load memory. RAM and FEPROM
cards (FEPROM for saving even at zero voltage).
Combined MPI/DP interface and integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (with CPU 416F-2):
The PROFIBUS DP master interface allows a distributed automation configuration offering high speed and ease of use. The
distributed I/O is treated like a central I/O from the point of
view of the user (same configuring, addressing and programming).
Mixed installation: SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 as PROFIBUS
master acc. to EN 50170.
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP also features:
Submodule socket:
Using the IF 964-DP interface module, an additional
PROFIBUS DP master system can be connected.
PROFINET interface with 2 ports (switch)
- PROFINET I/O, 256 IO devices can be connected
- PROFINET CBA
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected to all integrated interfaces, to IF 964-DP and/or through communication modules
(CP443-5 Ext. and CP443-1 Advanced). Safety-related communication is performed over PROFIBUS DP with the PROFIsafe
profile.

Function
Block protection:
A password concept protects the user program from unauthorized access.
Integrated HMI services:
For HMI devices, the user only has to specify the source and
destination for the data. They are then cyclically transported
by the system automatically.
Integrated communication functions:
- PG/OP communication
- Global data communication
- S7 basic communication
- S7 communication
Firmware update over the network
CPU 416-3 PN/DP additionally:
Open communication over TCP/IP, UDP and ISO-on-TCP
(RFC1006)
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
Additional diagnostic option with integrated web server

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/35

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F

Parameterizable properties

Programming

Using the STEP 7 hardware configuration tool, properties and responses of the S7-400 including the CPUs can be parameterized, e.g.:
MPI multi-point interface:
- Determining station addresses.
- Start-up/cyclic response.
- Determining the maximum cycle time and communication
load.
Address assignment:
Addressing the I/O modules.
Retentive areas:
Determining the number of retentive bit memories, counters,
timers, data blocks and clock bit memories
Size of the process image, local data.
Length of the diagnostic buffer.
Protection level:
Specifying the access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics:
Determining handling and scope of the diagnostic alarms.
Cyclic interrupts:
Setting of periodicity

The CPU 416F-2 and the CPU416F-3 PN/DP are programmed in

the same manner as the other SIMATIC S7 systems. The user
program for non-fail-safe plant sections is created using familiar
programming tools, e.g. STEP 7.

CPU 416F-3 PN/DP additionally:

PROFINET interface
Parameterization of time synchronization with NTP procedure
Information and display functions
Status and error LEDs:
LEDs indicate, for example, internal and external errors and
operating states such as RUN, STOP, start-up and test functions.
Test functions:
The PG is used to indicate signal states during program execution, to modify process variables independently of the user
program, to output the contents of stack memories, to execute
individual program steps, and to block program sections.
Information functions:
The PG can be used to obtain information about the memory
capacity and operating mode of the CPU and the current loading of the work and load memory.
Communication

SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety option package

The STEP 7 option package "SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety" is
required for programming the safety-related program components. The package contains all the functions and blocks required to create an F program.
The F program with the safety functions is connected in F FBD
or F LAD or using special functions from the F library. Use of F
FBD or F LAD simplifies configuration and programming of the
plant and also acceptance testing thanks to the non-plant-specific uniform presentation form. The programmer can concentrate on configuration of the safety-related application without
the need to use additional tools.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

Firmware version

V5.0

V5.0

associated programming package

STEP7 V5.3 SP2 or

higher with HWupdate

STEP7 V5.4 SP1 or

higher

Feeding of external
buffer voltage to CPU

5 to 15 VDC

5 to 15 VDC

1.1 A

1.4 A

Current consumption
from backplane bus
DC 5 V, max.

from interface DC 5 V, 90 mA; At each DP

max.
interface

90 mA; At each DP
interface

Current consumption/power loss

Power loss, typ.

4W

5.5 W

Buffer current, typ.

125 A; Valid up to
40C

125 A; Valid up to
40C

Buffer current, max.

550 A

550 A

integrated
(for program)

2.8 MByte

5.6 MByte

integrated (for data)

2.8 MByte

5.6 MByte

expandable

No

No

Backup battery

Memory

The safety related and standard communication between the

central controller and the fail-safe ET 200 modules takes place
over PROFIBUS DP and/or PROFINET. The specially developed
PROFIBUS profile PROFIsafe supports the transfer of user data
for the safety functions within the standard data message frame.
Additional hardware components, e.g. special safety buses are
not required. The necessary software is either integrated in the
hardware components as an expansion of the operating system
or loaded into the CPU later as a certified software block.

Type of storage

Mode of operation

expandable
FEPROM

Yes

Yes; with Memory

Card (FLASH)

expandable
FEPROM, max.

64 MByte

64 MByte

integrated RAM,
max.

1 MByte

1 MByte

expandable RAM

Yes

Yes; With Memory

Card (RAM)

expandable RAM,
max.

64 MByte

64 MByte

present

Yes

Yes

with battery

Yes

Yes

without battery

No

No

The safety functions of the F-CPU are included in the F program

of the CPU and in the fail-safe signal modules.
The signal modules monitor the output and input signals by
means of discrepancy analysis and the injection of test signals.
The CPU checks the proper operation of the controller by means
of periodic self-tests, command tests and logic-based and timebased program execution checks. Furthermore, the I/O is
checked using requests for signs of life.
If an error is diagnosed in the system, the system will be placed
in a safe state.
An F runtime license is not required to operate the CPU 416F-2
and CPU416F-3 PN/DP.

3/36

Siemens SI 10 2009

RAM

Load memory

Backup

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

Order No.

CPU/blocks

Type

DB

Data areas and their

remanence

Number, max.

10 000; Number
range: 1 to 16,000

10 000; Number
range: 1 to 16,000

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

64 Kibyte

FB

remanent data area,

total

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0
SFB

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0
SFB

Total working and load Total working and load

memory (with backup memory (with backup
battery)
battery)

Flag

Number, max.

5 000; Number range: 5 000; Number range:

0 to 7999
0 to 7999

Number, max.

16 Kibyte

16 Kibyte; Size of bit

memory address area

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Remanence available

Yes

Yes

Number of clock
memories

8; (in 1 memory byte)

8; (in 1 memory byte)

Inputs

16 Kibyte

16 Kibyte

Outputs

16 Kibyte

16 Kibyte

64 Kibyte

FC
Number, max.

5 000; Number range: 5 000; Number range:

0 to 7,999
0 to 7,999

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

64 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

Address area
I/O address area

64 Kibyte

64 Kibyte

per priority class

24

24

of which, distributed

additional within an
error OB

- MPI/DP interface,
inputs

2 Kibyte

2 Kibyte

- MPI/DP interface,
outputs

2 Kibyte

2 Kibyte

30 ns

- DP interface, inputs 8 Kibyte

8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte

Nesting depth

CPU/processing
times
for bit operations, min. 30 ns
for word operations,
min.

30 ns

30 ns

- DP interface, outputs

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

30 ns

30 ns

- PN interface, inputs

8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte

90 ns

- PN interface, outputs

for floating point arith- 90 ns

metic, min.

Process image

Times/counters and
their remanence
S7 counter
Number

2 048

2 048

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

8 Kibyte

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

2 047

- preset

From Z 0 to Z 7

From Z 0 to Z 7

Counting range

Inputs, adjustable

16 Kibyte

16 Kibyte

Outputs, adjustable

16 Kibyte

16 Kibyte

Inputs, preset

512 byte

512 byte

Outputs, preset

512 byte

512 byte

consistent data, max. 244 byte

244 byte

Access to consistent Yes

data in process image

Yes

Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images, max.

15

15

Inputs

131 072

131 072

Outputs

131 072

131 072

131 072

131 072

131 072

131 072

- lower limit

- upper limit

999

999

present

Yes

Yes

Type

SFB

SFB

Inputs, of which
central

2 048

2 048

Outputs, of which
central

Yes

Inputs

8 192

8 192

8 192

8 192

IEC counter

S7 times
Number

Digital channels

Analog channels

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

Outputs

- upper limit

2 047

2 047

Inputs, of which
central

8 192

8 192

- preset

No times retentive

No times retentive

Outputs, of which
central

8 192

8 192

- lower limit

10 ms

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

9 990 s

63

63

Time range

Hardware configuration
connectable OPs

IEC timer
present

Yes

Yes

Central devices, max. 1

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/37

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

Expansion devices,
max.

21

Multicomputing

Yes; Max. 4 CPUs

(with UR1 or UR2)

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0
21

on Ethernet via NTP

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0
Via CP

to IF 964 DP
Yes; Max. 4 CPUs
(with UR1 or UR2)

IM

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0
Yes; as client
Yes

S7 message functions
Number of login stations for message
functions, max.

63; Max. 63 with

ALARM_S and
ALARM_D (OPs); max.
12 with ALARM_8 and
ALARM_P (e.g.
WinCC)

63; Max. 63 with

ALARM_S and
ALARM_D (OPs); max.
12 with ALARM_8 and
ALARM_P (e.g.
WinCC)

4; IM 463-2

Symbol-related messages

Yes

Yes

overall, max.

1 024

1 024

via IM 467

Yes

Yes

via CP

10; CP 443-5
Extended

10; CP 443-5
Extended

Block related messages

Alarm 8-blocks

Number of connect- 6
able IMs (total), max.

Number of connectable IM 460s, max.

Number of connectable IM 463s, max.

4; IM 463-2

integrated

Number of DP masters

Order No.

Number of messages

Yes

Yes

Mixed mode IM + CP No; IM 467 cannot be

permitted
used with CP 443-5
Ext.; IM 467 cannot be
used with CP 443-1
EX40 in PN IO mode

No; IM 467 cannot be

used with CP 443-5
Ext.; IM 467 cannot be
used with CP 443-1
EX40 in PN IO mode

Instrumentation & con- Yes

trol messages

Yes

via interface module 0

1; IF 964-DP

Status/control

Number of pluggable 6
S5 modules (via
adapter capsule in
central device), max.

Status/control variable

via CP

4; Via CP 443-1 EX 41 4; Via CP 443-1 EX 41

in PN mode; max. 4 in in PN mode; max. 4 in
central controller
central controller

Number of operable
FMs and CPs (recommended)
FM

Limited due to number Limited due to number

of slots and number of of slots and number of
connections
connections

CP, point-to-point

PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs

Limited due to number Limited due to number

of slots and number of of slots and number of
connections
connections
14; Of which 10 CP or 14; Of which 10 CP/IM
IM max. as DP master max. as DP master
and PN controller
and PN controller

Yes

Forcing

Yes

Yes

Status block

Yes

Yes

Single step

Yes

Yes

Number of breakpoints

present

Yes

Yes

Number of entries,
max.

3 200

3 200

adjustable

Yes

Yes

preset

120

120

PG/OP communication Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

supported

Yes

Yes

Size of GD packets,
max.

54 byte

54 byte

supported

Yes

Yes

Useful data per job,

max.

76 byte

76 byte

supported

Yes

Yes

Useful data per job,

max.

64 Kibyte

64 Kibyte

Diagnostic buffer

Communication
functions
Routing
Global data communication

Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock)

Yes

Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Yes

Resolution

1 ms

1 ms

Operating hours
counter
Number

Clock synchronization
supports

Yes

Yes

to MPI, Master

Yes

Yes

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Yes

to DP, Master

Yes

Yes

to DP, Slave

Yes

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

Yes

3/38

Yes

Forcing

Number of IO controllers
integrated

Test commissioning
functions

Siemens SI 10 2009

S7 basic communication

S7 communication

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; (via CP max. 10

Yes; (via CP max. 10
and FC AG_SEND and and FC AG_SEND and
FC AG_RECV)
FC AG_RECV)

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.
Useful data per job,
max.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

8 Kibyte

8 Kibyte

Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

Standard communication (FMS)

supported
Web server
Web server

No; Via CP

Yes; Read-only function

Open IE communication
TCP/IP

Yes

- Number of connections, max.

64

- Data length, max.

32 Kibyte

ISO-on-TCP
(RFC1006)

Via CP 443-1 Adv. and Yes

loadable FB

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

64
1452

UDP

32 Kibyte; 1452 bytes

via CP 443-1 Adv.
Yes

- Number of connections, max.

64

- Data length, max.

1 472 byte

Number of connections
overall

64

64

PROFINET CBA (at set

setpoint communication load)
Number of remote interconnection partners

32

Number of functions,
master/slave

150

Total of all master/slave connections

6 000

Data length of all incoming connections

master/slave, max.

65 000 byte

Data length of all outgoing connections

master/slave, max.

65 000 byte

Number of device-internal and PROFIBUS

interconnections

1 000

Data length of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections, max.

16 000 byte

Data length per connection, max.

2 000 byte

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

- Number of incoming interconnections

500

- Number of outgoing interconnections

500

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

16 000 byte

- Data length of all

outgoing interconnections, max.

16 000 byte

- Data length per

connection, max.

2 000 byte

Remote interconnections with cyclic

transmission
- Transmission frequency: transmission interval, min.

1 ms; Depending on
preset communication
load, number of interconnections and data
length used

- Number of incoming interconnections

300

- Number of outgoing interconnections

300

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

4 800 byte

- Data length of all

outgoing interconnections, max.

4 800 byte

- Data length per

connection, max.

250 byte

HMI variables via

PROFINET (acyclic)

Remote interconnections with acyclic

transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling interval, min.

Order No.

200 ms; Depending on

preset communication
load, number of interconnections and data
length used

- Number of log-in
stations for HMI
variables (PN
OPC/iMap)

2x PN OPC/1x iMap

- HMI variable updating

500 ms

- Number of HMI
variables

1 500

- Data length of all

HMI variables,
max.

48 000 byte

PROFIBUS proxy
functionality
- supported

Yes; 32 PROFIBUS
slaves max. connectable

- Data length per

connection, max.

240 byte; Slavedependent

1st interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS

RS 485 / PROFIBUS +
MPI

isolated

Yes

Yes

MPI

Yes

Yes

DP master

Yes

Yes

DP slave

Yes

Yes

Functionality

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/39

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

MPI

- Outputs

Number of connections

44

44

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Yes

- Global data communication

Yes

Yes

- S7 basic communi- Yes

cation

Yes

- S7 communication Yes

Yes

Transmission
speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of connections, max.

32

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

12 MBit/s

32; if a diagnostic
repeater is used on
the line, the number of
connection resources
on the line is reduced
by 1

Services

244 byte

244 byte

Address area, max.

32

32; Virtual slots

Useful data per address area, max.

32 byte

32 byte

Useful data per ad- 32 byte

dress area, of which
consistent, max.

32 byte

2nd interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS

Ethernet

isolated

Yes

Yes

DP master

Yes

No

DP slave

Yes

No

PROFINET IO controller

Yes

PROFINET CBA

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

DP master
Number of connections, max.

32

- PG/OP communication

Yes

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Yes

- Global data communication

No

No

- S7 basic communi- Yes

cation

Yes

- S7 basic communi- Yes

cation

- S7 communication Yes

Yes

- S7 communication Yes

Yes

Yes

- equidistance support

- Activation/deactiva- Yes
tion of DP slaves

Yes

- Activation/deactiva- Yes
tion of DP slaves

- direct data exYes

change (cross traffic)

Yes

- direct data exYes

change (cross traffic)

- equidistance support

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

Yes

Transmission
speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

12 MBit/s

Transmission
speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP
slaves, max.

32

32

Number of DP
slaves, max.

125

Address area

Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.

2 Kibyte
2 Kibyte

2 Kibyte

- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

2 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

Useful data per DP

slave

Useful data per DP

slave
- Inputs, max.

244 byte

244 byte

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

DP slave

DP slave
Number of connections

32

32

- PG/OP communication

Yes

Yes; with interface

active

- Routing

Yes

Yes; with interface

active

12 MBit/s

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory
- Inputs

3/40

Number of connections

32

Services

Services

Transmission
speeds, max.

244 byte

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

Functionality

DP master

Order No.

244 byte

- Routing

Yes

- Programming

Yes

GSD file

http://support.
automation.
siemens.com/WW/
view/com/113652

Transmission
speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Transfer memory

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

- Inputs

244 byte

- Outputs

244 byte

Address area, max.

32

Useful data per address area, max.

32 byte

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

Order No.
Number of connections, max.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0
32

Services

Useful data per ad- 32 byte

dress area, of which
consistent, max.
PROFINET IO controller
Services

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Equidistance support

Yes

- Routing

Yes; Routing of PG
functions

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP slaves

Yes

- Direct data exchange

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- open IE communication

Yes

Transmission rate,
min.

10 MBit/s

Transmission rate,
max.

12 MBit/s

Transmission speed,
max.

100 MBit/s

Number of DP
slaves, max.

125

Total number of connectable IO Devices,

max.

256

Address area

Updating time

250 s to 512 ms; minimum value dependent on preset

communication share
for PROFINET I/O, of
number of I/O devices
and number of configured user data

Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- Useful data consistency, max.

8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
255 byte; incl. net data
accompaniers

PROFINET CBA
Acyclic transmission

Yes

cyclic transmission

Yes

3rd interface
Type of interfaces

Pluggable interface
module (IF), technical
specifications as for
2nd interface

- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

Useful data per DP

slave
- Useful data per DP
slave, max.

244 byte

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

- Slots, max.

244

- per slot, max.

128 byte

DP slave
Number of connections

32

Services
- Routing

Yes; When interface

active

- Status/control

Yes; When interface

active

GSD file

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/d
e/113652
12 MBit/s

pluggable interface
module

IF 964-DP (MLFB:
6ES7 964-2AA040AB0)

Transmission rate,
max.

Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS

Transfer memory

isolated

Yes

- Inputs

244 byte

power supply to interface (15 to 30 V DC),

max.

150 mA

- Outputs

244 byte

Number of connection
resources

32

Functionality
MPI

No

DP master

Yes

DP slave

Yes

Address range, max.

32

Useful data per address area, max.

32 byte

Useful data per address area, of which

consistent, max.

32 byte

DP master

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/41

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.

6ES7 416-2FN050AB0

6ES7 416-3FR050AB0

Isochronous mode
Useful data per isoch- 244 byte
ronous slave, max.

244 byte

equidistance

Yes

Yes

shortest clock pulse

1 ms; 0.5 ms without

use of SFC 126, 127

1 ms; Without use of

SFC 126 and 127 up
to 0.5 ms

CiR synchronization
time, basic load

100 ms

100 ms

CiR synchronization
time, time per I/O
slave

40 s

40 s

Yes

Yes

CiR configuration in
RUN

CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7
Programming language

STEP 7

Yes

LAD

Yes

Yes

FUP

Yes

Yes

AWL

Yes

Yes

SCL

Yes

Yes

CFC

Yes

Yes

GRAPH

Yes

Yes

HiGraph

Yes

Yes

Nesting levels

User program protec- Yes

tion/password protection

Yes

Dimensions
Width

25 mm

50 mm

Height

290 mm

290 mm

Depth

219 mm

219 mm

Required slots

720 g

900 g

Weights
Weight, approx.

3/42

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 416F-2

6ES7 416-2FN05-0AB0

For configuring safety-related

automation systems;
main memory 5.6 MB, 24 V DC
power supply, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master interface, PROFIBUS DP
master interface, slot for memory
card, incl. slot number labels
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

6ES7 498-8AA05-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 498-8AA05-8EA0

S7-400 operation list

6ES7 416-3FR05-0AB0

For configuring safety-related

automation systems;
main memory 11.2 MB, 24 V DC
power supply, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master interface, PROFINET interface, PROFIBUS DP master interface, receptacle for 1 IF
submodule, slot for memory card,
incl. slot number labels

German

6ES7 498-8AA05-8AN0

English

6ES7 498-8AA05-8BN0

French

6ES7 498-8AA05-8CN0

Spanish

6ES7 498-8AA05-8DN0

Italian

6ES7 498-8AA05-8EN0

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"

Option package S7 F Distributed Safety V5.4

for generating fail-safe programs
for the S7-300F
Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Upgrade from V5.x to V5.4

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Memory Card RAM

64 KB

6ES7 952-0AF00-0AA0

256 KB

6ES7 952-1AH00-0AA0

1 MB

6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

64 MB

Spanish

6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates
Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400 programmable controller - Design
and application"
German

6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0

English

6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0

PROFIBUS bus components

FEPROM memory card

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet

64 KB

6ES7952-0KF00-0AA0

256 KB

6ES7952-0KH00-0AA0

1 MB

6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with

angled cable outlet

16 MB

6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0

Max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

32 MB

6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

64 MB

6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet for Fast Connect
system

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
IF 964-DP interface module

6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0

For connecting an additional DP

line
Slot number plates

Electronic manuals on DVD, five

languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI, SIMATIC NET

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

1 set (spare part)

Max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

Max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with axial

cable outlet
For SIMATIC OP, for connection to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

Manual "SIMATIC S7-400 programmable controller"

6GK1 500-0EA02

incl. instruction list

German

6ES7 498-8AA05-8AA0

English

6ES7 498-8AA05-8BA0

French

6ES7 498-8AA05-8CA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/43

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for factory automation
CPU 416F
Order No.
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cable
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC; IP20 housing
PROFINET bus components
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2x2

6XV1 840-2AH10

4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
Sold by the meter
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125)

6XV1 873-2A

Standard cable, splittable, UL

approval, sold by the meter
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial
Ethernet Switch

6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3

Industrial Ethernet Switches with

integral SNMP access, Web diagnostics, copper cable diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring
topologies; four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 plug 180
180 cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus components

see Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

For establishing
MPI/PROFIBUS/PROFINET
communication

3/44

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 412H

Overview

Mode selector:
Designed as a toggle switch.
Diagnostics buffer:
The last 120 alarm and interrupt events are stored in a ring
buffer for diagnostics purposes.
Real-time clock:
Diagnostics messages from the CPU are provided with the
date and time of day.

Function
Block protection:
In addition to the keylock switch, a password concept protects
the user program from unauthorized access.
Integrated HMI services:
In the case of HMI devices, the user only has to specify the
source and destination of the data. These are automatically
transferred cyclically by the system.
Integral communications functions:
- PG/OP communication
- Extended communication (simple and fault-tolerant)
Parameterizable properties
CPU for the SIMATIC S7-400H and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in S7-400H fault-tolerant systems
Can be used with F runtime license as F-enabled CPU in
S7-400F/FH safety-related systems
With combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP master interface
With 2 connection slots for synchronization modules

Application
The CPU 412-3H can be used for the SIMATIC S7-400H and
S7-400F/FH. It enables the establishment of fault-tolerant
S7-400H systems. It can also be used for the S7-400F/FH failsafe automation system in conjunction with the F runtime license.
The integrated PROFIBUS DP interface enables direct connection as master to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus.

Design
The CPU 412-3H has:
A powerful processor:
The CPU achieves command runtimes as low as 75 ns per binary command.
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program, 256 KB for data);
Load memory for user programs and parameterization data of
the S7-400H F/FH automation system; high-speed RAM for sequence-relevant sections of the user program
A memory card:
For expanding the integrated load memory. The load memory
contains the parameterization data of the S7-400H F/FH as
well as the program, and therefore requires approximately
double the memory space . The result is that:
- The integrated load memory is not sufficient for large programs, which is why the memory card is often required.
RAM and FEPROM cards are available (FEPROM for saving
at zero voltage too).
Easy expandability:
Max. 65K digital and 4K analog inputs/outputs.
Combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP interface:
The MPI enables the creation of a simple network with max. 32
nodes and a data transfer rate of 187.5 Kbit/s. The CPU can
establish up to 64 connections to nodes on the communication bus (C bus) and the MPI.
The PROFIBUS DP master interface enables a distributed automation configuration with high speed and simple handling.
From the users point of view, the distributed I/Os are treated
like centralized I/Os (same configuration, addressing and programming).

With the STEP 7 tool "Hardware Configuration" and the installed

option package S7-400H, the properties and behavior of the
S7-400H including the CPUs can be parameterized, e.g.:
Multipoint-capable MPI interface:
- Determination of node addresses.
- Startup/cyclic behavior.
- Definition of maximum cycle time and communication load.
Address assignment:
Addressing of the I/O modules.
Retentive areas:
Definition of the number of retentive bit memories, counters,
timers, data blocks and clock memories.
Protection level:
Definition of access authorization to program and data.
System diagnostics:
Determination of handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts:
Setting periodicity.
Configuring of H stations.
Safety-related functions
With the F runtime license, the safety-related F user program can
be compiled and run on the CPU. One license is required for
each S7-400F/FH system. The scope of supply includes 2 TV
(German technical inspectorate) stickers.
Display and information functions
Status and fault indicators:
LEDs indicate, for example, internal and external faults and
operating statuses such as RUN, STOP, startup, "Master" operating mode, redundancy errors, and test function.
Test functions:
The programming device can be used to display signal states
in the program execution sequence, modify process variables
independently of the user program, output contents of stack
memories, run through program steps individually, and disable program sections.
Information functions:
The user can obtain information about the memory capacity
and operating mode of the CPU, and the current utilization of
the RAM and load memory

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/45

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 412H

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0

CPU/processing times

Firmware version

V4.5

for bit operations, min.

0.075 s

associated programming package STEP7 V 5.3 SP2 or higher with

HW update

for word operations, min.

0.075 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.075 s

Supply voltages

for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.225 s

Rated value

Times/counters and their

remanence

DC 24 V

No; Power supply via system

power supply

S7 counter

Feeding of external buffer voltage

to CPU

5 to 15 VDC

Number

from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

from interface DC 5 V, max.

1.5 A
90 mA; At each DP interface

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

2 048

Remanence

Current consumption

Order No.

Hardware product status

5.5 W

Backup battery
Buffer current, typ.

190 A; Valid up to 40C

Buffer current, max.

660 A

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

- preset

Z 0 to Z 7

Counting range
- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter

Memory

present

Yes

Type of storage

Type

SFB

RAM

S7 times

integrated (for program)

512 Kibyte

Number

integrated (for data)

256 Kibyte

Remanence

expandable

No

2 048

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

expandable FEPROM

Yes

- upper limit

2 047

expandable FEPROM, max.

64 MByte

- preset

No times retentive

integrated RAM, max.

256 Kibyte

expandable RAM

Yes

- lower limit

10 ms

64 MByte

- upper limit

9 990 s

Load memory

expandable RAM, max.

Time range

IEC timer

Backup
present

Yes

present

Yes

with battery

Yes; All data

Type

SFB

without battery

No

Data areas and their remanence

remanent data area, total

CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.

4 095

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

FB
Number, max.
Size, max.

2 048
64 Kibyte

Flag
Number, max.

8 Kibyte

Remanence available

Yes

Number of clock memories

8; (in 1 memory byte)

Address area
I/O address area

FC
Number, max.

2 048

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Inputs

8 Kibyte

Outputs

8 Kibyte

of which, distributed

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

24

additional within an error OB

3/46

Total working and load memory

(with backup battery)

Siemens SI 10 2009

- MPI/DP interface, inputs

2 Kibyte

- MPI/DP interface, outputs

2 Kibyte

Process image
Inputs, adjustable

8 Kibyte

Outputs, adjustable

8 Kibyte

Inputs, preset

256 byte

Outputs, preset

256 byte

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 412H
Order No.
consistent data, max.

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0
244 byte

Access to consistent data in pro- Yes

cess image
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.

15

Digital channels
Inputs

65 536

Outputs

65 536

Inputs, of which central

65 536

Outputs, of which central

65 536

Analog channels

Order No.

Yes

to DP, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

S7 message functions
Number of login stations for message functions, max.

Symbol-related messages

No

Block related messages

Yes

Alarm 8-blocks

Yes

Instrumentation & control messages

Yes

Inputs

4 096

Test commissioning functions

Outputs

4 096

Status/control

Inputs, of which central

4 096

Status/control variable

Outputs, of which central

4 096

Forcing

Hardware configuration
connectable OPs

15 without message processing, 8

with message processing

Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

21

Multicomputing

No

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0

to DP, Master

Yes

Forcing

Yes

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Diagnostic buffer
present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

3 200

adjustable

Yes

Number of connectable IM 460s, 6

max.

preset

120

Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; Single mode only

max.

PG/OP communication

Yes

Routing

Yes

IM
Number of connectable IMs (total), max.

Number of DP masters
integrated

via CP

10

Mixed mode IM + CP permitted

No

via interface module

Communication functions

Global data communication

supported

No

S7 basic communication
supported

No

S7 communication

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)

supported

Yes

FM

as server

Yes

as client

Yes

Useful data per job, max.

64 Kibyte

CP, point-to-point

PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs

See manual Automation System

S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections
See manual Automation System
S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections
14; Of which max. 10 CP as DP
master

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; (via CP max. 10 and FC

AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV)

Useful data per job, max.

8 Kibyte

Standard communication (FMS)

Time

supported

Clock

Number of connections

Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

overall

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

1st interface

Resolution

1 ms

Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI

isolated

Yes

Operating hours counter

Number

Clock synchronization

16

Functionality
MPI

Yes

supports

Yes

DP master

Yes

to MPI, Master

Yes

DP slave

No

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/47

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 412H
Order No.

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0

MPI
Number of connections

16

Services

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0
Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

- PG/OP communication

Yes

SCL

Yes

- Routing

Yes

CFC

Yes

- Global data communication

No

GRAPH

Yes

- S7 basic communication

No

HiGraph

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

Nesting levels

12 MBit/s

User program protection/password protection

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

DP master
Number of connections, max.

16

Services
- PG/OP communication
- Routing

Yes
Yes

- Global data communication

Order No.
LAD

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

- equidistance support

No

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

No

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

No

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

32

Address area
- Inputs, max.

2 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

2 Kibyte

Useful data per DP slave

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

DP slave
Number of connections

No configuration of CPU as DP
slave

3rd interface
Type of interfaces

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface module

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0

4th interface
Type of interface

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface modules

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0

Isochronous mode
equidistance

No

CiR configuration in RUN

CiR synchronization time, basic
load

150 ms

CiR synchronization time, time per 40 s

I/O slave
CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7

Yes; With hardware update as of

STEP7 V5.3 SP2

Programming language
STEP 7

3/48

Yes

Siemens SI 10 2009

Dimensions
Width

50 mm

Height

290 mm

Depth

219 mm

Required slots

Weights
Weight, approx.

990 g

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 412H

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 412-3H

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0

For S7-400H and S7-400F/FH;

RAM 768 KB, combined
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master interface, 2 slots for synchronization
modules, slot for memory card,
incl. slot number plate

S7 F systems upgrade from

V5.x to V6.0

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YE5

2 languages (English, German),

floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD

CPU 412-3H system bundle

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"

Not installed, comprising:

UR2-H mounting rack,
2 x PS 405/407 power supply,
2 x CPU 412-3H, 2 x memory
card RAM (1 MB), 4 x sync module (for up to 10 m), 2 x fiber optic
connecting cable for synchronization modules (1 m), 4 x backup
battery
412H system bundle, 1 MB,
120/230 V, 10 A

6ES7 400-0HR00-4AB0

412H system bundle, 1 MB,

24/48/60 VDC, 10 A

6ES7 400-0HR50-4AB0

Memory card RAM

German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD, five

languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI, SIMATIC NET

1 MB

6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

64 MB

6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400

programmable controller Design and application"

1 MB

6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0

German

6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0

English

6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet

16 MB

6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

32 MB

6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with

angled cable outlet

FEPROM memory card

64 MB
MPI cable
For connecting SIMATIC S7 and
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

Programming and configuring

environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, floating license for
1 user, runs under Windows XP
Prof SP2, Windows 2000 SP4,
Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2
2 languages (English, German)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s

Without PG interface

For processing safety-related

user programs, for one S7 400Hbased system in each case with
CPU 412-3H, CPU 414-4H or
CPU 417-4H
S7 F systems V6.0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

1 set (spare part)

S7 F systems RT license

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet for Fast Connect
system
6ES7 833-1CC01-0YA5

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with

axial cable outlet
For SIMATIC OP, for connection to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus

cable
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/49

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 414H
- Without socket: 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
Mode selector:
Designed as a toggle switch.
Diagnostic buffer:
The last 120 alarm and interrupt events are stored in a ring
buffer for the purpose of diagnosis.
Real-time clock:
Diagnostic reports from the CPU are provided with the date
and time.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The CPU 414-4H with PROFIBUS DP master interface enables
distributed automation to be established at high speed and
with easy operation. From the users point of view, the distributed peripherals are treated like centralized peripherals
(same configuration, addressing and programming).
Note:
If PROFIBUS DP and MPI interfaces are being used simultaneously, only the following bus connectors can be connected
to the MPI interface:
- With socket: 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
- Without socket: 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

Overview

CPU for SIMATIC S7-400H and S7-400F/FH.

Can be used in high availability S7-400H systems
Can be used with F-runtime license and F-compatible CPU in
fail-safe S7-400F/FH systems
With integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface
With 2 slots for sync modules

Application
The CPU 414-4H is compatible with the SIMATIC S7-400H and
S7-400F/FH. It allows a fault-tolerant S7-400H system to be configured. It can also be used for the fail-safe S7-400F/FH automation system in conjunction with an F-runtime license. The integrated PROFIBUS DP interface supports direct connection to
the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus as master.

Design
The CPU 414-4H features:
A powerful processor:
The CPU achieves command runtimes as little as 45 ns per binary command.
2.8 MB main memory (1.4 MB for programs, 1.4 MB for data);
load memory for user programs and configuration data for the
S7-400H F/FH automation system; fast main memory for subroutines of the user program that are relevant to the process
A memory card:
For extending the integrated load memory. In addition to the
program itself, the information contained in the load memory
also includes configuration data for the S7-400H F/FH, which
is why it takes up twice as much space in the memory. The result is that:
- The integrated load memory is not sufficient for large programs, which is why the memory card is often required.
RAM and FEPROM cards are available (FEPROM for saving
even when not connected to the power supply).
Easy removal:
Max. 65K digital and 4K analog inputs/outputs.
Multipoint-capable MPI interface:
The MPI enables the creation of a simple network with max. 32
nodes and a data transfer rate of 187.5 Kbit/s. The CPU can
establish up to 64 connections to users of the communication
bus (C bus) and the MPI.
Note:
If PROFIBUS DP and MPI interfaces are being used simultaneously, only the following bus connectors can be connected
to the MPI interface:
- With socket: 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

3/50

Siemens SI 10 2009

Function
Block protection:
A password concept also protects the user program from unauthorized access as well as the keyswitch.
Integrated HMI services:
The user only has to specify the source and destination of the
data with HMI devices. The data are then transported cyclically and automatically by the system.
Integrated communication functions:
- PG/OP communication
- Expanded communication (simple and high-availability)
Configurable Attributes
The STEP 7 "hardware configuration" tool and the installed S7400H options package are used to configure the features and response of the S7-400H, including the CPUs, for example:
Multipoint interface MPI:
- Definition of node addresses
- Startup/cycle behavior
- Stipulation of the maximum cycle time and communication
load
Address allocation:
Addressing of I/O modules
Retentive area:
Definition of the number of retentive bit memories, counters,
timers, data blocks, and clock memories
Protection level:
Definition of access authorizations to program and data
System diagnostics:
Definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages
Timed interrupts:
Setting of periods
Configuration of H stations
Safety-related functions
The F-runtime license can be used to compile the fail-safe F user
program and run it on the CPU. A license is required for each S7400F/FH system. 2 TV stickers are included.
Reporting functions
Status and fault indicators:
LEDs indicate internal and external errors and operating
modes such as RUN, STOP, Startup, "Master mode, redundancy error, test function, etc.

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 414H
Test functions:
The PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process tags irrespective of the user program,
read out the contents of stack memories, run separate program steps and inhibit program components.
Information functions:
The PG can be used to provide the user with information about
the memory capacity and operating mode of the CPU, and the
current utilization of the working and load memories.

Technical specifications

Order No.
Size, max.

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
64 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

24

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times

Order No.

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0

Product status
Hardware product status

Firmware version

V4.5

associated programming package STEP7 V 5.3 SP2 or higher with

HW update
Supply voltages

for bit operations, min.

0.045 s

for word operations, min.

0.045 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.045 s

for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.135 s

Times/counters and their remanence
S7 counter
Number

Rated value

2 048

Remanence

DC 24 V

No; Power supply via system

power supply

- adjustable

Yes

Feeding of external buffer voltage

to CPU

5 to 15 VDC

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

- preset

Z 0 to Z 7

Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

1.7 A

from interface DC 5 V, max.

90 mA; At each DP interface

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

6W

Backup battery
Buffer current, typ.

190 A; Valid up to 40C

Buffer current, max.

660 A

Memory

Counting range
- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter
present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times
Number

2 048

Remanence

Type of storage
RAM
integrated (for program)

1.4 MByte

integrated (for data)

1.4 MByte

expandable

No

Load memory
expandable FEPROM

Yes

expandable FEPROM, max.

64 MByte

integrated RAM, max.

256 Kibyte

expandable RAM

Yes

expandable RAM, max.

64 MByte

Backup

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

- preset

No times retentive

Time range
- lower limit

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

IEC timer
present

Yes

Type

SFB

Data areas and their remanence

remanent data area, total

present

Yes

with battery

Yes; All data

Flag

without battery

No

Total working and load memory

(with backup battery)

Number, max.

8 Kibyte

CPU/blocks

Remanence available

Yes

DB

Number of clock memories

8; (in 1 memory byte)

Number, max.

4 095

Address area

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

I/O address area

FB

Inputs

8 Kibyte

Number, max.

2 048

Outputs

8 Kibyte

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

of which, distributed

FC
Number, max.

2 048

- MPI/DP interface, inputs

2 Kibyte

- MPI/DP interface, outputs

2 Kibyte

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/51

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 414H
Order No.

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
6 Kibyte

Operating hours counter

- DP interface, outputs

6 Kibyte

Number

Process image

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
8

Clock synchronization

Inputs, adjustable

8 Kibyte

supports

Yes

Outputs, adjustable

8 Kibyte

to MPI, Master

Yes

Inputs, preset

256 byte

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Outputs, preset

256 byte

to DP, Master

Yes

consistent data, max.

244 byte

to DP, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

Access to consistent data in pro- Yes

cess image
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.

S7 message functions
15

Digital channels

Order No.

- DP interface, inputs

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

Symbol-related messages

No

Block related messages

Yes

Alarm 8-blocks

Yes
Yes

Inputs

65 536

Outputs

65 536

Inputs, of which central

65 536

Outputs, of which central

65 536

Instrumentation & control messages

Inputs

4 096

Status/control

Outputs

4 096

Status/control variable

Inputs, of which central

4 096

Forcing

Outputs, of which central

4 096

Forcing

Yes

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Analog channels

Test commissioning functions

Hardware configuration
connectable OPs

31 without message processing, 8

with message processing

Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

21

Multicomputing

No

IM
Number of connectable IMs (total), max.

Number of connectable IM 460s, 6

max.
Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; Single mode only
max.
Number of DP masters
integrated

via CP

10

Mixed mode IM + CP permitted

No

Yes

Diagnostic buffer
present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

3 200

adjustable

Yes

preset

120

Communication functions
PG/OP communication

Yes

Routing

Yes

Global data communication

supported

No

S7 basic communication
supported

No

S7 communication

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)

supported

Yes

FM

as server

Yes

as client

Yes

Useful data per job, max.

64 Kibyte

See manual Automation System

S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections

CP, point-to-point

PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs

See manual Automation System

S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections
14; Of which max. 10 CP as DP
master

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; (via CP max. 10 and FC

AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV)

Useful data per job, max.

8 Kibyte

Standard communication (FMS)

Time

supported

Clock

Number of connections

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Resolution

1 ms

3/52

Siemens SI 10 2009

overall

Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

32

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 414H
Order No.

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0

Order No.
- direct data exchange (cross
traffic)

1st interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI

isolated

Yes

Functionality
MPI

Yes

DP master

Yes

DP slave

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

96

Address area

No
32

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

DP master
Number of connections, max.

- Inputs, max.

6 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

6 Kibyte

Useful data per DP slave

MPI
Number of connections

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
No

16

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

3rd interface
Type of interfaces

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface module

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 or 6ES7
960-1AB04-0XA0

4th interface
Type of interface

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface modules

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 or 6ES7
960-1AB04-0XA0

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

- equidistance support

No

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

No

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

No

CiR configuration in RUN

CiR synchronization time, basic
load

100 ms

CiR synchronization time, time per 25 s

I/O slave
CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7

Yes; With hardware update as of

STEP7 V5.3 SP2

Programming language

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

STEP 7

Yes

Number of DP slaves, max.

32

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

Address area
- Inputs, max.

2 Kibyte

AWL

Yes

- Outputs, max.

2 Kibyte

SCL

Yes

CFC

Yes

GRAPH

Yes

Useful data per DP slave

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

2nd interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI

isolated

Yes

DP slave

Yes
No

DP master
Number of connections, max.

Yes

Nesting levels

User program protection/password protection

Yes

Dimensions

Functionality
DP master

HiGraph

16

Width

50 mm

Height

290 mm

Depth

219 mm

Required slots

Weights

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

- equidistance support

No

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

No

Weight, approx.

995 g

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/53

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 414H

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 414-4H

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0

For S7-400H and S7-400F/FH;

RAM 2.8 KB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master interface, 2 slots for synchronization modules, slot for
memory card, incl. slot number
plate

Electronic manuals on DVD, five

languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI, SIMATIC NET

Memory Card RAM

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

1 MB

6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400 programmable controller - Design

and application"

64 MB

6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

German

6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0

English

6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0

FEPROM memory card

SIMATIC Manual Collection

1 MB

6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0

32 MB

6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with

angled cable outlet

64 MB

6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

Without PG interface

1 set (spare part)

S7 F systems RT license

6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

For processing safety-related

user programs, for one S7 400Hbased system in each case with
CPU 412-3H, CPU 414-4H or
CPU 417-4H
S7 F systems V6.0

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YA5

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with axial

cable outlet
6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus

cable
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m
6ES7 833-1CC01-0YE5

Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
Siemens SI 10 2009

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet for Fast Connect
system

For SIMATIC OP, for connection to

PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

2 languages (English, German),

floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD

3/54

6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

Programming and configuring

environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, floating license for
1 user, runs under Windows XP
Prof SP2, Windows 2000 SP4,
Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2
2 languages (English, German)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD
S7 F systems upgrade from
V5.x to V6.0

Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s

6XV1 830-0EH10

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 417H

Overview

CPU for SIMATIC S7-400H and S7-400F/FH

Can be used in high availability S7-400H systems
Can be used with F-runtime license and F-compatible CPU in
fail-safe S7-400F/FH systems
With integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface
With 2 slots for sync modules

Application
The CPU 417-4H is the most powerful CPU for the SIMATIC
S7-400H and S7-400F/FH. It allows a fault-tolerant S7-400H system to be configured. It can also be used for the fail-safe
S7-400F/FH automation system in conjunction with an F-runtime
license.
The integrated PROFIBUS DP interface supports direct connection to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus as master.

Design
The CPU 417-4H features:
A powerful processor:
The CPU achieves command runtimes as little as 18 ns per binary command.
30 MB main memory (15 MB for programs, 15 MB for data):
Load memory for user programs and configuration data for the
S7-400H automation system; Fast main memory for subroutines of the user program that are relevant to the process.
A memory card:
For expanding the integrated load memory. In addition to the
program itself, the information contained in the load memory
also includes configuration data for the S7-400H, which is why
it takes up twice as much space in the memory. The result is
that:
- The integrated load memory is not sufficient for large programs, which is why the memory card is often required.
RAM and FEPROM cards are available (FEPROM for saving
at zero voltage too).
Easy expandability:
Max. 128K digital and 8K analog inputs/outputs.
Multipoint-capable MPI interface:
The MPI enables the creation of a simple network with max. 32
nodes and a data transfer rate of 187.5 Kbit/s. The CPU can
establish up to 64 connections to users of the communication
bus (C bus) and the MPI.
Note:
If PROFIBUS DP and MPI interfaces are being used simultaneously, only the following bus connectors can be connected
to the MPI interface:
- With socket: 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

- Without socket: 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

Mode selector:
Designed as a toggle switch.
Diagnostics buffer:
The last 120 alarm and interrupt events are stored in a ring
buffer for the purpose of diagnosis.
Real-time clock:
Diagnostics reports from the CPU are provided with the date
and time.
PROFIBUS DP interface:
The CPU 417-4H with PROFIBUS DP master interface enables
distributed automation to be established at high speed and
with easy operation. From the users point of view, the distributed I/Os are treated like centralized I/Os (same configuration,
addressing and programming).
Note:
If PROFIBUS DP and MPI interfaces are being used simultaneously, only the following bus connectors can be connected
to the MPI interface:
- With socket: 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
- Without socket: 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

Function
Block protection:
A password concept also protects the user program from unauthorized access as well as the keyswitch.
Integrated HMI services:
The user only has to specify the source and destination of the
data with HMI devices. The data are then transported cyclically and automatically by the system.
Integrated communication functions:
- PG/OP communication
- Expanded communication (simple and high-availability)
Configurable Attributes
The STEP 7 "hardware configuration" tool and the installed
S7-400H options package are used to configure the features
and response of the S7-400H, including the CPUs, for example:
Multipoint interface MPI:
- Definition of node addresses
- Startup/cycle behavior
- Stipulation of the maximum cycle time and communication
load
Address allocation:
Addressing of I/O modules
Retentive area:
Definition of the number of retentive bit memories, counters,
timers, data blocks, and clock memories
Protection level:
Definition of access authorizations to program and data
System diagnostics:
Definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages
Timed interrupts:
Setting of periods
Configuration of H stations
Safety-related functions
The F-runtime license can be used to compile the fail-safe F user
program and run it on the CPU. A license is required for each
S7-400F/FH system. 2 TV stickers are included.
Reporting functions
Status and fault indicators:
LEDs indicate internal and external errors and operating
modes such as RUN, STOP, Startup, "Master mode, redundancy error, test function, etc.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/55

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 417H
Test functions:
The PG can be used to display signal states in program execution, modify process tags irrespective of the user program,
read out the contents of stack memories, run separate program steps and inhibit program components.
Information functions:
The PG can be used to provide the user with information about
the memory capacity and operating mode of the CPU, and the
current utilization of the working and load memories

Technical specifications

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0
64 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

24

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times

Order No.

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0

Product status
Hardware product status

Firmware version

V4.5

associated programming package STEP7 V 5.3 SP2 or higher with

HW update
Supply voltages

for bit operations, min.

0.018 s

for word operations, min.

0.018 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

0.018 s

for floating point arithmetic, min.

0.054 s

Times/counters and their remanence

S7 counter
Number

Rated value

Order No.
Size, max.

2 048

Remanence

DC 24 V

No; Power supply via system

power supply

- adjustable

Yes

Feeding of external buffer voltage

to CPU

5 to 15 VDC

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

- preset

Z 0 to Z 7

Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

1.8 A

from interface DC 5 V, max.

90 mA; At each DP interface

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

6.5 W

Backup battery
Buffer current, typ.

970 A; Valid up to 40C

Buffer current, max.

1 980 A

Memory

Counting range
- lower limit

- upper limit

999

IEC counter
present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times
Number

2 048

Remanence

Type of storage
RAM
integrated (for program)

15 MByte

integrated (for data)

15 MByte

expandable

No

Load memory
expandable FEPROM

Yes

expandable FEPROM, max.

64 MByte

integrated RAM, max.

256 Kibyte

expandable RAM

Yes

expandable RAM, max.

64 MByte

Backup

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

2 047

- preset

No times retentive

Time range
- lower limit

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

IEC timer
present

Yes

Type

SFB

Data areas and their remanence

remanent data area, total

present

Yes

with battery

Yes; All data

Flag

without battery

No

Total working and load memory

(with backup battery)

Number, max.

16 Kibyte

CPU/blocks

Remanence available

Yes

DB

Number of clock memories

8; (in 1 memory byte)

Number, max.

8 191; Number range: 1 - 8191

Address area

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

I/O address area

FB

Inputs

16 Kibyte

Number, max.

6 144; Number range: 0 - 6143

Outputs

16 Kibyte

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

of which, distributed

FC
Number, max.

3/56

Siemens SI 10 2009

6 144; Number range: 0 - 6143

- MPI/DP interface, inputs

2 Kibyte

- MPI/DP interface, outputs

2 Kibyte

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 417H
Order No.

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0

Order No.

- DP interface, inputs

8 Kibyte

Operating hours counter

- DP interface, outputs

8 Kibyte

Number

Process image

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0
8

Clock synchronization

Inputs, adjustable

16 Kibyte

supports

Yes

Outputs, adjustable

16 Kibyte

to MPI, Master

Yes

Inputs, preset

1 024 byte

to MPI, Slave

Yes

Outputs, preset

1 024 byte

to DP, Master

Yes

consistent data, max.

244 byte

to DP, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

Yes

in AS, Slave

Yes

Access to consistent data in pro- Yes

cess image
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.

S7 message functions
15

Digital channels
Inputs

131 072

Outputs

131 072

Inputs, of which central

131 072

Outputs, of which central

131 072

Analog channels

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

16

Symbol-related messages

No

Block related messages

Yes

Alarm 8-blocks

Yes

Instrumentation & control messages

Yes

Test commissioning functions

Inputs

8 192

Status/control

Outputs

8 192

Status/control variable

Inputs, of which central

8 192

Forcing

Outputs, of which central

8 192

Forcing

Yes

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Hardware configuration
connectable OPs

63 without message processing,

16 with message processing

Central devices, max.

Expansion devices, max.

21

Multicomputing

No

IM
Number of connectable IMs (total), max.

Number of connectable IM 460s, 6

max.
Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; Single mode only
max.
Number of DP masters
integrated

via CP

10

Mixed mode IM + CP permitted

No

Yes

Diagnostic buffer
present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

3 200

adjustable

Yes

preset

120

Communication functions
PG/OP communication

Yes

Routing

Yes

Global data communication

supported

No

S7 basic communication
supported

No

S7 communication

Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)

supported

Yes

FM

as server

Yes

as client

Yes

Useful data per job, max.

64 Kibyte

CP, point-to-point

PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs

See manual Automation System

S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections
See manual Automation System
S7-400H fault-tolerant systems.
Limited due to number of slots and
number of connections
14; Of which max. 10 CP as DP
master

S5-compatible communication
supported

Yes; (via CP max. 10 and FC

AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV)

Useful data per job, max.

8 Kibyte

Standard communication (FMS)

Time

supported

Clock

Number of connections

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Resolution

1 ms

overall

Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

64

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/57

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 417H
Order No.

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0

Order No.
- direct data exchange (cross
traffic)

1st interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI

isolated

Yes

Functionality
MPI

Yes

DP master

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

125

Address area

No

DP slave

- Inputs, max.

8 Kibyte

- Outputs, max.

8 Kibyte

Useful data per DP slave

MPI
Number of connections

44

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0
No

12 MBit/s

DP master
Number of connections, max.

32

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

3rd interface
Type of interfaces

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface module

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 or 6ES7
960-1AB04-0XA0

4th interface
Type of interface

Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)

pluggable interface modules

Synchronization submodule IF 960

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 or 6ES7
960-1AB04-0XA0

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

Yes

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- equidistance support

No

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

No

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

No

CiR configuration in RUN

CiR synchronization time, basic
load

60 ms

CiR synchronization time, time per 10 s

I/O slave
CPU/programming
Configuration software
STEP 7

Yes; With hardware update as of

STEP7 V5.3 SP2

Programming language
STEP 7

Yes

LAD

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

FUP

Yes

Number of DP slaves, max.

32

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes

Address area
- Inputs, max.

2 Kibyte

CFC

Yes

- Outputs, max.

2 Kibyte

GRAPH

Yes

Useful data per DP slave

HiGraph

Yes

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

Nesting levels

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

User program protection/password protection

Yes

2nd interface
Physics

RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI

isolated

Yes

Functionality
DP master

Yes

DP slave

No

50 mm

Height

290 mm

Depth

219 mm

Required slots

Weights

DP master
Number of connections, max.

32

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- S7 basic communication

No

- S7 communication

Yes

- equidistance support

No

3/58

Dimensions
Width

Siemens SI 10 2009

Weight, approx.

995 g

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
CPU 417H

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

Order No.
CPU 417-4H

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

For S7-400H and S7-400F/FH;

RAM 30 KB, MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master interface, 2 slots for synchronization modules, slot for
memory card, incl. slot number
plate

Electronic manuals on DVD, five

languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI, SIMATIC NET

Memory Card RAM

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

1 MB

6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400 programmable controller - Design

and application"

64 MB

6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

German

6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0

English

6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0

FEPROM memory card

1 MB

6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0

2 MB

6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0

4 MB

6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0

8 MB

6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

Current "Manual Collection" DVD

and the three subsequent
updates

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

16 MB

6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0

32 MB

6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector with

angled cable outlet

64 MB

6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0

Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

MPI cable

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

For connecting SIMATIC S7 and

the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates

6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

S7 F systems RT license

6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

For processing safety-related

user programs, for one S7 400Hbased system in each case with
CPU 412-3H, CPU 414-4H or
CPU 417-4H
S7 F systems V6.0

6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with 90

cable outlet for Fast Connect
system
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YA5

Programming and configuring

environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, floating license for
1 user, runs under Windows XP
Prof SP2, Windows 2000 SP4,
Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2
2 languages (English, German)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD
S7 F systems upgrade from
V5.x to V6.0

Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s

Without PG interface

1 set (spare part)

Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0

With PG interface

6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with axial

cable outlet
For SIMATIC OP, for connection to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6GK1 500-0EA02

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus

cable
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YE5

2 languages (English, German),

floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD
Manual "Communication for
SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
Siemens SI 10 2009

3/59

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
Sync module for interfacing with CPU 41xH

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
Sync module
for coupling the CPU 41xH for
S7-400H/F/FH;
2 modules required per CPU;
For 6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0, 6ES7
414-4HM14-0AB0 and 6ES7 4174HT14-0AB0;
for patch cable, can be used for
fiber-optic cables up to 10 m in
length

6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0

For 6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0 and

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0;
for patch and installation cables,
can be used for fiber-optic cables
up to 10 km in length

6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0

Fiber-optic connecting cable

For Sync module
6ES7 960-1Ax04-0XA0

For coupling the two CPU 41xH in the S7-400H subunits.

Can be plugged direct into the CPU

Application
The Sync module is required for connecting the two CPU 41xH
in the S7-400H subunits.

Design
The Sync module is plugged directly into the slot of the CPU
41xH reserved for it. Two Sync modules are required for each
CPU. Modules in the subunits are connected by means of fiberoptic connecting cables.
With CPU 414-4H (6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0) and CPU 417-4H
(6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0) only the following Sync modules and
fiber-optic Sync cables can be used:
Sync module 6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 for fiber-optic cables up
to 10 m in length (patch cable).
Sync module 6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0 for fiber-optic cables up
to 10 km in length (patch cable or installation cable).
With CPU 412-3H (6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0) only the following
Sync module and fiber-optic Sync cable can be used:
Sync module 6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0 for fiber-optic cables up
to 10 m in length (patch cable).

Technical specifications
6ES7 960-1AA040XA0

6ES7 960-1AB040XA0

Current consumption
from CPU, max.

210 mA

250 mA

1.1 mW

1.3 mW

Width

25 mm

25 mm

Height

53 mm

53 mm

Depth

140 mm

140 mm

65 g

65 g

Current consumption/power loss

Power loss, typ.
Dimensions
Dimensions

Weights
Weight, approx.

3/60

Siemens SI 10 2009

1m

6ES7 960-1AA04-5AA0

2m

6ES7 960-1AA04-5BA0

10 m

6ES7 960-1AA04-5KA0

For Sync module

6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0;
fiber-optic monomode LC/LC
duplex crossed 9/125
(max. 10 km)

on request

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
Y link for S7-400H

Overview

Bumpless switchover of the redundant PROFIBUS DP master

systems active channel.
Supports system changes on a SIMATIC S7-400H during operation.
Diagnostics using LEDs and the user program
Y coupler
Transmission rates for the lower-level master system (independent of redundant DP master system):
187.5 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Electrical isolation between lower-level DP master system and
power supply via the coupler.
Degree of protection IP20
Principle of operation
The Y link maps the lower-level DP master system on the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system as a switched PROFIBUS DP
slave .
The Y coupler and the lower-level DP master system form an independent bus system and operate decoupled from the redundant bus system.

Transceiver for the transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP

master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master system
To connect devices with a single PROFIBUS DP interface to
the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system of the SIMATIC
S7-400H

Application
The Y-link is a transceiver for the transition from a redundant
PROFIBUS master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP
master system. It is used to connect devices with a single
PROFIBUS DP interface as switched I/O to S7-400H.

Design
The Y-link comprises:
Two IM 153-2 interface modules
One Y coupler
One BM IM/IM bus module
One BM Y-coupler bus module
Snapped on mounting rails for setup with active bus modules.
Configuration options and limitations
A redundant PROFIBUS DP master system can be extended by
means of Y links in the following way:
The number of Y links on a redundant DP master system is
only limited by the maximum number of stations. The maximum number of connectable slaves depends on the length of
the user data and configuration message frames. The total
length of each may not exceed 244 byte (see slave technical
specifications).
Generally, the following applies:
- Max. 64 stations in the lower-level DP master system
- Max. 236 slots in the lower-level DP master system
Y link configuration and user data message frames comprise
message frame contents of the lower-level slaves. Therefore,
the maximum message frame length is 244 byte.
Direct communication and equidistance not possible in the
lower-level master system

Function
Y link
Transmission rates for the redundant master system:
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.

The Y link as a DP slave on the redundant DP master system acts

as a proxy for the stations on the lower-level DP master system
with regard to data.
Configuration
The Y link can be configured with STEP 7 as of Version 5.2. It is
not necessary to configure the Y coupler.
When STEP 7 calculates the bus parameters, the stations connected on the lower-level DP master system as well as the Y link
itself are taken into account.
Parameter assignment for the DP slaves
The redundant DP master system assigns the parameters for the
DP slaves in the lower-level DP master system through the Y link.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0

Supply voltages
Rated value
Permissible range (ripple includ- 20.4 V
ed), lower limit (DC)
permissible range (ripple includ- 28.8 V
ed), upper limit (DC)
Power supply and voltage jumpering
Mains/voltage failure jumpering

20 ms

Voltages and currents

external protection for supply
cables (recommendation)

2.5A

Current consumption
Inrush current, typ.

3A

It

0.1 As

Current consumption, max.

600 mA

Power loss, typ.

5.5 W

Address area
Addressing volume
Outputs

244 Byte

Inputs

244 Byte

Hardware configuration
Number of modules per DP slave
interface, max.

12

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/61

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
Y link for S7-400H
Order No.

6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0

interfaces
PROFIBUS DP, Output current,
max.

70 mA

Demands on DP master system

interface physics, RS 485

Yes

Length of parameter assignment 244 byte

message

Transmission procedure

RS 485

Description

Transmission speed, max.

12 MBit/s

Protocols

Node addresses

1...125

PROFIBUS DP protocol

SYNC capability

Yes

PROFIBUS DP

FREECE capability

Yes

direct data exchange

(cross traffic)

Yes; Sender

Properties of the lower level DP

master systems

PROFIBUS DP

Supply voltages

1st interface
DP slave
GSD file

SI04801.GSG

CPU/programming
Configuration software

6ES7 197-1LB00-0XA0
System

STEP 7

Yes; STEP 7 / COM PROFIBUS /

non-Siemens tools via GSD file

Time stamping

Yes

Transmission speed, max.

12 MBit/s; 45.45 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

Termination of lower-level DP
master system

Active terminating resistor

(Bus Terminator)

Use of OLM/OBT

Yes

Use of RS 485 repeaters, max.

Number of DP slaves, max.

31; 64 when using RS 485 repeaters or OLM/OBT

Status information/alarms/
diagnostics
Status indicator

Accuracy

1 ms; 1ms at up to 8 modules;

10ms at up to 12 modules

Number of stampable digital

inputs, max.

128; max. 128 signals / station;

max. 32 signals / slot

Alarms

Time format

RFC 1119

Diagnostic functions

Time resolution

0.466 ns

Isolation

Time stamp on signal change

Yes

to lower-level DP master system

Environmental requirements

via bus module

No

Alarms
No

Diagnoses
Yes
Yes

Dimensions

Operating temperature

Dimensions

min.

0 C

Width

40 mm

max.

60 C

Height

125 mm

Air pressure

Depth

130 mm

Operating height above sea lev- 3.000 m

el, max.

Weights

Degree and class of protection

IP 20

Yes

General information
Vendor identification (VendorID)

801E

Dimensions
Dimensions
Width

40 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

117 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

3/62

Siemens SI 10 2009

360 g

Weight, approx.

200 g

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

CPUs for process automation
Y link for S7-400H

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
For use with STEP 7 from V5.4 or
PCS 7 from V7.0:
Y link

6ES7 197-1LA04-0XA0

For connecting single-channel DP

slaves to SIMATIC S7-400H;
consisting of
Two IM 153 interface modules
(6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0),
One Y coupler (6ES7 197-1LB000XA0),
One BM IM/IM bus module
(6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0),
One BM Y coupler bus module
(6ES7 654-7HY00-0XA0)
For use with PCS 7 V6.1 SP1:
Y link

6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0

For connecting single-channel DP

slaves to SIMATIC S7-400H;
consisting of
Two IM 153 interface modules
(6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0),
One Y coupler
(6ES7 197-1LB00-0XA0),
One BM IM/IM bus module
(6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0),
One BM Y coupler bus module
(6ES7 654-7HY00-0XA0)

Accessories
Mounting rail
For assembling the Y link with
active bus modules
Length 483 mm

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

Length 530 mm

6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/63

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
Distributed Safety Software
Message configuring for WinCC.

Overview
For creating safety-oriented automation applications with
SIMATIC S7 in LAD or FBD (STEP 7 required)
Implementation of safety functions by making simple connections between function blocks
With preconfigured function block library
User-defined blocks can be created
Optimum embedding in the automation world due to guaranteed integration with STEP 7 tools
Scope of supply:
- Distributed Safety editor
- Code generator
- Debugger
- Libraries of standard blocks

Benefits

Test and debug functions

Technological requirements can be quickly and easily converted

into finished executable process automation programs. The outlay for creating programs in LAD or FBD only changes slightly:
The automation problem can already be solved by configuring. Implementation of the configuring data is made automatically.
Safety functions are programmed by interconnecting function
blocks (AND, OR, etc.). Time-consuming programming is no
longer necessary. Of course, FBs created with other STEP 7
programming languages can also be integrated.
Optimal embedding into the world of automation through
guaranteed continuity with the STEP 7 tools (also to the HMI
tools), automatic expansion of STEP 7 project management,
sharing of signal data with STEP 7, and integration with classical programming languages, e.g. through the import of standard function blocks and FCs written in LAD.
An executable code is generated virtually at the push of a button and transmitted online into the automation system. To generate codes, STEP 7 needs to be installed on the programming device.

Application
The Distributed Safety engineering tool can be used to generate
safety-related automation applications with SIMATIC S7 in LAD
or FBD. A library of prefabricated blocks is available for this purpose. Users can also program their own blocks and add them to
the library.

Design
The scope of supply of Distributed Safety includes:
Distributed Safety editor
Code generator
Debugger
Standard function block libraries

Function
Catalog containing an extensive set of standard blocks, including:
- Logic blocks
- Pulse blocks
- Counter
- Timers
Facilitation of test and startup through integral online monitoring and debugging.
The CPU status is displayed in test mode. The display encompasses the statements online/offline and RUN and STOP online.
Added documentation options:
Linking to project-wide documentation system DOCPRO.

3/64

Expandable libraries:
The standard libraries can be expanded by means of separate
application/technology-oriented blocks in the STL, LAD, FBD,
S7-GRAPH and S7-HiGraph programming languages (for
SIMATIC S7 in each case). Blocks can have as many as 160 inputs/outputs.
The F standard libraries can be expanded in the F-LAD and FFBD programming languages by means of separate applicationspecific or technology-related blocks. The F blocks are called
up and processed in a dedicated F runtime group using the F
call function. The maximum interval between two calls can be
parameterized in this case.
Syntax check:
To detect program errors already when creating blocks.
Display and operation attributes optimize the handling of the
blocks.

Siemens SI 10 2009

In test and debug mode, all STEP 7 test functions are available.
Password protection
Distributed Safety V5.1 and higher completely supports password protection of the CPU.
Software requirements
Distributed Safety V5.2 executes with STEP 7 V5.1 SP6 and
higher.
Distributed Safety V5.4 executes with STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and
higher.

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

(requires current software version)

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4; Floating
license for 1 user

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

Single license for "fail-safe

function blocks for burner systems" V 5.4

9AL3 100-1AD54

License for one controller

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
S7 F/FH Systems

Overview

Operator
system

Maintenance
station

Engineering
system

,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW

Fail-safe, fault-tolerant
and high-availability

High-availability

(70

redundant/
non-redundant

(70

redundant/
non-redundant

TV

Standard

Standard/
safety-related

(7L63

(7L63
redundant/non-redundant

redundant/non-redundant

Standard

3
Standard

ET 200S

(76
352),%86

352),%86
Standard

TV

Standard/
safety-related

Common engineering system for basic process control system and

safety instrumented system

The process industry frequently features complex technological

sequences with high safety demands, and faults and failures in
the process automation could have fatal consequences for personnel, machines, plants and the environment. Therefore process safety is of particular significance. The safety technology
used must reliably detect errors in the process and also its own
internal errors, and automatically set the plant/application to a
safe state if an error is detected.
S7 F/FH Systems is the comprehensive range of products and
services from Siemens for safe, fault-tolerant applications in the
process industry. This is characterized by:
Safe communication via PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe
Safe communication also via PROFIBUS PA with PROFIsafe
ET 200 distributed I/O systems with safety-related I/O modules
User-friendly process visualization, including safety-relevant
fault messages, via the optional operator system
Engineering system with S7 F Systems software package and
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and AS 417F/FH safety-related automation systems
The safety-related automation systems of the S7 F/FH-System
are based on the hardware of the CPU 412H, CPU 414H or
CPU 417H automation systems that are extended with the S7
F Systems software package to include safety functions. All
F/FH systems listed are TV-certified and comply with the
safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508. There
are two design variants:
- Single-channel (with one CPU, safety-related)
- High-availability (with redundant CPUs, safety-related and
fault-tolerant)

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/65

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
S7 F/FH Systems

Benefits

S7 F/FH Systems permits complete integration of safety engineering into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The Basic Process Control System (BPCS) and Safety Instrumented
System fuse together to form a uniform and innovative complete
system. The advantages of this fusion are quite clear:
One common controller platform
One common engineering system
No separate safety bus standard and safety-related communication take place on the same fieldbus (PROFIBUS with
PROFIsafe)
Mixed operation of standard and safety-related I/O modules in
remote I/O stations
Uniform data management no complex data exchange between BPCS and safety system
Integration of safety-related applications into process visualization on the operator station
Automatic integration of safety-related fault messages with
time tagging into the process control system
Integration of safety-related hardware into the SIMATIC PCS 7
asset management for diagnostics and preventive maintenance
Using the S7 F Systems engineering tool, you can parameterize
the AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and AS 417F/FH automation systems as well as the safety-related F-modules of the ET 200 I/O
systems.
Alternatively, the S7 F Systems engineering tool can also be
used with STEP 7 incl. the CFC option package.
Using Continuous Function Charts (CFC) and predefined function blocks from the F-block library of S7 F Systems, you can
configure safety-related applications simply, efficiently and without any time-consuming familiarization.
However, this is even simpler, more convenient and faster using
the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on CFC. The configuration tool
functioning according to the principle of a Cause & Effect matrix
automatically creates complex safety programs once you have
assigned the events (causes) occurring during a process to exactly defined reactions (effects).

3/66

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
S7 F Systems

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
S7 F Systems RT License

6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

For processing safety-related

application programs, for one
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or
AS 417F/FH
S7 F Systems V6.0

The S7 F Systems engineering tool integrated in the SIMATIC

Manager can be used to configure an S7 F/FH System. With this
tool you can:
Parameterize CPU and F-signal modules
Create safety-related applications in the CFC.
Predefined, TV-approved blocks are available for this purpose.
The safety-related blocks save the user having to perform redundant programming for detecting and reacting to errors.

Configuration
S7 F Systems supports configuration by means of functions for
Comparison of safety-oriented F programs
Recognition of changes in the F program using the checksum
Separation of safety-related and standard functions
Access to the F functions can be password-protected.
The F-block library integrated in S7 F Systems contains predefined function blocks for generation of safety-related applications with the CFC or the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on it. The
certified F blocks are extremely robust and intercept programming errors such as division by zero or out-of-range values. They
avoid the need for diverse programming tasks for detecting and
reacting to errors.

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YA5

Programming and configuring

environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, floating license for
1 user, executable under Windows XP Prof SP2, Windows 2000
SP4, Windows Server 2003
SP1/SP2
2 languages (German, English)
Type of supply:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD
S7 F Systems Upgrade from
V5.x to V6.0

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YE5

2 languages (German, English),

floating license for 1 user
Type of supply:
Certificate of license as well as
software and electronic documentation on CD
Note:
In the case of an S7 F Systems Upgrade from V5.x to V6.0, the type of S7
F Systems license changes from single license to floating license.

Options
S7 F Configuration Pack
When using the safety-related SM 326F/336F I/O modules (AI,
DI, DO) as standard I/Os (without F-functionality), an S7 F Configuration Pack is required for engineering. This is included in
S7 F Systems V6.0 and is also available in the Internet for downloading.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en15208817

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/67

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
defined reactions (effects) to events (causes) which may occur
during a process

Overview

Benefits
The advantages of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix in the implementation phase:
7 Simple programming using Cause & Effect method
7 No programming knowledge required
7 Automatic generation of CFCs including driver blocks
7 Automatic version tracking
7 Integrated change tracking
7 1-to-1 printout of Cause & Effect matrix

Design

The SIMATIC Safety Matrix which can be used in addition to the

CFC is an innovative safety lifecycle tool from Siemens that can
be used not only for user-friendly configuration of safety applications, but also for their operation and service. The tool, which is
based on the proven principle of a cause & effect matrix, is ideally suited to processes where defined statuses require specific
safety reactions.
The SIMATIC Safety Matrix not only means that programming of
the safety logic is significantly simpler and more convenient, but
also much faster than in the conventional manner. During the risk
analysis of a plant, the configuration engineer can assign exactly

In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following individual products are offered for the SIMATIC Safety Matrix:
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool
for configuration of safety functions on the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor
for creating and debugging the Safety Matrix logic in an external computer, independent of the engineering system (can be
optionally used additive to the SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool)
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7
for operation and monitoring of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix using the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system (for ordering data, refer to Section "OS software" in Chapter "Operator system")

System prerequisites

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool

Hardware requirement

Software requirement

AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or AS 417F/FH

S7 F Systems V5.2, HF 2 or higher with S7 F-Lib V1.2

Windows 2000 Professional SP2 or higher or
Windows XP Professional

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer

AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or AS 417F/FH

The SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor offers the advantage that the
Safety Matrix can also be created, processed further and debugged outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system. The
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor can be used on a computer with
Windows 2000 Professional SP2 or higher or Windows XP Pro-

SIMATIC PCS 7-OS V6.0 SP2 or higher

fessional. However, generation of the safety-related CFC program as well as compilation and downloading to the automation
system are only possible by means of the SIMATIC engineering
system with the SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool.

Function
Safety Matrix: intersections define the linking of causes and effects

The matrix table is comparable with a spreadsheet program, and

the configuration engineer first enters the possible process
events (inputs) in the horizontal lines, and then configures their
type and number, logical links, possible delays and interlocks,
and any tolerable faults. In the vertical columns, he subsequently defines the reactions (outputs) to a particular event.
Events and reactions are linked simply by clicking the cell at the
intersection of the row and column. Using these data, the
SIMATIC Safety Matrix automatically generates complex, safetyrelated CFC programs. No special programming knowledge is
required of the configuration engineer, and he can completely
concentrate on the safety requirements of the plant.

Configuration of analog or digital causes and their digital effects

3/68

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Fail-safe automation with SIMATIC

Configuring
SIMATIC Safety Matrix

Selection and ordering data

Order No.
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool
Creation, configuration, compilation, loading and online monitoring of the Safety Matrix in a
SIMATIC PCS 7 environment
Including SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7, for
operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in a SIMATIC PCS 7
environment with several operator
control levels
1 language (English), executes
with Windows XP Professional,
Single License for 1 installation
Type of supply: Certificate of
License and authorization diskette for Safety Matrix Tool and
Safety Matrix Viewer; software
and electronic documentation on
CD

6ES7 833-1SM01-0YA5

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor

Creation and checking of the
Safety Matrix logic on an external
computer without a SIMATIC
PCS 7 or STEP 7 environment
1 language (English), executes
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional, single license for 1 installation
Type of supply: Certificate of
License and authorization diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD

6ES7 833-1SM41-0YA5

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer

for SIMATIC PCS 7
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operating levels
Bilingual (English/German), runs
on Windows 2000 Professional or
Windows XP Professional,
Windows 2003 Server
Type of supply: Certificate of
License and authorization diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
Floating License for 1 installation

6ES7 833-1SM61-0YA5

Floating License upgrade from

V6.0 to V6.1

6ES7 833-1SM61-0YE5

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/69

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-7 F CPU interface module

Overview

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Product status
associated programming package

STEP7 V5.2 SP1 or higher

+ HW update

Voltages and currents

Mains/voltage failure jumpering,
min.

5 ms

Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC)

24 V

Short-circuit protection

Yes

reverse polarity protection

Yes

permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit
(DC)

28.8 V

Current consumption

Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for

SIMATIC ET 200S
With DP/MPI interface
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508, IEC 62061 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed
configuration through DP master modules (PROFIsafe)
The fail-safe I/O modules of ET200S PROFIsafe can be
connected in a centralized configuration
Standard modules can be used for non-safety-relevant
applications
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

from supply voltage 1L+, max.

250 mA;
280 mA with DP master module

Power loss, typ.

3.3 W

Current output to backplane bus

(5 V DC), max.

700 mA

Memory
Type of storage
RAM
- integrated

128 KByte;
For program and data

- expandable

No

Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)

Yes

- pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total)

1 024; (DBs, FCs, FBs);

the maximum number of loadable
blocks can be reduced by the
MMC used.

DB
Number, max.

511; Number range: 1 to 511

Size, max.

16 KByte

FB
Number, max.

1 024; Number range: 0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 KByte

FC
Number, max.

1 024; Number range: 0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 KByte

OB
Size, max.

16 KByte

Nesting depth
per priority class

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times

3/70

Siemens SI 10 2009

for bit operations, min.

0.1 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

2 s

for floating point arithmetic, min.

3 s

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-7 F CPU interface module

Technical specifications (continued)

Order No.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

S7 counter
Number

256

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

- preset

Order No.

From Z 0 to Z 7

Counting range

Inputs

16 336

Outputs

16 336

Inputs, of which central

248

Outputs, of which central

248

Analog channels
Inputs

1 021

Outputs

1 021

Inputs, of which central

124
124

- adjustable

Yes

Outputs, of which central

- lower limit

Hardware configuration

- upper limit

999

Number of modules per system,

max.

IEC counter
Type
Number

SFB
Unlimited
(limited only by RAM capacity)

S7 times
Number

256
Yes

63; Centralized

Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock)

Yes

buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Backup time

6 Weeks; At 40 C ambient
temperature, typically

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

Remanence
- adjustable

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Digital channels

Times/counters and their

remanence

- lower limit

Operating hours counter

- upper limit

255

Number

- preset

No retentivity

Number/Number range

Range of values

0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC 101)

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at

each restart

Time range
- lower limit

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

IEC timer
Type

SFB

Clock synchronization

Number

Unlimited
(limited only by RAM capacity)

supports

Yes

to MPI, Master

Yes

to MPI, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

No

in AS, Slave

No

Data areas and their remanence

Retentive data area in total
(incl. times, counters, flags), max.

64 KByte

Flag
Number, max.

256 Byte

S7 message functions

Remanence available

Yes
MB 0 to MB 15

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

12

Remanence preset
Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Process diagnostic messages

Yes; ALARM_S,
ALARM_SC, ALARM_SQ,
ALARM_D, ALARM_DQ

simultaneously active
Alarm-S blocks, max.

40

Data blocks
Number, max.

511; Number range: 1 to 511

Size, max.

16 KByte

Test commissioning functions

Local data
per priority class, max.

510 Byte

Address area
I/O address area

Status/control
Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits,

DB, times, counters

Inputs

2 048 Byte

Number of variables, max.

30

Outputs

2 048 Byte

of which status variable, max.

30

of which control variable, max.

14

Process image
Inputs

128 Byte; Not adjustable

Forcing

Outputs

128 Byte; Not adjustable

Forcing

Yes

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

Number of variables, max.

10

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/71

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-7 F CPU interface module

Technical specifications (continued)

Order No.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Order No.

Status block

Yes

1st interface

Single step

Yes

Type of interface

Integral RS 485 interface

Number of breakpoints

Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

80 mA

Diagnostic buffer
present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

100

adjustable

No

Communication functions
PG/OP communication

Yes

Global data communication

supported

Yes

Number of GD packets, max.

Number of GD packets,
transmitter, max.

Number of GD packets,
receiver, max.

Size of GD packets, max.

Size of GD packet
(of which consistent), max.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Functionality
MPI

Yes

DP master

No

DP slave

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

MPI
Number of connections

12; Notice: 12 connections

per CPU, not per interface

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

22 Byte

- Routing

Yes; With master module

22 Byte

- Global data communication

Yes

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

S7 basic communication
supported

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

Useful data per job, max.

76 Byte

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Useful data per job

(of which consistent) max.

76 Byte; 76 bytes (XSEND/XRCV),

64 bytes (XPUT/XGET) as server

S7 communication

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

DP slave
Number of connections

12; Notice: 12 connections per

CPU, not per interface

supported

Yes

as server

Yes

as client

No

- Routing

Yes; Only when interface active

and in master mode

Useful data per job, max.

180 Byte
64 Byte

- direct data exchange

(cross traffic)

Yes

Useful data per job,

of which consistent, max.

- DPV1

No

S5-compatible communication
supported

Services

GSD file

http://www.siemens.com/
profibus-gsd

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

automatic baud rate search

Yes; only with passive interface

No

Standard communication (FMS)

supported

No

Transfer memory

Number of connections
overall

12

usable for PG communication

reserved for PG communication

11
1

usable for OP communication

11

reserved for OP communication

usable for S7 basic

communication

10

reserved for S7-Basic

communication

usable for routing

4;
As slave only with active interface,
with IM 151-7 CPU as DP master

- Inputs

244 Byte

- Outputs

244 Byte

Address area, max.

32

Useful data per address area,

max.

32 Byte; Up to max. size of the

transfer memory

2nd interface
Type of interface

External interface via master

module 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0

Physics

RS 485

isolated

Yes

Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.

No

Functionality

3/72

Siemens SI 10 2009

MPI

No

DP master

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-7 F CPU interface module

Technical specifications (continued)

Order No.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

DP master
Number of connections, max.

12; Notice: 12 connections per

CPU, not per interface

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Order No.

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

CPU/programming

Yes; I blocks only

Programming language
STEP 7

Yes

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional

- S7 communication

Yes

GRAPH

- S7 communication, as client

No

Operational stocks

See instruction list

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Nesting levels

- equidistance support

Yes

Yes

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

User program protection/

password protection

- Activation/deactivation of
DP slaves

Yes

System functions (SFC)

See instruction list

System function blocks (SFB)

See instruction list

- direct data exchange

(cross traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Isolation
Isolation checked with

500 V DC

32; Per station

between load voltage and all other

switching components

Yes

2 KByte

between PROFIBUS DP all all other

circuits

Yes

- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.

2 KByte

Number of DP slaves, max.

Address area

Useful data per DP slave

Isolation

Permissible potential difference

between different circuits

75 V DC / 60 VAC

- Inputs, max.

244 Byte

Dimensions

- Outputs, max.

244 Byte

Width

60 mm;
DP master module: 35 mm

No

Height

119.5 mm

Depth

75 mm

Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode

Weights

Ordering data
IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface module

Weight, approx.

200 g; DP master module:

Approx. 100 g

MMC 512 kbyte

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

Order No.
6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Order No.

for program backup

for configuring a fail-safe

automation system

MMC 2 Mbyte

Accessories

for program backup

and/or firmware update

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

MMC 4 Mbyte
External prommer

6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0

for MMC with USB interface

Terminating module

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0

as spare part for ET 200S

SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
Length: 483 mm for
19'' cabinets

6ES5 710-8MA11

Length: 530 mm for

600 mm cabinets

6ES5 710-8MA21

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

Length: 830 mm for

900 mm cabinets

6ES5 710-8MA31

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

Length: 2 m

6ES5 710-8MA41

from V5.x to V5.3;

Floating license for 1 user
for program backup
MMC 128 kbyte

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

for program backup

Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

MMC 64 kbyte

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

for program backup

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/73

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module
(extended temperature range)

Overview

Ordering data
SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface module

Order No.
6AG1 151-7FA20-2AB0

For configuring a fail-safe

automation system
(extended temperature range
and medium load)
Accessories

see IM 151-7 F-CPU ordering data

More information
For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:
http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu

Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for

SIMATIC ET 200S
With DP/MPI interface
For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants
with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508, IEC 62061 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed
configuration through DP master modules (PROFIsafe)
The fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200S PROFIsafe can be
connected in a centralized configuration
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU
Standard interface module
Order No.

6AG1 151-7FA20-2AB0

Order No. based on

6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0

Ambient temperature range

-25 ... +60 C;

condensation permitted

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional

medial exposure (e.g. by
chlorine sulfur atmosphere).

Technical data

The technical data are

identical with those of the
based-on modules.

For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:

http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu

3/74

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module

Overview

Note:
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200S with integrated

fail-safe CPU
For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants
with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according
to IEC 61508, IEC 62061, up to PLe according to
ISO 13849-1:2006 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S
Increase of the availability of systems and machines
PROFINET IO-Controller for up to 128 IO-Devices
PROFINET interface with integrated 3-port switch
With many communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA,
open IE communication (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP),
web server and S7-communication (with loadable FBs)
Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system
with modular programs via STEP 7
Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
(with master interface 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0)

Technical specifications
Order No.
Product-type designation

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0
IM151-8F PN/DP

Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

Load memory

Product status

pluggable (MMC)

Yes

associated programming package STEP7 V 5.4 SP4 or higher, Distributed Safety V5.4 SP4 or higher

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

Supply voltages

CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total)

Rated value
Short-circuit protection

Yes

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

24 V DC/16 A miniature circuit breaker with type B and C tripping

characteristics. Note: The 24 V
DC/16 A miniature circuit breaker
with type B tripping characteristics
trips before the device protection
fuse. The 24 V DC/16 A miniature
circuit breaker with type C tripping
characteristics trips

1 024; (DBs, FCs, FBs); the maximum number of loadable blocks

can be reduced by the MMC used.

DB
Number, max.

511; Number range: 1 to 511

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

FB
Number, max.

1 024

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

FC

Power supply and voltage jumpering

Number, max.

1 024

Mains/voltage failure jumpering

5 ms

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

Inrush current, max.

1.8 A; typ.

Size, max.

It

0.21

Nesting depth

Current output to backplane bus

(DC 5 V), max.

700 mA

per priority class

16

additional within an error OB

from supply voltage 1L+, max.

380 mA; 460 mA with DP master

module

OB

Current consumption

64 Kibyte

CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min.

0.1 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

2 s

Memory

for floating point arithmetic, min.

3 s

Type of storage

Times/counters and their remanence

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

5.5 W

RAM
integrated

192 Kibyte; For program and data

expandable

No

Size of retentive memory for retentive data blocks

64 kByte

S7 counter
Number

256

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/75

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
Order No.
- upper limit

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0
255

Counting range

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

Inputs, of which central

496

Outputs, of which central

496

- adjustable

Yes

Analog channels

- lower limit

Inputs

1 021

- upper limit

999

Outputs

1 021

Inputs, of which central

124
124

IEC counter
Type

SFB

Outputs, of which central

Number

Unlimited (limited only by RAM

capacity)

Hardware configuration

S7 times
Number

256

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

- preset

No retentivity

Time range

Order No.

- lower limit

10 ms

- upper limit

9 990 s

IEC timer
Type

SFB

Number

Unlimited (limited only by RAM

capacity)

Number of mounting rails that can 1

be used
Max. length of mounting rail

Station width: <= 1 m or < 2 m

Number of modules per system,

max.

63; Centralized

Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
buffered and synchronizable

Yes

Backup time

6 wk; At 40 C ambient temperature, typically

Behavior of the clock following

expiry of backup period

Clock continues to run with the

time at which the power failure
occurred

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

Operating hours counter

Number

256 byte

Number/Number range

Remanence available

Yes

Range of values

Remanence preset

MB 0 to MB 15

0 to 2^31 hours (when using SFC

101)

Number of clock memories

8; 1 memory byte

Granularity

1 hour

remanent

Yes; Must be restarted at each

restart

Flag
Number, max.

Data blocks
Number, max.

511; Number range: 1 to 511

Clock synchronization

Size, max.

64 Kibyte

supports

Yes

Remanence adjustable

Yes; via non-retain property on DB

to MPI, Master

No

Remanence preset

Yes

to MPI, Slave

No

to DP, Master

Yes; with DP master module

Local data
per priority class, max.

510 byte; per priority class

to DP, Slave

Yes; with DP master module

Address area

in AS, Master

No

I/O address area

in AS, Slave

No
Yes; as client

Inputs

2 048 byte

on Ethernet via NTP

Outputs

2 048 byte

S7 message functions

- Inputs

2 048 byte

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

12; Depending on the configured

connections for PG/OP and S7
basic communication

- Outputs

2 048 byte

Process diagnostic messages

Yes; ALARM_S, ALARM_SC,

ALARM_SQ, ALARM_D,
ALARM_DQ

simultaneously active
Alarm-S blocks, max.

300

of which, distributed

Process image
Inputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

Outputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

Inputs, preset

128 byte

Outputs, preset

128 byte

Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.

None

Digital channels
Inputs

16 336

Outputs

16 336

3/76

Siemens SI 10 2009

Test commissioning functions

Status/control
Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

Number of variables, max.

30

of which status variable, max.

30

of which control variable, max.

14

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

Forcing

Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

- reserved for PG communication 1

Forcing

Yes

Force, variables

Inputs, outputs

Number of variables, max.

10

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Diagnostic buffer

- adjustable for PG communicati- 1

on, min.
usable for OP communication

11

- reserved for OP communication 1

- adjustable for OP communicati- 1
on, min.
usable for S7 basic communicati- 10
on
- Reserved for S7 basic commu- 0
nication

present

Yes

Number of entries, max.

- Of which powerfail-proof

500

adjustable

No

usable for S7 communication

10; with loadable FBs
- adjustable for S7 communicati- 10
on, max.

PG/OP communication

Yes

Max. total number of instances

32

Data set gateway

Yes; with DP master module

usable for routing

4; with DP master module

Routing

Yes; with DP master module

PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint

communication load)

No

Setpoint for the CPU communica- 50%

tion load

supported

Yes; I blocks

Number of remote interconnection partners

Useful data per job, max.

76 byte

100; Only the last 100 entries are

retained

Communication functions

Global data communication

supported
S7 basic communication

Useful data per job (of which con- 76 byte

sistent) max.
S7 communication
supported

Yes

as server

Yes

as client

Yes; via integrated PN interface

and loadable FBs

Useful data per job, max.

180 byte

Useful data per job, of which con- 64 byte

sistent, max.
S5-compatible communication
supported
supported

No

Web server

Yes

Total of all master/slave connec- 1 000

tions
Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Number of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections

500

Data length of device-internal

4 000 byte
and PROFIBUS interconnections,
max.
Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling 500 ms
interval, min.

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

- Number of outgoing interconnections

100

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

- Data length for connection type 8 192 byte

11H, max.
Yes; via integrated PROFINET
interface and loadable FBs

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

8 192 byte

UDP

Number of functions, master/sla- 30

ve

100

- Data length for connection type 1 460 byte

01H, max.

ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006)

32

- Number of incoming interconnections

Open IE communication

- Number of connections, max.

Data length per connection, max. 1 400 byte

No

Standard communication (FMS)

TCP/IP

- adjustable for S7-Basic communication, min.

Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

1 400 byte

Remote interconnections with

cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency: trans- 1 ms
mission interval, min.
- Number of incoming interconnections

200

- Number of connections, max.

- Data length, max.

1 472 byte

- Number of outgoing interconnections

200

12

- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.

2 000 byte

overall
usable for PG communication

11

Number of connections

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/77

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

- Data length of all outgoing inter- 2 000 byte

connections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.

250 byte

HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)

Priorized booting
- Number of IO devices, max.
Activating/deactivating IO
devices

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0
Yes
32
Yes

- Number of simultaneously acti- 8

vable/de-activable IO devices

- Number of log-in stations for

HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap

- HMI variable updating

500 ms

- Number of HMI variables

200

- Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 byte

max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported

Yes

- Number of linked PROFIBUS

devices

16

- Data length per connection,

max.

240 byte; Slave-dependent

1st interface

Order No.

Supports replacements of IO de- Yes

vices while in operation
- Maximum number of IO devices 8
per tool
Device replacement without
swap medium

Yes

At interface 1

Minimum value depends on communication share set for PROFINET I/O, on the number of I/O
devices, and on the number of
configured user data items.

1st interface
- Inputs, max.

2 kByte

- Outputs, max.

2 kByte

- User data consistency, max.

254 byte; with PROFINET I/O

Type of interface

PROFINET

Physics

Ethernet

PROFINET CBA

isolated

Yes

non-cyclic transmisssion

Yes

Integrated switch

Yes

cyclic transmisssion

Yes

Number of ports

3; RJ45

Open IE communication

Automatic determination of transmission speed

Yes

Open IE communication

Yes, through TCP/IP, ISO on TCP,

UDP

Auto-negotiation

Yes

1st interface

Autocrossover

Yes

at interface 1

0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 80, 102, 135,

161, 8080, 34962, 34963, 34964,
65532, 65533, 65534, 65535

Functionality
MPI

No

DP master

No

DP slave

No

PROFINET IO-Device
PROFINET IO-Controller

2nd interface
Type of interface

External interface via master

module 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0

No

Physics

RS 485

Yes

isolated

Yes

PROFINET CBA

Yes

Functionality

Open IE communication

Yes

MPI

No

DP master

Yes

No

DP slave

No

PROFINET IO controller

PROFINET IO controller

No

Services

PROFINET IO device

No

PROFINET CBA

No

Open IE communication

No

Web server

No

Point-to-point coupling

No

- Number of HTTP clients

Point-to-point coupling

- PROFINET PG/OP communica- Yes

tion
- Routing

Yes; with DP master module

- S7 Communication

Yes; with loadable FBs

- Isochronous mode

No

- Open IE communication

Yes

Maximum

100 bit/s; full duplex

Total number of connectable IO

Devices, max.

128

Number of I/O devices with IRT

and the option "high flexibility",
max.
- of which in line, max.
Supports IRT

3/78

Siemens SI 10 2009

Number of connections, max.

12; Notice: 12 connections per

CPU, not per interface

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

128

- Global data communication

No

128

- S7 basic communication

Yes; I blocks only

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Maximum number of connectab- 128

le IO devices for RT
- of which in line, max.

DP master

61
Yes

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

Order No.

6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

- equidistance support

Yes

Isolation

- Isochronous mode

No

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

between load voltage and all other Yes

switching components

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

- DPV1

Yes

Dimensions

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Width

Number of DP slaves, max.

32; per station

120 mm;
DP master module: 35 mm

Height

119.5 mm

Depth

75 mm

- Outputs, max.

2 048 byte
2 048 byte

- Inputs, max.

244 byte

- Outputs, max.

244 byte

75 V DC / 60 VAC

Weights
Weight, approx.

Useful data per DP slave

Yes

Permissible potential difference

between different circuits

Address area
- Inputs, max.

between PROFIBUS DP all all

other circuits

320 g; DP master module:

Approx. 100 g

Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode

No

CPU/programming
Programming language
STEP 7

Yes; V5.4 SP4

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes; Optional

CFC

Yes; optional

GRAPH

Yes; Optional

HiGraph

Yes; optional

Operational stocks

See instruction list

Nesting levels

User program protection/password protection

Yes

System functions (SFC)

See instruction list

System function blocks (SFB)

See instruction list

Status information/alarms/
diagnostics
Alarms

Yes

Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions

Yes

Diagnostics indication LED

Bus activity PROFINET P1-LINK
(green)

Yes

Bus activity PROFINET P2-LINK

(green)

Yes

Bus activity PROFINET P3-LINK

(green)

Yes

Bus error (red)

Yes

Maintenance information MT
(yellow)

Yes

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

Monitoring 24 V voltage supply

ON (green)

Yes

Isolation
Isolation checked with

500 V DC

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/79

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module

Ordering data
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU
interface module (192 K)

Order No.
6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0

Including termination module

Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
application programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating License

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

From V5.3 to V5.4; Floating

license for 1 user

Length: 830 mm for

900 mm cabinets

6ES5 710-8MA31

Length: 2 m

6ES5 710-8MA41

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45

Plug 180

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

RJ45 plug connector for Industrial

Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90 cable

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

for program backup

6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0

for MMC, among others,

with USB interface
On request

PG
with integrated MMC interface

1)

An MMC is essential to operate the CPU

3/80

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

External prommer

Termination module
as spare part for ET 200S

www.siemens.com/simatic-docu

6ES5 710-8MA21

for program backup

MMC 8 MB 1)

6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0

ET 200S distributed
I/O system manuals
are available in the Internet as
PDF files:

6ES5 710-8MA11

for program backup

and/or firmware update
MMC 4 MB 1)

6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0

light beige

Length: 530 mm for

600 mm cabinets

for program backup

MMC 2 MB 1)

6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0

yellow

Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets

for program backup

MMC 512 KB 1)

6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0

red

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

for program backup

MMC KB1)

petrol

SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail

Accessories
MMC 64 KB 1)

Order No.
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 labeling
strips for peripheral modules and
20 labeling strips for interface
modules

1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet FastConnect

Installation cables
FastConnect Standard Cable

6XV1 840-2AH10

FastConnect Trailing Cable

6XV1 840-3AH10

FastConnect Marine Cable

6XV1 840-4AH10

Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect Stripping Tool

6GK1 901-1GA00

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Interface module with integrated CPU
Master interface module for
IM 151-7(8) CPU/F-CPU

Overview

Ordering data
Master interface module for
IM 151-7 CPU / IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules

Order No.
6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0

Accessories
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
Each sheet contains 60 label
strips for peripheral modules
and 20 label strips for interface
modules
petrol

6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0

red

6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0

yellow

6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0

light beige

6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0

ET 200S distributed
I/O system manuals

http://www.siemens.com/
simatic-docu

are available in the Internet as

PDF files:

PROFIBUS DP master interface module for IM 151-7(F)

CPU/IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU interface modules
Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP master interface in copper
design
Facilitates parallel operation of two PROFIBUS DP interfaces
on one IM 151-7 CPU
Enables operation of a PROFIBUS DP interface on an
IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU
Increases the availability of plants and machinery
Functionality corresponds to the interface of an S7-314 CPU
configured as DP master

Programming is with STEP 7 from Version V5.2 with

Service Pack 1.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0

Hardware configuration
Number of modules per CPU

Dimensions
Dimensions
Width

35 mm

Height

119.5 mm

Depth

75 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

100 g

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/81

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
Overview

Overview
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
Safety technology (Safety Integrated) is a component of
Totally Integrated Automation resulting in the total integration
of safety and standard automation (SIMATIC S7).
Whereas today, standard automation (conventional PLCs) and
safety automation (electromechanics) are still separate, these
two worlds are growing closer together to form one uniform,
integrated overall system.
Siemens can therefore present itself as a complete supplier
for automation engineering for which safety technology is part
of the standard automation and uniformity exists throughout the
complete system.

The fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs, plus the fail-safe signal modules

of SIMATIC ET 200S / ET200 / 200pro/ ET200eco and ET200M
have been specially developed for distributed applications in
manufacturing systems. Thanks to the discrete structure of the
F I/Os, safety technology is only applied where actually required.
The new system replaces conventional electromechanical components, such as:
Freely programmable safe linking of sensors to actuators;
Selective safe shutdown of actuators;
Hybrid configurations of F modules (F stands for fail-safe) and
standard modules in a station;
Single-bus concept, F signals and standard signals are transferred over one bus medium (PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET).

3/82

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F electronic modules

Overview
Fail-safe digital input module
6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0
For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
2 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard
The module is certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
Fail-safe digital output module
6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0
Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by
actuators
Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
The module is certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
Digital inputs/outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems. The
modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and in
PROFINET configurations.
They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.

Fail-safe input/output module

6ES7 138-4FC00-0AB0
4 fail-safe inputs, 3 fail-safe outputs
The module is certified up to Cat. 3 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 2 (IEC 61508).

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0

Order No.
- at "1" to "0", max.

Supply voltages
Rated value

6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0
17 ms

Cable length

DC 24 V

Yes

cable length, shielded, max.

200 m

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

Cable length unshielded, max.

200 m

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

Reverse polarity protection

Encoder supply

No

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

Number of outputs

Output voltage

min. L+ (-1.5 V)

Output current, rated value

300 mA

Output current, permissible range 0 to 300 mA

4W

Address area

Short-circuit protection

Yes

Encoder

Occupied address area

Connectable encoders

Outputs

4 byte

2-wire BEROS

Inputs

6 byte

Status information/alarms/diagnostics

Number of digital inputs

8; 8 single-channel, 4 two-channel

Diagnoses

Number of simultanneously controllable inputs

Diagnostic functions

Input characteristic curve to IEC

1131, Typ 1

Yes

Digital inputs

No

Yes

Diagnostics indication LED

Input voltage

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

Status indicator digital input

(green)

Yes

Rated value, DC

24 V

Isolation

for signal "0"

-30 to +5 V

Galvanic isolation, digital inputs

for signal "1"

15 to 30 V

between the channels

No
Yes

3.7 mA

between the channels and the

backplane bus

Input delay (for rated value of input

voltage)

between the channels and the

load voltage L+

No

for standard inputs

Standards, approvals, certificates

Input current
for signal "1", typ.

- programmable

Yes

- at " to "1", min.

0.3 ms

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

- at "0" to "1", max.

17 ms

to EN 954

- at "1" to "0", min.

0.3 ms

Cat. 3 (single-channel), Cat. 4

(two-channel)

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/83

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F electronic modules
Order No.

6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0

to IEC 61508

SIL 2 (single-channel), SIL 3 (twochannel)

Dimensions

- up to 40 C, max.
up to 60 C, max.

6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0
4A
4A

Load impedance range

Width

30 mm

Height

81 mm

Depth

52 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

Order No.

78 g

6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0

lower limit

12

upper limit

1 k

Cable lengths
Cable length, shielded, max.

200 m

Cable length unshielded, max.

200 m

Status information/alarms/diagnostics
Diagnoses

Supply voltages

Diagnostic functions

Yes

Rated value (DC)

24 V

Wire break

Yes

reverse polarity protection

No

Short circuit

Yes

Load voltage L+

Diagnostics indication LED

Current consumption

Order No.

from load voltage L+ (without

load), max.

typ. 100 mA

Collective error SF (red)

Yes
Yes

from backplane bus 3.3 V DC,

max.

28 mA

Status indicator digital output

(green)
Isolation

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

Isolation, digital outputs

3.5 W

Digital outputs

between the channels

No

between the channels and the

backplane bus

Yes
No

Number of digital outputs

Short-circuit protection of the output

Yes; Electronic

between the channels and the

load voltage L+

Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to

typ. (L+) -47 V

Standards, approvals,
certificates

Lamp load, max.

10 W

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

Controlling a digital input

No

to EN 954

Cat. 4

to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Output voltage
for signal "1", min.

L+ (-2,0 V), current sourcing

switch: L+ (-1,5 V), voltage drop
on current sinking switch: max. 0.5
V

Output current

Dimensions
Width

30 mm

Height

81 mm

Depth

52 mm

for signal "1" rated value

2A

Weights

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 60 C, min.

20 mA

Weight, approx.

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 60 C, max.

2.4 A

for signal "0" residual current,

max.

0.5 mA; Current sourcing switch:

max. 0.5 mA; current sinking
switch: max. 4 mA

Parallel switching of 2 outputs

for increased power

No

for redundant control of a load

No

Switching frequency
with resistive load, max.

30 Hz

with inductive load, max.

0.1 Hz

on lamp load, max.

10 Hz

Aggregate current of the outputs

(per group)
horizontal installation
- up to 40 C, max.

6A

- up to 55 C, max.

5A

vertical installation

3/84

Siemens SI 10 2009

85 g

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F electronic modules

Ordering data
Electronic module 4/8 F-DI
PROFIsafe 24 V DC

Order No.
6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN954-1)
Electronic module 4 F-DO
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2A

6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0

30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN954-1) /
SIL 3 (IEC 62061)
Electronic module 4 F-DI /
3 F-DO PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2A

6ES7 138-4FC01-0AB0

30 mm construction width,
up to Category 3 (EN954-1) /
SIL 2 (IEC 62061)
Terminal modules
for electronic modules

See F terminal modules

IM 151-1 High Feature

interface module

6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0

for ET 200S; data transmission

rate up to 12 Mbit/s; max. 63
modules can be connected, with
isochronous mode, bus connection via 9-pin Sub-D connector
incl. terminating module
6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Update service for 1 year

3
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Scope of delivery: Current DVD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

for ET 200S; data transmission

rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max. 63 I/O
modules up to 2 m wide can be
connected; 2 x bus connection
via RJ45 connector, incl. terminating module
IM 151-3 PN FO
interface module

Task:
Software for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

From V5.x to V5.3;

Floating license for 1 user

Accessories

IM 151-3 PN HF
interface module

Order No.
Accessories (continued)

6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0

for ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO

interfaces, integrated 2-port
switch, max. 63 I/O modules up to
2 m wide can be connected, incl.
terminating module

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/85

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
SIPLUS fail-safe electronics modules
(extended temperature range)

Overview
Electronics module 4/8 F-DI,
PROFIsafe 24 V DC
Order No.

6AG1 138-4FA03-2AB0

Order No. based on

6ES7 138-4FA03-0AB0

Ambient temperature range

-25 +60 C;
condensation permissible

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional

medial exposure (e.g. by
chlorine sulfur atmosphere).

Technical specifications

The technical data are

identical with those of the
based-on modules.
Electronics module 4 F-DO,
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A

Digital inputs/outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems

Fail-safe digital input module

For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
2 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard
Fail-safe digital output module
Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by
actuators
Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS and in
PROFINET configurations.
They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.

Order No.

6AG1 138-4FB02-2AB0

Order No. based on

6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0

Ambient temperature range

-25 +60 C; condensation

permissible

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional medial

exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur
atmosphere).

Technical specifications

The technical data are identical

with those of the based-on modules.

For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:

http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu

Ordering data

Order No.

F electronics modules SIPLUS

(extended temperature range and
medial exposure)
4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe 24 V DC
electronics module

6AG1 138-4FA03-2AB0

30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Electronics module 4 F-DO
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A

6AG1 138-4FB02-2AB0

30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Accessories

3/86

Siemens SI 10 2009

see F electronics modules

ordering data

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F electronic modules RELAY

Overview
The digital electronics module 1 F-RO 24 V DC/5A 24 to
230 V AC/5A has the following characteristics
1 relay output (2 NO contacts)
Output current 5 A.
Rated load voltage 24 V DC and 24 to 230 V AC
The control circuit of the two safety relays must be routed from
the outside to the respective terminals.
The attainable safety integrity level is SIL3 (IEC61508), when the
control of the F-RO module is implemented via a fail-safe output
(e.g. EM 4F-DO 24 V DC/2A PROFIsafe).

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0

Order No.

Voltages and currents

Relay outputs

Load voltage L+

Switching capacity of the contacts

Rated value (DC)

24 V; Supply via fail-safe output,

e.g. of an F-DO

Thermal continuous current, max.

100 mA; from control voltage

Diagnostics indication LED

Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load),
max.

from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA

Power loss, typ.

2.1 W

6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0

5A

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Status indicator digital output
(green)

Yes

Isolation

Address area

Isolation, digital outputs

Address space per module

between the channels

Yes

between the channels and the

backplane bus

Yes

between the channels and the

load voltage L+

Yes; between channels

and control voltage

with packing

2 Bit

without packing

1 Byte

Digital inputs
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max.

Standards, approvals, certificates

10 m; control cable

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

to EN 954

to Cat. 4

cable length, shielded, max.

200 m

to IEC 61508

up to SIL 3

Cable length unshielded, max.

200 m

Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs

Dimensions

Short-circuit protection of the output No; 6 A external fuse of

duty category gL/gG

Dimensions
Width

30 mm

Controlling a digital input

Height

81 mm

Depth

52 mm

Yes

Output current
for signal "1" rated value

5A

for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA

Weights
Weight, approx.

90 g

Switching frequency
with resistive load, max.

2 Hz

with inductive load, max.

0.1 Hz

Aggregate current of the outputs

(per group)
vertical installation
- up to 40 C, max.

6A

horizontal installation
- up to 40 C, max.

8A

- up to 55 C, max.

6 A; at 50C

- up to 60 C, max.

5 A; up to max. 24.8 V

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/87

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F electronic modules RELAY

Ordering data
Electronics module 1 F-RO
24 V DC/5A 24 to 230 V AC/5A

Order No.
6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

Accessories
Terminal modules for
electronic modules

See F terminal modules

IM 151-1 High Feature

interface module

6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0

For ET 200S; transmission rate up

to 12 Mbit/s; max. 63 modules
can be connected, with isochronous mode, bus connection via 9pin Sub-D connector incl. terminating module
IM 151-3 PN HF
interface module

6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0

For ET 200S; transfer rate up to

100 Mbit/s; max. 63 I/O modules
up to 2 m wide can be connected; 2 x bus connection via
RJ45 connector, incl. terminating
module

IM 151-3 PN FO
interface module
For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO
interfaces, integrated 2-port
switch, max. 63 I/O modules up to
2 m wide can be connected, incl.
terminating module

Order No.
Accessories (continued)

Task:
Configuration software for
configuring of fail-safe user
programs for SIMATIC S7-300F,
S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

From V5.x to V5.3; Floating

license for 1 user
SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

Update service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

3/88

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module

Overview

Ordering data
Power module PM-E F pm
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC

Order No.
6ES7 138-4CF02-0AB0

For safe shutdown of digital

output modules
Power module PM-E F pp
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC

6ES7 138-4CF41-0AB0

For safe shutdown of digital

output modules
Accessories
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE
interface module

6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0

For ET 200S; data transmission

rate up to 12 Mbit/s; data volumes
244 bytes each for I/O, up to
63 modules can be connected;
connection of PROFIsafe modules, isochronous mode;
bus connection via 9-pin Sub-D
incl. terminating module

Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power modules for safety shutdown

of standard digital output modules.
Up to 2 fail-safe digital outputs onboard (source/sink outputs,
up to 2A, up to SIL3/Cat. 4)
The standard digital output modules can be shut down up to
Cat.3 (EN 954) and SIL 2 (IEC61508) up to 10 A. The following
modules can be used down-circuit of the power modules.
- 2 DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
- 2 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
- 2 DO / 0.5 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
- 2 DO / 2 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
- 4 DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0
- 4 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and in
PROFINET configurations. They can be used with all fail-safe
SIMATIC S7-CPUs.

IM 151-3 PN HF
interface module

6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0

For ET 200S; data transmission

rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max.
63 I/O modules up to 2 m wide
can be connected; 2 x bus
connection via RJ45 connector,
incl. terminating module
IM 151-3 PN FO
interface module

3
6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0

For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO

interfaces, integrated 2-port
switch, max. 63 I/O modules up
to 2 m wide can be connected,
incl. terminating module
Terminal modules for
power modules
TM-P30S44-A0

6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 unit

7 x 2 terminals, terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted
to the left, screw-type terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0

6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 unit

7 x 2 terminals, terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

From V5.x to V5.3;

Floating license for 1 user
SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

five languages: S7-200/300/400,
C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7,
SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/89

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F terminal modules

Overview

Ordering data

Order No.

Terminal modules for power modules

TM-P15S23-A1

6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-P15C23-A1

6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
TM-P15S23-A0

6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals
TM-P15C23-A0

Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic

modules
For setting up permanent wiring through self-configuring
voltage buses
Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced
vibration resistance of up to 5 g
Different versions to accommodate power modules and
electronic modules
Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network)
Automatic coding of the electronic modules
Self-shielding of the backplane bus for high data security
Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals
For up to 60 % faster process wiring also with FastConnect
connection method (av. soon)

TM-P15S22-01

TM-P15C22-01

6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1
interconnected to the left,
spring-loaded terminals
TM-P30S44-A0

6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1
interconnected to the left,
screw-type terminals

TM-P30C44-A0

3/90

6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200S Fail-safe modules
F terminal modules

Ordering data

Order No.

Order No.

Terminal modules for electronic modules

Accessories

TM-E30S44-01

Color coding plates

6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

4 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type
terminals
TM-E30C44-01

Ordering unit 200 items

for TM-P, TM-E

6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

4 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, springloaded terminals
TM-E30S46-A1

6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0

Ordering unit 1 item

4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0

yellow

6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0

yellow/green

6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0

red

6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0

blue

6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0

brown

6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0

turquoise

6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0

Ordering unit 1200 items,

for SIMATIC ET 200S terminal
modules, includes 60 strips
with 20 items each

Ordering unit 1 item

4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E30C46-A1

white

6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0

yellow

6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0

yellow/green

6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0

Grounding terminal

8WA2 868

Ordering unit 1 item

For cable cross-sections
up to 25 mm2
3 10 mm busbars

8WA2 842

Ordering unit 1 item

Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit 1 set
200 units for slot numbering
(1 to 20) 10

8WA8 861-0AB

200 units for slot numbering

(1 to 40) 5

8WA8 861-0AC

200 units for slot numbering

(1 to 64) 1 , (1 to 68) 2

8WA8 861-0DA

Labels, blank
200 units for slot numbering

8WA8 848-2AY

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/91

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
Introduction

Overview

Design
The tried and tested separation of module and bus/power
connection technology, which has already been used for the
ET 200eco, is now also used for the digital and analog expansion modules of the ET 200pro. For the interface module this allows use of the T-functionality for the bus and 24 V power supply,
and for the expansion modules it permits pre-wiring of sensor/
actuator connections. This permanent wiring allows exactly one
electronics module to be hot-swapped in the event of a fault
without having to switch off the whole station. It can continue to
operate fault-free while the module is being replaced. This ensures very high plant availability. When an electronics component is replaced, the whole I/O wiring can remain on the connecting module and does not have to be marked or removed.
Modules

Distributed I/O system with degree of protection IP65/67 for

cabinet-free use at the machine.
Small, multifunctional complete solution: Digital inputs/outputs, fail-safe modules, motor starters up to 5.5 kW, etc.
Communication over PROFIBUS or PROFINET
Mixed arrangement of fail-safe and standard modules in the
same station
Freely selectable connection technique: Direct, ECOFAST or
M12 7/8"
Power module for easy implementation of load groups
Module replacement during operation (hot swapping)
Easy installation as well as permanent wiring
Data transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s
Extensive diagnostics: Module-specific or channel-specific
Intelligent motor starters for starting and protection of motors
and loads up to 5.5 kW
- Versions: Direct and reversing starters Standard and
High-Feature
Fail-safe modules with safety-related signal processing
according to PROFIsafe

Application
SIMATIC ET 200pro is the new modular I/O system with high degree of protection IP65/66/67 for local, cabinetless applications.
ET 200pro distinguishes itself through a small frame size and an
innovative installation concept. ET 200pro can be optimized and
very flexibly adapted to the requirements of the corresponding
automation task with respect to the connection method, required
I/Os and fieldbus connection. New features such as the integrated PROFIsafe safety technology, the PROFINET interface
and the ability to hotswap modules permit it to be used for a wide
range of applications.
With the integrated motor starters, conveyor applications can be
implemented optimally, or drives of up to 5.5 kW can be controlled without control cabinet.

3/92

Siemens SI 10 2009

The modules of the ET 200pro usually have two or three components. Interface and power modules as well as digital and analog expansion modules comprise:
one bus connector which constitutes the backplane bus of the
system
one electronics module or interface module
one connecting module
A backplane bus module is required for operation of
motor starters.
A station is constructed from:
one rack
one interface module for PROFIBUS DP
one connecting module for the interface module for
PROFIBUS DP
- CM IM DP direct with up to six M20 screwed cable glands
- CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
- CM IM DP M12 7/8
Or optionally
each with an interface module for PROFINET IO
a terminal module for the PROFINET IO interface module:
- CM IM PN M12 7/8
- CM IM PN 2 x RJ45
- CM IM PN 2 x SCRJ FO
max. 16 expansion modules that can be mounted in stations
up to 1 m in width
Expansion modules
The following expansion modules are available:
Digital I/Os
Analog inputs
Analog outputs
Connecting modules IO
- CM IO 8 x M8 for digital electronic modules
- CM IO 4 x M12 inverse for digital electronic modules
- CM IO 4x M12 for digital or analog electronic modules
- CM IO 8x M12 for digital electronic modules
Power module electronics
Connecting modules for power modules
- CM PM-E PP (Push Pull)
- CM PM-E directly with up to two M20 screwed cable glands
- CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu
- CM PM-E 7/8
Motor starter

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
Introduction

Design (continued)

Technical specifications

Rack

General technical specifications

Two different racks are available for mounting the ET 200pro:

Narrow rack
The narrow rack supports complete pre-assembly on the
workbench by means of two mounting flanges outside of the
ET 200pro station.

Electronic modules

Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs
Analog outputs

Motor starter
Cables and connections

M12 and M8 round connector

with standard assignment for
actuator/sensor

Transmission rate, max.

12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP),

100 Mbit/s (PROFINET IO)

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption of one

ET 200pro (internal and encoder
supply, non-switched voltage),
up to 55 C, max.

5A

Current consumption of one

10 A
ET 200pro per infeed (IM, PM,
switched voltage, up to 55 C, max.)

Compact rack
When the compact rack is used, the small footprint of the
ET 200pro system can be used to best advantage.

For overall configuration with

looping through (several
ET 200pro), up to 55 C, max.

16 A
(with connecting module, directly)

Degree of protection

IP65/66/IP67 for interface,

digital and analog modules

Material

Thermoplastic
(reinforced with glass fiber)

Ambient conditions
Temperature

from 0 55 C
(-25 C on request)

Relative humidity

from 5 100%

Atmospheric pressure

from 795 1080 hPa

Mechanical stress
Vibrations

Vibration test conforming to

IEC 60068, Part 2-6 (sinusoidal)
Constant acceleration 5 g,
occasionally 10 g for interface,
digital and analog modules
2 g motor starters

Function

Shock

Shock test according to

IEC 680068 Part 2 - 27,
half-sine, 30 g,
18 ms duration for interface,
digital and analog modules
15 g, 11 ms duration for
motor starters

Approvals

UL, CSA or cULus

The SIMATIC ET 200pro is easily configured with STEP 7.

A GSD file is available for interfacing with systems of other
manufacturers.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/93

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-2 interface module

Overview
Interface modules for handling communication between the
ET 200pro and the higher-level master over PROFIBUS DP.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0

Order No.

6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0

Supply voltages

Process alarm

parameterizable

Supply voltage of electronics 1L+

Swapping interrupt

parameterizable
possible

Rated value (DC)

24 V

Hot swapping of modules

Short-circuit protection

Yes; over exchangeable fuses

reverse polarity protection

Yes; against destruction

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Diagnostics indication LED

Rated value

Bus error BF (red)

Yes

permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes

(green)

DC 24 V

Yes
28.8 V

Load voltage monitoring DC 24 V

(green)

Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max.

200 mA

Address area

Isolation
Isolation checked with

Adressing volume

Yes

500 V DC

Isolation

Outputs

244 Byte

Inputs

244 Byte

between backplane bus and

electronics

No

between supply voltage and

electronics

Yes

Yes

PROFIBUS DP
automatic detection of
transmission speed

Environmental requirements

1st interface

Operating termperature

Type of interface

PROFIBUS DP

min.

-25 C

Physics

RS 485

max.

55 C

Functionality

Storage/transport temperature

DP slave

Yes

min.

-40 C

DP slave

max.

70 C

Services
- SYNC/FREEZE
- direct data exchange
(cross traffic)

Degree and class of protection

Yes
Yes

Transmission speeds, min.

9.6 kBit/s

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

IP 65

Yes

IP 66

Yes

IP 67

Yes

Dimensions
Dimensions

Parameter
DPV1 operation
Diagnostic alarm

possible
parameterizable

Width

90 mm

Height

130 mm

Depth

59.3 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

3/94

Siemens SI 10 2009

415 g

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-2 interface module

Ordering data
IM 154-2 High Feature
interface module

Order No.
6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0

for ET 200pro; for communication

between ET 200pro and higherlevel masters over PROFIBUS DP;
support of PROFIsafe

Order No.
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable GP, pre-assembled
with 2 ECOFAST connectors,
trailing-type cable 2 x CU
0.64 mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2
1.5 m long

6XV1 860-3PH15

3.0 m long

6XV1 860-3PH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 860-3PH50

for connecting PROFIBUS DP

and the 24 V power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules,
2 ECOFAST Cu connections

10 m long

6XV1 860-3PN10

15 m long

6XV1 860-3PN15

20 m long

6XV1 860-3PN20

CM IM DP
direct connection module

25 m long

6XV1 860-3PN25

30 m long

6XV1 860-3PN30

35 m long

6XV1 860-3PN35

40 m long

6XV1 860-3PN40

45 m long

6XV1 860-3PN45

50 m long

6XV1 860-3PN50

Accessories
CM IM DP ECOFAST
connection module

6ES7 194-4AA00-0AA0

6ES7 194-4AC00-0AA0

for connecting PROFIBUS DP and

the 24 V power supply directly to
the PROFIBUS interface modules,
up to six M20 screwed cable
glands
CM IM DP M12,
7/8" connection module

6ES7 194-4AD00-0AA0

PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid

cable, non-assembled

for connecting PROFIBUS DP

and the 24 V power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules,
2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8"
Accessories for CM IM DP ECOFAST
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable, pre-assembled

50 m long

6XV1 830-7AN50

100 m long

6XV1 830-7AT10

PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable GP,
non-assembled

with 2 ECOFAST connectors,

trailing-type cable 2 x CU
0.64 mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2

Trailing-type cable 2 x CU
0.64 mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2

1.5 m long

6XV1 830-7BH15

3.0 m long

6XV1 830-7BH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 830-7BH50

10 m long

6XV1 830-7BN10

15 m long

6XV1 830-7BN15

20 m long

6XV1 830-7BN20

25 m long

6XV1 830-7BN25

30 m long

Trailing-type cable 2 x CU 0.64

mm2 and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2

6XV1 830-7BN30

50 m long

6XV1 860-4PN50

100 m long

6XV1 860-4PT10

PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid connector 180
ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x
1.5 mm2,, HANBRID connector
with male insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0CA00

with female insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0CB00

PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid connector angular

35 m long

6XV1 830-7BN35

40 m long

6XV1 830-7BN40

45 m long

6XV1 830-7BN45

ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x

1.5 mm2,, HANBRID connector

50 m long

6XV1 830-7BN50

with male insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0CC00

with female insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0CD00

ECOFAST sealing cap

6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0

for protecting unused

bus connections for ET 200pro;
10 items per pack

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/95

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-2 interface module

Ordering data

Order No.

PROFIBUS trailing cable

6XV1 830-3EH10

Max. acceleration 4 m/s2, at least

3,000,000 bending cycles,
bending radius 60 mm, 2-core
shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cable

6XV1 830-0GH10

General accessories
ET 200pro rack

6XV1 830-0JH10

6XV1 830-8AH10

5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,

sold by the meter, minimum order
quantity 20 m, maximum order
quantity 1000 m
Accessories for CM IM DP M12 7/8
PROFIBUS M12
connecting cable
Pre-assembled with
two M12 connectors, 5-pin

Narrow, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0

Compact, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0

Wide, for interface,

electronics, power modules
and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0

Wide, for I/O modules

and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0

Spare fuse

6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

1.5 m long

6XV1 830-3DH15

2.0 m long

6XV1 830-3DH20

3.0 m long

6XV1 830-3DH30

12.5 A quick-response,
for interface and power modules,
10 items per package unit

5.0 m long

6XV1 830-3DH50

Technical product data

10 m long

6XV1 830-3DN10

15 m long

6XV1 830-3DN15

for CAX applications,

one-off license

7/8" connecting cable to

power supply

SIMATIC Manual Collection

1.5 m long

6XV1 822-5BH15

2.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH20

3.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH50

10 m long

6XV1 822-5BN10

15 m long

6XV1 822-5BN15

M12 cable connector

for ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
with male insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0EA00

with female insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0EB00

7/8" cable connector

for ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
with male insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0FA00

with female insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0FB00

Siemens SI 10 2009

Technical product data

6ES7 991-0CD01-0YX0

6ES7 991-0CC00-0YX2

for CAX applications,

one-off license, update service

5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2,

trailing type, pre-assembled
with two 7/8" connectors, 5-pin

3/96

6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0

for protecting unused

7/8" connections for ET 200pro;
10 items per pack

with PUR sheath for use under

conditions of extreme mechanical stress and aggressive
chemicals, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
Power line

3RX9 802-0AA00

for protection of unused

M12 connections with ET 200pro
Sealing cap 7/8"

with PE sheath for use in the food

and beverages industry, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC
Robust bus cable

Order No.
M12 sealing cap

Accessories for CM IM DP direct

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Update service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-4 PN interface modules

Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0

Supply voltages

Order No.

6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics

Supply voltage of electronics 1L+

Rated value (DC)

24 V

Diagnostics indication LED

Short-circuit protection

Yes; Fuse in lower part is

exchangeable,
the fuse on the IM-LP is not

Bus error BF (red)

Yes; Additional LEDs (MAINT,

P1/2 LINK, P1/2 RX/TX) available

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

reverse polarity protection

Yes; against destruction

Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes

(green)

Rated value
DC 24 V

Yes

Load voltage monitoring DC 24 V

(green)

permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V; Unit [ V]

Isolation

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

Isolation checked with

28.8 V; Unit [ V]

Power loss, typ.

400 mA; Dependent on terminal

module, typ. maximum value for
FO connection method, full load
on RWB and 20.4 V input voltage
6 W; Dependent on terminal
module, typ. maximum value
for CU connection method, full
load on RWB, for FO the value
is approx. 0.7 W higher

Memory

between backplane bus and

electronics

No

between supply voltage and

electronics

Yes

Environmental requirements
Operating termperature
min.

-25 C

max.

55 C

Storage/transport temperature

Type of storage
Micro Memory Card

500 V DC

Isolation

Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max.

Yes

No

Address area

min.

-40 C

max.

70 C

Degree and class of protection

Adressing volume

IP 65

Yes

Outputs

256 Byte

IP 66

Yes

Inputs

256 Byte

IP 67

Yes

Protocols
PROFINET IO

General information
Yes

PROFINET IO

Vendor identification (VendorID)

0x002A

Device identifier (DeviceID)

0x0305

Transmission speed, max.

100 MBit/s

Dimensions

automatic detection of
transmission speed

Yes

Dimensions

Services

ARP, PING, SNMP

Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode

No

equidistance

No

shortest clock pulse

0.25 ms

Width

90 mm

Height

130 mm

Depth

59.3 mm

Weights
Weight, approx.

490 g

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/97

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-4 PN interface modules

Ordering data
IM 154-4 PN High Feature
interface module

Order No.
6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0

7/8" connecting cable

to power supply

for communication between

ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO;
support of PROFIsafe

5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,

pre-assembled with two 7/8"
connectors, 5-pin, up to 50 m

Accessories

1.5 m long

6XV1 822-5BH15

2.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH20

for connecting PROFINET PN and

24 V power supply to PROFINET
interface modules, 2 x M12 and
2 x 7/8"

3.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH50

10 m long

6XV1 822-5BN10

CM IM PN connection module
2xRJ45

15 m long

6XV1 822-5BN15

Other special lengths with 90

or 180 cable outlet

see
http://support.automation.
simens.com/WW/view/en/
26999294

Power line

6XV1 830-8AH10

CM IM PN connection module
M12, 7/8"

6ES7 194-4AJ00-0AA0

6ES7 194-4AF00-0AA0

for connecting PROFINET PN and

24 V power supply to PROFINET
interface modules, 2 x RJ45 and
2 x push-pull power connector
CM IM PN 2xSCRJ FO connection module

Order No.
Accessories (continued)

6ES7 194-4AG00-0AA0

for connecting PROFINET PN and

24 V power supply to PROFINET
interface modules, 2 x SCRJ FO
and 2 x push-pull power connector
M12 sealing cap

5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,

sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1,000 m
7/8" cable connector

3RX9 802-0AA00

for ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
with male insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0FA00

with female insert, 5 per pack

6GK1 905-0FB00

IE M12 connecting cables

7/8" Power T-Tap

6GK1 905-0FC00

Pre-assembled, with two M12

connectors, up to 85 m

Power T-piece with two 7/8

female inserts and one 7/8 male
insert, 5 per pack

for protection of unused M12

connections with ET 200pro

0.3 m long

6XV1 870-8AE30

0.5 m long

6XV1 870-8AE50

1.0 m long

6XV1 870-8AH10

1.5 m long

6XV1 870-8AH15

2.0 m long

6XV1 870-8AH20

3.0 m long

6XV1 870-8AH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 870-8AH50

10 m long

6XV1 870-8AN10

15 m long

6XV1 870-8AN15

Other special lengths with 90

or 180 cable outlet

see
http://support.automation.
siemens.com/WW/view/en/
26999294

3/98

Siemens SI 10 2009

Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect installation cables
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 840-2AH10

IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 840-3AH10

IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP
2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 870-2D

IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 870-2F

IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 840-4AH10

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-4 PN interface modules

Ordering data

Order No.

Accessories (continued)

ET 200pro rack

IE RJ45 Plug PRO

RJ45 plug in IP65/67-rated
design for on-site assembly,
plastic housing, insulation/displacement connection system,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
and ET200pro:
1 pack = 1 unit

6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0

IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO

SC RJ plug for POF fibers in
IP65/67-rated design for on-site
assembly, plastic housing,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
and ET200pro
1 pack = 1 unit

6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0

IE SC RJ PCF Plug PRO

SC RJ plug for PCF fibers in
IP65/67-rated design for on-site
assembly, plastic housing,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
1 pack = 1 unit

6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0

Power Plug PRO

5-pole power plug for 2 x 24 V
power supply in IP65/67-rated
design, for on-site assembly,
plastic housing, for SCALANCE
X-200IRT and ET200 pro
1 pack = 1 unit

6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0

Narrow, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0

Compact, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0

Wide, for interface,

electronics, power modules and
motor starters
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0

Wide, for I/O modules

and motor starters
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0

- 2000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0

Spare fuse

IE M12 Plug PRO

6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

12.5 A quick-response,
for interface and power modules,
10 items per package unit

M12 plug for on-site assembly;

(D-coded), metal housing,
fast connect system,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IM 154-4 PN

SIMATIC Manual Collection

1 unit

6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0

8 units

6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8

IE panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough
for converting M12 D-coded
connection system (IP65) to RJ45
connection system (IP20)
1 pack = 5 units

Order No.
General accessories

6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Scope of delivery: Current DVD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/99

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN interface modules

Overview

Function
The interface module IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN communicates
with host systems. It is an IWLAN station, and exchanges data
via access points. It can move freely within the radio field.

Interface module for handling communication between

ET 200pro and host PROFINET IO controllers over Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with
data transfer rates up to 54 Mbit/s.
Protection against illegal access, espionage, tapping and falsification through use of effective encryption mechanisms
Fast exchange of devices through use of interchangeable medium MICRO MEMORY CARD

Application
The interface module IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN High handles communication between ET 200pro and host PROFINET IO controllers over Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks for
2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
It permits the use of an ET 200pro for applications in which a cabled solution can only be implemented at high cost (wear, distance, inaccessible terrain).
Possible fields of application include:
Automatic guided vehicle systems
Escalators
Warehouse logistics
Goods transportation
Electric overhead conveyors
Building management
Service applications
The interface module IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN communicates via
Industrial Wireless LAN access points with PROFINET IO controllers which respond in accordance with the IEC 61158 standard.

Design
The interface module IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN consists of:
An interface unit (IWLAN radio card; compatible with
IEEE 802.11a/h/b/g and IEEE 802.11e/i) and
A connection unit.
The interface unit and the connection unit are supplied together
with the terminating module.
By means of a screw connection (R-SMA), antennas can be connected directly or also remotely to the interface module.
Device names as well as the user and configuration data can be
saved on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card.

3/100

Siemens SI 10 2009

In addition to a reliable radio link, the interface module

IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN has the following features:
IEEE 802.11b/ g/ a/ h for different frequency bands
IEEE 802.11e for multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM)
IEEE 802.11i for security
Maximum transmission rate (gross data transfer rate)
54 Mbit/s
Transmission methods (physical layer)
- Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS)
- Complementary Code Keying (CCK)
- Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)
Frequency bands / channels / transmitted power
- 2.4 2.4835 GHz / 13 / 20 dBm
- 5.15 5.25 GHz / 4 / 23 dBm
- 5.25 5.35 GHz / 4 / 23 dBm
- 5.47 5.725 GHz / 11 / 30 dBm
Supported Industrial Wireless LAN services
- Optimized media access with Industrial Point Coordination
Function (iPCF)
- Interruption-free swapping of radio cell with Rapid Roaming
(RR)
- Fault suppression mechanisms with Dynamic Frequency
Selection (DFS) and Transmission Power Control (TPC)
Use of two antennas for optimization of data transmission
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved using the WPA2/IEEE
802.11i mechanisms. Modern procedures are defined here
which control the regular replacement of the complete 128-bit
keys and also provide access control (authentication) for a participant. Data encryption is carried out in accordance with the
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN interface modules

Selection and ordering Data

Order No.

Order No.
IM 154-6 PN HF IWLAN interface
module

6ES7 154-6AB00-0AB0

For communication between ET

200pro and host controllers over
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
radio networks; support of PROFIsafe

Mounting directly on
IM154-6 PN HF IWLAN
6ES7 194-4MA00-0AA0

For wall or pipe mounting

ANT 792-6MN; rod antenna NConnect female 2.4 GHz; 1 unit

6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6

ANT793-6MN; rod antenna NConnect female 5 GHz; 1 unit

6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6

For use with the RCoax antenna

system
ANT 792-4DN; RCoax N-Connect female 2.4 GHz; 1 unit
ANT793-4MN; RCoax N-Connect female 5 GHz; 1 unit

6GK 5793-4MN00-0AA6

1 m long

6XV1 875-5CH10

2 m long

6XV1 875-5CH20

5 m long

6XV1 875-5CH50

10 m long

6XV1 875-5CN10
6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6

7/8" connecting cable to power

supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,
pre-assembled with two 7/8" connectors
1.5 m long

6XV1 822-5BH15

2.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH20

3.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH30

5.0 m long

6XV1 822-5BH50

10 m long

6XV1 822-5BN10

15 m long

6XV1 822-5BN15

Power line

see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26999294
6XV1 830-8AH10

5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,

sold by the meter, minimum order
quantity 20 m, maximum order
quantity 1,000 m
7/8" cable connector

6XV1 870-3QN10

0.5 m long

6XV1 870-3RE50

1 m long

6XV1 870-3RH10

2 m long

6XV1 870-3RH20

6 m long

6XV1 870-3RH60

10 m long

6XV1 870-3RN10

IE RJ45 Plug PRO; RJ45 connector for on-site assembly

6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0

in IP65/67-rated design, plastic

housing, insulation/displacement
connection system, for
SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO and
ET200pro; 1 unit

ET 200pro rack
Narrow, for interface, electronics
and power modules
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0

Compact, for interface, electronics and power modules

- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0

Wide, for interface, electronics,

power modules and motor starters

Accessories

Other special lengths with 90 or

180 cable outlet

6XV1 870-3QH60

10 m long

General accessories
6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6

Antenna cables IWLAN RCoax;

N-Connect / R-SMA

IWLAN terminating resistor 50

Ohm for second R-SMA antenna
socket, 3 units

6XV1 870-3QH20

6 m long
Crossed Twisted Pair cables
4x2 with RJ45 connectors

Antennas with omnidirectional

characteristic

ANT IM 154-6 IWLAN; 2 units

2 m long

- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length

6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0

Wide, for I/O modules and motor

starters
- 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0

- 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0

- 2000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0

Spare fuse

6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

12.5 A quick-response, for interface and power modules,

10 items per package unit
Labels

3RT1 900-1SB20

20 x 7 mm, pale turquoise,

340 units per pack
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card

6GK1 905-0FB00

For ET 200eco, with axial cable

outlet; with socket insert, pack of
5

64 KB

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

128 KB

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

512 KB

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

Twisted Pair cables 4x2 with

RJ45 connectors
0.5 m long

6XV1 870-3QE50

1 m long

6XV1 870-3QH10

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/101

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM 154-6 PN IWLAN interface modules
Order No.
SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilanguage:

S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
SIMATIC Manual Collection
Update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Scope of delivery: Current DVD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

More information
Radio approvals
Current approvals can be found in the Internet.

In Germany:
http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp
/support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_de.pdf
Outside Germany:
http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/net/html_00/ftp
/support/lz_laenderliste_wlan_en.pdf

3/102

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules

Overview

PROFINET IO Controller to operate distributed I/Os on

PROFINET
Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
CPU with PLC functionality equivalent to S7-315-2 PN/DP, provides distributed intelligence for preprocessing
Interface module to exchange preprocessed I/O data from ET
200pro with a higher-level master through PROFIBUS DP
Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system with
modular programs via STEP 7
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

Application
The IM 154-8 CPU can be used as an IO Controller on
PROFINET through the integrated PROFINET interface. The intelligent 154-8 CPU interface module has integrated PLC functionality. The included functions are equivalent to S7-315-2
PN/DP CPU.
The ET 200pro can use these PLC functions to control autonomous technological functional units, e.g.,
Conveyor systems, switches
Lifting stations
Positioning tasks
Because of the available PROFIBUS interface in addition to the
PROFINET interface, the IM 154-8 interface module also includes the option to operate other decentralized I/Os through
PROFIBUS. The IM 154-8 CPU can be used on PROFIBUS not
only as a master but also as a slave. The CPUs potential applications are therefore extended manufacturing cells with preprocessing, whereby stand-alone operation is also an option. Cabinet-free installations are possible due to the high IP67 rating.

Design

The intelligent IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface module consists of

two components:
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU (6ES7154-8AB00-0AB0) and
CM IM PN/DP M12 7/8 connection module
(6ES7194-4AN00-0AA0)
Both components are sold separately.
The IM154-8 CPU interface module includes the following:
3 PROFINET ports (2 x M12, 1 x RJ45)
2 MPI/PROFIBUS connections (input and output, M12)
Integrated CPU with the power of an S7-315-2 PN/DP CPU
RUN/STOP switch and RJ45 PROFINET port behind a sealed
cover
Micro Memory Card below the connection module

Function
Diagnostics buffer;
the last 500 errors and interrupt events are saved in a buffer
for diagnostics purposes.
Maintenance-free data backup;
the CPU automatically saves all data (up to 128 KB) in case of
power failure so that the data are available again unchanged
when the power returns.
Parameterizable attributes
STEP 7 can be used to parameterize both S7 configurations and
the properties and responses of the CPUs:
Restart/cycle time behavior;
stipulation of maximum cycle time and loading.
Clock bit memory;
address setting.
Protection level;
definition of access rights to program and data.
System diagnostics;
definition of the handling and scope of diagnostics messages.
Watchdog interrupts;
setting of periodicity.
Time-of-day interrupts;
setting of date and time of start and periodicity.
PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface;
user-oriented address allocation for distributed I/O.
PROFINET interface;
parameterization of time synchronization using NTP procedure
MPI multipoint interface;
determination of node addresses.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/103

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
Indication and information functions
Status and error indications;
LEDs indicate, e.g., hardware, programming, time, I/O or bus
errors, as well as operating states such as RUN, STOP and restart. Maintenance alarm and PROFINET link/activity.
Test functions;
the programming device can be used to display signal states
in program execution, modify process variables independently of the user program, and read out the contents of stack
memories.
Information functions;
you can use the programming device to obtain information
about the storage capacity and operating mode of the CPU as
well as the current utilization of the main and load memories,
current cycle times and diagnostic buffer contents in plain
text.

Integrated communication functions

PG/OP communication
Shared data communication
S7 basic communication
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication
Routing
PROFIBUS DP master/slave
Open communication over TCP/IP, UDP and ISO-on-TCP
(RFC1006)
PROFINET IO Controller
PROFINET CBA
System functions

6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
expandable
Load memory
pluggable (MMC)

Yes

pluggable (MMC), max.

8 MByte

Backup
present

Yes

without battery

Yes

CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.

1 023; Number band: 1 to 1023

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FB
Number, max.

1 024; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

FC
Number, max.

1 024; Sequence of numbers:

0 to 2047

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

OB
Size, max.

16 Kibyte

Nesting depth
per priority class

additional within an error OB

CPU/processing times

The CPU provides many extensive system functions for diagnostics, parameterization, synchronization, alerting, time
measurement, etc. For detailed information, refer to the manual

Technical specifications
6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0

for bit operations, min.

0.1 s

for word operations, min.

0.2 s

for fixed point arithmetic, min.

2 s

for floating point arithmetic, min.

3 s

Product status

Times/counters and their remanence

associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP1 with HW update

S7 counter

Supply voltages

Number

Rated value

of which remanent without battery

DC 24 V

No

Yes

permissible range, lower limit

(DC)

20.4 V

permissible range, upper limit

(DC)

28.8 V

external protection for supply

cables (recommendation)

MCB 24V DC / 16A with tripping

characteristic Type B and C (see
ET 200pro manual)

Current consumption

256

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

Remanence
- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

- upper limit

255

Counting range

Current consumption (rated value) 350 mA; Typical

- adjustable

Yes

Current consumption (in no-load

operation), typ.

200 mA; Typical, current consumption for CPU in STOP state

- lower limit

Inrush current, typ.

2 A; Typical

- upper limit

999

It

0.04 ; Typical

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

8.5 W; Typical

IEC counter
present

Yes

Type

SFB

S7 times

Memory

Number

Type of storage

Remanence

RAM
integrated

3/104

256 Kibyte

Siemens SI 10 2009

256

- adjustable

Yes

- lower limit

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
- upper limit
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit

128

6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
buffered and synchronizable

Yes; On MPI: master/slave; to DP:

when operated as DP master:
master/slave; to PROFINET: Via
NTP (client only)

Deviation per day, max.

10 s

10 ms
9 990 s

Operating hours counter

IEC timer
present

Yes

Number

Type

SFB

Granularity

1h

Data areas and their remanence

remanent

Yes

Flag

Clock synchronization

Number, max.
Remanence available
Number of clock memories

2 048 byte

supports

Yes

Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047

to MPI, Master

Yes

to MPI, Slave

Yes

in AS, Master

No

Number, max.

1 023; From DB 1 to DB 1023

in AS, Slave

No

Size, max.

16 Kibyte

on Ethernet via NTP

Yes; as client

Remanence adjustable

Yes; From DB 1 to DB 1023

S7 message functions

Remanence preset

yes

Number of login stations for message functions, max.

16

Process diagnostic messages

Yes

simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.

40

Data blocks

Local data
per priority class, max.

1 024 byte; per block max. 510

Address area
I/O address area

Test commissioning functions

Inputs

2 048 byte

Status/control

Outputs

2 048 byte

Status/control variable

Yes

Variables

Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,

times, counters

Number of variables, max.

30

of which status variable, max.

30
14

of which, distributed
- Inputs
- Outputs

2 048 byte
2 048 byte

Process image
Inputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

of which control variable, max.

Outputs, adjustable

2 048 byte

Forcing

Inputs, preset

128 byte

Forcing

Yes

128 byte

Force, variables

I/O

Subprocess images

Number of variables, max.

10

Number of subprocess images,

max.

Status block

Yes

Single step

Yes

Number of breakpoints

Outputs, preset

Digital channels
Inputs

16 384

Diagnostic buffer

Outputs

16 384

present

Yes

Inputs, of which central

128

Number of entries, max.

500

Outputs, of which central

64

adjustable

No

Inputs

1 024

PG/OP communication

Yes

Outputs

1 024

Routing

Yes

Inputs, of which central

64

Global data communication

Outputs, of which central

64

supported

Yes

Size of GD packets, max.

22 byte

Analog channels

Communication functions

Hardware config.
Racks, max.

S7 basic communication

Modules per rack, max.

16; Expansion width max. 1m

supported

Number of DP masters
integrated

Yes

S7 communication
1

supported

Time

Open IE communication

Clock

TCP/IP
- Number of connections, max.

Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes

Yes
Yes
8

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/105

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
- Data length, max.
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006)
- Number of connections, max.
- Data length, max.
UDP
- Number of connections, max.
- Data length, max.

- HMI variable updating

Yes

- Number of HMI variables

8
8 Kibyte
Yes
8
1 472 Kibyte

Number of connections

500 ms

200
- Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 byte
max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported
- Number of linked PROFIBUS
devices
- Data length per connection,
max.

Yes
16
240 byte

overall

16

1st interface

usable for PG communication

15

Physics

RS 485

usable for OP communication

15

isolated

Yes

usable for S7 basic communicati- 14

on
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
communication load)

6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0

8 Kibyte

Functionality
MPI

Yes

DP master

Yes

Setpoint for the CPU communica- 50%

tion load

DP slave

Yes

Point-to-point coupling

No

Number of remote interconnection partners

MPI

32

Number of functions, master/sla- 30

ve
Total of all master/slave connec- 1 000
tions
Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.

4 000 byte

Number of device-internal and

PROFIBUS interconnections

500

Data length of device-internal

4 000 byte
and PROFIBUS interconnections,
max.
Data length per connection, max. 1 400 byte
Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling
interval, min.
- Number of incoming interconnections
- Number of outgoing interconnections
- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing interconnections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.
Remote interconnections with cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency: transmission interval, min.
- Number of incoming interconnections
- Number of outgoing interconnections
- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing interconnections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.
HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)

3/106

Siemens SI 10 2009

Number of connections

16

Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

Yes

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

DP master
Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

- S7 basic communication

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

2 000 byte

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

2 000 byte

- equidistance support

Yes

- SYNC/FREEZE

Yes

- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves
- DPV1

Yes

500 ms
100
100

1 400 byte

1 ms
200

Yes

Transmission speeds, max.

12 MBit/s

Number of DP slaves, max.

124

DP slave
200
2 000 byte

Services
- Routing

Yes

- Global data communication

No

2 000 byte

- S7 basic communication

No

250 byte

- S7 communication

Yes

- S7 communication, as client

No

- S7 communication, as server

Yes

- direct data exchange (cross

traffic)

Yes

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
- DPV1
Transmission speeds, max.
Transfer memory
- Inputs

No
12 MBit/s

6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0
between backplane bus and all
other circuit parts

Yes

between supply and all other circuit parts

Yes

244 byte

Degree of protection

244 byte

IP20 rear

32

Standards, approvals, certificates

Type of interface

PROFINET

CE symbol

Yes

Physics

Ethernet

CSA approval

No

isolated

Yes

C-TICK

Yes

Yes

cULus

Yes

FM approval

No

- Outputs
Address area, max.
2nd interface

automatic detection of transmission speed

Functionality

Yes

Dimensions

MPI

No

Dimensions

DP master

No

Width

135 mm

DP slave

No

Height

130 mm

PROFINET IO controller

Yes

Depth

65 mm

PROFINET CBA

Yes

Weights

Point-to-point coupling

No

Weight, approx.

555 g

PROFINET IO controller
Services
- PG/OP communication

Yes

- Routing

Yes

- S7 communication

Yes

- open IE communication

Yes

Transmission speed, max.

100 MBit/s

Total number of connectable IO

Devices, max.

128

Address area
- Inputs, max.

2 048 byte

- Outputs, max.

2 048 byte

- Useful data consistency, max.

256 byte

PROFINET CBA
Acyclic transmission

Yes

cyclic transmission

Yes

CPU/programming
Programming language
STEP 7

Yes; From V 5.3 SP1 + HW-Support Package

LAD

Yes

FUP

Yes

AWL

Yes

SCL

Yes

CFC

Yes

GRAPH

Yes

HiGraph

Yes

Operational stocks

see instruction list

Nesting levels

User program protection/password protection

Yes

Isolation
between backplane bus and elec- No
tronics

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/107

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
IM154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules

Selection and ordering Data

Order No.

Order No.
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface
module

6ES7 154-8AB00-0AB0

PROFINET IO Controller to operate distributed I/Os on PROFINET, with integrated PLC

functionality
Accessories
MMC 64 KB 1)

6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0

For program backup

MMC 128 KB 1)

6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

For program backup

MMC 512 KB 1)

6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0

For program backup

MMC 2 MB 1)

6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0

For program backup and/or firmware update

MMC 4 MB 1)

6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0

For program backup

MMC 8 MB 1)

6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0

For program backup

Connecting module

6ES7 194-4AN00-0AA0

For CPU IM 154-8 PN/DP, with 4 x

M12 and 2 x 7/8", to connect
PROFINET and PROFIBUS DP

6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6

Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45

Plug 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180
cable outlet
1 unit

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

10 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

50 units

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect installation cables

Fast Connect standard cable

6XV1 840-2AH10

Fast Connect trailing cable

6XV1 840-3AH10

Fast Connect marine cable

6XV1 840-4AH10

Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect

Stripping Tool

6GK1 901-1GA00

IE Connecting Cable M12180/M12-180

Preassembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET Type
C) with two 4-pin M12 plugs (4pin, D-coded), degree of protection IP65/IP67, length:
0.3 m

3/108

6XV1 870-8AE30
Siemens SI 10 2009

6XV1 870-8AE50

1.0 m

6XV1 870-8AH10

1.5 m

6XV1 870-8AH15

2.0 m

6XV1 870-8AH20

3.0 m

6XV1 870-8AH30

5.0 m

6XV1 870-8AH50

10 m

6XV1 870-8AN10

15 m

6XV1 870-8AN15

IE M12 Plug PRO

M12 plug-in connector suitable
for on-site assembly (D-coded),
metal enclosure, fast connection,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and IM
154-4 PN
1 unit

6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0

8 units

6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8

IE panel feedthrough
Cabinet feedthrough for converting from the M12 connection system (D-coded, IP65/IP67) to the
RJ45 connection system (IP20), 1
pack = 5 units

1)

SCALANCE X-200
Industrial Ethernet Switches
With integral SNMP access, Web
diagnosis, copper cable diagnosis and PROFINET diagnosis, for
setting up linear, star and ring
structures SCALANCE X208PRO,
in degree of protection IP65, with
eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12 ports,
incl. eleven M12 dust caps

0.5 m

6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5

An MMC is essential for operating the CPU

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200pro
Failsafe digital expansion modules

Overview

Ordering data
Fail-safe digital input module
8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe

Order No.
6ES7 148-4FA00-0AB0

24 V DC, including bus module.

Connecting module must be
ordered separately
Fail-safe digital input/output
module 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A

6ES7 148-4FC00-0AB0

24 V DC, including bus module.

Connecting module must be
ordered separately
Fail-safe electronic module
F-Switch PROFIsafe

6ES7 148-4FS00-0AB0

Three fail-safe PP-switching

outputs for safe switching of the
rear panel busbar (2L+, F0, F1);
two fail-safe digital inputs, 45 mm;
usable up to cat.
4 (EN 954)/SIL3 (IEC 61508)
Accessories

Fail-safe digital inputs/outputs with degree of protection

IP65/66/67 for application on the machine level without control
cabinet
Fail-safe digital inputs
For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
Provide integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
Internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) available
Fail-safe digital outputs
Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output)
by actuators
Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508) and feature detailed diagnostics.
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and
in PROFINET configurations. They can be used with IM 151-7
F-CPU, CPU31xF-2 DP, CPU31xF-2 PN/DP and CPU416F-2.

Connecting module

6ES7 194-4DC00-0AA0

For the fail-safe electronic module

4/8 F-DI/4 F DO, 24 V DC/2 A
Connecting module

6ES7 194-4DD00-0AA0

For the fail-safe electronic module

8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A
IM 154-2 High Feature
interface module

6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0

For ET 200pro,
incl. termination module
PROFINET interface module
IM154-4 PN

6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0

Including termination module

M12 covering cap

3RX9 802-0AA00

For protection of unused

M12 connections with ET 200pro
M12 connector,
can be assembled in the field

3RX8 000-0CD55

5-pin, for connecting digital

sensors and actuators, 1 unit
M12 connecting cable
With PUR sheath, for connecting
digital sensors and actuators,
pre-assembled, with connector
and socket at each end
3 x 0.34 mm2,
fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m

3RX1 633

- 1m

3RX1 634

- 1.5 m

3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5

4 x 0.34 mm2,
fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m

3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0

- 1m

3RX8 000-0CC44-1AF0

- 1.5 m

3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/109

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200M

Application

Technical specifications General

Cables and connections

Screw connection,
spring-loaded connection
and FastConnect with
permanent wiring

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature on vertical

wall (preferred mounting position)
with horizontal assembly

0 +60 C

with other assembly

0 +40 C

Relative humidity

5 95% (RH stress level 2

according to IEC 1131-2)

Atmospheric pressure

795 1080 hPa

Mechanical stress

Modular I/O system with degree of protection IP20, particularly suitable for user-specific and complex automation tasks
Can be expanded with S7-300 automation system signal,
communication and function modules
Applicable Ex analog input or output modules with HART
optimize the ET 200M for use in process engineering
Can be used in redundant systems (S7-400H, S7-400F/FH)
Consists of a PROFIBUS DP IM 153 connection, up to eight
or twelve I/O modules of the S7-300 automation system
(assembly with bus connections or active bus modules) and
if required a power supply
Modules can be replaced during operation (hot swapping)
with the bus modules active
Can be supplied with integrated fiber optic interface if
required
Transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Ex approval to Cat. 3 for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX100 a
Fail-safe digital in/outputs as well as analog inputs for safetyoriented signal processing in accordance with PROFIsafe
Support of modules with expanded user data, e.g. HART
modules with HART minor variables

3/110

Siemens SI 10 2009

Vibrations

IEC 68, parts 2 - 6:

10 57 Hz
(constant amplitude 0.075 mm)
57 150 Hz
(constant acceleration 1 g)

Shock

IEC 68, parts 2 - 27

half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital input module Safety Integrated

Overview
Digital inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
They are suitable for connecting:
- Switches and 2-wire proximity switches (BEROs)
- Sensors according to NAMUR and mechanical contacts,
also for signals from hazardous areas
With integral safety functions for fail-safe operation
Can be used in fail-safe mode
- Centrally: With S7-31xF-2 DP
- Distributed in ET 200M: With SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU,
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in standard mode as an S7-300 module

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 3261RF00-0AB0

6ES7 3261BK01-0AB0

SM 326,
8F-DI,
NAMUR, Ex

SM 326,
24F-DI,
24 V DC

Supply voltages

24 V

24 V

from load voltage L+ (without load),

max.

160 mA

450 mA

from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

90 mA

100 mA

Power loss, typ.

4.5 W

10 W

40-pin

40-pin

Current consumption

8;
8 (one-channel)
4 (two-channel)

24

Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs, up to 40 C

8; vertical setup 24

Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs, up to 60 C

8; horizontal
set up

24; (at 24 V) or
18 (at 28.8 V)

Cable length
cable length, shielded, max.

200 m

200 m

Cable length unshielded, max.

100 m

100 m

Input voltage
Rated value, DC

24 V

for signal "0"

-30 to +5 V

for signal "1"

11 to 30 V

Number of outputs

4; isolated

Output voltage

8.2 V DC

Output current, rated value

400 mA

Connectable encoders
2-wire BEROS

Yes; if shortcircuit test is

deactivated

permissible quiescent current

(2-wire BEROS), max.

2 mA

Module for Ex(i) protection

Yes

Co (permissible external
capacity), max.

3 F

Io (chort-circuit current), max.

13.9 mA

Lo (permissible external
inductivity), max.

80 milliH

Po (power of load), max.

33.1 mW

Uo (output no-load voltage), max.

10 V

Ta (permissible ambient
temperature), max.

60 C

60 C

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

500 V DC

500 V DC /
350 V AC

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Diagnoses

Input current
for signal "0", max.
(permissible quiescent current)

2 mA

Diagnostic information readable

Isolation

2.1 to 7 mA

10 mA

Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max.
- at "1" to "0", max.

SM 326,
24F-DI,
24 V DC

Max. values of input circuits

(per channel)

Number of simultanneously
controllable inputs

for signal "1", typ.

SM 326,
8F-DI,
NAMUR, Ex

Ex(i) characteristics

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs

6ES7 3261BK01-0AB0

Encoder

Connection point
required front connectors

6ES7 3261RF00-0AB0

Encoder supply

Supply voltage of electronics

and encoders 1L+/2L+
Rated value (DC)

Order No.

Isolation checked with

3.4 ms
3.4 ms

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/111

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital input module Safety Integrated

Technical specifications (continued)

Order No.

6ES7 3261RF00-0AB0

6ES7 3261BK01-0AB0

SM 326,
8F-DI,
NAMUR, Ex

SM 326,
24F-DI,
24 V DC

Isolation

Order No.

6ES7 3261RF00-0AB0

6ES7 3261BK01-0AB0

SM 326,
8F-DI,
NAMUR, Ex

SM 326,
24F-DI,
24 V DC

Dimensions

Galvanic isolation, digital inputs

between the channels

Dimensions
Yes

between the channels,

in groups of
between the channels and the
backplane bus

Yes

Yes

Width

80 mm

80 mm

12

Height

125 mm

125 mm

Depth

120 mm

120 mm

482 g

442 g

Yes

Weights
Weight, approx.

Standards, approvals, certificates

Type of protection to EN 50020
(CENELEC)

II(2)G [EEx ib]

IIC to EN 50020

Test number KEMA

99 ATEX 2671 X

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

to DIN VDE 0801

AK 4 (one chan- AK 6
nel), AK 5 und 6
(two channel)

to EN 954

Cat. 3 (singlechannel), Cat. 4

(two-channel)

Cat. 4

to IEC 61508

SIL 2 (singlechannel), SIL 3

(two-channel)

SIL 3

Ordering data

Order No.

F digital input module SM 326

Order No.
PROFIBUS bus connector

24 inputs, 24 V DC

6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0

8 inputs, 24 V DC, NAMUR

6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
insulation displacement
technology, Fast Connect, without PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0

6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

90 cable outlet, terminating resistor with isolating function, insulation displacement

technology, Fast Connect, with
PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

Labeling sheet with strips for

10 electronic blocks

DIN rail for active bus modules

For 16-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0

for max. 5 active bus modules

for hot swapping function

For 32-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0

483 mm (19") long

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

530 mm long

6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

Connecting cable for

PROFIBUS

6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0

620 mm long

6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

2000 mm long

6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0

Active bus module

6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4;
Floating license for 1 user

12 Mbit/s, for connecting PG to

PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
3m

3/112

Siemens SI 10 2009

BM 1 x 80 for 1 module
with 80 mm width

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital input module Safety Integrated

Ordering data
SITOP power supply module

Order No.
6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

Order No.
S7-300 manual

for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,

24 V DC, 5 A; Type PS 307-1E

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list

Front connectors

German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

40-pin, with screw contacts

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

1 unit

6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1AM00-1AB0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

40-pin with spring-loaded

contacts
1 unit

6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0

40-pin, with FastConnect

1 unit

6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0

Labeling strips

6ES7 392-2XX20-0AA0

For fail-safe modules (spare part);

10 units
Label cover

6ES7 392-2XY20-0AA0

For fail-safe modules (spare part);

10 units
LK 393 cable guide
For F modules; L+ and
M connections; 5 units

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year

6ES7 393-4AA10-0AA0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current S7 Manual Collection

DVD and the three subsequent
updates

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/113

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input module
Safety Integrated

Overview

Ordering data
F digital input module
SIPLUS SM 326

Order No.
6AG1 326-1BK01-2AB0

24 inputs, 24 V DC
Accessories

Digital inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems

They are suitable for connecting:
- switches and 2-wire proximity switches (BEROs)
- Sensors according to NAMUR and mechanical contacts,
also for signals from hazardous areas
With integral safety functions for fail-safe operation
Can be used in fail-safe mode
- Centrally: With S7-31xF-2 DP
- Distributed in ET 200M: With SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU,
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in standard mode as an S7-300 module
Fail-safe digital input module
SIPLUS SM 326
Order No.

6AG1 326-1BK01-2AB0

Order No. based on

6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0

Ambient temperature range

- 25 ... + 60 C,
condensation permitted

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional

medial exposure (e.g. by
chlorine sulfur atmosphere)

Technical specifications

The technical data are

identical with those of the
based-on modules.

3/114

Siemens SI 10 2009

see F digital input module

ordering data

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital output module Safety Integrated

Overview
Digital outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Two variants (1 x source/source output, 1 x source/sink output)
For connection of solenoid valves, DC contactors and
signaling lamps
With integral safety functions for fail-safe operation
Can be used in fail-safe mode
- Centrally: With S7-31xF-2 DP
- Distributed in ET 200M: With SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU,
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in standard mode as an S7-300 module
(only applies to 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0)

Technical specifications
Order No.

6ES7 3262BF01-0AB0

6ES7 3262BF40-0AB0

SM 326,
10F-DO,
24 V DC, 2A

SM 326,
8F-DO,
24 V DC/2A PM

Load voltage L+

SM 326,
10F-DO,
24 V DC, 2A

SM 326,
8F-DO,
24 V DC/2A PM

for signal "1" rated value

2A

2A

7 mA

7 mA

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 40 C, max.

2 A;
2 A for horizontal installation,
1 A for vertical
installation

2 A;
2 A for horizontal installation,
1 A for vertical
installation

for signal "1" permissible range

for 40 to 60 C, min.

7 mA

7 mA

100 mA

100 mA

100 mA

for signal "1" permissible range

for 40 to 60 C, max.

1 A; for horizon- 1 A; for horizontal installation

tal installation

12 W

12 W

for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA

24 V;
1L+, 2L+, 3L+

from load voltage1L+, max.

70 mA; from
supply voltage

75 mA; from
supply voltage

from load voltage 2L+

(without load), max.

100 mA

100 mA

from load voltage 3L+

(without load), max.

100 mA

from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

Power loss, typ.

Current consumption

0.5 mA

Switching frequency

Connection point

with resistive load, max.

10 Hz

30 Hz

with inductive load, max.

2 Hz

2 Hz

on lamp load, max.

10 Hz

10 Hz

5 A;
without series
diode, 4 A with
series diode

5A

7.5 A;
without series
diode, 5 A with
series diode
5 A;
without series
diode, 4 A with
series diode

7.5 A

40-pin

40-pin

Number of digital outputs

10

cable length, shielded, max.

1,000 m;
200 m for SIL3,
AK 6, Cat 4

30 m

Aggregate current of the outputs

(per group)

Cable length unshielded, max.

600 m

50 m

Digital outputs

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; Electronic

Yes; Electronic

Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to

L+ (-53 V)
without series
diode,
L+ (-33 V) with
series diode

L+ (-33 V)

5W

5W

Lamp load, max.

6ES7 3262BF40-0AB0

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 40 C, min.

24 V;
1L+, 2L+, 3L+

required front connectors

6ES7 3262BF01-0AB0

Output current

Voltages and currents

Rated value (DC)

Order No.

vertical installation
- up to 40 C, max.

horizontal installation
- up to 40 C, max.

Output voltage

- up to 60 C, max.

for signal "1" with series diode,

min.

L+ (-1.8 V)

for signal "1" without series diode,

min.

L+ (-1 V)

5A

L+ (-1 V)

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/115

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital output module Safety Integrated

Technical specifications (continued)

Order No.

6ES7 3262BF01-0AB0

6ES7 3262BF40-0AB0

SM 326,
10F-DO,
24 V DC, 2A

SM 326,
8F-DO,
24 V DC/2A PM

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Yes

Yes; Parameterizable

Yes

Yes

500 V DC /
350 V AC

500 V DC /
350 V AC

Isolation

SM 326,
10F-DO,
24 V DC, 2A

SM 326,
8F-DO,
24 V DC/2A PM

to DIN VDE 0801

AK 5 and 6

to EN 954

Cat. 4

Cat. 4

to IEC 61508

SIL 3

SIL 3

Dimensions
Dimensions

Isolation checked with

6ES7 3262BF40-0AB0

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable

6ES7 3262BF01-0AB0

Standards, approvals, certificates

Alarms
Diagnostic alarm

Order No.

Width

80 mm

80 mm

Isolation

Height

125 mm

125 mm

Isolation, digital outputs

Depth

120 mm

120 mm

465 g

465 g

between the channels

Yes

Yes

Weights

between the channels,

in groups of

Weight, approx.

between the channels and the

backplane bus

Yes

Yes

between the channels and the

voltage supply to the electronics

Yes

Yes

3/116

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital output module Safety Integrated

Ordering data

Order No.

F digital output module SM 326

10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

6ES7 326-2BF40-0AB0

Front connectors
40-pin, with screw contacts

Floating license

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Distributed Safety Upgrade

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

1 unit

6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1AM00-1AB0

40-pin with
spring-loaded contacts
1 unit

6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0

40-pin, with FastConnect

Labeling sheet with strips for

10 electronic blocks

1 unit

6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0
6ES7 392-2XX20-0AA0

For 16-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0

Labeling strips

For 32-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0

For fail-safe modules (spare part),

10 units

Connecting cable for

PROFIBUS

6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0

Label cover

6ES7 392-2XY20-0AA0

For fail-safe modules (spare part),

10 units

12 Mbit/s, for connecting PG to

PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
3m

LK 393 cable guide

PROFIBUS bus connector

S7-300 manual

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,

24 V DC, 5 A; Type PS 307-1E

Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0

BM 1 x 80 for 1 module
with 80 mm width
SITOP power supply module

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

From V5.x to V5.4;

Floating license for 1 user

Order No.
Active bus module

6ES7 393-4AA10-0AA0

For F modules;
L+ and M connections, 5 units

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
insulation displacement technology, Fast Connect, without
PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
insulation displacement technology, Fast Connect, with
PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0

DIN rail for active bus modules

for max. 5 active bus modules, for
function "Insertion and removal"
483 mm (19") long

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

530 mm long

6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

620 mm long

6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

2000 mm long

6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list
German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

Current S7 Manual Collection

DVD and the three subsequent
updates

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/117

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output Safety Integrated

Overview
Digital outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Two variants (1 x source/current sourcing,
1 x source/current sinking)
For connection of solenoid valves, DC contactors and
indicator lights
With integral safety functions for fail-safe operation
Can be used in fail-safe mode
- Centrally: With S7-31xF-2 DP
- Distributed in ET 200M: With SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU,
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in standard mode as an S7-300 module
(only applies to 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0)

Fail-safe digital output module SIPLUS SM 326

Order No.

6AG1 326-2BF01-2AB0

6AG1 326-2BF40-2AB0

6AG1 326-2BF40-2AY0

Order No. based on

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

6ES7 326-2BF40-0AB0

6ES7 326-2BF40-0AB0

Ambient temperature range

-25 ... +60 C, condensation permitted

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional medial exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmosphere)

Conforms with standard for

electronic equipment used on
rolling stock (EN 50155,
temperature T1, category 1).

Yes

Technical data

The technical data are identical with those of the based-on modules.

Ordering data

Order No.

F digital output module

SIPLUS SM 326
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

6AG1 326-2BF01-2AB0

8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

6AG1 326-2BF40-2AB0

8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

6AG1 326-2BF40-2AY0

3/118

Siemens SI 10 2009

No

Yes

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 336 F analog input module Safety Integrated

Overview

Order No.

6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0

4 to 20 mA

Yes

SM 336, 6F-AI 0/4...20 mA HART

Analog value creation
Integration and conversion time/
resolution per channel
Resolution with overload area
(bit including sign), max.

14 Bit

Integration time, ms

20 ms (at 50 Hz);
16.66 ms (at 60 Hz)

Interference voltage suppression

for interference frequency f1 in Hz

38 dB

Encoder
Connection of signal encoders

Analog inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems

Applicable in the ET 200M distributed I/O device with
IM 153-2 HF as well as centrally with SIMATIC S7-31xF-2 DP
Properties of the SM 336; F-AI 6 x 0/4 - 20 mA HART:
- 6 analog inputs with galvanic isolation between channels
and backplane bus
- Input ranges: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
- Short-circuit proof power supply from 2 or 4-wire transducer
via the module
- External encoder supply possible
- Applicable in safety mode
- HART communication
- Firmware update using HW Config
- Identification data

Technical specifications
Order No.

Yes

for current measurement as

4-wire transducer

Yes

Errors/accuracies
Operational limit in overall
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area

+/- 0,48 %

Current, relative to input area

+/- 0,48 %

Voltage, relative to input area

+/- 0,4 %

Current, relative to input area

+/- 0,4 %

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
Yes; Parameterizable

Diagnoses
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0

Voltages and currents

Diagnostic information readable

Yes

Isolation
Isolation checked with

Load voltage L+

500 V DC / 350 V AC

Isolation

Rated value (DC)

24 V

reverse polarity protection

Yes

Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max.

90 mA

from supply voltage L+, max.

160 mA; typically

Power loss, typ.

4.25 W

Isolation, analog inputs

between the channels

No

between the channels and the

backplane bus

Yes

between the channels and the

voltage supply to the electronics

Yes; only if sensors are externally

supplied

Standards, approvals, certificates

Connection point
40-pin

Analog inputs

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode
to DIN V 19250

AK 6

Number of analog inputs

to EN 954

Cat. 4

Number of analog inputs for

voltage measurement

to IEC 61508

SIL 3

cable length, shielded, max.

200 m

permissible input frequency for volt- 30 V

age input (destruction limit), max.
permissible input current for current
input (destruction limit), max.

40 mA

Input ranges (rated values),

voltages
0 to +10 V

Basic error limit

(operational limit at 25 C)

Diagnostic alarm

SM 336, 6F-AI 0/4...20 mA HART

required front connectors

for current measurement as

2-wire transducer

Dimensions
Dimensions
Width

80 mm

Height

125 mm

Depth

120 mm

Weights
Yes

Weight, approx.

480 g

Input ranges (rated values),

currents
0 to 20 mA

Yes

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/119

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 336 F analog input module Safety Integrated

Ordering data
F analog input module SM 336

Order No.
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0

6 inputs, 15 bit, 0/4 - 20 mA HART

40-pin, with screw contacts

Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool

1 unit

6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1AM00-1AB0

Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

40-pin with
spring-loaded contacts
1 unit

6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0

100 units

6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0

Floating License

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

40-pin, with FastConnect

Software Update Service

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

1 unit

6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0

Labeling strips

6ES7 392-2XX20-0AA0

Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4;
Floating License for 1 user

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

For fail-safe modules (spare part),

10 units
Label cover

Labeling sheet with strips for

10 electronic blocks

Order No.
Front connectors

For 16-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0

For 32-channel electronic

blocks incl. add-on terminals

6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0

Connecting cable for

PROFIBUS

6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0

S7 SmartLabel V3.0

12 Mbit/s, for connecting PG to

PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
3m

Software for automatic labeling

of modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
Single License

2XV9 450-1SL03-0YX0

Upgrade Single License

2XV9 450-1SL03-0YX4

Labeling sheets for

machine inscription

PROFIBUS bus connector

90 cable outlet, terminating
resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
insulation displacement technology, Fast Connect, without
PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0

90 cable outlet, terminating

resistor with isolating function,
insulation displacement technology, Fast Connect, with
PG socket, up to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0

For 32-channel signal modules,

DIN A4, for printing with laser
printer; 10 units
petrol

6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0

light-beige

6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0

yellow

6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0

red

6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0

LK 393 cable guide

6ES7 393-4AA10-0AA0

For F modules; L+
and M connections, 5 units
S7-300 manual

DIN rail for active bus modules

for max. 5 active bus modules
for hot swapping function

Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list
German

6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0

English

6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0

French

6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0

Spanish

6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

Italian

6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Length: 483 mm

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

Length: 530 mm

6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

Length: 620 mm

6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

Length: 2000 mm

6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0

Active bus module

6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0

Electronic manuals on DVD,

multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(programming devices), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors

BM 1 x 80 for 1 module
with 80 mm width
SITOP power supply module
for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,
24 V DC, 5 A; Type PS 307-1E

6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year
Current S7 Manual Collection
DVD and the three subsequent
updates

3/120

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 392-2XY20-0AA0

For fail-safe modules (spare part),

10 units

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
Isolation module

Overview
Supports mixed operation of fail-safe signal modules in safety
mode and S7-300 standard modules in an ET 200M when Cat.
4 or SIL 3 has to be achieved.
The isolation module is not required if the safety class or safety
category to be achieved is less than SIL 3 or Cat. 4, respectively.
When Cat. 4/SIL 3 is required, the isolation module must be implemented in the following situations:
Application

Isolation module must be used

Central use after CPU 31xF-2 DP

or CPU 31xF-2 PN/DP
Only fail-safe modules in the tier

Yes, behind the CPU

Standard and fail-safe modules in

the tier

Yes, after the last standard module and before the first fail-safe
module

Central use after CPU 31xF-2 DP

or CPU 31xF-2 PN/DP in an
expansion rack
Only fail-safe modules in the tier

Yes, after the IM 36x

Standard and fail-safe modules in

the tier

Yes, after the last standard module and before the first fail-safe
module

Distributed behind the IM 153-2

with copper connection
Only fail-safe modules in the station

Yes, after the IM 153-2

Standard and fail-safe modules in

the station

Yes, after the last standard module and before the first fail-safe
module

Distributed behind the IM 153-2

with fiber-optic connection
Only fail-safe modules in the station

No

Standard and fail-safe modules in

the station

Yes, after the last standard module and before the first fail-safe
module

Technical specifications
6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
Weight, approx.

10 g

Selection and Ordering Data

Order No.
Isolation module

6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0

for simultaneous operation of failsafe and standard modules in an

ET 200M
Isolation bus module

6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0

for accommodating the isolating

module in an ET 200M

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/121

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SIPLUS isolation module
(expanded temperature range)

Overview

Permits combined operation of fail-safe signal modules in

safety mode and standard S7-300 modules in the same ET
200M system.
Design of PROFIBUS DP lines using copper bus cables. It is
not necessary to use fiber-optic cables.
Every IM 153-x can be used
The isolation module is not required if safety class SIL 2 is to be
achieved.
SIPLUS S7-300 isolation
module
Order No.

6AG1 195-7KF00-2XA0

Order No. based on

6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0

Ambient temperature range

- 25 ... + 60 C, condensation permitted

Environmental conditions

Suited for exceptional medial

exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur
atmosphere).

Conforms with standard for electronic equipment used on rolling stock

(EN 50155, temperature T1, category 1).

Yes

Technical data

The technical data are identical

with those of the based-on modules.

Technical specifications
6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
Weight, approx.

10 g

Selection and ordering Data

Ordering data
SIPLUS Isolating module

Order No.
6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0

for simultaneous operation of failsafe and standard modules in an

ET 200M
SIPLUS Isolating bus module
for accommodating the isolating
module in an ET 200M

3/122

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco

Overview
Compact, cost-effective I/O devices for processing digital signals
Design without control cabinet with degree of protection
IP65/67 with flexible and fast connections
Comprises a basic module and various connection blocks for
application-specific implementation options:
- ECOFAST: 2 x RS 485 hybrid fieldbus connection with identification plug for setting the PROFIBUS address
- M12: 2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8" with 2 rotary coding switches for
assigning the PROFIBUS address
Connection block contains T-functionality for bus and power
supply so that during commissioning and service, the modules can be disconnected from and reconnected to the PROFIBUS without interruption
Module variance: 8DI, 16DI, 8DI/8DO (1.3 A), 8DI/8DO (2.0 A),
8DO (2.0 A), 16DO (0.5 A)
Transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Fail-safe DI modules 4/8 F-DI with safety-related signal processing according to PROFIsafe

Technical specifications
BM 148
ET 200eco basic module

6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0

BM 148
ET 200eco basic module

Supply voltages

Number of outputs

Supply voltage of electronics 1L+

Output voltage

min. L+ (-1.5 V)

Rated value (DC)

24 V

Output current, rated value

300 mA

No

Short-circuit protection

Yes

reverse polarity protection

Encoder

Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max.

100 mA

3W

FH technology
Module for fail-safe applications

Yes

Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol

Yes

PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max.

Connectable encoders
2-wire BEROS

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

12 MBit/s

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs

8; 8 single-channel, 4 two-channel

Number of simultanneously controllable inputs

8; 8 single channel, 4 two-channel

Input characteristic curve to IEC

1131, Typ 1

Yes

Status information/alarms/diagnostics
Status indicator
Alarms
Alarms
Diagnoses
Diagnostics
Diagnostics indication LED
Collective error SF (red)

Yes

Status indicator digital input

(green)

Yes

Channel error indicator F (red)

No

24 V

Isolation checked with

for signal "0"

-30 to +5 V

Isolation

for signal "1"

15 to 30 V

between PROFIBUS DP all all

other circuits

Input current
for signal "1", typ.

3.7 mA

Input delay (for rated value of

input voltage)

Yes

Galvanic isolation, digital inputs

between the channels

No

between different circuits

75 V DC / 60 VAC

Standards, approvals, certificates

- at "0" to "1", max.

- at "1" to "0", max.

Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode

Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max.

500 V AC for 1 min.

Permissible potential difference

for standard inputs

Encoder supply

No

- permissible quiescent current

(2-wire BEROS), max.

Isolation

Input voltage
Rated value, DC

6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0

30 m

to EN 954

Cat. 3 (single-channel), Cat. 4 (twochannel)

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/123

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco
BM 148
ET 200eco basic module
to IEC 61508

6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0
SIL 2 (single-channel), SIL 3 (twochannel)

General information

BM 142
ET 200eco basic modules

Dimensions

for increased power

No

No

for redundant control of a load

Yes

Yes

with resistive load, max.

100 Hz

100 Hz

with inductive load, max.

0.5 Hz; to IEC

947-5-1, DC13

0.5 Hz; to IEC

947-5-1, DC13

1 Hz

1 Hz

4 A; 4 A each for
sockets X1, X3,
X5, X7 and 4 A
each for sockets
X2, X4, X6, X8;
note the current
carrying capacity of the cable

4 A; Please note
the current carrying capacity of
the cable!

Dimensions
Width

60 mm

on lamp load, max.

Height

210 mm

Depth

28 mm

Aggregate current of the outputs

(per group)
up to 55 C, max.

Weights
220 g

BM 142
ET 200eco basic modules

6ES7 1423BF00-0XA0

6ES7 1423BH00-0XA0

Supply voltages
Load impedance range

Supply voltage of electronics 1L+

6ES7 1423BH00-0XA0

Switching frequency

Vendor identification (VendorID)

Weight, approx.

6ES7 1423BF00-0XA0

Rated value (DC)

24 V

24 V

lower limit

12

12

reverse polarity protection

Yes

Yes

upper limit

4 k

4 k

Cable length unshielded, max.

30 m

30 m

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes; Diagnostic
information readable

Yes; Diagnostic
information readable

Load voltage 2L+

Rated value (DC)

24 V

24 V

Reverse polarity protection

Yes

Yes

Current consumption
from load voltage 2L+ (without
load), max.

60 mA; typically 80 mA; typically

from supply voltage 1L+, max.

70 mA; typically 70 mA; typically

4W

4W

Yes

Yes

12 MBit/s; 9.6 /
19.2 / 45.45 /
93.75 / 187.5 /
500 Kbit/s; 1.5 /
3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s

12 MBit/s; 9.6 /
19.2 / 45.45 /
93.75 / 187.5 /
500 Kbit/s; 1.5 /
3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s

Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max.

Status indicator
Alarms
Alarms
Diagnoses
Diagnostics

Current consumption/power
loss
Power loss, typ.

Status information/alarms/
diagnostics

Diagnostics indication LED

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

Yes

Status indicator digital output

(green)

Yes

Yes

Channel error indicator F (red)

No

No

500 V DC

500 V DC

Yes

Yes

No

No

75 V DC / 60
VAC

75 V DC / 60
VAC

80DDh

80FBh

Width

60 mm

60 mm

Isolation
Isolation checked with
Isolation

Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs

16

between PROFIBUS DP all all

other circuits

Short-circuit protection of the output

Yes; Electronic

Yes; Electronic

Isolation, digital outputs

Response threshold, typ.

4 A per channel 1.4 A (per channel)

Permissible potential difference

Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to

2L+ (-44 V)

2L+ (-47 V)

between different circuits

Lamp load, max.

10 W

5W

General information

Controlling a digital input

Yes

Yes

Vendor identification (VendorID)

Dimensions

Output voltage
for signal "1", min.

between the channels

2L+ (-0.8 V)

2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

Dimensions

for signal "1" rated value

2A

0.5 A

Height

210 mm

210 mm

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 55 C, min.

5 mA

5 mA

Depth

28 mm

28 mm

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 55 C, max.

2.4 A

1A

210 g

210 g

for signal "0" residual current,

max.

0.5 mA

0.1 mA

Parallel switching of 2 outputs

3/124

Siemens SI 10 2009

Weights
Weight, approx.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco
BM 143
ET 200eco basic modules

6ES7 1433BH00-0XA0

6ES7 1433BH10-0XA0

BM 143
ET 200eco basic modules
for signal "0" residual current,
max.

Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronics 1L+
Rated value (DC)

24 V

24 V

reverse polarity protection

No

Yes

Rated value (DC)

24 V

24 V

Reverse polarity protection

No

Yes

Load voltage 2L+

Current consumption

0.5 mA

for increased power

No

No

for redundant control of a load

Yes

Yes

Parallel switching of 2 outputs

Switching frequency
with resistive load, max.

100 Hz

100 Hz

with inductive load, max.

0.5 Hz; to IEC

947-5-1, DC13

0.5 Hz; to IEC

947-5-1, DC13

1 Hz

1 Hz

4 A; 4 A each for
sockets X1, X3,
X5, X7 and 4 A
each for sockets
X2, X4, X6, X8;
note the current
carrying capacity of the cable

5.2 A; Please
note the current
carrying capacity of the cable!

lower limit

12

12

upper limit

4 k

4 k

Cable length unshielded, max.

30 m

30 m

Number of outputs

Output voltage

24 V DC

Output current, rated value

0.75 A; up to
55C max. 0.75
A (summation
current)

1 A; Up to 55C
max. 1 A (summation current)

Short-circuit protection

Yes; electronic

Yes; electronic

Yes

Yes

1.5 mA

1.5 mA

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes; Diagnostic
information readable

Yes; Diagnostic
information readable

60 mA; typically 60 mA; typically

on lamp load, max.

from supply voltage 1L+, max.

70 mA; typically 70 mA; typically

Aggregate current of the outputs

(per group)

Power loss, typ.

up to 55 C, max.
5W

5W

Yes

Yes

12 MBit/s; 9.6 /
19.2 / 45.45 /
93.75 / 187.5 /
500 Kbit/s; 1.5 /
3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s

12 MBit/s; 9.6 /
19.2 / 45.45 /
93.75 / 187.5 /
500 Kbit/s; 1.5 /
3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s

Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max.

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs

8; All mounting
positions up to
55 C

8; All mounting
positions up to
55 C

Yes

Yes

Rated value, DC

24 V

24 V

for signal "0"

-3 to +5 V

-3 to +5 V

7 mA

7 mA

Input voltage

Input current
for signal "1", typ.

Encoder
Connectable encoders
2-wire BEROS

Input delay (for rated value of input

voltage)

- permissible quiescent current

(2-wire BEROS), max.
Status information/alarms
/diagnostics

for standard inputs

- at "0" to "1", max.

3 ms; Typ.

3 ms; Typ.

Status indicator

- at "1" to "0", max.

3 ms; typically

3 ms; typically

Alarms

Number of digital outputs

Diagnoses

Short-circuit protection of the output

Yes; Electronic

Yes; Electronic

Diagnostics

Response threshold, typ.

4 A per channel 4 A per channel

Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to

2L+ (-44 V)

2L+ (-44 V)

Lamp load, max.

10 W

10 W

Controlling a digital input

Yes

Yes

Digital outputs

Alarms

Output voltage
for signal "1", min.

Load impedance range

Encoder supply

Number of simultanneously controllable inputs

Input characteristic curve to IEC
1131, Typ 1

6ES7 1433BH10-0XA0

0.5 mA

from load voltage 2L+ (without

load), max.
Current consumption/power
loss

6ES7 1433BH00-0XA0

2L+ (-0.8 V)

2L+ (-1.2 V)

Output current

Diagnostics indication LED

Collective error SF (red)

Yes

Yes

Status indicator digital output

(green)

Yes

Yes

Status indicator digital input

(green)

Yes

Yes

Channel error indicator F (red)

No

No

500 V DC

500 V DC

Yes

Yes

Isolation

for signal "1" rated value

2A

1.3 A

Isolation checked with

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 55 C, min.

5 mA

5 mA

Isolation

for signal "1" permissible range

for 0 to 55 C, max.

2.4 A

1.8 A

between PROFIBUS DP and all

other circuits

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/125

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco
BM 143
ET 200eco basic modules

6ES7 1433BH00-0XA0

6ES7 1433BH10-0XA0

Galvanic isolation, digital inputs

between the channels

No

No

No

No

75 V DC / 60
VAC

75 V DC / 60
VAC

80DCh

80FCh

Isolation, digital outputs

between the channels
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width

60 mm

60 mm

Height

210 mm

210 mm

Depth

28 mm

28 mm

210 g

210 g

Weights
Weight, approx.

3/126

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco

Technical specifications of connection blocks

6ES7 1943AA00-0AA0

6ES7 1943AA00-0BA0

2 W; The power
loss depends on
the current that
you loop through
via the connection block.

2 W; The power
loss depends on
the current that
you loop through
via the connection block.

Current consumption/
power loss
Power loss, typ.

Order No.
"Distributed Safety" F programming tool
Upgrade from V5.x to V5.4

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

"Distributed Safety" F programming tool

6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2

Software update service for 1

year, with automatic extension;
latest current software version.
Labels

Dimensions
Width

79 mm

79 mm

Height

60 mm

60 mm

Module description "Distributed

I/O device ET 200eco" excluding F-DI

Depth

30 mm

29 mm

Paper copy

3RT1 900-1SB20

Weights

German

6ES7 198-8GA00-8AA0

Weight, approx.

English

6ES7 198-8GA00-8BA0

313 g

392 g

French
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid
Cable Cu

Selection and ordering Data

Order No.
ET 200eco basic module
BM 142

6ES7 142-3BF00-0XA0

8 DO 24 V DC/1.2 A 8 x M12, individual assignment, IP65/67

connection block 6ES71943AA00-0.A0 to be ordered separately
16 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A 8 x M12,
double assignment, IP65/67;
connection block 6ES7 1943AA00-0.A0 to be ordered separately

6ES7 142-3BH00-0XA0

8 DI/8 DO, 1.3 A 8 x M12, double

assignment, IP65/67 connection
block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0.A0 to
be ordered separately

6ES7 143-3BH00-0XA0

6ES7 143-3BH10-0XA0

4/8 F-DI, 8 x M12, connection

block 6ES7194-3AA00-0.A0 to
be ordered separately

6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0

ECOFAST connection block

6ES7 194-3AA00-0AA0

6GK1 905-0DA10

1 pack = 5 units

6GK1 905-0DA00

M12 covering caps

3RX9 802-0AA00

for sealing of unused I/O sockets

Pre-assembled 2-wire (inverse

coded) with M12 connectors in
various lengths up to 100 m:
0.3 m

6XV1 830-3DE30

0.5 m

6XV1 830-3DE50

1.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH10

1.5 m

6XV1 830-3DH15

2.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH20

3.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH30

5.0 m

6XV1 830-3DH50

10.0 m

6XV1 830-3DN10

Other special lengths with 90 or

180 cable outlet

6XV1 830-3DN15
see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26999294

SIMATIC NET energy cable

6ES7 194-3AA00-0BA0

5-wire energy cable, stranded 5 x

1.5 mm2, trailing-type
Sold by the meter, minimum order quantity = 20 m

for ET 200eco, 2 x M12 and 2 x

7/8" 2 rotary coding switch for
PROFIBUS DP, address setting

6XV1 830-8AH10

PROFIBUS M12 connecting

cable

Accessories

Floating License for 1 user, with

documentation, 3 languages
(German, English, French), on
CD, runs on STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or
higher

1 pack = 1 unit

15.0 m

for ET 200eco, 2 x ECOFAST connection RS485 identification connector for PROFIBUS DP, address
setting

"Distributed Safety" V5.4 F programming tool

ECOFAST terminating resistor for

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS M12 connecting

cable

ET 200eco basic modules BM

148

M12 connection block, 7/8"

PROFIBUS ECOFAST terminating plug

M12 connection block, 7/8" accessories

ET 200eco basic modules

BM 143
8 DI/8 DO, 2 A 8 x M12, IP65/67
connection block 6ES71943AA00-0.A0 to be ordered separately

6ES7 198-8GA00-8CA0
See ECOFAST bus cables

6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5

for PROFIBUS DP, 1 pack = 5

units
Male insert

6GK1 905-0EC00

Socket insert

6GK1 905-0ED00

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/127

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/Os

ET 200eco
ET 200eco
Order No.

Brochures

Pre-assembled 5-wire with 7/8"

connectors in various lengths up
to 50 m:

You will find additional informative download material in the internet:

0.3 m

6XV1 822-5BE30

0.5 m

6XV1 822-5BE50

1.0 m

6XV1 822-5BH10

1.5 m

6XV1 822-5BH15

2.0 m

6XV1 822-5BH20

3.0 m

6XV1 822-5BH30

5.0 m

6XV1 822-5BH50

10.0 m

6XV1 822-5BN10

15.0 m

6XV1 822-5BN15

Other special lengths with 90 or

180 cable outlet

More information

7/8" connecting cable to power

supply

see
http://support.automation.
siemens.com/WW/
view/en/26999294

PROFIBUS M12 cable

connector
1 pack = 5 units
Male insert

6GK1 905-0EA00

Socket insert

6GK1 905-0EB00

7/8" connector
1 pack = 5 units
Male insert

6GK1 905-0FA00

Socket insert

6GK1 905-0FB00

7/8" covering caps

6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0

1 pack = 10 units
M12 Y-shaped coupler plug

6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0

For double connection of sensors

using single cable, 5-pin; not
applicable for F-DI4/8
M12 coupler plug

3RX1 667

for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pole

M12 angular coupler plug

3RX1 668

for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pole

S7 Manual Collection

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Electronic manuals on DVD, multilanguage:

S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
S7 Manual Collection update
service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates

3/128

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial

 Siemens AG 2009

Communication over AS-Interface

Introduction

Overview
Order No.

Page

3RK1

3/132

AS-Interface/ASIsafe
ASIsafe enables the integration of safety-oriented components in an AS-Interface
network, for example:
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Protective door switches
Safety light arrays
The simple wiring of AS-Interface, which is a major advantage, is maintained.
AS-Interface safety monitors
Key element of ASIsafe
Monitors safe stations and links safety inputs
Ensures safe disconnection
Modular construction according to individual requirements
Available with one or two release circuits with 2-channel configuration
All versions also with removable screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals
Safety monitor

All safety monitors in revised Version 3 with additional options

Filtering out of brief single-channel interruptions in the sensor circuit with the expanded
safety monitor Version 3
Expanded safety monitor with integrated safe slave for controlling a distributed safe
AS-i output or for safe coupling a safe signal from one AS-i network to another AS-i
network

New configuration software asimon V3 with graphic function diagram presentation

Your advantage: Easy to configure safety functions up to Category 4, PL e, SIL 3.
3RK1

3/135

3SF1

See chapter 2

3SF2

See chapter 2

Light curtains/arrays and laser scanners

3SF7

See chapter 2

Degree of protection IP65

3RG7 84...

AS-Interface safety modules

Complete portfolio of ASIsafe modules
- For connection of safety switches with contacts (position switches, etc.) as well as
solid-state safety sensors (BWS)
Degree of protection IP65/IP67 or IP20
K45F

Very compact dimensions, from 20 mm width

Two or four inputs in Category 2 or one or two inputs in Category 4 / SIL 3
Four safe inputs or two additional standard outputs available on the module
Your advantage: Easy integration of safe signals, be it in the control cabinet or in the
field.

S22.5F (SlimLine)
Position switches
Plastic enclosure with degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 and metal enclosure with
degree of protection IP66/IP67
ASIsafe electronics integrated in the enclosure, with low power consumption < 60 mA
Also available with separate actuator and tumbler
Your advantage: Conventional wiring of safety safety functions required no longer
required.
Position switch
Cable-operated switches
Degree of protection IP65
Direct connection of cable-operated switches for detection of signals
Metal enclosures

Connection to AS-Interface either direct or through safe solid-state input module

Up to Category 3 (laser scanners) or Category 4 (light arrays/curtains)
Your advantage: Direct connection of active and optical protection for persons to
ASIsafe.
Light curtain and array
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons

3SF5

See chapter 2

Degree of protection IP65/IP67

EMERGENCY-STOP directly on AS-Interface using adapters
Metal or plastic version
Your advantage: Easy direct connection of service-proven control elements to ASIsafe.
EMERGENCY-STOP for
mounting on front plate

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/129

 Siemens AG 2009

Communication over AS-Interface

Introduction
Order No.

Page

6GK7

See catalog LV 1

Routers

3RK3

3/137

Degree of protection IP20

6GK1

See catalog LV 1

Masters
The AS-Interface master connects SIMATIC control systems to AS-Interface. It automatically organizes the data traffic on the AS-Interface cable and sees not only to querying
the signals but also to performing the parameter setting, monitoring and diagnostics
functions.
Masters for SIMATIC
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves
Integrated analog value transmission
Simple configuration by adopting the actual configuration as the desired configuration
at the press of a button
Easy operation in the input/output address range
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable
CP 243-2 for
SIMATIC S7-200

Your advantage: Easy connection to SIMATIC S7-300, ET200 M, SIMATIC S7-200 or

SIMATIC ET 200X.

AS-Interface/Routers
As an alternative to the CPs, which are plugged directly in the controller it is also possible to use a link as AS-Interface master at any position beneath the PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET IO.

PROFIBUS slave or PROFINET IO device and AS-Interface master (single or double

master in case of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)

Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves

Integrated ground-fault monitoring (in case of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)
DP/AS-i F-Link

User-friendly local diagnostics and local start-up by means of a full graphic display
and control keys or through a web interface with a standard browser (in case of
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)
Integrated analog value transmission
Configuring and uploading of AS-Interface configuration in STEP 7 possible
User-friendly selection of AS-Interface slaves
Safety-orientated transition from ASIsafe to PROFIsafe also available as DP/AS-i F-Link
Your advantage: Optimum transition to PROFIBUS or PROFINET, integrated in STEP 7.

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO,

see catalog LV 1

DP/AS-i LINK Advanced,

see catalog LV 1

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E,

see catalog LV 1

3/130

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Introduction

Power
supply unit

Safety monitor

AS-i POWER

Standard PLC
Standard-Master

NSA0_00005d

Overview

StandardSlave

AS-Interface

Safe slave with

EMERGENCY
STOP
Signal evaluation of slave/safety monitor

Secure communication and standard communication on AS-Interface

Safety is included
The ASIsafe concept supports the direct integration of safetyrelated components, such as EMERGENCY-STOP switches, protective door switches or safety light arrays, in the AS-Interface
network. These are fully compatible with the familiar AS-Interface
components (masters, slaves, power supplies, repeaters, etc.)
according to IEC 62062/EN 50295 and are operated in conjunction with them on the yellow AS-Interface cable.
The signals of the safety sensors are evaluated by a safety monitor which not only monitors the switching signals of the safety
sensors but also continuously checks that the data transmission
works correctly. The safety monitor has one or two enabling circuits which are configured with two channels and are used to
switch the machine or plant to the safe state. Sensors and monitors can be connected to any points of the AS-Interface network.
Also, several monitors can be used on one network.
A fail-safe controller or a special master is not required. The
master regards safety slaves like all other slaves and receives
the safety data solely for information purposes. Hence it is also
possible to expand all existing AS-Interface networks.
ASIsafe ensures a maximum response time of 40 ms. This is the
time between the signal being applied to the input of the safe
slave and the output on the safety monitor being switched off.
Tested safety
The system was tested and approved by TV (Germany), NRTL
(USA) and INRS (France). The transmission method for safetyoriented signals is configured for implementing applications up
to Category 4 according to EN 954-1, up to PL e according to
EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.

Benefits
No fail-safe PLC or special master is required for the ASIsafe
Solution local (safety monitor)
Alternatively integration in SIMATIC / SINUMERIK safety architectures with the help of DP/AS-i F-Link (ASIsafe Solution
PROFIsafe)
Simple system structure thanks to standardized AS-Interface
technique
Safety-related and standard data on the same bus
Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily
Optimum integration in TIA (Safety Diagnostics) and Safety
Integrated
Safe signals can be combined in groups
Inclusion of the safety signals in the plant diagnostics, also on
existing HMI panels
Approved to Category 4 according to EN 954-1 or PL e
according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
ASIsafe is certified by TV (Germany), NRTL (USA) and INRS
(France)

Application
Integrated safety technology in the AS-Interface system is used
wherever EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective door interlocks, stop Category 0 and 1, two-hand operator controls and
light arrays now installed.

Software
With the asimon configuration software you can compile safetyoriented applications and transfer them into the monitor. The
software also enables online diagnostics.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/131

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors

Overview

Application
The safety monitor acts as a "bus-based safety relay". It provides
a user-friendly introduction to safety-orientated communication
over fieldbuses thanks to its simple configuration using the
graphic PC software asimon. The standard infrastructure of the
AS-i network (AS-i master under standard PLC, AS-i power supply unit) can still be used without restriction.
The monitor comes in three expansion levels:
Basic safety monitor
with starter set of modules and basic functionality
Expanded safety monitor with expanded features and
functionality
The expanded safety monitor is also available as a version
with integrated safe slave which can be used for the control of
a distributed safe AS-i output or for safe coupling of a switch
signal on another safety monitor or F-Link.
Basic safety monitor versus expanded safety monitor
Basic

Expanded

Number of monitoring modules

32

48

Number of OR gates (inputs)

Number of AND gates (inputs)

--

Wildcards for monitoring modules

Deactivating of monitoring modules

Fault release

Diagnostics hold

To be able to make full use of the AS-Interface diagnostics options, the monitor can also be operated with an AS-Interface
address if required. With the help of the diagnostics module for
STEP 7, which is included on the ASIsafe CD, the full diagnostics
spectrum can be processed further in the higher-level PLC.

A/B slaves for acknowledgment

Safe time functions

--

"Button" function

--

Debouncing of contacts

--

Filtering out of brief disconnections

--

(as of version 3)

The AS-Interface safety monitor is currently offered in the latest

Version 3 (Firmware V3.x) and is available in three expansion
levels.

Control of safe AS-i output/safe coupling

--

(in version with

integrated safe
slave)

Both basic/expanded expansion levels are available with one or

two-channeled configured enabling circuits.

Available
-- Not available

The expanded safety monitor is also available as a version with

integrated safe slave which can be used for the control of a safe
AS-i output or for safe coupling of a switch signal on another
safety monitor or F-Link.

Number of monitoring modules

Safety monitor with screw terminals (removable terminals)

The safety monitor is the centerpiece of ASIsafe Solution local.

It enables safety-orientated responding to signals from the
ASIsafe (input) slaves on the same AS-i network and has 1-2 enabling circuits. A safe application is configured using a PC. Various application-specific operating modes can be selected for
this. They include, for example, an EMERGENCY-STOP function,
door tumbler and selection of stop Category 0 or Category 1.

The safety monitor is used in an AS-Interface bus system to monitor protective devices, e.g. protective doors, EMERGENCYSTOP switches, etc.
The safety monitor can be used up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1,
to PL e acc. to EN ISO 13849-1 and to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508.
The safety characteristics for the maximum ON period of 12
months and maximum service life of 20 years are:
PFD: 7.2 x 10-5
PFH: 9.1 x 10-9
The user must calculate the PFD value of the total loop.
Note:
Depending on the choice of safety components used, the complete safety system may also be classified in a lower safety
category.
The safety monitor is mounted on the standard mounting rail.
Disassembly from the standard mounting rail is quick and easy
and requires no tools. With an additional accessory (push-in
lugs), the safety monitor can also be screwed on.

3/132

Siemens SI 10 2009

The number of devices which the safety monitor can process is

increased with the expanded safety monitor from 32 to 48. Applications of greater complexity and size can thus be simulated
in the safety monitor.
Logic OR operation
At the logic operation level two elements can be linked by OR
operations in the basic version and up to six in the expanded
version.
Logic AND operation
In addition to the standard AND operation in the main path of an
enabling circuit, an AND operation can also be inserted in an OR
operation on the expanded safety monitor. More than two elements can be linked in this AND.

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors
Features of the basic safety monitor
Wildcards and deactivating of monitoring modules
Wildcards are available for the configuration. They are integrated in the configuration and diagnostics and can be easily
activated if required. User-friendly configuring is thus possible
even when system configurations change.
Fault release:
If a module detects a fault, the AS-Interface safety monitor
goes into fault status. A differentiated fault release (reset) is
now possible for this scenario. The fault release can be activated by an AS-Interface standard slave, e.g. a pushbutton,
and is effective only on module level. The great advantage of
this is that the entire safety monitor is no longer reset but only
the module which is locked in the fault.
Diagnostics hold:
Disconnections can be "frozen" until an acknowledgment
comes through a standard slave. This function provides valuable help in the event of short-time causes of disconnection.
Also from version 3 upwards:
The standard output data bits of safe input slaves can be processed for acknowledgment, fault release and other nonsafety-oriented signals.
Additional features of the expanded safety monitor
The following additional features are provided by only the expanded safety monitor:
Safe time functions:
Timers with the following functions are available:
- ON-delay
- OFF-delay
- Pulse
"Button" function:
Additional acknowledgment option for restarting the system
using an additional button. The button function can be assigned to any input or output signal of a standard slave
through configuration in the asimon software.
Debouncing of contacts:
For debouncing the contacts it is possible to set a bounce
time after which a system restart takes place.
Also from version 3 upwards:
Filtering out of brief single-channel interruptions in the sensor
circuit. A tolerance time can be set during which the brief
opening of a safety-oriented input contact is ignored in order
to increase plant availability.

Additional features of the expanded safety monitor with integrated safe slave
This new safety monitor type offers the additional features of the
expanded safety monitor plus the following features:
Filtering out of brief single-channel interruptions in the sensor
circuit.
Actuating a safe distributed actuator (safe output module of
e.g. safe valves or motor starters) parallel to the 2nd enabling
circuit.
Alternatively: Use as a "safe coupler" between two ASIsafe
networks. A safe input signal on network 1 can thus act on an
enabling circuit of network 2. A detour through a hard-wired
safe input module on network 2 is not required in this case.
Configuration software asimon V3: New features
Multi-window system
Creation of the safety logic in graphic function diagram form,
with changeover to former tree presentation possible
No "preprocessing" of the safety logic
Management of user-specific modules
Downward compatibility:
- Existing asimon V2 projects can be loaded
- Can also be used on all former versions of the safety monitor
with the corresponding scope of functions
Graphic printout of the safety logic
Easier system start-up:
- Teaching the code sequences of safe AS-i Slaves step-bystep
- Manual input of code sequences also possible in addition
- Selectable number of simulated slaves
Simpler diagnostics using AS-Interface through assignment of
a diagnostics index to the software function block
Signaling the switching state of the signaling and relay outputs
to higher-level PLCs using a simulated AS-Interface slave
New functions for filtering out brief interruptions and for controlling a safe AS-i output or for safe coupling of two AS-i
networks

Interface of the configuration software asimon V3

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/133

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.

Basic safety monitors

Version 3
With screw terminals, removable screw terminals

Screw terminals

One enabling circuit (monitor type 1)

3RK1 105-1AE04-0CA0

0.336

Two enabling circuits (monitor type 2)

3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0

0.408

One enabling circuit (monitor type 3)

3RK1 105-1AE04-2CA0

0.336

Two enabling circuits (monitor type 4)

3RK1 105-1BE04-2CA0

0.408

Two enabling circuits including control of a safe

AS-i output/safe coupling (monitor type 6)

3RK1 105-1BE04-4CA0

0.450

Basic safety monitors

Version 3
With spring-type terminals, removable screw terminals

Spring-type
terminals

One enabling circuit (monitor type 1)

3RK1 105-1AG04-0CA0

0.300

Two enabling circuits (monitor type 2)

3RK1 105-1BG04-0CA0

0.368

One enabling circuit (monitor type 3)

3RK1 105-1AG04-2CA0

0.300

Two enabling circuits (monitor type 4)

3RK1 105-1BG04-2CA0

0.368

Two enabling circuits including control of a safe

AS-i output/safe coupling (monitor type 6)

3RK1 105-1BG04-4CA0

0.450

ASIsafe CD

3RK1 802-2FB06-0GA1

0.212

3RK1 901-5AA00

0.054

3UF7 946-0AA00-0

0.150

Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized configuration of
the safety monitor

3RP1 902

0.004

Push-in lugs
For screw fixing

3RP1 903

0.002

kg

Expanded safety monitors

Version 3
With screw terminals, removable screw terminals

3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0

Expanded safety monitor with integrated safe

slave
Version 3
With screw terminals, removable screw terminals

Expanded safety monitors

Version 3
With spring-type terminals, removable screw terminals

Expanded safety monitor with integrated safe

slave
Version 3
With spring-type terminals, removable screw terminals

Accessories
Included in the scope of supply:
Asimon V3 configuration software
on CD ROM, for PC (Windows 95/98, ME, 2000,
NT, XP, Vista Business/Ultimate 32)
Diagnostics package for STEP 7
including ready-to-use HMI templates for WinCC
flexible
Extensive documentation (manuals and certificates)
Cable sets
Included in the scope of supply:
PC configuration cable for communication between PC (serial interface) and safety monitor,
length approx. 1.50 m
Transfer cable between two safety monitors,
length approx. 0.25 m
3RK1 901-5AA00
USB/serial adapters
To connect a serial PC cable
(for connection to serial PC interface/RS 232) to
the USB port of a PC, recommended for use in
conjunction with AS-i safety monitor

3/134

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules

Overview
K45F compact safety modules for operation in the field

Safety modules for AS-Interface (ASIsafe modules) are available

for field use in degree of protection IP67 (K20F and K45F compact modules) and for the control cabinet (S22.5F SlimLine modules) in degree of protection IP20.
A very compact module with an optimum price/performance
ratio is thus available for very application.
Following modules are available for selection:
K20F compact safety modules for operation in the field
Being only 20 mm wide, the K20F module is particularly well
suited for applications where modules need to be arranged in
the most confined space. The K20F modules are connected to
the AS-Interface with a round cable with M12 cable box instead
of with the AS-Interface flat cable. This enables extremely compact installation. The flexibility of the round cable means that it
can also be used on moving machine parts without any problems. The K20 modules are also ideal for such applications as
their non-encapsulated design makes them particularly light in
weight.

The platform of the K45F modules covers the following

variations:
Connection of ("mechanical") switches/safety sensors with
contacts:
- K45F 2F-DI: Two safety-oriented inputs in operation up to
Category 2 according to EN 954-1. If Category 4 is required,
a two-channel input is available on the module.
- K45F 2F-DI/2DO: There are also two standard outputs in addition to the safe inputs. Supplied from the yellow AS-i cable
- K45F 2F-DI/2DO Uaux: Same as K45F 2F-DI/2DO, but supplied from the black 24 V DC cable
- K45F 4F-DI: Four safety-oriented inputs in operation up to
Category 2, two for Category 4. Extremely compact double
slave (uses two full AS-i addresses).
Connection of solid-state switches / safety sensors (non-contact protective devices):
- K45F LS (light sensor): Safe input module for connection of
solid-state safety sensors with testing semiconductor outputs
(OSSD). In particular non-contact protective devices such as
active, optoelectronic light arrays and light curtains for Type
2 and Type 4 according to IEC / EN 61496. Transmitters as
well as receivers are supplied with power from the yellow
AS-i cable. Matching sensor cables and optionally a separate
transmitter supply module are available as accessories.
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules for operation in control
cabinets and local control cabinets
The S22.5F SlimLine safety module has two safety inputs. The
safe connection of signals to ASIsafe networks in the control
cabinet is also possible therefore. For operation up to Category
2, both inputs can be separately assigned; if Category 4 is required, a two-channel input is available on the module.
In addition there are two S22.5F module versions which have two
standard outputs in addition to the two safety inputs; power is
supplied either from only the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.

Note:
Additional components featuring integrated AS-Interface are
included in chapter 2 of this catalog.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/135

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

K20F compact safety modules

I/O type

Uaux 24 V

2 F-DI

--

3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3

0.075

3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
K45F compact safety modules
Modules supplied without mounting plate
I/O type

Uaux 24 V

2 F-DI

--

3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3

0.103

4 F-DI

--

3RK1 205-0CQ00-0AA3

0.110

--

3RK1 405-0BQ20-0AA3

0.110

3RK1 405-1BQ20-0AA3

0.110

2 F-DI LS type 21)

--

3RK1 205-0BQ21-0AA3

0.108

2 F-DI LS type 42)

--

3RK1 205-0BQ24-0AA3

0.108

3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 2 F-DI/2 DO

2 F-DI/2 DO

1) Connection of Siemens light curtain

FS 400 3RG7843 (type 2) through socket 1/3

2) Connection of Siemens light curtain

FS 400 3RG7846 (type 4) through socket
1/3, other makes through socket 2/3
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules
Connection I/O type

Uaux 24 V

Screw

2 F-DI

--

3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2

0.132

2 F-DI/2 DO

--

3RK1 405-0BE00-0AA2

0.180

2 F-DI/2 DO

3RK1 405-1BE00-0AA2

0.180

2 F-DI

--

3RK1 205-0BG00-0AA2

0.102

2 F-DI/2 DO

--

3RK1 405-0BG00-0AA2

0.170

2 F-DI/2 DO

3RK1 405-1BG00-0AA2

0.170

Spring
3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2

Accessories

Accessories
K45 mounting plates
For mounting K45F
For wall mounting

3RK1 901-2EA00

0.027

For standard rail mounting

3RK1 901-2DA00

0.036

Connecting cables for K45F LS (light sensor)

For transmitters, 5-pole, both ends with M12 plug
Straight, plug/box, length 5 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 5 m
Straight, plug/box, length 10 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 10 m
Straight, plug/box, length 15 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 15 m

3RG7848-3EA
3RG7848-3EB
3RG7848-3EC
3RG7848-3ED
3RG7848-3EE
3RG7848-3EF

0.259
0.271
0.052
0.052
0.702
0.052

For transmitters, 8-pole, both ends with M12 plug

Straight, plug/box, length 5 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 5 m
Straight, plug/box, length 10 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 10 m
Straight, plug/box, length 15 m
Straight/angled, plug/box, length 15 m

3RG7848-3CA
3RG7848-3CB
3RG7848-3CC
3RG7848-3CD
3RG7848-3CE
3RG7848-3CF

0.306
0.310
1.090
0.052
0.845
0.859

3RK1 901-1NP00

0.075

Black version

3RK1 901-1AA00

0.012

Red version

3RK1 901-1AA01

0.013

AS-Interface sealing caps M12

For free M12 sockets

3RK1 901-1KA00

0.100

AS-Interface sealing caps M12,

tamper-proof
For free M12 sockets

3RK1 901-1KA01

0.100

3RK1 901-2EA00

24 V supply modules for K45F LS (light sensor)

Optional, for transmitter supply with
large protective field widths
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Input bridges for K45F
3RK1 901-1AA00

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1KA01

3/136

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i F-Link

Overview

PN

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

Compact, safety-oriented router between PROFIBUS

(DP Slave) and AS-Interface
Monitoring the inputs of safety-oriented digital AS-i slaves
(ASIsafe slaves) and forwarding of data through PROFIsafe.
No additional safety-oriented components required for the
AS-Interface (e.g. safety monitor)
AS-i master according to AS-Interface Specification V3.0,
master profile M4, for connection of up to 62 AS-i slaves
with integrated analog value transmission function
Direct integration in PROFIBUS networks.
Optional integration in PROFINET environments through
PROFINET/PROFIBUS gateway (IE/PB Link PN IO) or through
SIMATIC S7 315/317/319 F PN/DP or S7-416F-3 PN/DP
Connection to ET 200S with IM-F-CPU using DP master
module is possible
Optimum TIA integration in STEP 7 using Object Manager, integration in non-Siemens engineering tools using PROFIBUS
GSD file
Local diagnostics using LEDs and display with control keys

3
Benefits

Gaps in (bus-based) safety technology closed: safetyoriented signals (EMERGENCY-STOP, door tumbler, light
curtains etc.) collected with AS-i and transferred to higherlevel F PLC. This enables:
- Quick installation, easy commissioning: Use of AS-i virtues
in the field now fully consistent for Safety Integrated
- Cost-effective solution as ASIsafe is ideally suited for the
collection of "fewer but more distributed fail-safe bits"
Price advantage: As a fully fledged AS-i master according to
Specification V3.0, larger volumes of project data can be used
on the AS-i network (496 inputs and outputs each, up to 62
digital or analog slaves)
Investment protection:
- Connection to PROFIBUS networks, such as DP/AS-i Link
Advanced or DP/AS-interface Link 20E
- Downward compatibility to AS-Interface specification V2
- Open for modern automation concepts with AS-i

Teaching the code sequences of ASIsafe slaves is possible at

the press of a button
Reduced amount of engineering work thanks to user-friendly
configuration of all AS-i slaves from Siemens using the slave
selection dialog in HW-Config (STEP 7), including setting the
F-parameter of the ASIsafe slaves modeled on PROFIsafe
slaves
Cost-savings thanks to programming of the safety logic with
the familiar, powerful commands of the distributed safety
packages from the fail-safe SIMATIC PLC in F-FUP or
F-FOP, incl. TV-certified function blocks for typical safety
applications
Use in machine-tools under SINUMERIK 840 D (pI/sl) possible
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the display and through simple module exchange (only a few settings by control keys are required, without use of the configuring tool)

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/137

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i F-Link

Application
Links between PROFIsafe and ASIsafe
The DP/AS-i F-Link is a PROFIBUS DP-V1 slave (according to
EN 50170) and an AS-Interface master (based on AS-Interface
Specification V3.0 according to EN 50295). It enables transparent data access to AS-Interface from PROFIBUS DP. The
DP/AS-i F-Link is also the only AS-i master with which safetyoriented input data can be passed from ASIsafe slaves via the
PROFIsafe protocol to a fail-safe CPU with PROFIBUS DP master. No additional safety cabling or monitoring is required (in particular no AS-Interface safety monitor). The transmission of binary values or analog values is possible depending on the slave
type. All slaves according to AS-Interface Specification V2.0,
V2.1 or V3.0 can be used as AS-i slaves.
PROFIBUS DP masters according to DP-V0 or DP-V1 can exchange I/O data with lower-level AS-i slaves in cyclic mode.
PROFIBUS DP masters with acyclic services according to DP-V1
are able in addition to initiate AS-i command calls (e.g. reading/writing the AS-i configuration during normal operation). In

addition to digital I/O data, analog data can also be saved performantly in the cyclic periphery of a fail-safe S7-300/S7-416
F-CPU.
In configuring mode the DP/AS-i F-Link reads in the configuration data of the peripherals on the AS-Interface. Slave addresses
can be set using the display and the control keys, and the code
sequences of safe AS-i slaves can be taught.
During operation, four display LEDs and the display provide detailed diagnostics information, which directly localizes the fault if
required. Using the PLC user program it is possible to read out
diagnostics data records and make them available to a higherlevel operating and monitoring system (e.g. WinCC Flexible or
TRANSLINE HMI).
Network connectivity
The DP/AS-i F-Link can be used in a variety of constellations.

HMI

SIMATIC
S7-300F

PROFIBUS
F-DI

AI/AO
DI/DO

SIMATIC
ET 200S

DP/AS-i
F-Link
(Spec. 3.0)
Motor
Optional

ASIsafe
module

SIRIUS
cableoperated
switch

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

SIMATIC
light
curtain

Constellation 1: integration in PROFIBUS networks under SIMATIC F PLC

3/138

Siemens SI 10 2009

Analog
Digital
Digital
Safety
I/O module I/O module I/O module monitors
K60
K60R
K20

Motor

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

NSB0_01817

AS-Interface

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i F-Link

HMI
SIMATIC
S7-300F
SIMATIC
ET 200S

PROFINET
PROFIBUS
F-DI

AI/AO
DI/DO

SIMATIC
ET 200pro

DP/AS-i
F-Link
(Spec. 3.0)

Motor

Motor
Optional
AS-Interface

ASIsafe
module

SIRIUS
cableoperated
switch

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS SIMATIC
EMER- light
GENCY- curtain
STOP

Analog
Digital
I/O module I/O module
K60
K60R

Digital
I/O module
K20

Safety
monitor

Motor

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

NSB0_01818

Constellation 2: integration in PROFINET networks under SIMATIC F PLC

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/139

 Siemens AG 2009

AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i F-Link
HMI
F-CPU
Controller
PROFINET

IE/PB-Link PN IO
SIMATIC
ET 200S
PROFIBUS
F-DI

AI/AO
DI/DO

SIMATIC
ET 200S

DP/AS-i
F-Link
(Spec. 3.0)

Motor

Motor
Optional
AS-Interface

ASIsafe
module

SIRIUS
cableoperated
switch

SIRIUS
position
switch

SIRIUS SIMATIC
EMER- light
GENCY- curtain
STOP

Analog
Digital
Digital
Safety
I/O module I/O module I/O module monitor
K60
K60R
K20

Motor

SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP

NSB0_01819

Constellation 3: alternatively integration in PROFINET networks under SIMATIC F PLC through IE/PB Link

Further network connectivity options:

Intergration in SINUMERIK Power Line and Solution Line
(available soon)
Integration under non-Siemens fail-safe control systems using
PROFIBUS GSD file, available on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/com/113250

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

DP/AS-i F-Link
Router between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface
For safety-oriented data transmission from
ASI-safe to PROFIBUS DP PROFIsafe.
Master profile M4 according to extended AS-i
Specification 3.0, degree of protection IP20
Screw terminals

3RK3 141-1CD10

0,300

Spring-type terminals

3RK3 141-2CD10

0,300

More information
The manual DP/AS-i F-Link can be downloaded free of charge
from the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/com/24196041
More presales information can be found at
http://www.siemens.com/as-interface/master

3/140

Siemens SI 10 2009

The F-Link Object Manager must be installed for configuring

HW-Config (STEP 7). The Object Manager can be downloaded
free of charge from the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/com/24724923.

 Siemens AG 2009

3RK3 Modular Safety System

General data

Overview

Benefits
More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable
safety logic
For all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety requirements (Category 4 according to EN 954-1,
Performance Level e according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL3 according to IEC 62061)
Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all
globally established certifications
Modular hardware configuration
Parameterization by means of software instead of wiring
Removable terminals for greater plant availability
Communication
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be connected to
PROFIBUS through the DP interface and exchange data with
higher-level control systems.

The 3RK3 modular safety system (MSS) is a freely parameterizable modular safety relay. Depending on the type of external
connection, safety-orientated applications up to Category 4 according to EN 954-1, Performance Level e according to
ISO 13849-1 and SIL3 according to IEC 62061 can be realized.
The modular safety relay permits several safety applications to
be interconnected. The safety functions are easily created on the
PC using a graphic parameterizing tool. For example, disconnection ranges can be set and other dependencies defined.
With additional safety-oriented expansion modules the system is
flexibly adapted to the required safety applications.
The MSS comprises the following system components:
Central module
Expansion modules
Interface module
Parameterization software
Accessories
The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the
possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals
from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as the result.
Optional interface modules send the diagnostics data to higherlevel bus systems (e. g. PROFIBUS DP). These data are then
available for further processing in the automation system.

The MSS supports among other things:

Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Automatic baud rate detection
Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
Exchange of 32-bit cyclic data
Diagnostics using data record invocations
Communication:
For MSS with communication function see from page 3/142.
For accessories, see page 3/144.
For more information see catalog LV 1, chapter "Planning and
Configuration with SIRIUS"

Application
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be used for all safety-oriented requirements in the manufacturing industry and offers the
following safety functions:
EMERGENCY-STOP
Protective door monitoring
Non-contact protective devices (BWS)
Switching mats
Two-hand operator controls
Approval switches
Operating mode selector switches
Cycle control

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/141

 Siemens AG 2009

3RK3 Modular Safety System

Modules

Selection and ordering data

Version

DT

Screw terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Central modules
3RK3 Basic
Central module with safety-orientated inputs and
outputs
8 inputs
1 two-channel relay output
1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected,
including 3RK3 931-0AA00 memory module

3RK3 111-1AA10

0.300

3RK3 211-1AA10

0.150

3RK3 221-1AA10

0.150

3RK3 231-1AA10

0.150

3RK3 311-1AA10

0.150

3RK3 511-1BA10

0.300

3RK3 111-1AA10

Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI
Safety-orientated expansion module
8 inputs

3RK3 211-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
Safety-orientated mixed expansion module
4 inputs
2 single-channel relay outputs

3RK3 221-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
Safety-orientated mixed expansion module
4 inputs
2 two-channel solid-state outputs

3RK3 231-1AA10
8 DO
Standard output module
8 solid-state outputs

3RK3 311-1AA10

Interface modules
DP interface
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485

3RK3 511-1BA10

To connect the central module to expansion modules or interface modules you need the 3UF7 930-0AA00-0 connection cable. See page 3/144.

3/142

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3RK3 Modular Safety System

Modules

Selection and ordering data

Version

DT

Weight
approx.

Spring-loaded
terminals
Order No.

kg

Central modules
3RK3 Basic
Central module with safety-orientated inputs and
outputs
8 inputs
1 two-channel relay output
1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected,
including 3RK3 931-0AA00 memory module

3RK3 111-2AA10

0.300

3RK3 211-2AA10

0.150

3RK3 221-2AA10

0.150

3RK3 231-2AA10

0.150

3RK3 311-2AA10

0.150

3RK3 511-2BA10

0.300

3RK3 111-2AA10

Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI
Safety-orientated expansion module
8 inputs

3RK3 211-2AA10
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
Safety-orientated mixed expansion module
4 inputs
2 single-channel relay outputs

3RK3 221-2AA10
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
Safety-orientated mixed expansion module
4 inputs
2 two-channel solid-state outputs

3RK3 231-2AA10
8 DO
Standard output module
8 solid-state outputs

3RK3 311-2AA10

Interface modules
DP interface
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485

3RK3 511-2BA10

To connect the central module to expansion modules or interface modules you need the 3UF7 930-0AA00-0 connection cable. See page 3/144.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/143

 Siemens AG 2009

3RK3 Modular Safety System

Accessories

Selection and ordering data

Version

DT

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Connection cables (essential accessory)

Connection cables
For connecting the central module, expansion
modules and the interface module
Length 0.025 m (flat)

3UF7 930-0AA00-0

0.010

PC cables for PC/PG communication with

3RK3 modular safety system
Through the system interface, for connecting to
the serial interface of the PC/PG

3UF7 940-0AA00-0

0.150

USB/serial adapters
To connect an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB port of a PC,
recommendend for use with
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7, modular safety system
3RK3, soft starter 3RW44,
ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starter,
AS-i safety monitor, AS-i analyzer in conjunction

3UF7 946-0AA00-0

0.150

For system interface

3UF7 950-0AA00-0

0.100

For parameterizing the 3RK3 modular safety

system without a PC/PG
Through the system interface

3RK3 931-0AA00

0.100

For external connection of the system

interface
Outside, for example, a control cabinet

3UF7 920-0AA00-0

0.030

3RP19 03

0.002

3UF7 932-0AA00-0

PC cables and adapters

3UF7 940-0AA00-0

Interface covers

3UF7 950-0AA00-0

Memory modules

3RK3 931-0AA00

Door adapters

3UF7 920-0AA00-0

Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
e. g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per
device
Can be used for 3RK3
3RP19 03

ES 2007 standard modular safety system

Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software
for the 3RK3 modular safety system
Runs on WIN 2000/Win XP PROF/Win VISTA:
Business32, Ultimate32
Without PC cable
Floating license for one user
E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
3ZS1 314-5CC10
-0YA5

3/144

License key on USB stick, Class A

3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5

0.230

License key download, Class A

3ZS1 314-5CE10-0YB5

0.230

Software Update Service

For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
communication through the system interface

3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YL5

0.230

PC cables

3UF7 940-0AA00-0

0.150

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

General data

Overview

Benefits
General
Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance
with the highest safety requirements (Category 4 according to
EN 954-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508)
Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all
globally established certifications
Compact, service-proven SIRIUS design creates more space
in the control cabinet
Flexible connectability and expendability make subsequent
changes easy
Removable terminals for greater plant availability
Yellow front plate clearly identifies the device as an item of
safety technology
Sensor cable up to 2000 m long enables use in large-scale
plants

SIRIUS safety relays are the key elements of a consistent and

cost-effective safety chain. Be it EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection, protective door monitoring or the protection of presses or
punches with SIRIUS safety relays every safety application can
be implemented to optimum effect in terms of engineering and
price.
SIRIUS safety relays provide numerous safety-related functions:
Monitoring the safety functions of sensors
Monitoring the sensor leads
Monitoring the correct operation of the safety relay
Monitoring the actuators (contactors) in the shutdown circuit
Safety-oriented disconnection when dangers arise
SIRIUS safety relays meet the highest requirements (Category 4)
according to EN 954-1 and achieve the highest safety integrity
level (SIL 3) according to IEC 61508.

Relay outputs
Different voltages can be switched through the floating
contacts
Higher currents can be switched with relay contacts
Solid-state outputs
Wear-free
Suitable for operation in fast switching applications
Insensitive to vibrations and dirt
Good electrical endurance

Microprocessor systems
Flexible use thanks to many different integrated functions
Easy parameterization using DIP switches on the front
High functional reliability based on extensive monitoring
functions
Operated by the machine control
Also connection of non-contact sensors (light arrays, light barriers etc.)

Application
SIRIUS safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety applications which are not connected to a safety-oriented bus system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safetyoriented shutdown of hazards. Also they check and monitor the
sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the safety
relay.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/145

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With electronic enabling circuits

Selection and ordering data

Type

3TK28 40 3TK28 41 3TK28 42 3TK28 45

Basic units Basic units Basic units Multifunction
units
"automatic
and
monitored
start"
tv

Multifunction
units
"automatic
and
monitored
start"

Multifunction
units
"monitored
start"

tv

Multifunction
units
"monitored
start"

Multifunction
units
OK button

tv

Multifunction
units
OK button

Multifunction
units
"springtype interlocking"

Multifunction
units
"solenoid
interlocking"

tv

tv

tv

Sensors
Input

Solid-state

--

With contacts

Safety mats

--

--

--

--

--

Auto

--

--

--

--

Monitored

Cascading input
24 V DC

--

Key-operated switches

--

--

--

Stop category 0

--

--

--

2 NO

1 NO

2 NO

1 NO

2 NO

1 NO

1 NO

1 NO

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

1 NO

--

1 NO

--

1 NO

1 NO

1 NO

Start

Enabling circuit, floating

Enabling circuit,
solid-state
Stop category 0

21)

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

Floating

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Solid-state

--

--

--

Category
acc. to EN 954-1 max

SIL level max.

acc. to IEC 61508

Performance level PL
acc. to ISO 13849-1

Signaling outputs

Rated control supply

voltage
24 V DC
= Available
-- = Not available
1)

The outputs are only fail-safe when an external contactor is used.

3/146

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With electronic enabling circuits
Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Weight
approx.

Screw terminals
Order No.

kg

Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC

3TK28 40 basic units
24 DC

--

3TK28 40-1BB40

0.180

--

3TK28 41-1BB40

0.166

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 42-1BB41
3TK28 42-1BB42
3TK28 42-1BB44

0.168
0.166
0.166

3TK28 45-1HB40

0.350

3TK28 45-1HB41
3TK28 45-1HB42
3TK28 45-1HB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-1DB40

0.350

3TK28 45-1DB41
3TK28 45-1DB42
3TK28 45-1DB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-1EB40

0.350

3TK28 45-1EB41
3TK28 45-1EB42
3TK28 45-1EB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-1FB41
3TK28 45-1FB42
3TK28 45-1FB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-1GB41
3TK28 45-1GB42
3TK28 45-1GB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 41 basic units

24 DC
3TK28 41-1BB40

3TK28 42 basic units tv

24 DC

3TK28 45 multi-function units "automatic and

monitored start"
24 DC
3TK28 42-1BB41

--

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"automatic and monitored start"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units

"monitored start"
24 DC
3TK28 45-1HB40

--

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"monitored start"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units

"OK button"
24 DC

--

3TK28 45-1HB41
3TK28 45 multi-function units tv
"OK button"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"spring-type interlocking"
3TK28 45-1DB40

24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"magnet-solenoid interlocking"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45-1DB41

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/147

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With electronic enabling circuits
Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Spring-loaded
terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC

3TK28 40 basic units
24 DC

--

3TK28 40-2BB40

0.150

--

3TK28 41-2BB40

0.143

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 42-2BB41
3TK28 42-2BB42
3TK28 42-2BB44

0.143
0.146
0.149

3TK28 45-2HB40

0.350

3TK28 45-2HB41
3TK28 45-2HB42
3TK28 45-2HB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-2DB40

0.350

3TK28 45-2DB41
3TK28 45-2DB42
3TK28 45-2DB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-2EB40

0.350

3TK28 45-2EB41
3TK28 45-2EB42
3TK28 45-2EB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-2FB41
3TK28 45-2FB42
3TK28 45-2FB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 45-2GB41
3TK28 45-2GB42
3TK28 45-2GB44

0.350
0.350
0.350

3TK28 41 basic units

24 DC
3TK28 42 basic units tv
3TK28 45-2DB40

24 DC

3TK28 45 multi-function units

"automatic and monitored start"
24 DC

3TK28 45-2DB41

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"automatic and monitored start"
24 DC

--

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units

"monitored start"
24 DC

--

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"monitored start"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units

"OK button"
24 DC

--

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"OK button"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"spring-type interlocking"
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 45 multi-function units tv

"solenoid interlocking"
24 DC

3/148

Siemens SI 10 2009

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With electronic enabling circuits

Accessories
Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Push-in lugs and covers

Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device

3RP19 03

0.002

Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of
setting knobs

3RP19 02

0.004

Long, green

8WA2 803

0.024

Long, green, partially insulated

8WA2 880

0.034

3RP19 03

3RP19 02

Screwdrivers
Screwdrivers
With screwdriver blades 3.5 mm x 0.5 mm

8WA2 803

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/149

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With relay enabling circuits

Selection and ordering data

Type

3TK28 21

3TK28 22

3TK28 23

3TK28 24

3TK28 25

3TK28 26

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units
24 V DC

Basic units
Wide voltage
range

Sensors
Input

Solid-state

--

--

--

--

--

With contacts

1)

Safety mats

--

--

--

--

--

Auto

--

Monitored

--

--

--

Cascading input
24 V DC

--

--

--

--

--

Key-operated switches

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Stop category 0

3 NO

2 NO

2 NO

2 NO

3 NO

4 NO

4 NO

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Stop category 0

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

1 NC

--

--

--

2 NC

1 NC

1 NO + 1 NC

--

--

--

--

--

--

Category
acc. to EN 954-1 max

32)

32)

SIL level max.

acc. to IEC 61508

22)

22)

Performance level PL
acc. to ISO 13849-1

d2)

d2)

Start

Enabling circuit,
floating

Enabling circuit,
solid-state

Signaling outputs
Floating
Solid-state

Rated control supply

voltage
24 V DC

--

--

--

--

24 V AC/DC

--

--

--

24 V AC

--

--

--

--

--

--

115 V AC

--

--

--

--

--

230 V AC

--

--

--

--

--

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

--

--

--

--

--

--

= Available
-- = Not available
1)

The ON button is not monitored.

2)

Depending on the hazard assessment, additional measures may be necessary in the sensor circuit (e. g. protected laying).

3/150

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With relay enabling circuits
n
Type

3TK28 26

3TK28 27

3TK28 28

3TK28 30

Basic units
24 V DC

Basic units
Wide voltage
range

Basic units

Basic units

Expansion units2) Two-hand control Slowing down

devices
test devices

3TK28 34

3TK28 35

tv

tv

tv

tv

Sensors
Input

--

--

Solid-state

--

--

--

--

--

With contacts

--

--

Safety mats

--

--

--

--

--

Auto

--

--

--

--

Monitored

--

--

--

--

Cascading input
24 V DC

--

--

--

--

--

Key-operated switches

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Start

Enabling circuit,
floating
Stop category 0

2 NO

2 NO

2 NO

2 NO

4 NO

2 NO+2 NC

3 NO+2 NC

Stop category 1

2 NO

2 NO

2 NO

2 NO

--

--

--

Stop category 0

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Enabling circuit,
solid-state

Signaling outputs
Floating

2 NC

1 NO + 2 NC

1 NC

1 NC

--

--

Solid-state

--

--

--

--

--

--

Category
acc. to EN 954-1 max

41)

41)

As basic unit

SIL level max.

acc. to IEC 61508

33)

33)

As basic unit

--

Performance level PL
acc. to ISO 13849-1

e4)

e4)

As basic unit

--

Rated control supply

voltage
24 V DC

--

--

24 V AC/DC

--

--

--

--

--

--

24 V AC

--

--

--

115 V AC

--

--

230 V AC

--

--

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

--

--

--

--

--

--

= Available
-- = Not available
1)

Only possible for instantaneous enabling contacts,

otherwise Category 3.

2)

For expansion of Siemens safety products.

3)

Only possible for instantaneous enabling contacts,

otherwise Category 2.

4)

Only possible for instantaneous enabling contacts,

otherwise PL d

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/151

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With relay enabling circuits

Selection and ordering data

Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Screw terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 24, 115, 230 V AC
3TK28 21 basic units
24 AC/DC

--

3TK28 21-1CB30

0.276

--

3TK28 22-1CB30

0.271

--

3TK28 23-1CB30

0.271

-----

3TK28 24-1CB30
3TK28 24-1BB40
3TK28 24-1AJ20
3TK28 24-1AL20

0.254
0.249
0.294
0.288

-----

3TK28 25-1BB40
3TK28 25-1AB20
3TK28 25-1AJ20
3TK28 25-1AL20

0.423
0.421
0.519
0.516

---

3TK28 26-1BB40
3TK28 26-1CW30

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 26-1BB41
3TK28 26-1CW31

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 26-1BB42
3TK28 26-1CW32

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

5 ... 300

3TK28 26-1BB44
3TK28 26-1CW34

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 27-1BB41
3TK28 27-1AB21
3TK28 27-1AJ21
3TK28 27-1AL21

0.495
0.499
0.650
0.650

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 27-1BB40
3TK28 27-1AB20
3TK28 27-1AJ20
3TK28 27-1AL20

0.497
0.496
0.650
0.650

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 28-1BB41
3TK28 28-1AB21
3TK28 28-1AJ21
3TK28 28-1AL21

0.499
0.501
0.657
0.650

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 28-1BB40
3TK28 28-1AB20
3TK28 28-1AJ20
3TK28 28-1AL20

0.496
0.500
0.650
0.650

3TK28 30-1CB30
3TK28 30-1AJ20
3TK28 30-1AL20

0.267
0.306
0.306

3TK28 34-1BB40
3TK28 34-1AB20
3TK28 34-1AJ20
3TK28 34-1AL20

0.432
0.424
0.519
0.519

3TK28 35-1BB40
3TK28 35-1AJ20
3TK28 35-1AL20

0.495
0.572
0.574

3TK28 22 basic units

24 AC/DC
3TK28 23 basic units
3TK28 21-1CB30

24 AC/DC
3TK28 24 basic units
24 AC/DC
24 DC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 25 basic units

3TK28 25-1BB40

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 26 basic units
24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3TK28 26 basic units tv

3TK28 26-1BB40

3TK28 27 basic units tv

3TK28 27-1BB41

3TK28 28 basic units tv

3TK28 30-1CB30

3TK28 30 expansion units

24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 34 two-hand control devices

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 35 slowing down monitoring devices

24 DC
115 AC
230 AC

3/152

Siemens SI 10 2009

----

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With relay enabling circuits
Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Weight
approx.

Spring-loaded
terminals
Order No.

kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 24, 115, 230 V AC
3TK28 21 basic units
24 AC/DC

--

3TK28 21-2CB30

0.246

--

3TK28 22-2CB30

0.250

--

3TK28 23-2CB30

0.247

-----

3TK28 24-2CB30
3TK28 24-2BB40
3TK28 24-2AJ20
3TK28 24-2AL20

0.230
0.228
0.265
0.270

-----

3TK28 25-2BB40
3TK28 25-2AB20
3TK28 25-2AJ20
3TK28 25-2AL20

0.374
0.375
0.472
0.475

---

3TK28 26-2BB40
3TK28 26-2CW30

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 26-2BB41
3TK28 26-2CW31

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 26-2BB42
3TK28 26-2CW32

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC

5 ... 300

3TK28 26-2BB44
3TK28 26-2CW34

0.370
0.400

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 27-2BB41
3TK28 27-2AB21
3TK28 27-2AJ21
3TK28 27-2AL21

0.454
0.454
0.240
0.605

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 27-2BB40
3TK28 27-2AB20
3TK28 27-2AJ20
3TK28 27-2AL20

0.455
0.454
0.606
0.604

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.05 ... 3

3TK28 28-2BB41
3TK28 28-2AB21
3TK28 28-2AJ21
3TK28 28-2AL21

0.450
0.454
0.240
0.608

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

0.5 ... 30

3TK28 28-2BB40
3TK28 28-2AB20
3TK28 28-2AJ20
3TK28 28-2AL20

0.457
0.468
0.609
0.612

3TK28 30-2CB30
3TK28 30-2AJ20
3TK28 30-2AL20

0.244
0.276
0.276

3TK28 34-2BB40
3TK28 34-2AB20
3TK28 34-2AJ20
3TK28 34-2AL20

0.383
0.376
0.472
0.472

3TK28 35-2AJ20
3TK28 35-2AL20

0.551
0.552

3TK28 22 basic units

24 AC/DC
3TK28 23 basic units
3TK28 26-2BB40

24 AC/DC
3TK28 24 basic units
24 AC/DC
24 DC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 25 basic units
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 26 basic units
24 DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3TK28 26 basic units tv

3TK28 27 basic units tv

3TK28 28 basic units tv

3TK28 30 expansion units

24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 34 two-hand control devices

24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 35 slowing down monitoring devices

115 AC
-230 AC
--

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/153

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With relay enabling circuits

Accessories
Version

DT

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Push-in lugs and covers

}

3RP19 03

0,002

For 3TK28 21 to 3TK28 25, 3TK28 27,

3TK28 28, 3TK28 3.

3RP19 02

0,004

For 3TK28 26

3TK28 26-0DA00-0HA0

0,004

Long, green

8WA2 803

0,024

Long, green, partially insulated

8WA2 880

0,034

Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
3RP19 03
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of setting knobs
3RP19 02

Screwdrivers
Screwdrivers
With screwdriver blades 3.5 mm x 0.5 mm

8WA2 803

3/154

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With auxiliary contactor enabling circuits

Selection and ordering data

Type

3TK28 50

3TK28 51

3TK28 52

3TK28 53

3TK28 56

3TK28 57

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units

Basic units

Expansion units1)

Expansion units1)
tv

Sensors
Input

--

--

Solid-state
With contacts

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Safety mats

--

--

Start
Auto
Monitored

--

--

--

--

Cascading input
24 V DC

--

--

--

Key-operated switches

--

--

--

--

--

--

Stop category 0

3 NO

2 NO

6 NO

3 NO

6 NO

--

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

3 NO

Stop category 0

--

--

--

Stop category 1

--

--

--

--

--

--

Floating

--

1 NC

1 NC

--

1 NC

--

Solid-state

--

--

--

--

--

--

Category
acc. to EN 954-1 max

As basic unit

As basic unit

SIL level max.

acc. to IEC 61508

As basic unit

As basic unit

Performance level PL
acc. to ISO 3849-1

As basic unit

As basic unit

24 V DC

24 V AC/DC

--

--

--

--

--

--

24 V AC

--

--

--

--

115 V AC

--

--

--

--

230 V AC

--

--

--

24 ... 240 V AC/DC

--

--

--

--

--

--

24 V DC

230 V AC

600 V AC

AC-15 at U = 230 V

DC-13 at U = 24 V

Enabling circuit, floating

Enabling circuit,
solid-state

Signaling outputs

Rated control supply

voltage

Rated operational
voltage

Switching capacity

= Available

-- = Not available
1)

For expansion of Siemens safety products.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/155

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With auxiliary contactor enabling circuits
Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Screw terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 115, 230 V AC
3TK28 50 basic units
24 DC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 50-1BB40
3TK28 50-1AJ20
3TK28 50-1AL20

0.819
0.765
0.770

--

3TK28 51-1BB40
3TK28 51-1AJ20
3TK28 51-1AL20

0.821
0.770
0.767

--

3TK28 52-1BB40
3TK28 52-1AL20

0.919
0.870

--

3TK28 53-1BB40

0.714

3TK28 56-1BB40

0.785
0.682
0.679
0.684

3TK28 51 basic units

24 DC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 52 basic units
24 DC
230 AC
3TK28 53 basic units
24 DC

3TK28 56 expansion units

24 DC

--

3TK28 57 expansion units tv

24 DC
24 DC
24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 57-1BB41
3TK28 57-1BB42
3TK28 57-1BB44

Rated control supply

voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Spring-loaded
terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 115, 230 V AC
3TK28 50 basic units
24 DC
115 AC
230 AC

--

3TK28 50-2BB40
3TK28 50-2AJ20
3TK28 50-2AL20

0.820
0.650
0.761

--

3TK28 51-2BB40
3TK28 51-2AJ20
3TK28 51-2AL20

0.650
0.650
0.768

--

3TK28 52-2BB40
3TK28 52-2AL20

0.935
0.878

--

3TK28 53-2BB40

0.705

3TK28 56-2BB40

0.750

3TK28 57-2BB41
3TK28 57-2BB42
3TK28 57-2BB44

0.650
0.677
0.684

3TK28 51 basic units

3TK28 50-2BB40

24 DC
115 AC
230 AC
3TK28 52 basic units
24 DC
230 AC
3TK28 53 basic units
24 DC

3TK28 56 expansion units

24 DC
3TK28 51-2BB40

--

3TK28 57 expansion units tv

24 DC

0.05 ... 3
0.5 ... 30
5 ... 300

3TK28 52-2BB40

Accessories
Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Screwdrivers
Screwdrivers
With screwdriver blades 3.5 mm x 0.5 mm
Long, green

8WA2 803

0,024

Long, green, partially insulated

8WA2 880

0,034

8WA2 803

3/156

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With special functions

Selection and ordering data

Type

3TK28 10
Standstill monitors

Sensors
Inputs

Solid-state
With contacts
Without sensors (measuring inputs)

--

Safety mats

--

Start
Auto
Monitored

-3

--

Cascading input
24 V DC

--

Key-operated switches

--

Enabling circuit,
floating
Stop category 0

3 NO + 1 NC

Stop category 1

--

Enabling circuit,
solid-state
Stop category 0

--

Stop category 1

--

Signaling outputs
Floating

1 CO

Solid-state

Category
acc. to EN 954-1 max

SIL level max.

acc. to IEC 61508

Performance level PL
acc. to ISO 13849-1

Rated control supply

voltage
24 V DC

230 V AC

400 V AC

= Available

-- = Not available

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/157

 Siemens AG 2009

3TK28 Safety Relays

With special functions
Rated control supply
voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Screw terminals

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 230, 400 V AC
3TK28 10 standstill monitoring
24 DC
230 AC
400 AC

0.2 ... 6

3TK28 10-0BA01
3TK28 10-0GA01
3TK28 10-0JA01

Rated control supply

voltage Us

OFF-delay
tv

Spring-loaded
terminals

0.500
0.500
0.500

3TK28 10-0BA01

Weight
approx.

Order No.
kg

Rated control supply voltages Us

24 V DC and 50/60 Hz, 230, 400 V AC
3TK28 10 standstill monitoring

24 DC
230 AC
400 AC

0.2 ... 6

3TK28 10-0BA02
3TK28 10-0GA02
3TK28 10-0JA02

0.500
0.500
0.500

3TK28 10-0GA02

Accessories
Version

DT

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Push-in lugs and covers

}

3RP19 03

0.002

Long, green

8WA2 803

0.024

Long, green, partially insulated

8WA2 880

0.034

Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
3RP19 03

Screwdrivers
Screwdrivers
With screwdriver blades 3.5 mm x 0.5 mm

8WA2 803

3/158

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Reacting
4/2

4/3
4/5
4/13
4/18
4/21

4/21

4/24

ET 200S Safety motor starter

and Frequency converter
Solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Fail-safe motor starters
ET 200S FC Fail-safe frequency
converter
Safety modules local
Safety modules PROFIsafe
ET 200S Components for
motor starter and frequency
converter
Terminal modules for ET 200S
motor starters and frequency
converters
Accessories for motor starters
and frequency converters

4/27
4/27
4/28

ET 200S Software
Motor starter ES
STARTER commissioning tool

4/30

ET 200pro Motor starters and

frequency converters
ET 200pro motor starter
ET 200pro safety local isolator
module
ET 200pro FC frequency
converters
Safety module
Accessories for ET 200pro motor
starters

4/30
4/32
4/33
4/37
4/39

4/42
4/42

ET 200pro Software
Motor starter ES

4/43
4/48
4/53
4/57
4/58
4/59

SINAMICS Introduction
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
... with SINAMICS G120 / G120D
... with SINAMICS G130 / G150
... with SINAMICS S150
... with SINAMICS S120

4/62

SINAMICS G120 Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to

132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
CU240 control units
Memory card for control units
PM240 power modules
PM250 power modules
PM260 power modules
Basic operator panel BOP
PC inverter connection kit
Safe brake relay

4/70
4/73
4/74
4/78
4/82
4/86
4/87
4/88
4/89

4/93
4/97
4/98

SINAMICS G120D Distributed frequency inverters

0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units
MMC memory card
PM250D power modules

4/100

SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW

4/103

SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 1500 kW

4/105

SINAMICS S120 Modular drive system

0.12 kW to 4500 kW
Cabinet modules
CompactFlash card for CU310 and
CU320
Terminal module TM54F

4/109
4/111
4/112
4/114

SINAMICS S150 rive converter cabinet units

75 kW to 1200 kW

4/116

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

4/117

CNC automation system

SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

4/118

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Introduction

Overview

The ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions comprise:

Safety modules
Standard motor starters
High-Feature motor starters
Fail-safe motor starters
With the ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions there is no complicated and hence cost-intensive configuring and wiring outlay
compared to the conventional safety technology. The ET 200S
Safety motor starter Solutions are designed for Category 4
according to EN 954-1 or SIL 3 IEC 61508.

They enable the use of safety-oriented direct-on-line starters or

reversing starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S distributed peripherals system on PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The fine modular architecture of the system permits optimum imaging of machine or
plant applications.
Within an ET 200S station the Safety motor starter Solutions
can also be combined with Standard motor starters or
High-Feature motor starters without safety functions or the
SIMATIC ET 200S FC frequency converter up to max. 4 kW
up to Category 3 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 2 according to
IEC 61508.
Standard and High Feature ET 200S motor starters can be found
in catalog IK PI.
The "SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software can be found in
Catalog CA 01 on CD or DVD. You can also download the
"SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software from the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S
Note:
for safety characteristics, see Catalog LV 1

Application
The ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions are preferred in all
production and process automation fields in which the enhancement of plant availability and flexibility plays a key role.
Safety motor starters Solutions local are preferred from the
safety technology point of view for locally restricted safety applications. These motor starters are not dependent on a safe
control system.
Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe are often found
by contrast in safety applications of the more complex type
that are interlinked. In this case a safe control system is used
with the bus systems PROFINET or PROFIBUS with the
PROFIsafe profile.

4/2

Siemens SI 10 2009

Frequency converter ET 200S FC Fail-safe

Fail-safe frequency converter

For the continuous speed control of asynchronous motors
Comprising modules for the ICU24F control module and
IPM25 power section up to 4.0 kW
Hot swapping of control module and power section is permissible
Operation without line commutation reactor
Active braking with line-commutated power recovery
Can be combined with brake control module for actuating an
electromechanical holding brake
To achieve EMC class A (according to EN 55011),
connection of an EMC filter upstream from the power bus
The ET 200S FC fail-safe version provides extensive integrated
safety functions (certified according to EN 954-1, Category 3 or
IEC 61508, SIL 2)
Safe torque off torque (STO) to guard against any active
movement of the operating mechanism
Safely limited speed (SLS) to guard against danger from
movements caused when a limit speed is exceeded
Safe stop 1 (SS1, Safe Stop 1) for continuous monitoring of a
safe brake ramp
Both the "Safe Stop 1" function and the "Safely Limited Speed"
function operate without motor sensor or encoder; the implementation cost is minimal. Existing systems in particular can be
retrofitted with safety technology without the motor or mechanics
having to be modified.
The "Safely Limited Speed" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions are
not approved for drawing loads such as lifting devices and unwinders.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters

Overview

Benefits
Advantages over conventional safety technology
Significant savings in components (less hardware)
Less mounting and installation work
Motor starters are fail-safe and offer high availability

Application
Use
The Fail-safe motor starter is predestined for use in combination
with PROFIsafe (see figure ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solution
PROFIsafe 4/19).
Another field of application is in combination with ASIsafe or
safety relays (see example 2 on 4/14 Fail-safe Motor Starters
with ASIsafe and 3TK28).

The Fail-safe motor starter has been developed on the basis of

the High-Feature motor starter. It differs in that, in addition to a
motor starter protector and contactor assembly, a safe solidstate evaluation circuit is installed for error detection purposes
which makes the motor starter fail-safe.
If the contactor to be switched fails in an EMERGENCY-STOP
case, the evaluation electronics detect a fault and open the
motor starter protector in the motor starter through a shunt trip
unit in a fail-safe manner. The second redundant shutdown component is therefore no longer a main contactor, as is generally
the case, but the motor starter protector installed in the motor.
All functions of the High-Feature starter are
already integrated
The new fail-safe motor starters are characterized by easy,
space-saving assembly as well as minimal wiring outlay. Like
the High-Feature starters, the Fail-safe motor starters have a
switching capacity of up to 7.5 kW (16 A) which is achieved with
just two motor starter versions. Another important feature is the
high availability due to the high short-circuit strength (type of
coordination "2").

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/3

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

ET 200S Fail-safe motor starters

F-DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
Fail-safe direct-on-line starters up to 7.5 kW at AC 400 V
Mechanically switching
Solid-state UE protection

F-DS1e-x direct-on-line starters

0.3 ... 3 A

3RK1 301-0AB13-0AA4

2.4 ... 8 A

3RK1 301-0BB13-0AA4

2.4 ... 16 A

3RK1 301-0CB13-0AA4

F-RS1e-x reversing starters

Fail-safe reversing starters up to 7.5 kW at AC 400 V
Mechanically switching
Solid-state UE protection, fuseless
0.3 ... 3 A

3RK1 301-0AB13-1AA4

2.4 ... 8 A

3RK1 301-0BB13-1AA4

2.4 ... 16 A

3RK1 301-0CB13-1AA4

Components for Fail-safe motor starters

TM-FDS65-S32-01/S31-01 terminal module
for F-DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
with coding
With incoming energy bus connection
(TM-FDS65-S32-01)

3RK1 903-3AC00

Without incoming energy bus connection

(TM-FDS65-S31-01)

3RK1 903-3AC10

TM-FRS130-S32-01/S31-01 terminal module

for F-RS1e-x reversing starters
with coding

4/4

With incoming energy bus connection

(TM-FRS130-S32-01)

3RK1 903-3AD00

Without incoming energy bus connection

(TM-FRS130-S31-01)

3RK1 903-3AD10

PE/N
M65-PEN-F
terminal block with incoming power bus connection,
with caps

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S
terminal block
without incoming power bus connection

3RK1 903-2AC10

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter
All common control modes are available: Frequency control,
sensor-less vector control or torque control, closed-loop control with motor encoder
Parameters are assigned using STARTER, the graphical parameterizing tool for Siemens drives, either via the connected
fieldbus or via a point-to-point connection.
Note: Access to the frequency converter via the bus is not
possible using STARTER if there is a CPU between the PC and
the frequency converter. This also applies to CPU IM 151-7.
Active braking is possible without additional overhead.
The line-commutated energy recovery of the frequency converter for the power supply network means that brake chopper
modules or pulsed resistors are superfluous.
The "safe standstill" is completely electronic and therefore
without contacts. This provides reliable and extremely short
response times.
Unique is that the "Safely Limited Speed" and the "Safe Stop 1"
do not require a motor encoder or other encoder. These functions can therefore be implemented with minimum overhead.

Overview

Application

Components of the ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Benefits
Frequency converters with integrated safety functions "Safe
Torque OFF", "Safely Limited Speed" and "Safe Stop 1".
The frequency converter is completely integrated into the
ET 200S system and offers all system advantages, such as
high availability thanks to the hot swapping function, modular
expansion, or reduction of the wiring overhead resulting from
the self-assembling terminal module wiring.
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage is
only supplied once for a group of frequency converters
Comprehensive diagnostics facilities for high availability
Input for motor encoder for precise speed control
Input for PTC/KTY encoder for comprehensive motor protection
Slot for optional memory card (MMC) to save the parameter
settings for fast replacement of modules without tools

New application possibilities are opened up for the ET 200S

system where continuous control of the speed of asynchronous motors is required.
The frequency converter handles frequency control and vector control for more complex drive tasks. In addition, the converter also supports torque control for conveyor applications,
winding and unwinding drives, as well as hoisting gear. Together with a motor encoder, the range extends up to closedloop controls for exact control of speeds and torques.
The advantages of line-commutated power regeneration are
primarily evident in continuous regenerative operation. Examples include unwinding units, lowering of loads with hoisting
gear, or electric braking of large centrifugal masses.
Together with an intelligent header module (IM 151 CPU) and
the ET 200S FC frequency converter, the I/O station is expanded to become a complete automation solution for machine modules and plant sections.
The integral safety functions significantly reduce the overhead
for drive solutions in plant sections where there is a hazard potential. Monitoring of the safely reduced speed in sensor-less
standard asynchronous motors is unique in drive engineering.

Certification
Product
group

Product type

Order No.

SIMATIC
ET 200S

ET 200S FC
(FW1.x)
ET 200S FC
(FW3.x)

Category

SIL CL

PL

PFHD

Proof Test
Interval
(years)

Notes

6SL3244-0SA01-1AA0 3

Coming soon

5 * 10-8

10

Values include Control

Unit and Power Module

6SL3244-0SA01-1AA1 3

5 * 10-8

10

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/5

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Design
Accessories

Design of an ET 200S station with two ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency

converters (on the right only terminal modules)

The ET 200S FC consists of the following components:

ICU24F control unit (F = with integral safety technology)
IPM25 converter power module
Terminal modules to accommodate control unit and converter
power module
Following insertion of the modules, the control unit and the
converter power module of the frequency converter are interconnected.

The PM-D F PROFIsafe or PM-D F X1 power modules provide the

power supply for one or more control units.

The following accessories are available:

The labeling strips and color coding labels of the ET 200S
system can also be used for the frequency converter.
Jumper block L1/L2/L3
The jumper blocks L1/L2/L3 are used to bridge a gap in the
power bus. 15 mm wide jumper blocks are used to bridge the
control unit of the subsequent frequency converter. If a Brake
Control Module is connected, a 30 mm wide jumper block is
required in order to pass on the power bus via the Brake
Control Module and ICU24 to the subsequent IPM25 converter
power module.
Jumper block PE/N
The jumper blocks PE/N are used to bridge a gap in the PE/N
bus, e.g. caused by use of a Brake Control Module, a PM-D(F)
power module or the control unit of the frequency converter.
EMC filter
An EMC filter must be externally connected to the supply of
the power bus in order to achieve EMC Class A (according to
EN 55011). Shielded motor cables must be used in addition.
It must be ensured that the shield is connected correctly.
The terminal modules for the converter power module of the
frequency converter are equipped with an integral shield
connection element.
Within the ET 200S system, several frequency converters can
be supplied over a common power bus with 400 V. The EMC
filter is connected up-circuit of the power bus. The filters are
designed for a maximum effective length of 350 m shielded
cable. The effective cable length is the combined length of
all motor cables of the frequency converter on the common
400 V power bus.
The two EMC filters of the ET 200S FC are designed as group
filters for more than one frequency converter and have the following properties:
EMC filter
Type

Rated
current

Maximum
cable length

Conductor
cross-section

6SL3203-0BE22-5AA0

25 A

350 m

4 mm

6SL3203-0BE25-0AA0

50 A

350 m

10 mm

The use of output reactors or LC filters on the converter output

does not affect the maximum cable length for the EMC filter.
Output reactors and LC filters for longer cable lengths
Without additional components on the converter output, the
maximum length of motor cables on the SIMATIC ET 200S FC
frequency converter is 50 m (shielded cable) or 100 m (unshielded). Longer cables are possible when output reactors or
LC filters are used:
To reduce the capacitive equalizing currents and dv/dt for
motor cables, output reactors are provided. Consequently
when output reactors are used, the maximum permissible
cable lengths between the motor and converter are:
IPM25 converter
power module

4/6

Siemens SI 10 2009

Output
reactor
Type

Max. permissible motor

cable lengths
(shielded/unshielded)
for a line voltage of
380 V -10 %
to 400 V

401 V to
480 V+10 %

0.75 kW

6SE64003TC00-4AD2

150 m/225 m

100 m/150 m

2.2 kW and 4.0 kW

6SE64003TC01-0BD3

150 m/225 m

100 m/150 m

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Design (continued)

Function

The LC filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive
charge/discharge currents which occur with converter operation. This means that considerably longer motor cables can be
used for operation with LC filters. The service life of the motor
is as long as for direct mains operation. It is therefore not necessary to use an output reactor. When LC filters are used, the
maximum permissible cable lengths between the motor and
converter are:
IPM25 converter
power module

LC filter
Type

Max. permissible
motor cable lengths
(shielded/unshielded)
for a line voltage of
380 V to 480 V -10 % +10 %

0.75 kW

6SE64003TD00-4AD0

200 m/300 m

2.2 kW and 4.0 kW

6SE64003TD01-0BD0

200 m/300 m

When an output reactor or LC filter is used, it is important to note

the following during assembly and start-up:
The output reactors and LC filters must be mounted alongside or
below the ET 200S station. Vertical alignment is important to ensure adequate cooling. The connecting cable to the converter
must be pre-assembled for all components and shortened to a
length of approximately 30 cm - the shield of the motor cable
must be attached to the output reactor or the LC filter.
The pulse frequency of the converter must be reduced to 4 kHz
(the factory setting is 8 kHz). In addition, when an LC filter is
used, the converter must be operated in V/f mode.
Shield clamps
To connect the shield of motor cables
Grounding terminal
To ground the 3 x 10 mm busbar for the shield connection
Busbar 3 x 10 mm
To accommodate the shield clamps and the grounding
terminal
Brake Control Module
xB1 or xB2 to control an external electromechanical brake

The ET 200S FC is capable of dynamic control procedures such

as sensorless vector control or torque control. Where particular
speed accuracy and dynamic response requirements exist, a
motor encoder can be connected to the control module.
The ET 200S FC is operated without a line reactor.
A PTC or KTY encoder in the motor can be evaluated by the
control module to evaluate the motor temperature.
Integral safety functions are selected via the switch-off modules
of a series-connected PM-D F:
Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
Safely Limited Speed (SLS) to protect against dangerous
movements due to exceeded limit speeds.
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
Neither of the functions "Safe Stop 1" or "Safely Limited Speed"
requires a motor encoder or other encoder; the implementation
cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be updated with
safety technology without the need to change the motor or
mechanical system. The safety functions "Safely Limited Speed"
and "Safe Stop 1" are not permitted for pull-through loads as in
the case of lifting gear and winders.
The safety functions of the ET 200S FC are certified according to
Category 3 of EN 954-1 and to SIL 2 of IEC 61508.
Accessories
The following accessories are available:
MMC parameter memory
If required, the complete parameter settings of the frequency
converter can be saved on a memory card (MMC). When
servicing, the plant is immediately ready for use again after
replacing the frequency converter and inserting the memory
card.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/7

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Technical specifications
Control unit
ICU24F

Converter Power Modules

IPM25, FS A
Frame size A

IPM25, FS B
Frame size B

Integral safety functions

according to Category 3 of
EN 954-1 or according to SIL2 of
IEC 61508

Safe Torque Off (STO)

Safely Limited Speed (SLS)1)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) 1)

Output

0.75 kW

2.2 kW

4.0 kW

Rated input current

(at 50 C ambient temperature)

1.9 A

5.7 A

9.6 A

Rated output current

(at 50 C ambient temperature)

2.1 A

5.9 A

10.2 A

Mounting dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
(including terminal module)

15 x 220 x 156

65 x 290 x 156

130 x 290 x 156

Selection features

Electrical data
Line voltage

380 V to 480 V 3 AC + 10 %/-10 %

Line frequency

47 Hz to 63 Hz

Overload capability

Overload current 1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 60 s, cycle time 300 s
Overload current 2 x rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s, cycle time 300 s

Output frequency

0 Hz to 650 Hz

Pulse frequency

8 kHz (standard), 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps)

Standard short circuit current rating

10 kA
SCCR (Short Circuit Current Rating)2)

Skipped frequency range

1, programmable

Converter efficiency

96 % at rated load of the motor

Typical power loss at 420 V input

voltage 3) and motor with rated load
(motor and regenerative mode)

10 W

40 W (Pulse frequency 8 kHz)

65 W (Pulse frequency 16 kHz)
30 W (Pulse frequency 4 kHz)

110 W
140 W
80 W

160 W
200 W
130 W

Typical power loss at 420 V input

voltage 3) and motor during no-load
operation, 50 Hz

10 W

35 W (Pulse frequency 8 kHz)

70 W

110 W

Interfaces

Connection to PROFIBUS or PROFINET over the ET 200S backplane bus

RS232 interface with USS protocol for commissioning on the PC using the STARTER commissioning software
Activation of the integrated safety functions via PROFIsafe (PM-D F PROFIsafe) or terminals (PM-D F X1)
Slot for an optional memory card (MMC) for uploading or downloading parameter settings
PTC/KTY84 interface (Sub-D connector) for motor temperature monitoring
Speed sensor interface (Sub-D connector) for unipolar HTL incremental position encoder

Functions
Open-loop/closed-loop
control procedure

V/f control linear (M~n) with/without flux current control (FCC), quadratic (M~n2) or parameterizable
Vector control with or without encoder
Torque control

Operating functions

Jogging mode, free function blocks (FFB), positioning deceleration ramp, automatic restart following
interruption due to power failure, bumpless connection of converter to rotating motor

Braking functions

Regenerative braking operation without brake chopper and pulse resistor

Control of an electromechanical holding brake via an optional Brake Control Module

Protective functions

Undervoltage, overvoltage, ground faults, short circuits, stall prevention, motor thermal protection
(I2t, or sensor) inverter overtemperature, motor blocking protection

Connectable motors

Low-voltage asynchronous motors

Motor cable lengths: max. 50 m (shielded) max. 100 m (unshielded)
If an output reactor or an LC filter is used, longer cable lengths are possible

Mechanical data
Degree of protection

IP20

Operating temperature

With vertical design of station

-10 C to +40 C

With horizontal design of station

-10 C to +50 C/to +60 C with

derating

Standards
Compliance with standards
1)

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick, low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC, EMC directive 89/336/EEC

The safety functions "Safely Limited Speed" and "Safe Stop 1" are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting gear and winders.

4/8

Siemens SI 10 2009

2)

Applies to industrial control cabinet installations according to NEC Article

409 / UL 508A. Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/23995621

3)

The power loss varies according to the input voltage.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Technical specifications (continued)

Derating data Pulse frequency
Output

Rated output current in A

at a pulse frequency of

kW

2 kHz

4 kHz

6 kHz

8 kHz

10 kHz

12 kHz

14 kHz

16 kHz

0.75

2.1

2.1

2.1

2.1

1.05

1.05

1.05

1.05

2.2

5.9

5.9

5.9

5.9

5.3

5.3

5.3

5.3

4.0

10.2

10.2

10.2

10.2

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.1

The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50 C unless specified otherwise.

Selection and Ordering Data

Version

Order No.

ICU24F control unit

Control modes: V/f, FCC, SLVC, VC with encoder, torque control
Motor encoder input: HTL unipolar
Motor temperature input: PTC/KTY
Integrated safety functions

6SL3244-0SA01-1AA1

IPM25 converter power module

380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-10 %
47 Hz 63 Hz
Overload:
150 % 60 s
200 % 3 s
Power:
0.75 kW

6SL3225-0SE17-5UA1

IPM25 converter power module

380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-10 %
47 Hz 63 Hz
Overload:
150 % 60 s
200 % 3 s
Power:
2.2 kW
4.0 kW

6SL3225-0SE22-2UA1
6SL3225-0SE24-0UA1

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/9

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

Dimensions
156
137.5

G_D011_EN_00056a

Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

31

Wire range

333

100
194.6
220.5

Clearance G_D011_EN_00054a
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

72
161

Clea rance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm

100

Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm

250.5

21
15

66

156
144.5
124

66

Clea rance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

11.7

79.6
64.8

Integrated
screen
support
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)

Integrated
screen support

ICU24F control unit

Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)

IPM25 converter power module, 0.75 kW

Clea rance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

4
156
137.5

100
333

Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm

250.5

66

11.7

144.8
130

Motor
connections

Clea rance 31
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

Integrated
s creen suppo rt

IPM25 converter power module, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW

4/10

Siemens SI 10 2009

T erminal block
P E /N (ac cesso ry)

Wire range

Clea rance G_D011_EN_00055a

required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm

S upply
terminal
for
power bus

T erminal block
P E /N (ac cesso ry)

Integrated
s creen suppo rt

Motor
connections

Supply terminal
for power bus

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

24

75.5
56

Dimensions (continued)

200

110

1.5

120
141.5

G_D011_EN_00062

187
200

Terminals 10 mm2
Tightening torque of screw 1.2 ... 1.5 Nm

35
60

PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm

4.5

255
265
G_D011_EN_00084

Fixing with M4 bolts

EMC filter, 50 A

Output reactor for IPM25 FS A

24

200

120
141.5

Terminals 4 mm2
Tightening torque of screw 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm

255
265

Fixing with M4 bolts

EMC filter, 25 A

G_D011_EN_00085

4.5

PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm

70

1.5

200
213

35
60

G_D011_En_00063

150
120

Output reactor for IPM25 FS B

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/11

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter

75.5
56

Dimensions (continued)

287
300

110

334

G_D011_EN_00086

Fixing with M4 bolts

LC filter for IPM25 FS A

120

150
138

280
293

Fixing with M4 bolts

LC filter for IPM25 FS B

4/12

Siemens SI 10 2009

G_D011_EN_00087

100

340

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local

Overview
PM-D F1
safety module

PM-X
safety module

DS1-x
standard
direct starter

PM-D F2
safety module

DS1e-x
high feature
direct starter

PM-X
safety module

IM 151
interface module

G_NSA0_00434

Terminal module
for PM-X safety module

Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module

Auxiliary switch of
the failsafe equipment
for F-Kit 1
direct starter
Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS45-S32
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection

Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS65-S31
supply connection
Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module
Terminal module
for PM-X safety module
Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS45-S31
supply connection

Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS65-S32
supply connection

PE/N terminal block

without M65-PEN-S
supply connection

Interplay of ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions local components

Safety motor starters Solutions local

For use of Standard, High-Feature or Fail-safe motor starters
in systems with safety categories 2 to 4 (according to EN 9541)
No complex wiring for conventional safety technology
Can also be used in combination with external safety relays
Can also be used to activate external safety systems
Safety module available for function-monitored and automatic
starting
Safety module available for stop category 0 and 1
Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.

PM-D F1 safety module

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/13

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local

Overview (continued)
PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5 safety modules
PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4 safety modules monitor auxiliary voltages
and contain the complete functionality of a safety relay:
- PM-D F1
For evaluation of EMERGENCY-STOP circuits with the
"monitored start" function.
- PM-D F2
For monitoring of protective doors with the "automatic start"
function.
- PM-D F3
Expansion to PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed disconnection.
- PM-D F4
For expansion of safety circuits with other ET 200S motor
starters, e.g. in a different line.
- PM-D F5
Transmits the status from PM-D F1 ... 4 through four floating
enabling circuits to external safety equipment (contact
multiplier)
The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 modules can be combined with
the PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules.
A PM-D F5 can be positioned at any point between a
PM-D F1 ... 4 and a PM-X.
Safety modules monitor the U1 and U2 auxiliary voltages. A
voltage failure is relayed as a diagnostic signal over the bus.
- No additional PM-D safety module is required when the
safety modules are used.
- Each safety circuit, beginning with a PM-D F1 ... 4, must be
terminated with one PM-X each.

Example 1:

PLC

PM-D F1

PM-D F2
PM-X

PM-X

PROFINET
PROFIBUS
ET 200S

Motor 1

Motor 2

Motor 3

Motor 4

Motor 5

Position switch
with sep. actuator

EMERGENCY-STOP

NSA0_00433a

Fail-safe Kit

ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions local with 2 safety circuits

(= switch-off groups), Standard motor starters and High-Feature
motor starters.

The Fail-safe Kit (F-Kit) must be added to each Standard motor

starter in a safety segment in order to monitor the switching function.

Example 2:
PM-D FX1

F-Kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line starter, F-Kit 2 the

RS1-x reversing starter.
The F-Kits are comprised of:
Contact supports for the terminal modules
One or two auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor/contactors
of the motor starter
Connecting cables
High-Feature motor starters and their terminal modules come as
standard with the functionality of the F-Kits integrated.
Examples
The diverse possible uses of the Safety motor starters Solutions
local are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S motor starters in the context of typical sample applications.
Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost implementations of applications with Safety motor starters Solutions
local are available in the Internet:

PROFINET
PROFIBUS
ET 200S
Standard PLC

Motor 1
Version 1
Safety relay,
e. g. 3TK28

Motor 2

Version 2
ASIsafe

AS-i

AS-i

You can find more information in the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S

NSA0_00431a

ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions local with 2 external

safety combinations (= safety relays or ASIsafe monitors) and
with Fail-safe motor starters (PM-DFX1 application). 2 of the 6
available safe switch-off groups are used.
Signals with relevance for safety can be input to ET 200S
through a PM-DFX1 infeed terminal module through the enabling
circuits of the ASIsafe monitor or the safety relay to control the
Fail-safe motor starters which then selectively switch off the
downstream motors.

4/14

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local

Application
Safety motor starters Solutions local

Terminal modules for (TM-PF30) safety module

With the Safety motor starters Solutions local it is easy to configure several safety circuits. The safety sensors are connected
directly and locally to the safety modules. These safety modules
perform the work of the otherwise obligatory safety relays and
safely shut down the downstream motor starters in accordance
with the function selected. The crosslinks required for this are
already integrated in the system and need no additional wiring.
All signals from the safety modules are automatically relayed
as diagnostic signals, e. g. in the event of crossover in the
EMERGENCY-STOP circuit.

For supplying load and sensor voltage to the potential bars of

the motor starters, and for connection of the 2-channel sensor
circuit (e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton) and a reset button.
Different terminal modules are available for the configuring of
separate safety circuits or for the cascading of safety circuits,
and for applications with time-delayed disconnection.

The highest safety category 4 according to EN 954-1 can be

obtained with Safety motor starters Solutions local. They can
thus be used for evaluation of EMERGENCY-STOP circuits or for
monitoring protective doors and also for time-delayed disconnections. With the contact multiplier the safety-relevant signals
can also be made available to external systems.

Terminal modules for (TM-X) safety module

For connection of an external infeed contactor (2nd shutdown
possibility). With terminals for contactor coil and feedback contact. Is always required to terminate a group of safety-oriented
motor starters.

All standard safety applications can be covered through combination of different TM-PF30 terminal modules. Needless to say,
ET 200S motor starters can also be used in conjunction with
external safety relays or with ASIsafe.
Use of the PM-DFX1 safety module: The PM-DFX1 safety module
is used for feeding in 1 to 6 switch-off groups. The infeed voltage
can be switched using 1 to 6 external safety shutdown devices
(either ASIsafe monitors or 3TK28 safety relays). This safety
module is used in applications with external safety shutdown
devices where there is a need for the fully selective safety
shutdown of fail-safe motor starters/frequency converters (see
example 2, page 4/14).
With the Safety motor starters Solutions local, up to 80 % of
wiring is saved compared to conventional safety technology with
local safety applications.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/15

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

PM-D F1
With diagnostics
Safety module for EMERGENCY-STOP application
monitored start

3RK1 903-1BA00

PM-D F2
With diagnostics
Safety Module for protective door monitoring
automatic start

3RK1 903-1BB00

PM-D F3
With diagnostics
Safety Module for expanding
PM-D F1/2 for another voltage group
time-delayed 0 to 15 s

3RK1 903-1BD00

PM-D F4
With diagnostics
Safety Module for expanding
PM-D F1/2 for a further voltage group

3RK1 903-1BC00

PM-D F5
With diagnostics
Safety Module for expansion of the
PM-D F1 ... 4 with four floating enabling circuits
contact multiplier

3RK1 903-1BE00

PM-D FX1
With diagnostics
Infeed terminal module for feeding in 1 to 6 switch-off groups

3RK1 903-3DA00

FC-M contact multipliers

With 4 safe floating contacts

3RK1 903-3CA00

PM-X Safety Module

With diagnostics
Module for connecting a safety group and
for connecting an external infeed contactor or
for connecting to an external safety circuit

3RK1 903-1CB00

F-Kit 1
Fail-safe equipment for
DS1-x Standard motor starters1)

3RK1 903-1CA00

F-Kit 2
Fail-safe equipment for
RS1-x Standard motor starters1)

3RK1 903-1CA01

Safety modules

3RK1 903-1BA00

3RK1 903-3DA00

Accessories

4
3RK1 903-1CA00

3RK1 903-1CA01
1)

The function of the Fail-safe-Kit is already integrated into High-Feature motor starters.

4/16

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules local

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Components for Safety Modules

Terminal modules

3RK1 903-1AA00

TM-PF30 S47-B1
For PM-D F1/2 Safety Modules
with infeed U1/U2 and sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA00

TM-PF30 S47-B0
For PM-D F1/2 Safety Modules
with sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA10

TM-PF30 S47-C1
For PM-D F3/4 Safety Modules
with infeed U1/U2 and
actuation input IN+/IN-

3RK1 903-1AC00

TM-PF30 S47-C0
For PM-D F3/4 Safety Modules
with infeed U2

3RK1 903-1AC10

TM-PF30 S47-D0
For PM-D F5 Safety Modules

3RK1 903-1AD10

TM-X15 S27-01
For PM-X Safety Module

3RK1 903-1AB00

TM-P15-S27-01 terminal modules

For PM-D power module

3RK1 903-0AA00

TM-PFX30 S47-G0/G1 terminal modules

For PM-D F X1 Safety Module (infeed terminal module)
Infeed left (TM-PFX30 S47-G0)

3RK1 903-3AE10

Infeed center (TM-PFX30 S47-G1)

3RK1 903-3AE00

TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal modules

For F-CM contact multipliers

3RK1 903-3AB10

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/17

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe

Overview
PM-D F PROFIsafe
safety module

NSA0_00435

IM 151
interface module

Terminal module
for PM-D F PROFIsafe
TM-PF30 S47-F0

F-RS1e-x
failsafe reversing starter

F-DS1e-x
failsafe direct starter
Terminal module
for F-RS1e-x
without TM-FRS130-S31-01
supply connection

Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
with TM-FDS65-S32
supply connection

Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
without TM-FDS65-S31
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection

PE/N terminal block

without M65-PEN-S
supply connection

Interplay of ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe components

Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe

Sensor and actuator assignment are freely configurable within
the framework of the distributed safety concept:
The logic of the safety functions is implemented by software.
Safety-oriented PROFIsafe communication and the use of a
safety-oriented control system are required.

PM-D F PROFIsafe with TM-PF30 S47-F0 terminal module

4/18

Siemens SI 10 2009

Integration of the safety technology in the standard automation

is realized through a single bus system (see Advantages of
PROFIsafe), using PROFIBUS as well as PROFINET.
For the use of Fail-safe motor starters in plants with safety category 2 to 4 according to EN 954-1 and SIL 2 and 3 according
to IEC 61508. The use of Standard or High-Feature motor
starters is also possible with certain assemblies
High flexibility (any assignment of sensors to motor starters
using the PLC)
Full selectivity of disconnection of the Fail-safe motor starters
No complex wiring for conventional safety technology, e.g. no
infeed contactors even in the highest safety category
Can also be used to activate external safety systems through
F-CM contact multiplier
Safety module available for any safety function
Safety module available for stop category 0 and 1
Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe

Overview (continued)

Application

High degree of flexibility with safety technology

Fail-safe motor starters for PROFIsafe:
In EMERGENCY-STOP applications, the Fail-safe motor starters
are selectively switched off through the upstream PM-D F
PROFIsafe safety module. For each safety module, six switch-off
groups can be formed. In the first delivery stage, the fail-safe
freely-programmable logic of the SIMATIC controller is used to
interface with the relevant Fail-safe sensor technology. The interface between PROFIsafe and installations that use conventional
safety technologies is implemented through the F-CM Fail-safe
contact multiplier with four floating contacts.

Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe

If a safety-oriented SIMATIC CPU is used, the ET 200S is available as a safety-oriented peripheral. Nevertheless, in such a
station it is possible to configure conventional motor starters and
input/output modules mixed with modules with safety functions.

The diverse possible uses of the Safety motor starter Solutions

PROFIsafe are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S Motor
Starters in the context of typical sample applications.

Thanks to the PROFIsafe profile, the safety functions are available in the complete network, which means that the Safety motor
starter Solutions PROFIsafe enable the selective disconnection
of a Fail-safe motor starters or the disconnection of a group of
Standard and High-Feature motor starters regardless of where
and on which peripheral station the safe control devices were
connected. As such, this solution provides an unprecedented
level of flexibility and reduction of wiring for applications in widespread plants or with a sporadic demand for changes in the
assignment of safety segments.

Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost implementations of applications with safety motor starters Solution
PROFIsafe are available on the Internet:

The Safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe are ideally suited

for safety concepts with category 2 to 4 according to EN 954-1
or up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.

You can find more information in the Internet at:

Each safety module switches up to 6 switch-off groups for Failsafe motor starters/frequency converters.

Example:

http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting

PM-D F PROFIsafe Safety Module

http://www.siemens.com/ET200S

The PM-D F PROFIsafe Safety Module receives the shutdown

signal from the interface module of the ET 200S and safely
switches off 1 to 6 switch-off groups. This safety module is used
in PROFIsafe applications where there is a need for the selective
safety shutdown of Fail-safe motor starters/frequency converters.

PM-D F
PROFIsafe

F-PLC
ET 200S
PROFINET
PROFIBUS

4
EMERGENCYMotor 1
STOP

EMERGENCY
STOP

Position
switch

Motor 2

Cable-operated
switch
NSA0_00432a

ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe with Fail-safe motor

starters and fully selective disconnection (PM-DF PROFIsafe
application)

Within an ET 200S station the Fail-safe motor starters are

assigned to one of 6 safety segments. For plants with distributed
configuration the shutdown signals of these safety segments are
preferably issued by a higher-level, safety-oriented control
system through PROFIsafe. This permits the greatest flexibility
for assigning the motor starters to different safety circuits.
Alternatively, an ET 200S F-CPU can also be used for control
purposes.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/19

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Safety motor starter and frequency converter solutions local/PROFIsafe
Safety modules PROFIsafe

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

PM-D F PROFIsafe Safety Module

For PROFIBUS and PROFINET
For Fail-safe motor starters,
for Fail-safe contact multipliers,
with six switch-off groups (SG1 to SG6)

3RK1 903-3BA01

F-CM contact multipliers

With 4 safe floating contacts

3RK1 903-3CA00

Components for safety modules PROFIsafe

TM-PF30 S47-F0 terminal modules
For PM-D F PROFIsafe Safety Module

3RK1 903-3AA00

TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal modules

For F-CM contact multipliers

3RK1 903-3AB10

Components for frequency converters and Fail-safe frequency converters

TM-ICU15 terminal module
For ICU24 / ICU24F control module of the frequency converter

3RK1 903-3EA10

TM-IPM65 terminal module

For IPM25 power section,
0.75 kW of the frequency converter
With incoming power bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S32)

3RK1 903-3EC00

Without incoming power bus connection

(TM-IPM65-S31)

3RK1 903-3EC10

TM-IPM130 terminal module

For IPM25 power section,
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW of frequency converter

4/20

With incoming power bus connection

(TM-IPM130-S32)

3RK1 903-3ED00

Without incoming power bus connection

(TM-IPM130-S31)

3RK1 903-3ED10

Terminal blocks PE/N

M65-PEN-F
With incoming power bus connection,
with caps

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S
terminal blocks
without incoming energy connection

3RK1 903-2AC10

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters

Overview

Application
Terminal modules for motor starters and
frequency converters
Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for
accommodating the ET 200S peripherals. The self-assembling
voltage buses integrated in the terminal modules reduce wiring
outlay to the single infeed. All modules following on the right are
automatically supplied upon plugging the terminal modules
together. The robust design and keyed connection technology
enables use in harsh industrial conditions.
The terminal modules for motor starters and frequency converters are available in different versions:
Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters
Terminal modules for frequency converters:
- TM-ICU for the control modules
- TM-IPM for the power sections
Terminal modules for expansion modules (TM-xB)
Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters

Terminal modules for motor starters

Mechanical modules in which the motor starter and expansion
modules are inserted
For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
For connecting the motor connection cables
Positive-locking connection to ensure enhanced vibration
resistance
Terminal modules for frequency converters
Mechanical modules in which the components of the
frequency converter are inserted
For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
For connecting the motor cables
Integrated screen attachment for EMC-compatible wiring for
complying with EMC Class A acc. to EN 55011
Terminal module for power module
Connection by means of screw terminals
Light colored enclosure for visual distinction
Always before the first TM-DS/TM-RS

The TM-DS and TM-RS terminal modules are available in various

versions for the Standard motor starters and the High-Feature
motor starters. The terminal modules with the suffix "-S32" have
connection terminals for feeding into the integrated 40 A/50 A
power bus and connection terminals for the motor connection
cable. They are mounted at the beginning (left) of a power bus
segment.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S31" have only connection
terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal modules follow on the right after a "-S32" terminal module. To configure a new load group, another "-S32" terminal module is plugged
in. All connection terminals of the terminal modules for motor
starters are equipped with strong 10 mm terminals. The "-S32"
terminal modules are supplied with three caps for closing the
power bus contacts on the final terminal module of a segment.
Terminal modules for frequency converters
The TM-ICU terminal module is used for both ICU24 and ICU24F
control modules (without or with integrated safety functions). A
TM-IPM is then always plugged in after a TM-ICU. The TM-IPM
with a width of 65 mm is used to accommodate the IPM25 power
section with 0.75 kW. A terminal module with a width of 130 mm
is needed for the power sections with 2.2 or 4.0 kW.
Each TM-IPM terminal module has an integrated screen attachment for complying with EMC Class A acc. to EN 55011.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S32" have connection terminals for feeding into the integrated 50 A power bus and connection terminals for the motor connection cable. They are
mounted at the beginning (left) of a power bus segment.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S31" have only connection
terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal modules follow on the right after a "-S32" terminal module. To configure a new load group, another "-S32" terminal module is plugged
in. All connection terminals of the terminal modules for frequency
converters are equipped with strong 10 mm terminals.
The "-S32" terminal modules are supplied with three caps for
closing the power bus contacts on the final terminal module of
a segment.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/21

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters

Application
Terminal modules for expansion modules (TM-xB)

PE/N terminal blocks

The TM-xB terminal modules are used to accommodate the xB1,

xB2, xB3 and xB4 brake control modules. The TM-xB terminal
module must always follow directly after a terminal module for
Standard motor starters, High-Feature motor starters or frequency converters as control of the solid-state braking switch is
provided through an output of the motor starter/frequency converter. The xB215 terminal modules for the brake control modules have not only the terminals for connecting the cable for the
motor brake but also the terminals of the two local acting inputs.
These local inputs are not evaluated by a frequency converter;
for this reason the xB215 terminal module may be plugged in
only downstream from a motor starter (Technical Specifications,
Selection and Ordering Data, see the section "Accessories for
Motor Starters and Frequency Converters").

The PE/N terminal block is required for direct connection of the

protective conductor in the motor cable without intermediate terminals. It is plugged together with the terminal module for motor
starters or frequency converters before the latter is mounted on
the standard mounting rail. With two PE terminals and one N terminal the "-F" version is connected to the "-S32" terminal modules
for motor starters or frequency converters. The "-S" version is
combined with the "-S31" terminal module. The "F" terminal modules are delivered with two caps for closing the PE/N bus contacts on the final terminal module of a segment. The modules
for the Standard motor starters have a width of 45 mm and the
modules for the High-Feature motor starters and frequency converters have a width of 65 mm.
There is no electrical connection between the terminals of the
PE/N terminal block and the integrated shielding of the frequency converter. The PE/N terminal block must therefore not be
used for the shielding of the motor cable.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Components for Standard motor starters

Terminal modules

TM-DS45-S32
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters
with incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the power bus

3RK1 903-0AB00

TM-DS45-S31
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters
without incoming power bus connection

3RK1 903-0AB10

TM-RS90-S32
for RS1-x reversing starters
with incoming power bus connection
including three caps for terminating the power bus

3RK1 903-0AC00

TM-RS90-S31
for RS1-x reversing starters
without incoming power bus connection

3RK1 903-0AC10

3RK1 903-0AB00

3RK1 903-0AB10

3RK1 903-0AC00

4/22

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Version

Order No.

PE/N M45-PEN-F terminal block

45 mm wide
incl. two caps
in combination with TM-DS45-S32 / TM-RS90-S32

3RK1 903-2AA00

PE/N M45-PEN-S terminal block

45 mm wide
in combination with TM-DS45-S31 / TM-RS90-S31

3RK1 903-2AA10

3RK1 903-2AA00

3RK1 903-2AA10

Components for High-Feature motor starters

Terminal modules

3RK1 903-0AK00

TM-DS65-S32
for DS1e-x and DSS1e-x direct-on-line starters
with incoming power bus connection including three caps
for terminating the power bus

3RK1 903-0AK00

TM-DS65-S31
for DS1e-x and DSS1e-x direct-on-line starters
without incoming power bus connection

3RK1 903-0AK10

TM-RS130-S32
for RS1e-x reversing starters
with incoming power bus connection including three caps
for terminating the power bus

3RK1 903-0AL00

TM-RS130-S31
for RS1e-x reversing starters
Without incoming power bus connection

3RK1 903-0AL10

M65-PEN-F terminal block

65 mm wide
incl. two caps
in combination with TM-DS65-S32 / TM-RS130-S32

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S terminal block

65 mm wide
in combination with TM-DS65-S31 / TM-RS130-S31

3RK1 903-2AC10

Components for power modules

TM-P15 S27-01 terminal module
For PM-D power module

3RK1 903-0AA00

3RK1 903-0AA00

Components for frequency converters and Fail-safe frequency converters

TM-ICU15 terminal module
For ICU24 / ICU24F control module of the frequency converter

3RK1 903-3EA10

TM-IPM65 terminal module

For IPM25 power section, 0.75 kW of the frequency converter
With incoming power bus connection (TM-IPM65-S32)

3RK1 903-3EC00

Without incoming power bus connection (TM-IPM65-S31)

3RK1 903-3EC10

TM-IPM130 terminal module

For IPM25 power section, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW of the frequency converter
With incoming power bus connection (TM-IPM130-S32)

3RK1 903-3ED00

Without incoming power bus connection (TM-IPM130-S31)

3RK1 903-3ED10

M65-PEN-F terminal block

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S terminal block

3RK1 903-2AC10
Siemens SI 10 2009

4/23

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Accessories for motor starters
and frequency converters

Overview
Accessories for Frequency Converters
Brake control modules XB1 and XB3
If required, the XB1 and XB3 brake control modules can be
arranged on the right-hand side next to the IPM25 power
section of the ET 200S FC frequency converter. Using the
brake control module it is possible to connect a motor brake
to the converter. Actuation takes place through the internal
brake control of the converter.
EMC filter for frequency converters
For compliance with EMC Class A according to EN 55011 an
EMC filter is connected to the 400 V infeed supply of the first
frequency converter on the 400 V power bus. The EMC filter
must be conductively mounted on a large area on a grounded
mounting wall in the control cabinet. The correct EMC installation additionally requires continuously shielded cables within
the the control cabinet., i.e. from the cabinet infeed to the EMC
filter, from the EMC filter to the frequency converter, and from
each frequency converter to the motor. The shielding of each
cable has to be connected on both ends and preferably over
a large area. The cable shields and the internal shieldings of
the frequency converter are connected via the ET 200S accessories shield bar and shield clamps and the shield support
integrated in the terminal module of the frequency converter.
The route of the shields grounding must be as short as possible. The EMC filter is available in two frame sizes for 25 A
and 50 A rated current. Both EMC filters are designed for a
maximum cable length of 350 m. This cable length refers to
the sum of all motor cables of all converters that share a common 400 V power bus.

MMC parameter memory

If required, an additional storage medium can be used for the
the parameterization of the frequency converter. The MMC
permits replacement of the ICU24/ICU24F control module
with automatic downloading of parameters from the MMC into
the internal parameter memory of the ICU24/ICU24F.
Suitable for the MMC slot of the ICU24/ICU24F control
module. Other memory cards are not accepted by the
ICU24/ICU24F.
Connection cable from a PC to the
ICU24/ICU24F control module
The cable creates a point-to-point connection from the PC to
the ICU24/ICU24F control module for starting up the converter
with the "STARTER" PC tool.

Technical specifications

Brake control module

XB1

Brake control module

XB3

Brake control module

XB2

Brake control module

XB4

Use with ET 200S FC frequency

converter

Yes

No

Yes

No

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

15 x 196.5 x 125.5
incl. terminal module on 7.5 mm standard mounting rail

Number of assigned outputs for

the (left-hand) motor starter

Rated operating voltage in V

DC 24

500 DC (min. 100)

Power supply

Externally through terminal module

From brake rectifier through terminal module

Rated operational current in A

0.7

Reverse polarity protection

No, in the event of polarity reversal the brake is released and

the overload/short-circuit protection is not effective

Overload/short-circuit protection

Yes, solid-state

Conductor cross-section of the

terminal module for the brake
control module in mm2

1 x 2.5 without end sleeve

1 x 1.5 with end sleeve

Number of outputs

1 (used internally)

1 (used internally)

Number of inputs

With summary

2 bits

2 bits

Without summary

1 byte

1 byte

Address area required per module

Diagnostics functions
Group fault "SF"

Red LED

Switching state for brake "STAT"

Yellow LED

Inputs 1 and 5

--

Green LED

--

Green LED

Brake overload diagnostics

--

Disable/Enable

--

Disable/Enable

Input delay in ms

--

0 / 0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15

--

0 / 0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15

Module width in mm

15

Parameters
(default values underlined)

4/24

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Accessories for motor starters
and frequency converters

Selection and Ordering Data

Version

Order No.

Brake control modules

For motors with a mechanical brake

3RK1 903-0CB00

xB1 for motor starters

and frequency converters
24 V DC / 4 A

3RK1 903-0CB00

xB2 for motor starters

and frequency converters
500 V DC / 0.7 A

3RK1 903-0CC00

xB3 for motor starters

24 V DC / 4 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
With diagnostics; with two inputs

3RK1 903-0CE00

xB4 for motor starters

500 V DC / 0.7 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
With diagnostics;
with two inputs

3RK1 903-0CF00

Terminal module for brake control modules

TM-xB15 S24-01
for xB1 or xB2

3RK1 903-0AG00

TM-xB215 S24-01
for xB3 or xB4

3RK1 903-0AG01

EMC filter for frequency converter

For achieving EMC Class A;
is connected before shared power bus of frequency converters,
installation must comply with EMC guidelines (shielded motor cables)
25 A rated current

6SL3 203-0BE22-5AA0

50 A rated current

6SL3 203-0BE25-0AA0

MMC parameter memory for frequency converter

Matches the MMC slot of the ICU24 / ICU24F closed-loop control module;
other memory cards are not accepted

6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0

RS 232/zero modem cable (5 m)

Cable for commissioning the ET 200S FC frequency converter
using the PC tool "STARTER"

6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0

Documentation ET 200S FC Frequency Converter

Operating Instructions + List Manual for the ET 200S FC Frequency Converter
German

6SL3 298-0CA12-0AP0

English

6SL3 298-0CA12-0BP0

Operating Instructions + List Manual for the ET 200S FC Frequency Converter

+ Manual ET 200S
German

6SL3 298-0CA12-1AP0

English

6SL3 298-0CA12-1BP0

CD-ROM with documentation (STARTER, etc.)

multilanguage

6SL3 298-0CA11-1MG0

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/25

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Components for motor starter and frequency converter
Accessories for motor starters
and frequency converters

Dimensions
15

66

117,5

195,6

NSA00304

100

194,6

142,2

13,5

95

Brake control module xB1 ... 4 with terminal module TM-xB215

4/26

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Software
Motor starter ES

Overview
Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics
and testing of motor starters
Note:
More information about ES Motor Starters, see Section 9.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-4CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-5CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YA5

Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic

Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard

Motor Starter ES 2007 Premium

Accessories
For ET 200S High Feature motor starters
Control module 2DI DC 24 V COM,
for ET 200S High-Feature starter, Fail-safe Starter A
LOGO! PC cables
For ET 200pro motor starters
RS 232 interface cable, serial data connection
between ET 200pro MS/FC and laptop/PC/PG or MS
For ECOFAST High Feature motor starters (interface cable)
PC cables
USB/serial adapter
To connect the PC cable to the USB port of a PC,
we recommend, in conjunction with 3RW44 soft starter,
using SIMOCODE pro 3UF7, 3RK3 modular safety system,
ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starter, AS-i safety monitor,
AS-i analyzer

3RK1 903-0CH10
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
3RK1 922-2BP00

3RK1 911-0BN20
3UF7 946-0AA00-0

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/27

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Software
STARTER commissioning tool
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
Self-optimization (depending on drive)
Trace (depending on drive)

Overview

Diagnostics functions provide information about:

Control/status words
Parameter status
Operating conditions
Communication states
Performance
Easy to use: Only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: Axis turning
Solution-based dialog-based user guidance simplifies
commissioning.
Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for
optimization.
The built-in trace function provides optimum support during
commissioning, optimization and troubleshooting.
The easy-to-use STARTER commissioning tool can be used to:
Start up
Optimize and
Diagnose
This software can be operated either as a standalone PC application or can be integrated into the SCOUT engineering system
(on SIMOTION) or STEP 7 (with Drive ES Basic). The basic
functions and handling are the same regardless.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, the current version of
STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 devices and inverters
for the SIMATIC ET 200S FC distributed I/O system.

The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,
whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity
when setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by wizards, which make all the
basic settings in the drive. This ensures that even though only a
small number of parameter settings have been made, the drive
configuration has already progressed far enough to permit axis
movement.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screen forms, which also display the mode of
operation.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
Terminals
Bus interface
Setpoint channel (e.g. fixed setpoints)
Closed-loop speed control (e.g. ramp-function generator,
limits)
BICO interconnections
Diagnostics
Experts can gain rapid access to the individual parameters via
the Expert List and do not have to navigate dialogs.

Minimum hardware and software requirements

PG device or PC with Pentium III 1 GHz (Windows 2000),
Pentium III 1 GHz (Windows XP)
512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended)
Screen resolution 1024 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth
Free hard disk memory: 1.6 GB, 2.3 GB for SCOUT stand-alone
Windows XP Professional SP2
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0

Integration
Depending on the system configuration, the Control Unit (CU) or
the complete inverter can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC by means of a serial interface, via PROFIBUS
or PROFINET.
The following accessories can be ordered for the relevant drive
system:
SINAMICS G130/G150/S120
A PROFIBUS communications module and a connecting cable
are required to make the communication link between the PG/PC
and a Control Unit.
For example, PROFIBUS communications module CP 5512
(PCMCIA type 2 card + adapter with 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS. For MS Windows 2000/XP Professional
and PCMCIA 32)
Order No.: 6GK1551-2AA00
and connecting cable between CP 5512 and PROFIBUS
Order No.: 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
SINAMICS G110/G120 and MICROMASTER 4
PC inverter connection kits are available for MICROMASTER 4,
SINAMICS G110 and SINAMICS G120 for a safe point-to-point
connection to the PC.
Order No. for MICROMASTER 4: 6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0
(the scope of supply includes a 9-pin Sub-D connector and a
RS232 standard cable, 3 m)
Order No. for SINAMICS G110 and SINAMICS G120:
6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1
(the scope of supply includes a 9-pin Sub-D connector, a RS232
standard cable, 3 m and the STARTER startup tool on DVD)

4/28

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200S Software
STARTER commissioning tool

Ordering data

Order No.

STARTER commissioning tool

for SINAMICS
and MICROMASTER
German / English / French /
Italian / Spanish

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0

Optional package
Drive Control Chart (DCC) for
SINAMICS G130/G150/S120
German/English/French/
Italian/Spanish,
single-user license
Note: DCC can be used only if
version V4.1 SP1 or higher of the
STARTER commissioning tool is
installed

6AU1810-1HA20-1XA0

PROFIBUS communications
module CP 5512
PCMCIA type 2 card + adapter
with 9-pin Sub-D socket for
connection to PROFIBUS.
For MS Windows 2000/XP
Professional and PCMCIA 32

6GK1551-2AA00

Connecting cable between

CP 5512 and PROFIBUS

6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0

PC inverter connection kit

for MICROMASTER 4
The scope of supply includes
a 9-pin Sub-D connector and a
RS232 standard cable, 3 m.

6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0

PC inverter connection kit

for SINAMICS G110/G120
The scope of supply includes
a 9-pin Sub-D connector, an
RS232 standard cable (3 m)
and the STARTER startup tool
on CD-ROM.

6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1

Options
DRIVE CONTROL CHART (DCC)
Drive Control Chart (DCC) enlarges the possibility of easy
configuring technological functions for the SINAMICS G130
and G150 drives.
The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based
configuration, a clear representation of control loop structures
as well as a high degree of reusability of existing diagrams.
The open-loop and closed-loop control functionality is defined
by using multi-instance-enabled blocks (Drive Control Blocks
(DCBs)) from a predefined library (DCB library) that are selected
and graphically linked by dragging and dropping. Text and
diagnostic functions allow verification of program behavior or the
identification of causes in the event of faults.
The block library contains a large selection of control, arithmetic
and logic blocks as well as extensive open-loop and closed-loop
control functions.
For SINAMICS S120, Drive Control Chart also provides a
convenient basis for resolving drive-level open-loop and closedloop control tasks directly in the converter. This results in further
adaptability of SINAMICS to specific tasks. On-site processing
in the drive supports modular machine concepts and results in
increased overall machine performance.
DCC is an add-on for the aforementionend SINAMICS G130,
SINAMICS G150 and SINAMICS S120 drives to the STARTER
commissioning tool and available as a supplementary option
package.

More information
The commissioning tool STARTER is also available
on the Internet under
http://support.automation.siemens.com/
WW/view/en/10804985/133100

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/29

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro Motor Starters

Overview

Benefits
ET 200pro motor starters provide the following advantages:
High flexibility thanks to a modular and compact design
Little variance among all motor starter versions (2 units up to
5.5 kW)
Extensive parameterization using STEP 7 HW-Config
Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
Extensive diagnostics and information for preventive
maintenance
Parameterizable inputs for local control functions
(High Feature)
Cabinet-free construction by means of high degree of
protection IP65.

Application

Motor starters
Only two versions up to 5.5 kW
All settings can be parameterized by bus
Comprehensive diagnostic signals
Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset
Current unbalance monitoring
Stall protection
Emergency start function in the event of overload
Current value transmission by bus
Current limit monitoring
Direct-on-line or reversing starters
Power bus can be plugged in using the new HAN Q4/2
plug-in connectors
Conductor cross-sections up to 6 x 4 mm
25 A per segment
(power looped through using jumper plug)
In the Standard and High Feature versions
(with 4 DI onBoard)
Electromechanical switching and electronic switching
Electronic starter for direct activation or with integrated
smooth-starter function
Supplied with 400 V AC brake contact as an option
Isolator module
The isolator module with switch disconnector function is used for
safe disconnection of the 400 V operational voltage during repair work in the plant and provides an integrated group fusing
function (i. e. additional group short-circuit protection for all subsequently supplied motor starters).
Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be
equipped with an isolator module as an option.
Safety applications
Safety local isolator module
With the Safety local modules
Safety local isolator module and
400 V disconnecting module
it is possible to achieve safety category 4/SIL 3
with an appropriate connection.
Safety Solution PROFIsafe
With the Safety PROFIsafe modules
F-Switch and
400 V disconnecting module
it is also possible to achieve safety category 4/SIL 3
with an appropriate connection.

4/30

Siemens SI 10 2009

With the ET 200pro motor starters, any AC loads can be protected and switched. They are an integral part of ET 200pro and
have the high degree of protection IP65. This makes them ideal
for operation in modular, distributed peripherals without control
cabinets or control enclosures.
The ET 200pro motor starters are available both with mechanical
as well as electronic contacts.
The ET 200pro electromechanical starters are offered as direct
(DSe/DSe) and reversing starters (RSe/RSe) in the High Feature
version with the following equipment:
4 digital inputs
Device versions with or without control for externally fed
brakes with 400 V AC
With expanded parameterization capabilities.
The ET 200pro electronic starters are offered as direct
(DSe/DSe) and reversing starters (RSe/RSe) in the High Feature
version with the following equipment:
4 digital inputs
With soft-start and smooth ramp-down function
With the deactivated smooth start function as an electronic
starter for applications with a high level of switching frequency
Device versions with or without control for externally fed
brakes with 400 V AC
With expanded parameterization capabilities.
As the result of the protection concept with solid-state overload
evaluation and the use of SIRIUS controls size S00, additional
advantages are realized on the standard and High-Feature motor starters - advantages which soon make themselves positively
felt particularly in manufacturing processes with high plant stoppage costs:
Configuration is made easier by the fine modular structure.
When using the ET 200pro motor starters, the list of parts per
load feeder is reduced to two main units: the bus module and
the motor starter. This makes the ET 200pro ideal for modular
machine concepts or solutions for conveying systems and in
machine-tool building.
Expansions are easily possible through the subsequent adding of modules. The innovative plug-in technology also does
away with the wiring needed up to now. Through the hot swapping function (disconnection and connection during operation) a motor starter can be replaced within seconds if necessary, without having to shut down the ET 200pro station and
with it the process in the plant. The motor starters are therefore
recommendable in particular for applications with special demands on availability. Storage costs are optimized in addition
by the low level of variance (2 units up to 5.5 kW).

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro Motor Starters

Application (continued)
The ordering option for motor starters with a 400 V AC brake
output provides the possibility of controlling motors with
400 V AC brakes. With four locally acting inputs available on the
High Feature motor starter it is possible to realize autonomous
special functions which work independently of the bus and the
higher-level control system, e. g. as a quick stop on gate valve
controls or limit position disconnectors. In parallel with this, the
states of these inputs are signaled to the control system.

When using the optional isolator module with switch disconnector and group fusing function for the ET 200pro, the 400 V supply
of the motor starters can be switched on and off directly in the
field, i.e. locally.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Standard motor starters, mechanical

Motor protection: thermal model
DSe1) direct-on-line starters
Without brake output

3RK1 304-57S40-4AA0

With brake output 400 V AC

3RK1 304-57S40-4AA3

RSe reversing starters1)

Without brake output

3RK1 304-57S40-5AA0

With brake output 400 V AC

3RK1 304-57S40-5AA3

DSe standard

High-Feature motor starters, mechanical

Motor protection: thermal model
DSe direct-on-line starters1)
Without brake output and with 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S40-2AA0

With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S40-2AA3

RSe reversing starters1)

Without brake output and with 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S40-3AA0

With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S40-3AA3

RSe High-Feature

Setting range of
rated operational current

High-Feature motor

0.15 ... 2.0 A

1.5 ... 12.0 A

starters3),

solid-state

Full motor protection, comprising thermal motor protection and thermistor motor protection
sDSSte/sDSte direct-on-line starters1)3)
Without brake output and with 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S70-2AA0

With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S70-2AA3

sRSSte/sRSte reversing starters1)3)

Without brake output and with 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S70-3AA0

With brake output 400 V AC and 4 inputs

3RK1 304-57S70-3AA3

sRSSte High Feature

Setting range of
rated operational current
0.15 ... 2.0 A

1.5 ... 12.0 A

1)

Only functions when used together with the backplane bus module and the
wide module rack. The backplane bus module and the wide module rack
must be ordered separately (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").

2)

Delivery time class A for setting range of rated operational current

0.15 ... 2.0 A

L
3)

The solid-state motor starters can be used not only as solid-state motors
starters with a high level of switching frequency but also as fully fledged
soft starters for soft starting and smooth ramp-down. The changeover from
motor starter to soft starter takes place through reparameterization in HW
Config.
Depending on the settings, this results in the following current ranges:
- Parameterization as solid-state starter: 0.15 ... 2 A and 1.5 ... 9 A (4 kW)
- Parameterization as soft starter: 0.15 ... 2 A and 1.5 ... 12 A (5.5 kW).

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/31

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro motor starters
ET 200pro isolator modules

Overview

Benefits

The isolator module with integrated group fusing function

(i.e. additional group short-circuit protection for all subsequently
supplied motor starters) and switch disconnector function is
used for safe disconnection of the 400 V operational voltage in
the plant.

The following properties apply to the isolator module:

Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
Cabinet-free construction by means of high degree of
protection IP65.

Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be

equipped with an isolator module as an option.
The isolator module is available in addition in a safety version.
See Safety local Isolator module.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

ET 200pro isolator modules, mechanical

Isolator module1)

3RK1 304-0HS00-6AA0

Rated operational current 25 A

3RK1 304-0HS00-6AA0

Safety local isolator module2)3)

Rated operational current 16 A

3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
1)

Only functions when used together with the corresponding backplane bus
module 110 mm and the wide module rack. The backplane bus module
and the wide module rack must be ordered separately (see "Accessories
for ET 200pro motor starters").

2)

The Safety local isolator module only functions when used together with
the 400 V disconnecting module.

3)

Only in combination with the special backplane bus module for the Safety
local isolator module (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").

4/32

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro FC frequency converters

Overview

Benefits

Standard ET 200pro FC frequency converters

and with integrated safety functions

Two versions with and without integrated safety functions

Power 1.1 kW
(1.5 kW at max. 45 C ambient temperature)
Vector control, frequency controller or torque control without
sensors
Integrated brake controller DC 180 V
Power recovery
Power looped through using jumper plug with 25 A
per segment
User-friendly parameterization via bus
Comprehensive diagnostics

The frequency converter is completely embedded in the

ET 200pro system and provides all the system advantages
such as the cabinet-free design, the simple mounting on
the module rack, the reduction of the wiring outlay through
self-assembling communication and supply rails in the backplane bus, extensive diagnostic mechanisms and high availability through exchangeability without influencing other
modules in the ET 200pro station.
The load voltage is relayed to the following frequency converters or motor starters with minimum installation costs via preassembled jumper plugs. The maximum current carrying capacity of the jumper plug is 25 A.
Simple combination and expansion of the converter functionality through I/O modules or isolator module inside the distributed station.
Input for PTC/KTY sensor for comprehensive motor protection.
The integrated DC 180-V brake controller makes the rectifiers
in the motor terminal box redundant.
Slot for optional memory card (MMC) for saving the parameterization for fast module exchange with automatic reparameterization.
Types of control available: Frequency control, sensor-less
vector control or torque control.
Parameterizing takes place via STARTER, the graphic parameterizing tool for Siemens operating systems, either via the
connected field bus or a point-to-point connection
Note: Access of the STARTER to the frequency converter
via the bus is not possible if there is a CPU between the PC
and the frequency converter. This also applies for the
CPU IM 154-8.
Active and dynamic braking of the motor is possible without
additional outlay. The resulting brake power is fed back into
the supply network making brake choppers and pulse resistors unnecessary.
The fail-safe version of the frequency converter provides
autonomous, certified safety functions which contribute to
protecting man and machine against dangerous movements
in machines. The integration of the safety technology in the
operating mechanism also simplifies the machine architecture
and allows complete diagnostics.
Actuation of the fail-safe functions of the local frequency converter with the F-RSM Safety local isolator module or via field
bus with the F-Switch PROFIsafe module.

Certification
Product
group

Product type

Order No.

Category

SIL CL

PL

PFHD

Proof Test
Interval (years)

SIMATIC
ET 200pro

ET 200pro FC

6SL3235-0TE21-1SB0

Coming soon

5,00 * 10-8

10

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/33

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro FC frequency converters

Application
The frequency converter steplessly controls the speed of
asynchronous motors
The modular, service-friendly concept of the frequency
converter makes it particularly suitable for manufacturing
processes with high plant stoppage costs
The grouping of several frequency converters into a distributed station enables optimum solutions for spatially or functionally adjacent operating mechanisms.
The frequency converter governs both frequency control for
simple applications and vector control for more challenging
operating mechanism tasks. It also sees to the optimum actuation of any motor brake that is present.
The converter also supports torque control, e.g. for applications with mechanically coupled operating mechanisms
The advantages of the line-commutated power recovery are
shown above all in continuous regenerative mode. Examples
of these are unwinders, the lowering of loads or the dynamic
braking of large centrifugal masses.
The integrated safety functions greatly reduce the outlay for
operating mechanism solutions in system sections where
there is potential danger. Additional savings result through
sensor-less monitoring of the speed of standard asynchronous motors

Design

Technical specifications
ET 200pro frequency converters
with integrated safety functions
Selection features
Integrated safety functions based
on Category 3 of EN 954-1 and
SIL 2 of IEC 61508

Electrical specifications
Mains voltage

3 AC 380 V to 480 V
+10 %/-10 %

Power
(at 0 C to 55 C ambient
temperature)

1.1 kW

Rated input current

(at 0 C to 55 C ambient
temperature)

2.0 A

Rated output current

(at 0 C to 55 C ambient
temperature)

3.5 A

Power
(at 0 C to 45 C ambient
temperature)

1.5 kW

Rated input current

(at 0 C to 45 C ambient
temperature)

2.5 A

Rated output current

(at 0 C to 45 C ambient
temperature)

3.9 A

Mains frequency

47 Hz up to 63 Hz

Overload capacity

Overload current 1.5 x rated

output current
(i.e. 150 % overload)
during 60 s cycle time 300 s
Overload current 2 x rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload)
during 3 s, cycle time 300 s

Output frequency

0 Hz up to 650 Hz

Pulse frequency

4 kHz (standard),
2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2-kHz steps)

Standard short-circuit breaking

current SCCR (Short Circuit Current
Rating)2)

10 kA

Concealable frequency range

1, parameterizable

Converter degree of efficiency

96 %

Interfaces

Connection to PROFIBUS and

PROFINET via the ET 200pro
backplane bus
Optical interface with USS
protocol for RS 232 optical
connection cable
Slot for an optional memory card
(MMC) for the upload or download of parameter settings
PTC/KTY84 interface for motor
temperature monitoring

Installation of an ET 200pro station with two ET 200pro FC frequency

converters with integrated safety functions

The ET 200pro FC comprises the following components:

Standard ET 200pro FC frequency converters or with integrated safety functions
Special backplane bus module for accommodating the
frequency converter

4/34

Siemens SI 10 2009

Safe torque off (STO)

Safely limited speed (SLS)1)
Safe stop 1
(SS1)1)
Control of the integrated safety
functions via F-RSM Safety local
isolator module or via
F-Switch PROFIsafe

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro FC frequency converters

Technical specifications
ET 200pro frequency converters
with integrated safety functions

ET 200pro frequency converters

with integrated safety functions

Functions
Control process

Operating functions

Brake functions

Protection functions

Connectable motors

Mechanical specifications
U/f controller- linear (M~n)
with/without flow current control
(FCC), square (M~n2) or
parameterizable
Vector control without sensor
Torque control
Inching, free function blocks
(FFB), positioning return ramp,
automatic restart after operation
interrupted by mains failure,
surge-free connection of the
converter on rotating motor
Regenerative braking operation
without brake chopper and pulse
resistor
Control of an electromechanical
holding brake DC 180 V
Undervoltage, overvoltage,
ground fault, short-circuit, tipping
protection, thermal motor protection (I2t, or sensor), converter
overheating, motor blocking protection
Low-voltage asynchronous
motors
Motor cable length: max.15 m
(shielded)

Degree of protection

IP65

Operating temperature

0 C to +55 C
Performance increase at 0 C
to +45 C

Mounting position

Vertical wall mounting (vertical

alignment of cooling fins)

Mounting dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
(including terminal module)

155 x 230 x 213

Weight

4.0 kg

Standards
Standards conformity

UL, cUL, CE,

Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EU,
EMC Directive 89/336/EU

1)

The "Safely Limited Speed" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions are not
approved for drawing loads such as lifting units and unwinders.

2)

Applicable for industrial control cabinet installation

acc. to NEC Article 409/UL 508A.

You can find more information in the Internet at

http://support.automation.siemens.com/
ww/view/en/23995621

Derating data pulse frequency

Ambient temperature C

Rated output current in A at a pulse frequency of

2 kHz

4 kHz

6 kHz

8 kHz

10 kHz

12 kHz

14 kHz

16 kHz

0...55 (1.1 kW)

3.5

3.5

2.8

2.2

1.6

1.1

0.5

0...45 (1.5 kW)

3.9

3.9

3.9

3.9

3.4

3.0

2.6

2.2

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

ET 200pro frequency converters

with integrated safety functions
3 AC 380 V 480 V +10/-10 %
47 Hz 63 Hz
Overload:
150 %, 60s,
200 % 3s
Power:
1.1 kW (0 55 C)
1.5 kW (0 45 C)

6SL3235-0TE21-1SB0

ET 200pro FC standard frequency converters

3 AC 380 V 480 V +10/-10 %
47 Hz 63 Hz
150 %, 60s,
200 % 3s
Power:
1.1 kW (0 55 C)
1.5 kW (0 45 C)

6SL3235-0TE21-1RB0

Backplane bus module

for accommodating the frequency converter

6SL3260-2TA00-0AA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/35

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro FC frequency converters

Accessories
Following accessories are available:
Description

Order No.

Connector set
for energy supply, HanQ4/2
2.5 mm
4.0 mm
6.0 mm

3RK1911-2BE50
3RK1911-2BE10
3RK1911-2BE30

Prefabricated single-sided motor

cable with plug, shielded, HanQ8
6ES7194-1LA01-0AA0
6ES7194-1LB01-0AA0
6ES7194-1LC01-0AA0
6ES7194-1LD01-0AA0

Frequency converter plug

for motor cable, shielded, HanQ8

6ES7194-1AB01-0XA0

Power jumper plugs

for 400-V power loop-through connection to the following 400 V modules

3RK1922-2BQ00

RS 232 interface cables

for parameterization of the converter with the STARTER tool via a
direct point-to-point connection

3RK1922-2BP00

Memory card (MMC)

6SL3254-0AM00-0AA0
for the ET 200S FC and ET 200pro
FC parameter settings
If required there is space on the
memory card (MMC) for the complete parameterization of the frequency converter. For service
purposes the system is immediately
ready for use after replacement of
the frequency converter and acceptance of the memory card.

Grounding point
Mounting rail

24

Clearance required
due to heat build-up

50
36

Dimensions

Bus module

230
279.5

G_D011_EN_00088

Length 1.5 m
Length 3 m
Length 5 m
Length 10 m

Frequency
Converter

Grounding point
62
248

ET 200pro FC frequency converter with backplane bus module and mounting rail

4/36

Siemens SI 10 2009

155

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro motor starters
Safety modules

Overview

Application
Safety local isolator module
The Safety local isolator module features the same functions as
a standard isolator module with an additional local safety function.
The Safety local isolator module contains a 3TK28 41 module
and is equipped with M12 terminals for the connection of external safety components.
Terminals 1 and 2 can be used to connect either 1-channel
or 2-channel EMERGENCY-STOP circuits or protective door
circuits (IN 1, IN 2).
For monitored starts, an external START switch can be connected to terminal 3.
The required safety functions can be set using 2 slide switches
located under the left M12 opening.

Safety local isolator module

The Safety local isolator module is a maintenance switch with integrated safety evaluation functions that can be parameterized
using DIP switches.
It is used for:
Connection of a 1 or 2-channel EMERGENCY-STOP circuit up
to category 3-4/SIL 3 (protective door or EMERGENCY-STOP
pushbuttons) and parameterizable start behavior
Control of the 400 V disconnecting module by means of a
safety rail signal
400 V disconnecting module
The 400 V disconnecting module enables the safe disconnection of the operational voltage of 400 V up to Category 3-4/SIL 3.
For operation in a Safety Solution local application it functions
only in combination with the Safety local isolator module.

In the event of an EMERGENCY-STOP, the Safety local isolator

module trips the downstream 400 V disconnecting module. This
safely isolates the 400 V circuit up to Cat. 4/SIL 3.
In combination with the 400 V disconnecting module, the
Safety local isolator module can be used for safety applications
up to Cat. 4/SIL 3 according to EN 954-1.
400 V disconnecting module
The 400 V disconnecting module can be used together with the
Safety local isolator module for local safety applications and
together with the F-Switch for PROFIsafe safety applications.
It contains two contactors connected in series for safety-oriented
disconnection of the main circuit.
The auxiliary circuit supply of the device is over a safety power
rail in the backplane bus module.
The 400 V disconnecting module can be used together with the
Safety local isolator module or with the F-Switch for safety applications up to Cat. 4/SIL 3 according to EN 954-1.

For operation in a Safety PROFIsafe application it functions only

in combination with the F-Switch.
F-Switch
Fail-safe digital inputs/outputs in degree of protection
IP65/66/67 for near-machine, cabinet-free use.
Fail-safe digital inputs
For the fail-safe reading in of sensor information
(1-/2-channel)
Including integrated evaluation
for 2v2 signals
Internal sensor supplies (incl. testing) available
Fail-safe digital outputs
3 fail-safe PP-switching outputs for safe switching of the backplane bus bars
The F-Switch is certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to SIL 3
(IEC 61508) and has detailed diagnostics.
It supports PROFIsafe in PROFIBUS configurations as well as in
PROFINET configurations.
Note:
For safety characteristics for motor starters,
see "Appendix" --> "Standards and Approvals" --> "Overview"

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/37

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
ET 200pro motor starters
Safety modules

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

ET 200pro safety modules

Safety local isolator module1)2)
Rated operational current 16 A

3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0

3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0

400 V disconnecting module3)4)

Rated operational current 25 A

3RK1 304-0HS00-8AA0

3RK1 304-0HS00-8AA0

F-Switch PROFIsafe
24 V DC,
including bus module
Connection module to be ordered separately

6ES7 148-4FS00-0AB0

6ES7 148-1FS00-0AB0

Connection module for F-Switch

24 V DC
1)

The Safety local isolator module only functions when used together with
the 400 V disconnecting module.

2)

Only in combination with the special backplane bus module for the Safety
local isolator module (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters").

3)

The 400 V disconnecting module only functions when used together with
the Safety local isolator module or with the F-Switch.

4)

Only functions when used together with the backplane bus module and
the wide module rack. The backplane bus module and the wide module
rack must be ordered separately (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor
starters").

4/38

Siemens SI 10 2009

6ES7 194-4DA00-0AA0

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters

Overview
Infeed on
isolator module

RSM
MS

MS

NSA0_00467

MS

NSA0_00465

MS

7
9

5 / 6
M

Basic design of an ET 200pro motor starter

Infeed on the RSM isolator module

Legend:

Infeed on
ET 200pro motor starter

MS

NSA0_00466

MS

Power feeder plugs (see 4/40)

Power connection plugs (see 4/40)

&

Power jumper plugs (see 4/40)

Motor connection plugs (see 4/40)

Motor plugs (see 4/40)

Motor plugs with EMC suppressor circuit (see 4/40)

Power loop-through plugs (see 4/40)

Power connection cables (see 4/40)

Power connection cables for isolator module (see 4/40)

Motor cable (see 4/40)

10
8

Infeed on the ET 200pro motor starter

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/39

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

ET 200pro accessories
$ Power feeder plugs
Connector set for energy supply, e.g. for connecting to T terminal connectors,
comprising a coupling enclosure, straight outgoing unit (with bracket),
pin insert for HAN Q4/2, incl. gland

5 male contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS60

5 male contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS20

5 male contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS40

$ Power connection plugs

Connector set for energy supply for connection to ET 200pro motor starters/
ET 200pro isolator module, comprising a cable-end connector hood,
angled outgoing unit, female insert for HAN Q4/2, incl. gland
5 female contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE50

5 female contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE10

5 female contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE30

& Power jumper plugs

3RK1 922-2BQ00

( Motor connection plugs

Connector set for motor cable for connection to ET 200pro motor starters,
comprising a cable-end connector hood, angled outgoing unit,
pin insert for HAN Q8/0, incl. gland
8 male contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CE00

6 male contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CC00

) Motor plugs

Connector set for motor cable for connection to motors,

comprising a cable-end connector hood, straight outgoing unit,
female insert for HAN 10e, incl. star jumper, incl. gland
7 female contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BM21

7 female contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BM22

) Motor plugs with EMC suppressor circuit

Connector set for motor cable for connection to motors,

comprising a cable-end connector hood, straight outgoing unit,
female insert for HAN 10e with EMC suppressor circuit,
incl. star jumper, incl. gland

7 female contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BL21

7 female contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BL22

+ Power loop-through plugs

Connector set for power loop-through for connection to

ET 200pro motor starters/ET 200pro isolator module,
comprising a cable-end connector hood,
angled outgoing unit, pin insert for HAN Q4/2, incl. gland
4 male contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BF50

4 male contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BF10

, Power connection cables, assembled at one end

Power connection cable for ET 200pro motor starters, ECOFAST,

open at one end, for HAN Q4/2, angled, insert turned at isolator module end,
4 x 4 mm2
Length 1.5 m

3RK1 911-0DB13

Length 5.0 m

3RK1 911-0DB33

- Power connection cables for isolator module, assembled at one end

Power connection cable for ET 200pro isolator module, open at one end,
for HAN Q4/2, angled, insert turned at isolator module end, 4 x 4 mm2

Length 1.5 m

3RK1 911-0DF13

Length 5.0 m

3RK1 911-0DF33

, Motor cables, assembled at one end

open at one end, HAN Q8, angled, length 5 m

Motor cable for motor without brake, for ET 200pro, ET 200X, AS-i Compact,
4 x 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-0EB31

Motor cable for motor with brake, for ET 200pro, 6 x 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-0ED31

More connection technology products

can be found at our "Siemens Solution Partners"
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
under the
"Distributed Field Installation System" technology

4/40

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Motor starters and frequency converters
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Version

Order No.

ET 200pro accessories
Module racks, wide1)
Length 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0

Length 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0

Length 2000 mm

6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0

Module racks, wide, compact1)

3RK1 922-3BA00

Length 500 mm

6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0

Length 1000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0

Length 2000 mm

6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0

Backplane bus module 110 mm2)

3RK1 922-2BA00

Backplane bus module for Safety local isolator module

3RK1 922-2BA01

RS 232 interface cables

3RK1 922-2BP00

Hand-held device
For ET 200pro motor starters, (also for ET 200S High Feature and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
A serial interface cable must be ordered separately.

3RK1 922-3BA00

Sealing caps (for power supply)

(1 pack contains 10 units)

3RK1 902-0CJ00

Dismantling tools for HAN Q4/2

3RK1 902-0AB00

Crimping tools for pins/sockets 4 mm2 and 6 mm2

3RK1 902-0CW00

Crimping tools for male contacts and sockets up to 4.0 mm2 (HAN Q8/0)

3RK1 902-0CT00

Dismantling tools for male contacts and sockets (HAN Q8/0)

3RK1 902-0AJ00

M12 sealing cap

For sealing unused input and output sockets
(one set contains ten sealing caps)

3RX9 802-0AA00

1)

The wide module rack can accommodate all ET 200pro motor starters and
any optional modules (isolator module, Safety local isolator module and
400 V disconnecting module).

2)

The backplane bus module is a prerequisite for operation of the ET 200pro

motor starter and the optional module.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/41

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

ET 200pro Software
Motor starter ES

Overview
Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics
and testing of motor starters
Note:
More information about ES Motor Starters, see Chapter 9.

Selection and ordering data

Version

Order No.

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-4CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-5CC10-0YA5

Floating license for one user

E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD

3ZS1 310-6CC10-0YA5

Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic

Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard

4
Motor Starter ES 2007 Premium

Accessories
For ET 200S High Feature motor starters
Control module 2DI DC 24 V COM,
for ET 200S High-Feature starter, Fail-safe Starter A
LOGO! PC cables
For ET 200pro motor starters
RS 232 interface cable, serial data connection
between ET 200pro MS/FC and laptop/PC/PG or MS
For ECOFAST High Feature motor starters (interface cable)
PC cables
USB/serial adapter
To connect the PC cable to the USB port of a PC,
we recommend, in conjunction with 3RW44 soft starter,
using SIMOCODE pro 3UF7, 3RK3 modular safety system,
ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starter, AS-i safety monitor,
AS-i analyzer

4/42

Siemens SI 10 2009

3RK1 903-0CH10
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
3RK1 922-2BP00

3RK1 911-0BN20
3UF7 946-0AA00-0

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family

SINAMICS G

SINAMICS S

Metal forming
technology

Mixer/mills

Packaging

Extrusion

Rolling mills

Pumps/fans/
compressors

Textiles

Woodworking

Conveyor systems

Printing and paper

machines

G_D211_EN_00137

Machine tools

Applications of the SINAMICS drive family

Applications

Platform concept and Totally Integrated Automation

SINAMICS is the new family of Siemens drives designed for

machine and plant engineering applications. SINAMICS offers
solutions for all drive tasks:
7 Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry
7 Applied single drives in centrifuges, presses, extruders,
elevators, as well as conveyor and transport systems
7 Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film, and paper machines, as
well as in rolling mill plants
7 Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as
packaging and printing machines

All SINAMICS versions are based on a platform concept. Common hardware and software components, as well as standardized tools for design, configuration and commissioning tasks
ensure high-level integration across all components. SINAMICS
handles a wide variety of drive tasks without system gaps. The
different SINAMICS versions can be easily combined with each
other.

Versions

SINAMICS is a part of the Siemens Totally Integrated Automation concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering configuration, data storage, and communication at automation level
ensure low-maintenance solutions with the SIMOTION,
SINUMERIK and SIMATIC control systems.

Depending on the application, the SINAMICS range offers the

ideal variant for any drive task.
7 SINAMICS S handles complex drive tasks with synchronous
and asynchronous (induction) motors and fulfills stringent requirements regarding
- dynamics and accuracy,
- integration of extensive technological functions in the drive
control system
7 SINAMICS G is designed for standard applications with asynchronous (induction) motors. These applications have less
stringent requirements regarding the dynamics and accuracy
of the motor speed.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/43

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family

SIMOTION

SINUMERIK

SIMATIC

SINAMICS

Synchronous motors

G_D211_EN_00202

Asynchronous motors

SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system

Quality in accordance with EN ISO 9001

SINAMICS conforms to the most exacting quality requirements.
Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development
and production processes ensure a consistently high level of
quality.
Of course, our quality assurance system is certified by an independent authority in accordance with EN ISO 9001.
Suitable for global use
SINAMICS meets the requirements of relevant international standards and regulations from the EN standards and IEC standards to UL and cULus regulations.

4/44

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family

Low voltage
For basic
applications

SINAMICS
G110

V/f Control
0.12 kW ... 3 kW

Pumps, fans,
conveyor belts

Medium voltage

For high-quality applications

SINAMICS
G120

SINAMICS
G120D

For sophisticated applications

SINAMICS S120

SINAMICS G130
SINAMICS G150

75 kW ... 1500 kW

Pumps, fans, conveyor belts, compressors,

mixers, mills, extruders

SINAMICS S150

0.12 kW ... 4500 kW

Production machines, eg. packaging,

textile, printing and paper machines
plastic machines, machine tools,
plants and process lines

SINAMICS GM150
SINAMICS SM150
SINAMICS GL150

V/f Control/
Vector Control

V/f Control/ Vector Control/ Servo Control

V/f Control / Vector Control

0.37 kW ... 90 kW 0.75 kW ... 7.5 kW

For high-power
applications

75 kW ... 1200 kW

0.8 MW ... 120 MW

Test bay drives,

cross cutters,
centrifuges

Pumps, fans,
compressors, mixers,
extruders, rolling mills,
mining hoist drives

G_D011_EN_00164

The SINAMICS range is characterized by the following system

features:
uniform functionality based on a single platform concept
standardized engineering
high degree of flexibility and combination
wide power range
designed for global use
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
greater efficiency and effectivity
multiple communications options to higher-level controls
Totally Integrated Automation

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/45

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
T

SINAMICS Low-voltage inverter

SINAMICS G110

SINAMICS G120

SINAMICS G120D

The versatile drive for low power

ranges

The modular single drive for low to

medium power ranges

The distributed single drive with a

high degree of protection for a design
without control cabinet

Machines and plants for industrial and commercial applications (mechanical engineering, automotive, textiles, chemicals, printing,
steel)

Machines and plants in the process and production industry, particularly for automotive
applications; also suitable for high-performance applications, e.g. in airports and in the
food processing industry and luxury food processing industry (dry part)

Pumps and fans

Compressors
Conveyor belts

Conveyor belts
Electric suspension monorails in the logistics
of distribution

Modular
Flexible expansion capability
Simple, fast commissioning
Regenerative feedback
Innovative cooling concept
Optimum interaction with SIMOTION and
SIMATIC
SINAMICS Safety Integrated

Flat design with uniform drilling dimensions

(constant footprint) with degree of protection
IP65
Modular
Flexible expansion capability
Simple, fast commissioning
Regenerative feedback
Optimum interaction with SIMOTION and
SIMATIC
SINAMICS Safety Integrated

See page 4/62

See page 4/89

For more information see Catalog D 11.1

For more information see Catalog D 11.1

Main applications
Machines and plants for industrial and commercial applications

Application examples
Pumps and fans
Auxiliary drives
Conveyor belts
Billboards
Door/gate operating mechanisms
Centrifuges
Highlights
Compact
Flexible adaptation to different applications
Simple, fast commissioning
Clear terminal layout
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC and
LOGO!

Catalog D 11.1

4/46

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
SINAMICS Low-voltage inverters
SINAMICS G130/SINAMICS G150

SINAMICS S120

SINAMICS S150

The universal drive solution for

high-power single drives without
regenerative feedback

The flexible modular drive system for

complex drive tasks

The sophisticated drive solution for

high-performance single drives

Machines and plants for industrial applications (packaging, plastics, textile, printing,
wood, glass, ceramics, presses, paper, lifting
equipment, semiconductors, automated
assembly and testing equipment, handling,
machine tools)

Machines and plants in the process and

production industry, food, beverages and
tobacco, automotive and steel industry, mining/open-cast mining, shipbuilding, lifting
equipment, conveyors

Motion Control applications (positioning,

synchronous operation)
Numeric Control, interpolated motion control
Converting
Technological applications

Test bay drives

Centrifuges
Elevators and cranes
Cross cutters and shears
Conveyor belts
Presses
Cable winches

Space-saving
Low-noise
Simple and fast commissioning
SINAMICS G130: modular components
SINAMICS G150: ready-to-connect cabinet
unit
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC

For universal use

Flexible and modular
Scalable in terms of power, function, number
of axes, performance
Simple, fast commissioning, auto-configuration
Innovative, future-oriented system architecture
Scaled infeed/regenerative feedback concept
Wide range of motors
Optimum interaction with SIMOTION,
SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
SINAMICS Safety Integrated

Four-quadrant operation as standard

High control accuracy and dynamic response
Almost no line harmonic distortions; THD acc.
to IEEE 519 is widely undercut
Tolerant to fluctuations in line voltage
Possibility of power factor compensation
Simple, fast commissioning
Ready-to-connect cabinet unit
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC

See page 4/100 (G130); page 4/103 (G150)

See page 4/105

See page 4/114

Catalog D 11

Catalog PM 21

Catalog D 21.3

Main applications
Machines and plants in the process and production industry, water/waste, power stations,
oil and gas, petrochemicals, chemical raw
materials, paper, cement, stone, steel

Application examples
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills

Highlights

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/47

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Overview
Trend toward integrated safety systems
The trend toward greater complexity and increasing modularity
of machines has seen a shift in safety functions away from the
classical central safety functions (for example, shutdown of all
drives by a line contactor) and into the machine control system
and the drives. One advantage of this development is that some
safety-related circuitry involving complex hardware is now no
longer necessary.
Integrated safety functions act much faster than those of a conventional design. The safety of a machine is increased further
with Safety Integrated. Furthermore, safety measures controlled
by integrated safety systems are perceived as less interfering by
the operator of the machine due to the faster action, so the motivation to consciously bypass safety functions is significantly
reduced.
The integrated safety functions of the SINAMICS drive family let
you establish highly effective personnel and machine safety in a
practice-oriented way.

Legal framework
Machine manufacturers and plant constructors must ensure that
their machines or plants cannot cause danger due to malfunctions apart from the general risks of electric shock, heat or radiation.
In Europe, for example, compliance with the machinery directive
is required in law by the EU industrial safety directive. In order to
ensure compliance with this directive, it is recommended that
the corresponding harmonized European standards are applied. This triggers the assumption of conformity and gives
manufacturers and operators the legal security in terms of compliance with both national regulations and EU directives. The
machine manufacturer uses the CE marking to document the
compliance with all relevant directives and regulations in the free
movement of goods.
Safety-related standards
Functional safety is specified in various standards.
EN ISO 12100 and EN 1050, for example, are concerned with
the construction and risk assessment of machines. EN 62061
(only applicable for electrical and electronic control systems)
and EN ISO 13849-1, which will replace the previously used
EN 954-1 as from 2009, define the functional and safety-related
requirements of control systems with relevance to safety.
The above-mentioned standards define different safety requirements that the machine has to satisfy in accordance with the risk,
frequency of a dangerous situation, probability of occurrence
and the opportunities for recognizing impending danger.
EN 954-1: Categories B, 1 4
EN ISO 13849-1: Performance Level PL a e
EN 62061: Safety Integrity Level SIL 1 3

4/48

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Function
Safety functions integral to the SINAMICS drive systems
SINAMICS drive systems are characterized by a large number
of integrated safety functions.

The Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS are generally

certified by independent institutes. An up-to-date list of certified
components is available on request from your local Siemens office.

They satisfy the requirements of

The Safety Integrated functions currently available in SINAMICS
Category 3 according to EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13489 1
are listed below (terms as defined in IEC 61800-5-2):
Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 2 according to EN 61508
Performance Level (PL) d according to EN ISO 13489 1
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Description of functions
This function is a mechanism that prevents the drive from restarting unexpectedly, in accordance with EN 60204-1, Section 5.4.
Safe Torque Off disables the drive pulses and disconnects the
power supply to the motor (corresponds to Stop Category 0 of
EN 60204-1). The drive is reliably torque-free. This state is monitored internally in the drive.

STO
G_D211_XX_00210

Application, customer benefits

STO has the immediate effect that the drive cannot supply any
torque-generating energy.

STO can be used wherever the drive will reach a standstill autot
nomously due to the load torque or friction in a sufficiently short
time or when coasting down of the drive will not have any relevance for safety.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
Description of functions
The Safe Stop 1 function can safely stop the drive in accordance
with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 1. When the SS1 function is
selected, the drive brakes autonomously along an fast-stopramp (OFF3) and, after the preset, safe deceleration time has
elapsed, automatically activates the Safe Torque Off and Safe
Brake Control functions (if used) when standstill is reached.

STO
G_D011_XX_00169

Application, customer benefits

This integrated fast-brake function eliminates the need for complex external monitoring equipment. Furthermore, it is often possible to eliminate mechanical brakes which wear, or to lessen the
load on them, so that maintenance costs and the stresses on the
machine can be reduced.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/49

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Function (continued)
Description of functions
The Safely-Limited Speed function of SINAMICS G120/120D
monitors the drive and, depending on the mode selected, either
limits the motor speed to a safe value or monitors the system directly for a parameterized maximum speed.
SINAMICS S120 does not, by itself, influence the rotation speed
set value. Here it is the task of the superimposed controller, after
activation of SLS, to diminish the speed of the drives below the
selected speed limit and to do this within a predetermined time.
This makes it possible to jointly shut down drives operating in
combination, and thus to prevent damage to the devices.

SLS function can save a considerable amount of time here and

still increase the safety of operating personnel.

SLS

G_D011_XX_00170

Safely-Limited Speed (SLS)

Application, customer benefits

t

When many machines are being set up, the operating personnel
must work on the moving machine. This either occurs in stages
because the operator must exit the danger area repeatedly
when the machine is started up, or the operator works on the
moving machine and is therefore exposed to increased risk. The
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Description of functions
Safe Brake Control SBC is used to control motor brakes which
are operative at zero current, e.g. motor holding brakes. The
brake control circuit is a fail-safe, two-channel design.

P24

The Safe Brake Control is activated when the Safe Torque Off
function is selected and when safety monitors with safe pulse
disable are tripped.
Note 1: The Safe Brake Control does not detect mechanical
faults in the brake itself, such as worn brake linings.
Note 2: Motor modules of type SINAMICS S120 Booksize incorporate the terminals for the motor brake. For SINAMICS
S120 Blocksize and G120 an additional Safe Brake Relay is
required.

Motor holding
brake

M
G_D211_EN_00215

Brake
diagnostics
M
B-

Application, customer benefits

SBC can also be activated in combination with STO and SS1.
SBC provides the option of safely controlling a motor brake on
the motor when the torque-generating energy has been disconnected.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
Description of functions
The Safe Stop 2 function can safely stop the drive in accordance
with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 2. When the SS2 function is selected, the drive brakes electrically in a quick-stop ramp (OFF3).
In contrast to SS1, the drive control remains operational afterwards, i.e. the motor can supply the full torque required to maintain the actual position. Standstill is safely monitored (Safe Operating Stop function).
Application, customer benefits
As in the case of SS1, the drive is automatically braked when the
stop function is selected. In contrast to SS1, the drive can also
supply the full torque at standstill.

4/50

Siemens SI 10 2009

SOS

G_D211_XX_00206

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Description of function

SOS

G_D211_XX_00207

The Safe Operating Stop function represents safe standstill monitoring. The drive control remains in operation. The motor can
therefore deliver the full torque to hold the current position. The
actual position is reliably monitored. In contrast to safety functions SS1 and SS2, the speed setpoint is not influenced automatically. After SOS has been activated, the higher-level control
must bring the drive to a standstill within a parameterized time
and then hold the position setpoint.
Application, customer benefits

SOS is an ideal solution for applications which the machine or

t
parts of the machine must be at a safe standstill in certain steps,
t
but the drive must also supply a holding torque. It is ensured that
despite counter torque the drive remains in its current position.
In contrast to SS1 and SS2, the drive does not brake automatically in this case. It expects that the higher-level control rampsdown the axes involved within an adjustable delay time in a coordinated manner in the grouping. This can be used to prevent
any damage to the machine or product.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
Description of function
v

4
G_D211_XX_00209

The Safe Speed Monitor function supplies a safe checkback signal (active High), when the drive undershoots a settable speed
limit. In contrast to the functions described above, the drive does
not react automatically when the limit is overshot.
Application, customer benefits
The safe SSM checkback can be used in a higher-level control
for safety-related reactions, e.g. for enabling a protective door.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/51

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Function (continued)
PROFIsafe

Forced dormant error detection using test stop

PROFIsafe is an open communications standard that supports

standard and safety-related communication over the same communications cable (wired or wireless). A second, separate bus
system is therefore not necessary. To ensure safe communication, the transmitted message frames are continuously monitored. Possible errors, such as lost or repeated messages or
those received in the wrong order are avoided in that safetyrelated messages are numbered consecutively, their arrival is
monitored within a defined period, and an identifier for the
sender and receiver of a message is transferred. A CRC (cyclic
redundancy check) data security mechanism is also used.

The functions and switch-off signal paths must be tested at least

once within a defined time in order to meet requirements as per
EN 954-1 and IEC 61508 in terms of timely fault detection. This
functionality must be implemented by means of test stop triggering either in cyclic manual mode or by the automated process.
The test stop cycle is monitored and a warning is output following a timeout.

PROFIsafe can be implemented on PROFIBUS and PROFINET

on most of the SINAMICS systems.
The operating principle of Safety Integrated
Two independent switch-off signal paths
Two independent switch-off signal paths are available. All
switch-off signal paths are low active, thereby ensuring that the
system is always switched to a safe state if a component fails or
in the event of an open circuit. If an error is discovered in the
switch-off signal paths, the Safe Torque Off function is activated and a system restart inhibited.

Two-channel monitoring structure

All the main hardware and software functions for Safety Integrated are implemented in two independent monitoring channels (e.g. switch-off signal paths, data management and data
comparison). A cyclic crosswise comparison of the safety-relevant data in the two monitoring channels is carried out.
The monitoring functions in each monitoring channel work on the
principle that a defined status must prevail before each action is
carried out and a specific acknowledgement must be made after
each action. If these expectations of a monitoring channel are
not fulfilled, the drive coasts to a two-channel standstill and an
appropriate message is output.

4/52

Siemens SI 10 2009

A test stop does not require Power On. The acknowledgment is

set by canceling the test stop request.
When the appropriate safety devices are implemented (e.g. protective doors), it can be assumed that running machinery will not
pose any risk to personnel. For this reason, only an alarm is output to inform the user that a forced dormant error detection run
is due, thereby requesting that this be carried out at the next
available opportunity.
Examples of when forced dormant error detection runs are required:
When the drives are at a standstill after the system has been
switched on
Before the protective door is opened
At defined intervals (e.g. every 8 hours)
In automatic mode, time- and event-driven

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS G120 / G120D

Function
SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D offer the following
Safety Integrated functions (terms as defined in IEC 61800-5-2):
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Brake Control (SBC) (SINAMICS G120 only)

Licensing

The Safety Integrated functions are completely integrated into

the drive system. They can be activated as follows:
via safe digital inputs on the Control Unit (SINAMICS G120
only) without the need for an additional safety switching device
via PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe
via PROFINET with PROFIsafe

An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of

SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D plus their boundary
conditions is given in the following table:

The Safety Integrated functions for SINAMICS G120 and

SINAMICS G120D do not require a license.
The availability of Safety Integrated functions depends on the
type of Control Unit, i.e. whether it is a Standard Control Unit or
a Fail-safe Control Unit.

The Safety Integrated functions are implemented electronically

and therefore offer short response times in comparison to solutions with externally implemented monitoring functions. This system is absolutely unique in that it does not require speed feedback through sensors or encoders.
The STO and SBC functions can be used without restriction for
all applications.
The SS1 and SLS functions may be used for any application in
which the load never accelerates when the frequency inverter is
switched off. They are therefore not suitable for applications involving pull-through loads such as lifting gear and winders.

PROFIsafe
With SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D PROFIsafe can run
on PROFIBUS and PROFINET

Function

Activation

Underlying
function

Reaction to limit
overshoot

External setpoint input

effective

Encoder
required

STO

PROFIsafe over PROFIBUS or PROFINET

Fail-safe digital inputs
(with SINAMICS G120 only)

SBC
(if parameterized)

no

no

SS1

PROFIsafe over PROFIBUS or PROFINET

Fail-safe digital inputs
(with SINAMICS G120 only)

STO when 2 Hz is
Activation of STO
reached, followed Activation of SBC
by SBC (if parame- (if parameterized)
terized)

no

no

SLS

PROFIsafe over PROFIBUS or PROFINET

Fail-safe digital inputs
(with SINAMICS G120 only)

Activation of STO or
SS1
Activation of SBC
(if parameterized)

yes (depending no
on mode)

SBC (with
SINAMICS G120
only)

With STO
With SS1 when 2Hz is reached

Siemens SI 10 2009

no

4/53

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS G120 / G120D

Function (continued)
STO function structure on the SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D drive systems

Power Module

Fail-safe Control Unit

Supply
Channel A

PROFIBUS
PROFINET

PROFIsafe

Switch-off signal
path A

&

Channel B

Processor 1

Feedback

Actual
frequency
acquisition

Channel A

M
Cross-check

Channel A
Feedback A

Fail-safe
digital inputs
(for
SINAMICS
G120 only)

Switch-off signal
path B

Processor 2

Feedback B

Channel B
Feedback

Processor 3

Channel B
Channel A
Channel B

Brake control

Feedback

Safe
Brake Module

Channel A
to the
brake
Channel B
G_D011_EN_00171

SS1 and SLS function structure on the SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D drive systems

Fail-safe Control Unit

Power Module
Supply
Channel A
Channel B

PROFIBUS
PROFINET

PROFIsafe

Switch-off signal
path A

&

Feedback

Processor 1

Actual
frequency
acquisition

Channel A

M
Cross-check

Channel A
Feedback A

Fail-safe
digital inputs
(for
SINAMICS
G120 only)

Processor 2
Frequency setpoint
Channel B

Feedback B

Processor 3

Feedback Channel B
Channel A

Brake Control

Feedback

Channel B

Safe
Brake Module

Channel A
to the
brake
Channel B
G_D011_EN_00172

4/54

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS G120 / G120D

Function (continued)
Comparison between conventional and integrated safety
systems
The implementation of safety functions on drives demands
solutions which can be complex and costly.
The safety functions integrated in the SINAMICS G120 and
SINAMICS G120D systems are significantly simpler and
cheaper than conventional solutions.
Safe Torque Off (STO)

Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

L+ (24 V DC)

L+ (24 V DC)

K1
ON

K1

K2

K1
A1 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y21 Y22 13 23 31

K2

47 57

K2

A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33

AUS3
Frequency
inverter

Frequency
inverter
Y33 Y34
41 42 A2 14 24 34

48 58

K2
M

K1

PE A2 14 24 32

K1

ON

G_D011_EN_00173

G_D011_EN_00176

Conventional wiring

K2

K1

K2

Conventional wiring

G_D011_EN_00174

G_D011_EN_00177

SINAMICS G120

STO

L1L2 L3

Details

U2V2 W2

SINAMICS G120

60 61 9

SS1

L1L2 L3

Details

U2V2 W2

STO

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

SS1

Integrated safety via fail-safe inputs

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

Integrated safety via fail-safe inputs

F-CPU with F-DI

F-CPU with F-DI

G_D011_EN_00175

STO

PROFIBUS
with PROFIsafe
or
PROFINET
with PROFIsafe

Integrated safety via PROFIsafe

60 61 9

G_D011_EN_00178

SS1

PROFIBUS
with PROFIsafe
or
PROFINET
with PROFIsafe

Integrated safety via PROFIsafe

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/55

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS G120 / G120D

Function (continued)
Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
L+ (24 V DC)
Activation
of speed
monitoring

K1
ON

K1

K2

K2
Safe speed
monitor

Frequency
inverter

A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33

II

41 42 A2 14 24 34

K1

Speed
acquisition

Shaft
breakage
detection

K2

M
G_D011_EN_00179

Conventional wiring

G_D011_EN_00180

SINAMICS G120
L1L2 L3 U2V2 W2 60 61

62 63 9

SS1 SLS

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

SS1

SLS

Integrated safety via fail-safe inputs

F-CPU with F-DI

SLS
SS1
G_D011_EN_00181

PROFIBUS
with PROFIsafe
or
PROFINET
with PROFIsafe

Integrated safety via PROFIsafe

4/56

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 / G150

Overview

Function

SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 offer the following Safety

Integrated functions (terms as defined in IEC 61800-5-2):
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

The drive systems SINAMICS G130 / G150 are only available

with so-called basic function. These are available to the customer by default and without the need of a licence. Only if the
control voltage for the safety functions is higher than 24 V it is required to order option K82.

The Safety Integrated functions are completely integrated into

the drive system. They can be activated as follows:
via terminals located on the Control Unit and power unit
via Option K82 for control voltage above 24 V

An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of

SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 plus their boundary conditions is given in the following table:

The Safety Integrated functions are implemented electronically

and therefore offer short response times in comparison to solutions with externally implemented monitoring functions.

Function

Activation

STO

EP Terminals located at the unit and

at the CU

SS1

Terminals located at the unit and at

the CU

Underlying
function

Reaction to
External setlimit overshoot point input
effective

Encoder
required

Licence
required

no

no

no

STO when pre-

set deceleration time is over

no

no

no

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/57

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS S150

Overview

Function

SINAMICS S150 offers the following Safety Integrated functions

(terms as defined in IEC 61800-5-2):
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

The drive system SINAMICS S150 is available with so-called basic function. These are available to the customer by default and
without the need of a licence. Only if the control voltage for the
safety functions is higher than 24 V it is required to order option
K82.

The Safety Integrated functions are completely integrated into

the drive system. They can be activated as follows:
via terminals located on the Control Unit and power unit
via Option K82 for control voltage above 24 V

An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of

SINAMICS S150 plus their boundary conditions is given in the
following table:

The Safety Integrated functions are implemented electronically

and therefore offer short response times in comparison to solutions with externally implemented monitoring functions.

Function

Activation

STO

EP Terminals located at the unit and

at the CU
Terminals at TM54F
PROFIsafe

SS1

Terminals located at the unit and at

the CU

Underlying
function

Reaction to
External setlimit overshoot point input
effective

Encoder
required

Licence
required

no

no1)

no

STO when pre-

set deceleration time is over

no

no

no

1) An encoder is required when activation is done with TM45F or PROFIsafe through terminals.

4/58

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS S120

Overview
SINAMICS S120
TThe current version of SINAMICS S120 offers the following
Safety Integrated functions (terms as defined in IEC 61800 5 2):
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Brake Control (SBC)1)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Safely-Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
The Safety Integrated functions are completely integrated into
the drive system. They can be activated as follows:
Over terminals on the Control Unit and on the power module
(only for STO, SBC, SS1)
Over terminals on the TM54F Terminal Module
Over PROFIBUS and PROFINETwith PROFIsafe
The Safety Integrated functions are implemented electronically
and therefore offer short response times in comparison to solutions with externally implemented monitoring functions.
If SINAMICS drives are controlled by SIMOTION, they report the
selection of a safety function to SIMOTION. The SIMOTION user
program is then able to respond to the selected safety function.
SIMOTION can thus prevent fault reactions on the drive side due
to limit violations by ensuring in case of safety-related functions
that the drive does not exit the monitored operating mode, for example, by controlling drives (with SLS) or coasting down (with
SOS) within the permissible speed range.
The SINAMICS Safety Integrated extended functions SS2, SOS
and SLS are activated and deactivated and their status is displayed with specific technological alarms and system variables
on the axis.

Function
The Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS S120 drive system are grouped into basic functions and extended functions.
No license is required for basic functions.
One license is required for each safety axis in the case of extended functions. The extended functions are activated over terminals on the TM54F Terminal Module (see Section SINAMICS
S120) or over the safe communication of PROFIsafe. The basic
functions can also be activated via on-board terminals on the
SINAMICS S120 device.
Basic Functions
- Safe Torque Off (STO)
- Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
- Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Extended Functions
- Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
- Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
- Safely-Limited Speed (SLS)
- Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
The following constraints currently exist with regard to the integrated safety functions:
Safe Brake Control (SBC) is not available for Motor Modules in
chassis format
The extended functions are available for Motor Modules in
booksize and chassis formats as of Version 3 (last position of
Order No. 3)
The functions SS2, SLS, SOS and SSM require safe speed/position sensing.
When SS1 is activated over TM54F or PROFIsafe, safe acceleration monitoring is performed during the braking phase to ensure that any fault will be detected during the braking phase.
Safe acceleration monitoring requires safe speed/position sensing
Licensing
The Safety Integrated basic functions do not require a license.
In the case of Safety Integrated extended functions, however, a
license is required for every axis using these functions. It is of no
consequence here which safety functions are used and how
many.
The required licenses can be optionally ordered with the CompactFlash Card:
For the order numbers of the CompactFlash Cards, see
SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTION.
Notes: On one CU320/SIMOTION D4.5/CX32, up to 5 safety
axes are currently possible with extended functions.
The CU310 Control Unit has been designed to control only single
axes. Only one license is therefore required for the extended
safety functions (short code F01).
An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS
S120 and their boundary conditions is given in the following table:

1) not chassis and cabinet modules

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/59

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS S120
Functions Activation

Underlying function

Reaction to limit
overshoot

External setpoint input

effective

Encoder
required

License
required

STO

EP terminals on the device SBC (if activated)

and on the CU
"Terminals on TM54F
PROFIsafe

No

No 1)

No 2)

SBC

With STO (directly or following expiry of the delay

with SS1)

No

No

SS1

Terminals on the device

and on the CU

STO following expiry of the parame

terized delay, followed by SBC (if activated)

No

No

No 2)

SS1

Terminals on TM54F
"PROFIsafe

Safe acceleration monitoring during

the braking phase. STO and SBC (if
activated) following expiry of the
parameterized delay or undershooting of the minimum speed limit

STO

No

Yes

Yes (per
safety axis)

SS2

Terminals on TM54F
"PROFIsafe

Safe acceleration monitoring during

the braking phase. SOS following
expiry of the OFF3 time

STO

No

Yes

Yes (per
safety axis)

SLS

Terminals on TM54F
"PROFIsafe

SS1, STO, or SOS

(parameterizable)

Yes

Yes

Yes (per
safety axis)

SOS

Terminals on TM54F
PROFIsafe

SS1 or STO
(parameterizable)

Yes

Yes

Yes (per
safety axis)

SSM

Terminals on TM54F
"PROFIsafe

Yes

Yes

Yes (per
safety axis)

With SINAMICS 120, as of now, PROFIsafe is only operational on

PROFIBUS mglich. An extension to PROFINET is in preparation.
1)
2)

For activation over terminals on TM54F or PROFIsafe, an encoder is

currently required.
For activation over terminals on TM54F or PROFIsafe, a license is currently required.

4/60

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS
Safety Integrated with SINAMICS
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS S120

Function
Safe speed/position sensing

Encoder types

For safe speed/position sensing, in principle

single-encoder systems or
dual-encoder systems

Incremental encoders or absolute encoders can be used for

safe sensing of the position values on a drive. Safe actual value
sensing relies on redundant evaluation of the incremental channels A/B that supply sin/cos signals of 1 Vpp.

can be used.
Incremental tracks

Single-encoder system

Vpp

E = encoder
M = motor

B*

G D211 EN 00216

B
Machine table
Sensor Module
(not applicable for motor
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface)

M
loose

Signal progression for the incremental channels

The absolute position values can be transmitted to the control

unit through a serial EnDat interface or an SSI interface.

Example of a single-encoder system

In a single-encoder system, the motor encoder is used exclusively for safe actual value sensing. This motor encoder must be
appropriately qualified (see encoder types).
When motors with a DRIVE CLiQ interface are used (see synchronous and asynchronous motors), the speed/position actual
values are generated directly in the motor and are transferred to
the Control Unit over safe communication via DRIVE CLiQ.
For motors without DRIVE CLiQ interface, the connection is
made using additional sensor modules (SMC or SME; see Section SINAMICS S120)
Dual-encoder system

In single-encoder systems, encoders with photoelectric sampling only are permitted for safe actual value sensing. These optical encoders must supply sin/cos signals of 1 Vpp on the incremental channels A/B.
Basic absolute encoders (e.g. ECI, EQI) that offer an EnDat interface with additional sin/cos tracks, but operate according to
an inductive measuring principle internally, are not permitted for
single-encoder systems.
Encoder types for dual-encoder system

In general, for safe actual value sensing, apart from the permissible motors with a DRIVE-CLiQ connection, encoders can be
used that can be connected to the following sensor modules:
SMC20
SME20/SME25
SME120/SME125

M
E

G_D211_EN_00217

E = encoder
M = motor

Encoder types for single-encoder system

With a dual-encoder system, the required redundancy can also

be achieved using less highly qualified encoders. In this case,
therefore, encoders with a microprocessor in the signal path can
also be used. Each encoder output signal must also supply
sin/cos signals of 1 Vpp on the incremental channels A/B.

DRIVE-CLiQ

Sensor Module
(not applicable for motor
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface)

G_D211_EN_00218

DRIVE-CLiQ

A*

Example of a dual-encoder system on a spindle

The safe actual values for a drive are provided by two separate
encoders. The actual values are transferred to the Control Unit
over DRIVE-CLiQ. When motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ connection are used, a sensor module (SMC or SME) must be implemented. Each measuring system requires a separate DRIVE
CLiQ connection.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/61

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Overview
The SINAMICS G120 series of frequency inverters is designed
to provide precise and cost-effective speed/torque control of AC
motors.

With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSF) in a

power range of 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp), it is suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions.

4
Examples of SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC; each with Power Module, Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel

Examples of SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF; each with Power Module, Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel

4/62

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Overview (continued)
Modularity
SINAMICS G120 is a modular converter system comprising a
variety of functional units. The two main units are
the Control Unit (CU) and
the Power Module (PM)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor in several different modes. It supports
communication with a local or central controller and monitoring
devices.
The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range
0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp). The Power Module is controlled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. It features stateof-the-art IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulated motor
voltage. It also features a range of protective functions offering a
high degree of protection for the Power Module and motor.
Furthermore, a large number of additional components is available, such as:
Basic Operator Panel (BOP) for parameterizing, diagnosing,
controlling, and copying drive parameters
Line filter, classes A and B
Line reactors
Braking resistors
Output reactors
Safety Integrated
The SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units are available in a
number of different variants for safety-oriented applications. All
Power Modules are already designed for Safety Integrated. A
Safety Integrated Drive can be created by combining a Power
Module with the relevant Fail-safe Control Unit.
The SINAMICS G120 fail-safe frequency inverter provides four
safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1 Category
3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
movements on exceeding a speed limit

Safe Brake Control (SBC) for driving motor brakes which are
active in the de-energized state, e.g. motor holding brakes
The functions Safe Stop 1 and Safely Limited Speed can
both be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the implementation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.
The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe Stop 1
are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting
gear and winders.
Efficient Infeed Technology
The advanced Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in
PM250 and PM260 Power Modules. This technology allows the
energy produced by motors operating in generator mode on
standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. The
control cabinet can be designed even more compactly thanks to
the omission of extra cooling equipment and components such
as braking resistors, brake choppers and line reactors. The time
and expense involved in planning and wiring the system are significantly reduced. At the same time, considerable savings can
be achieved in terms of energy consumption and operating
costs.
Innovative cooling concept and paint finish of electronic
modules
The new cooling system and the paint finish for the electronic
modules significantly increase the service life or useful life of the
device. These features are based on the following principles:
Disposal of all heat losses via an external heat sink
Electronic modules not located in air duct
Standardized convection cooling of Control Unit
All cooling air from the fan is directed through the heat sink
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool supports the commissioning
and maintenance of SINAMICS G120 inverters. The operator
guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions
for the relevant drive solution allows you to commission the
device quickly and easily.

Certification
Product
group

Product type

Order No.

SINAMICS
G120

CU240S DP-F
CU240S PN-F

Category

SIL CL

PL

PFHD

Proof Test
Interval
(years)

Notes

6SL3244-0BA21-1PA0 3

Coming soon

5,00 * 10-8

10

6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0 3

5,00 * 10-8

10

Values include Control

Unit, Power Module
and Safe Brake Module

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/63

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Benefits
7

7
7

7
7
7
7
7

Design

Modularity ensures flexibility for an advanced drive concept

- Module replacement when system is running (hot swapping)
- Pluggable terminals
- The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the system extremely service friendly.
The safety functions make it easier to integrate drives into
safety-oriented machines or plants
Capable of communicating via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
PROFIdrive Profile 4.0
- Reduced number of interfaces
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with
pared-down DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be
fed back into the supply system when Power Modules PM250
and PM260 are implemented. This feedback capability provides enormous potential for savings because generated energy no longer has to be converted into heat in a braking resistor
Innovative SiC semiconductor technology ensures that when
a PM260 Power Module is used, the inverter is more compact
than a comparable standard inverter with an optional sinewave filter for the same output
A new cooling concept and paint finish for the electronic modules increase robustness and service life
Simple unit replacement and quick copying of parameters using the optional Basic Operator Panel or the optional MMC
memory card
Low-noise motor operation resulting from high pulse frequency
Compact, space-saving construction
Software parameters for easy adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
2/3-wire control (static/pulsated signals) for universal control
via digital inputs
Engineering and commissioning with uniform engineering
tools such as SIZER, STARTER, and Drive ES: ensure rapid
engineering and easy commissioning STARTER is integrated in STEP 7 with Drive ES Basic with all the advantages
of central data storage and totally integrated communication
Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, c-tick,
Safety Integrated to IEC 61508 SIL 2

Application
SINAMICS G120 is ideal
as a universal drive in all industrial and commercial applications
in the automotive, textiles, printing, and chemical industries
for end-to-end applications, e.g. in conveyor systems

4/64

Siemens SI 10 2009

The SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units are modular frequency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS G120
comprises two operative units the Power Module and Control
Unit. Each Control Unit can be combined with each Power
Module.
Guide for module selection
The steps to be taken for the selection of a complete SINAMICS
G120 frequency inverter should be as follows:
1st Selection of the appropriate Control Unit (in dependence of the
required style depth of communication, hardware and software)
2nd Selection of the appropriate Power Module (in dependence of the
necessary performance and technology)
3rd Selection of the optional additional components. A large number
of components for expanding the system is available, e. g. lineside power components, DC link components, load-side power
components, and supplementary system components. Please
note that not every component is required for every Power Module
(example: Braking resistors are not necessary for PM250 and
PM260 Power Modules!). You can find the exact indications in the
technical data tables of the respective components.

Control Units
The following Control Units and an MMC memory card are available as accessories for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:
CU240 Control Units
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are available in different versions:
CU240S DP-F
CU240S PN-F
MMC memory card (not available for Control Unit CU240E)
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC
memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated slot
is located on top of the Control Unit.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Design (continued)
Power Modules

DC link components

The following Power Modules are available for SINAMICS G120

inverter chassis units:

The following DC link components are available for SINAMICS

G120 inverter chassis units:

PM240 Power Modules

Braking resistors (for PM240 Power Modules only)

PM240 Power Modules feature an integrated brake chopper and

are designed for drives without energy recovery capability to the
supply. Generator energy produced during braking is converted
to heat via externally connected braking resistors.

Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.

The braking resistors are designed for use with PM240 Power
Modules. They are equipped with an integrated brake chopper
(electronic switch).

PM250 Power Modules

Load-side power components

PM250 Power Modules use an innovative circuit design which allows line-commutated energy recovery to the supply. This innovative circuit permits generator energy to be fed back into the
supply system and therefore saves energy.

The following load-side power components are available for

SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units. This means that during
operation with output reactors or LC filters or sine-wave filters,
longer, shielded motor cables are possible and the motor service life can be increased:

PM260 Power Modules

PM260 Power Modules also use an innovative circuit design
which allows line-commutated energy recovery to the supply.
This innovative circuit permits generator energy to be fed back
into the supply system and, therefore, saves energy. The PM260
Power Modules also have an integrated sine-wave filter that
limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive charge/discharge currents usually associated with converter operation.
Line-side power components
The following line-side power components are available for
SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:

Output reactors (for PM240 Power Modules only)

Output reactors reduce the voltage loading on the motor windings. At the same time, the capacitive charge/discharge currents, which place an additional load on the power section when
long motor cables are used, are reduced.
Sine-wave filter (available soon, not available for PM260 Power
Modules)
The sine-wave filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive charge/discharge currents usually associated with converter operation. An output reactor is not required.

Line filters
The Power Module complies with a higher radio interference
class with one additional line filter.
Line reactors (for PM240 Power Modules only)
A line reactor reduces the system perturbations caused by harmonics. This is valid in particular for low power supplies (system
fault level uK > 1 %).
Recommended line components
This is a recommendation for further line-side components, such
as fuses and circuit-breakers (line-side components must be dimensioned in accordance with IEC standards). Further information about the listed fuses and circuit-breakers can be found in
Catalogs LV 1 and LV 1 T.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/65

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Design (continued)
Available optional power and DC link components
depending on the used Power Module
The following line-side power components, DC link components
and load-side power components are optionally available for the
Power Modules in the corresponding frame sizes:
Frame size
FSA

FSB

FSC

FSD

FSE

FSF

Power Module PM240 with integrated brake chopper

Line filter class A

F/S 3)

Line filter class B

Line reactor

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor
Load-side power components

Power Module PM250 with line-commutated regenerative feedback and integrated line filter class A

Line filter class A

Line filter class B

Line reactor 1)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

2)

2)

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor 2)
Load-side power components

Power Module PM260 with line-commutated regenerative feedback and integrated sine-wave filter

Line filter class A

Line filter class B

Line reactor 1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor 2)
Load-side power components

U
S
I
F

=
=
=
=
=

Base component
Lateral mounting
Integrated
Power Modules available without and with integrated filter class A
Not possible

1)

In connection with a PM250 or PM260 Power Module a line reactor is not

necessary and may not be used.

2)

In connection with a PM250 or PM260 Power Module a line-commutated

regenerative feedback is carried out. A braking resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary.

4/66

Siemens SI 10 2009

3)

PM240 FSF Power Modules from 110 kW (150 hp) on are only available
without integrated filter class A. Therefore an optional line filter class A is
available for lateral mounting.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Design (continued)
General information on design
Inverter chassis unit
SINAMICS G120

e. g.
Filter

e. g.
Reactor

Position
1

Position
2

Mounting
surface or
cabinet wall

PM

Max. two base components plus converter are possible.

The line filter has to be mounted directly underneath the frequency inverter (position 1).
With lateral mounting, the line-side components have to be
mounted on the left side of the frequency inverter and the
load-side components on the right side.
Braking resistors have to be mounted directly on the control
cabinet wall due to heating issues.

G_D011_EN_00187

CU

Base components

Frequency converters, consisting of Power Module (PM) and Control Unit

(CU) and two base components at positions 1 and 2

Recommended installation combinations of converter and optional power and DC link components
Power Module

Base component

Frame size

Position 1

Position 2

On the left side of the

converter
(for line-side power
components)

On the right side of the

converter
(for output-side power
components and DC link
components)

FSA and FSB

Line filter

Line reactor

Output reactor and/or

Braking resistor

Line filter or
Line reactor

Output reactor

Braking resistor

Line filter or
Line reactor

Braking resistor

Line filter or
Line reactor or
Braking resistor

Line filter

Line reactor

Output reactor and/or

Braking resistor

Line filter or
Line reactor

Output reactor

Braking resistor

FSD and FSE

Line reactor

Line filter

Output reactor and/or

Braking resistor

FSF

Line filter and/or

Line reactor

Output reactor and/or

Braking resistor

FSC

Lateral mounting

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/67

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Design (continued)
Supplementary system components
The following supplementary system components are available
for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:
Basic Operator Panel BOP
The Basic Operator Panel BOP can be plugged onto the Control
Unit and can be used to commission drives, monitor drives in
operation and input individual parameter settings. The BOP also
provides a function for a quick copying of parameters.
PC inverter connection kit
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool) has
been installed.
The STARTER commissioning tool is supplied with the PC inverter connection kit on DVD.
Brake Relay
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an
electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.

The following electronic configuration and engineering tools are

available for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:
SD configurator selection aid within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 the offline mall contains over
100000 products with approximately 5 million potential drive
system product variants. The SD configurator has been developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or inverter
from the wide spectrum of Standard Drives products. The configurator is integrated in this catalog with the selection and configuration tools as a selection help on CD 2 Configuring.
SIZER configuration tool
The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configuring the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family. It provides
support when setting up the technologies involved in the hardware and firmware components required for a drive task. SIZER
supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from
simple individual drives to complex multi-axis applications.
STARTER commissioning tool

The Safe Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected

to an electromechanical motor brake, allowing the brake to be
directly and safely controlled by the Control Unit in accordance
with EN 954-1, category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2.

The STARTER commissioning tool provides menu-guided assistance with commissioning, optimization and diagnostics.
STARTER is not only designed for use on SINAMICS drives but
also for MICROMASTER 4 units and frequency inverters for the
distributed I/Os SIMATIC ET 200S FC and SIMATIC ET 200pro
FC.

Adapter for DIN rail attachment

Drive ES engineering system

The adapter for DIN rail attachment can be used to mount inverters of frame sizes FSA and FSB on DIN rails (2 units with a center-to-center distance of 100 mm).

Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens

drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively in terms of communication, configuration and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user interface provides the basis for this procedure. A variety of software
packages, i.e. Drive ES Basic, Drive ES SIMATIC and
Drive ES PCS 7, is available for SINAMICS.

Safe Brake Relay

Configuration

Shield connection kit

The shield connection kit makes it easier to bond the shields of
supply and control cables, offers mechanical strain relief and
thus ensures optimum EMC performance.

4/68

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
SINAMICS G120 chassis units

Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for the following components of the
SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis unit.

Ambient conditions (continued)

Environmental class/harmful
chemical substances

Mechanical specifications

Storage 1)

Class 1C2 to EN 60721-3-1

Vibratory load

Transport 1)

Class 2C2 to EN 60721-3-2

Operation

Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3

Transport 1)

Class 2M3 to EN 60068-2-6

Operation

Class 3M4 to EN 60068-2-6

10 58 Hz: Constant deflection
0.075 mm
58 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2 (1 g)

Shock load
Transport 1)

Class 2M2 to EN 60068-2-27

Operation

Class 3M4 to EN 60068-2-27

49 m/s2 (5 g)/30 ms

Ambient conditions
Protection class

Shock protection

Organic/biological influences
Storage 1)

Class 1B1 to EN 60721-3-1

Transport 1)

Class 2B1 to EN 60721-3-2

Operation

Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3

Degree of contamination

2 to EN 61800-5-1

Standards
Standards conformance

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive
73/23/EEC and Machinery
Directive 98/37/EEC

Class I (with protective conductor system) and class III (PELV)

to EN 61800-5-1

EMC directive

according to EN 61800-5-1
when used properly

Frame sizes FSA to FSF without

integrated line filter class A

Category C3 2) to EN 61800-3

Frame sizes FSB to FSF with

integrated line filter class A

Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3
(corresponds to class A to
EN 55011 for conducted
interference)

Permissible ambient and coolant

temperature (air) during operation for
line-side power components and
Power Modules
High overload (HO)

10 +50 C (14 122 F)

without derating,
> 50 60 C see derating
characteristics

Frame size FSA without integrated Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3

(corresponds to class A to
line filter and with additional line
EN 55011 for conducted
filter class A
interference)

Light overload (LO)

10 +40 C (14 104 F)

without derating,
> 40 60 C see derating
characteristics

Frame sizes FSA with additional line Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3

filter class A and with additional line (corresponds to class B to
filter class B
EN 55011 for conducted
interference)

Permissible ambient and coolant

temperature (air) during operation for
Control Units, additional system
components and DC link components

10 +50 C (14 122 F)

with CU240S DP-F: 0 45 C
with CU240S PN-F: 0 ... 40 C
up to 2000 m above sea level

Frame sizes FSB and FSC with inte- Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3

(corresponds to class B to
grated line filter class A and with
additional line filter class B
EN 55011 for conducted
interference)

Climatic ambient conditions

Storage 1)

Class 1K3 to EN 60721-3-1

Temperature 25 +55 C

Transport 1)

Class 2K4 to EN 60721-3-2

Temperature 40 +70 C
Max. air humidity 95 % at 40 C

Operation

Class 3K5 to EN 60721-3-3

Condensation, splashwater and
ice formation are not permitted
(EN 60204, Part 1)

Note: The EMC product standard

EN 61800-3 does not apply directly
to a frequency inverter but to a PDS
(Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor
and cables in addition to the inverter.
The frequency inverters on their own
do not generally require identification
according to the EMC directive.

More information
For more information on the integrated safety functions refer to
page 4/53 f.

1)

In transport packaging.

2)

Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long as they

are installed in a system that contains line filters on the higher-level infeed
side. Then a PDS (Power Drive System) Category C3 can be installed.

3)

With shielded motor cable up to 25 m.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/69

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
CU240 Control Units

Overview
Safety Integrated functions
The following Safety Integrated functions are integrated in the
CU240S DP-F and CU240S PN-F Control Units and, with the exception of the Safe Brake Control (SBC), can be implemented
without external circuit elements:
The SINAMICS G120 fail-safe frequency inverter provides four
safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1 Category
3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
movements on exceeding a speed limit
Safe Brake Control (SBC) for driving motor brakes which are
active in the de-energized state, e.g. motor holding brakes
The functions Safe Stop 1 and Safely Limited Speed can
both be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the implementation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.

Example of CU240S DP-F Control Unit

The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the

inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are available in different versions:
CU240S DP-F
CU240S PN-F

The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe Stop 1

are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting
gear and winders.
For further information, please refer to Catalog D11.1 "SINAMICS
G110/SINAMICS G120".

Selection and Ordering Data

Communication

Digital
inputs
Standard

Digital
inputs
Fail-safe

Digital
outputs

Encoder
interfaces

Designation

Control Unit
Order No.

PROFIBUS DP

CU240S DP-F

6SL3244-0BA21-1PA0

PROFINET

CU240S PN-F

6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0

Fail-safe for Safety Integrated

4/70

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
CU240 Control Units

Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU240S DP-F
6SL3244-0BA21-1PA0

Control Unit
CU240S PN-F
6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0

Electrical data
Operating voltage

24 V DC via the Power Module or an external 24 V DC 24 V DC via the Power Module or an external 24 V DC
supply
supply

Power loss

< 40 W

< 40 W

Digital inputs standard

Digital inputs Fail-safe

Digital outputs

Analog inputs

Interfaces

Both analog inputs can be configured as supplementary digital inputs if an additional function is required.
Switching thresholds:
0 1: Rated voltage 2 V
1 0: Rated voltage 0.8 V
Analog inputs are protected against inputs in a voltage range of 30 V and have a common-mode voltage in
the 15 V range.
Analog outputs

Analog outputs have short-circuit protection, but are not isolated.

Maximum output voltage = 10 V in current mode,
maximum output current = 20 mA in voltage mode.
The reaction time should equal approximately 1 ms with a load of maximum 10 k in voltage mode.
Bus interface

PROFIBUS DP, PROFIsafe

PROFINET, PROFIsafe

Encoder interfaces

PTC/KTY interface

Brake Relay interface / Safe Brake

Relay interface (connection via
Power Module)

MMC memory card slot

RS232/USS interface (connection via

PC inverter connection kit)

Safety functions
Integral safety functions to Category Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
3 of EN 954-1 and SIL2 of IEC 61508 Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Safe Torque Off (STO)

Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Safe Torque Off (STO)

Open-loop and closed-loop control functions

V/f linear/quadratic/parameterizable

V/f with flux current control (FCC)

Vector control, encoderless

Vector control with encoder

Torque control, encoderless

Torque control with encoder

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/71

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
CU240 Control Units

Technical specifications (continued)

Control Unit
CU240S DP-F
6SL3244-0BA21-1PA0

Control Unit
CU240S PN-F
6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0

Fixed frequencies

16,
programmable

16,
programmable

Signal interconnection with BICO

technology

Automatic restart following line

failure or operation fault

Positioning deceleration ramp

Slip compensation

Free function blocks (FFB) for logic

and arithmetic operations

Ramp smoothing

3 switchable drive data sets

3 switchable command data sets

(CDS) (manual/auto)

Flying restart

JOG

Technology controller (PID)

Thermal motor protection

Thermal inverter protection

Setpoint specification

Motor identification

Motor holding brake

Vdcmax controller

(with
PM240 only)

(with
PM240 only)

Kinetic buffering

(with
PM240 only)

(with
PM240 only)

Braking functions
DC injection braking
Compound braking
Dynamic braking with integrated
brake chopper

(with
PM240 only)

(with
PM240 only)

Software functions

Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions

Degree of protection

IP20

IP20

min.

0.05 mm2 (AWG30)

0.05 mm2 (AWG30)

max.

2 mm2
(AWG14)

2 mm2
(AWG14)

Operating temperature

0 ... 45 C
(32 ... 113 F)

0 ... 40 C
(32 ... 104 F)

Storage temperature

40 ... +70 C
(40 ... +158 F)

40 ... +70 C
(40 ... +158 F)

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH,
non-condensing

< 95 % RH,
non-condensing

Signal cable cross-section

Dimensions
Width

73 mm

73 mm

Height

177 mm

177 mm

Depth
Weight, approx.

4/72

Siemens SI 10 2009

63 mm

63 mm

0.52 kg

0.52 kg

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
Memory card for control units

Overview

Integration

The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC

memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency inverter and transfer of the memory card data.
Parameter settings can be written from the MMC memory card
to the inverter or saved from the inverter to the MMC memory
card.
Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored.
Supports standard commissioning without the use of additional commissioning tools (e.g. BOP and STARTER).
How the MMC memory card is commissioned can be defined
by the user (parameter p8458):
- 0 = Parameter set 0 is never automatically downloaded from
the MMC (never)
- 1 = Parameter set 0 is downloaded once after PowerOn
(once)
- 2 = Parameter set 0 is always downloaded once after Power
On (always)

Inserting the MMC memory card into the Control Unit

Note:
The MMC memory card is not required when the inverter is running and does not have to remain inserted.
Note:
The MMC memory card function is not integrated in the CU240E
Control Unit.

Selection and Ordering Data

Control Unit with inserted MMC memory card

Order No.

MMC memory card

(not for the CU240E Control Unit)

6SL3254-0AM00-0AA0

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/73

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM240 power modules

Overview

PM240 Power Modules feature an integrated brake chopper to

which an external braking resistor can be connected via terminals DCP/R1 and R2 (see DC-link components).

The PM240 Power Module can be used to couple the DC link of

up to 10 Power Modules. This functionality is useful for applications such as safe power-down after power failure or kinetic buffering (the DC link is supplied in generator mode with kinetic load
energy so that the DC link voltage can be maintained).
The PM240 Power Module is also designed for safetyoriented applications. In conjunction with a Fail-safe Control
Unit, the drive can be turned into a Safety Integrated Drive (see
Control Units).
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited. Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see load-side power components).

4/74

Siemens SI 10 2009

Line reactors are available for minimizing system perturbations

(see line-side power components).
Frame size FSA of the PM240 Power Module is available only
without integrated line filter to class A. A base filter for compliance with class A is therefore available. A base filter for compliance with class B is available (see line-side power components).
Frame sizes FSB and FSC of the PM240 Power Module are available both with and without integrated line filter to class A. For
compliance with class B, PM240 Power Modules with integrated
line filter to class A must be fitted additionally with a base filter to
class B (see line-side power components).
Power Modules with integrated line filter to class A are suitable
for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded (TN, TT) and
non-grounded (IT) supply systems.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM240 power modules

Selection and Ordering Data

To ensure correct selection of the Power Module, it should be
chosen according to the
rated output current for applications with light overload
(LO) or
base-load current for applications with high overload (HO)
Rated power 1)

kW

hp

Rated output
current 2)
Irated

Power
based on the
base load current 3)

kW

hp

Base load
current 3)
IH

With reference to the rated output current, the modules support

at least 2-pole to 6-pole standard low-voltage motors, e.g. the
new 1LE1 motor series (please refer to the Appendix for further
information). The rated power is merely a guide value. For a
description of the overload performance, please refer to the general technical data of the Power Modules.
Frame size SINAMICS G120
Power Module PM240
without integrated line
filter

SINAMICS G120
Power Module PM240
with integrated line filter
(class A)

Order No.

Order No.

380 480 V 3 AC
0.37

0.50

1.3

0.37

0.50

1.3

FSA

6SL3224-0BE13-7UA0

0.55

0.75

1.7

0.55

0.75

1.7

FSA

6SL3224-0BE15-5UA0

0.75

1.0

2.2

0.75

1.0

2.2

FSA

6SL3224-0BE17-5UA0

1.1

1.5

3.1

1.1

1.5

3.1

FSA

6SL3224-0BE21-1UA0

1.5

2.0

4.1

1.5

2.0

4.1

FSA

6SL3224-0BE21-5UA0

2.2

3.0

5.9

2.2

3.0

5.9

FSB

6SL3224-0BE22-2UA0

6SL3224-0BE22-2AA0

3.0

4.0

7.7

3.0

4.0

7.7

FSB

6SL3224-0BE23-0UA0

6SL3224-0BE23-0AA0

4.0

5.0

10.2

4.0

5.0

10.2

FSB

6SL3224-0BE24-0UA0

6SL3224-0BE24-0AA0

7.5

10

18

5.5

13.2

FSC

6SL3224-0BE25-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE25-5AA0

11.0

15

25

7.5

10

7.5

19

FSC

6SL3224-0BE27-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE27-5AA0

15.0

20

32

11.0

15

26

FSC

6SL3224-0BE31-1UA0

6SL3224-0BE31-1AA0

18.5

25

38

15.0

20

32

FSD

6SL3224-0BE31-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE31-5AA0

22

30

45

18.5

25

38

FSD

6SL3224-0BE31-8UA0

6SL3224-0BE31-8AA0

30

40

60

22

30

45

FSD

6SL3224-0BE32-2UA0

6SL3224-0BE32-2AA0

37

50

75

30

40

60

FSE

6SL3224-0BE33-0UA0

6SL3224-0BE33-0AA0

45

60

90

37

50

75

FSE

6SL3224-0BE33-7UA0

6SL3224-0BE33-7AA0

55

75

110

45

60

90

FSF

6SL3224-0BE34-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE34-5AA0

75

100

145

55

75

110

FSF

6SL3224-0BE35-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE35-5AA0

90

125

178

75

100

145

FSF

6SL3224-0BE37-5UA0

6SL3224-0BE37-5AA0

110

150

205

90

125

178

FSF

6SL3224-0BE38-8UA0

132

200

250

110

150

205

FSF

6SL3224-0BE41-1UA0

1)

Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload (LO).

2)

The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload
(LO). These current values are quoted on the rating plate of the Power
Module.

3)

The base load current IH is based on the loading for high overload
(HO).

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/75

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM240 power modules

Integration
PM240 Power Modules communicate with the Control Unit via
the PM-IF interface.

Power and DC link components which are optionally

available depending on the Power Module used

PM240 Power Modules feature the following interfaces as standard:

PM-IF interface for connection of the PM240 Power Module
and Control Unit. The PM240 Power Module also supplies
power to the Control Unit by means of an integrated power
pack
Terminals DCP/R1 and R2 for connection of an external braking resistor
Motor connection made with screw terminals or screw studs
Drive circuit for the Brake Relay or the Safe Brake Relay for
controlling a motor brake
2 x PE (protective earth) connections

The following line-side power components, DC link components

and load-side power components are optionally available in the
corresponding frames sizes for the Power Modules:

Frame size
FSA

FSB

FSC

FSD

FSE

FSF

PM240 Power Module with integrated brake chopper

Line filter class A

F/S 1)

Line filter class B

Line reactor

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor
Load-side power components

U
S

=
=
=
=

Base component
Lateral mounting
Not possible
Power Modules available without and with integrated filter class A

1)

PM240 FSF Power Modules, 110 kW (150 hp) and higher, are available
only without an integrated class A filter. An optional class A line filter for lateral mounting is available instead.

4/76

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM240 power modules

Technical specifications
General technical data
PM240 Power Modules
Line operating voltage

380 ... 480 V 3 AC 10 %

Line requirements
Line short-circuit voltage uK

no restriction

Input frequency

47 63 Hz

Output frequency
Control type V/f

0 650 Hz

Control type Vector

0 200 Hz

Pulse frequency

4 kHz (standard),
for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data

Power factor

0.7 0.85

Inverter efficiency

95 97 %

Control factor

93 %

Overload capability
High overload
(HO)

1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
2 rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Light overload
(LO)

1.1 x rated output current (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
1.5 rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Electromagnetic compatibility

Optional line filter class A or B to EN 55011 available

Possible braking methods

DC injection braking
Compound braking
Dynamic braking with integrated brake chopper

Degree of protection

IP20

Operating temperature
High overload
(HO)

10 +50 C (14 122 F) without derating,

> 50 60 C, see derating characteristics

Light overload
(LO)

10 +40 C (14 104 F) without derating,

> 40 60 C, see derating characteristics

Storage temperature

40 +70 C (40 +158 F)

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH, non-condensing

Cooling

Internal air cooling,

power units with increased air cooling by built-in fans

Installation altitude

Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating,

> 1000 m see derating characteristics

Standard SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)

FSA, FSB, FSC: 10 kA

FSD, FSE, FSF: 42 kA

Protective functions

Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Overload
Ground fault
Short-circuit
Stall prevention
Motor blocking protection
Motor overtemperature
Inverter overtemperature
Parameter interlock

Standards conformance

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

1)

Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to NEC article 409/UL

508A. For further information, visit us on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23995621

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/77

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM250 power modules

Overview

The PM250 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology which we have called Efficient Infeed Technology. This
regenerative feedback capability of the PM260 Power Module in
generating mode (electronic braking) means that energy is returned to the supply system and not destroyed in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The time-consuming dimensioning of the braking resistor as well as the wiring are
eliminated. Generated heat is also reduced in the control cabinet.
The innovative circuit design used in Efficient Infeed Technology
reduces supply harmonics. There is no need to use an optional
line reactor at the supply infeed. This saves space and costs for
engineering and procurement.

Overview of how customers benefit from Efficient Infeed

Technology
For more detailed information, please refer to section Efficient
Infeed Technology in chapter Innovations.
Standard
Technology

Efficient Infeed
Technology

Line reactor

Required

Not required

Braking resistor

Required

Not required

Configuration
overhead

Standard

Low

Generated
harmonics

Standard

Minimal

Heat generated
when braking

Yes

No

Power infeed

Standard

Approx. 22%
less

Power consumption

Standard

Approx. 22%
less

Energy efficiency

Standard

Good

Reactive power
compensation

No

Yes

Installation outlay

Standard

Low

The PM250 Power Module is also suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a Fail-safe Control Unit, the drive
can be turned into a Safety Integrated Drive (see Control Units).
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited. Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see load-side power components).
For frame size FSC of Power Module PM250 with an integral line
filter of class A, an additional base filter of class B is available for
achieving class B (see line-side power components).
The PM250 Power Modules with integrated class A line filter are
suitable for connection to TN supply systems.

G_D011_EN_00182

4/78

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM250 power modules

Selection and Ordering Data

To ensure correct selection of the Power Module, it should be
chosen according to the
rated output current for applications with light overload
(LO) or
base-load current for applications with high overload (HO)
Rated power 1)

kW

hp

Rated output
current 2)
Irated

Power
based on the
base load current 3)

kW

With reference to the rated output current, the modules support

at least 2-pole to 6-pole standard low-voltage motors, e.g. the
new 1LE1 motor series (please refer to the Appendix for further
information). The rated power is merely a guide value. For a description of the overload performance, please refer to the general technical data of the Power Modules.
Base load
current 3)
IH

hp

Frame
size

SINAMICS G120
PM250 Power Module
with integrated line filter
(class A)
Order No.

380 480 V 3 AC
7.5

10

18

5.5

13.2

FSC

6SL3225-0BE25-5AA0

11.0

15

25

7.5

10

7.5

19

FSC

6SL3225-0BE27-5AA0

15.0

20

32

11.0

15

26

FSC

6SL3225-0BE31-1AA0

18.5

25

38

15.0

20

32

FSD

6SL3225-0BE31-5AA0

22

30

45

18.5

25

38

FSD

6SL3225-0BE31-8AA0

30

40

60

22

30

45

FSD

6SL3225-0BE32-2AA0

37

50

75

30

40

60

FSE

6SL3225-0BE33-0AA0

45

60

90

37

50

75

FSE

6SL3225-0BE33-7AA0

55

75

110

45

60

90

FSF

6SL3225-0BE34-5AA0

75

100

145

55

75

110

FSF

6SL3225-0BE35-5AA0

90

125

178

75

100

145

FSF

6SL3225-0BE37-5AA0

1)

Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload (LO).

2)

The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload
(LO). These current values are quoted on the rating plate of the Power
Module.

3)

The base load current IH is based on the loading for high overload (HO).

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/79

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM250 power modules

Integration
PM250 Power Modules communicate with the Control Unit via
the PM-IF interface.

Power and DC link components which are optionally

available depending on the Power Module used

PM250 Power Modules feature the following interfaces as standard:

PM-IF interface for connection of the PM250 Power Module
and Control Unit. The PM250 Power Module also supplies
power to the Control Unit by means of an integrated power
pack
Motor connection made with screw terminals or screw studs
Drive circuit for the Brake Relay or the Safe Brake Relay for
controlling a motor brake
2 x PE (protective earth) connections

The following line-side power components, DC link components

and load-side power components are optionally available in the
appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules:

Frame size
FSA

FSB

FSC

FSD

FSE

FSF

PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy feedback and integrated line filter class A

Line filter class A

Line filter class B

Line reactor 1)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

2)

2)

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available soon

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor 2)
Load-side power components

U
S
I

=
=
=
=

Base component
Lateral mounting
Integrated
Not possible

Availability as base components

Many system components for PM250 Power Modules are designed as base components, i.e. the component is mounted on
the baseplate and the PM250 Power Module above it in a spacesaving construction. Up to two base components can be
mounted above one another.

Power supply
Power
Module

The following diagram shows the basic layout of a PM250 Power

Module with additional line filter class B as base component.

Line
filter

G_D011_EN_00107

Basic layout of a PM250 Power Module with line filter class B as base
component

1)

A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a
Power Module of type PM250.

4/80

Siemens SI 10 2009

2)

A PM250 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback.

A braking resistor cannot be connected to this module and and is not necessary.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM250 power modules

Technical specifications
General technical data
PM250 Power Modules
Line operating voltage

380 ... 480 V 3 AC 10 %

Line requirements
Line short-circuit voltage uK

1%

Input frequency

47 63 Hz

Output frequency
Control type V/f

0 650 Hz

Control type Vector

0 200 Hz

Pulse frequency

4 kHz (standard), for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data

Power factor

0.9

Inverter efficiency

95 97 %

Control factor

87 %

Overload capability
High overload
(HO)

1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
2 rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Light overload
(LO)

1.1 x rated output current (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
1.5 rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Electromagnetic compatibility

Integral line filter class A;

optional line filter class B compliant with EN 55011 available

Possible braking methods

Regenerative feedback in generating mode

Degree of protection

IP20

Operating temperature
High overload
(HO)

10 +50 C (14 122 F) without derating,

> 50 60 C, see derating characteristics

Light overload
(LO)

10 +40 C (14 104 F) without derating,

> 40 60 C, see derating characteristics

Storage temperature

40 +70 C (40 +158 F)

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH, non-condensing

Cooling

Internal air cooling,

power units with increased air cooling by built-in fans

Installation altitude

Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating,

> 1000 m see derating characteristics

Standard SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)

FSC: 10 kA
FSD, FSE, FSF: 42 kA

Protective functions

Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Overload
Ground fault
Short-circuit
Stall prevention
Motor blocking protection
Motor overtemperature
Inverter overtemperature
Parameter interlock

Standards conformance

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

1)

Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to NEC article 409/UL

508A. For further information, visit us on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23995621

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/81

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM260 power modules

Overview
Overview of how customers benefit from Efficient Infeed
Technology
For more detailed information, please refer to section Efficient
Infeed Technology in chapter Innovations.

Example of PM260 FSD Power Module

The PM260 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology which we have called Efficient Infeed Technology. The
regenerative feedback capability of the PM260 Power Module in
generating mode (electronic braking) means that energy is returned so the supply system and not destroyed in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The time-consuming dimensioning of the braking resistor as well as the wiring are
eliminated. Generated heat is also reduced in the control cabinet.
The innovative circuit design used in Efficient Infeed Technology
reduces supply harmonics. There is no need to use an optional
line reactor at the supply infeed. This saves space and costs for
engineering and procurement.
The PM260 Power Modules are also characterized by a higher
rated pulse frequency combined with outstanding efficiency and
an integral sine-wave filter. The integral sine-wave filter ensures
that the inverter output current is sinusoidal and supports cable
lengths of up to 200 m shielded and 300 m unshielded. An output reactor is therefore not required. Furthermore, lower bearing
currents and voltage stress are generated, which reduces stress
on the motor.
The incorporation of SiC free-wheeling diodes an absolutely
unique innovation makes the PM260 Power Module extremely
compact. It is also highly resistant to thermal loading and runs
very quietly thanks to its high pulse frequencies.
Standard motors can be used in conjunction with the PM260
Power Module. An increased dielectric strength of the winding
system is not required.
The PM260 Power Module is suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a Fail-safe Control Unit, the drive
can be turned into a Safety Integrated Drive (see Control Units).
The PM260 Power Modules with integrated class A line filter are
suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules
without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded (TN,
TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems

4/82

Siemens SI 10 2009

Standard
Technology

Efficient Infeed
Technology

Line reactor

Required

Not required

Braking resistor

Required

Not required

Configuration
overhead

Standard

Low

Generated
harmonics

Standard

Minimal

Heat generated
when braking

Yes

No

Power infeed

Standard

Approx. 22%
less

Power consumption

Standard

Approx. 22%
less

Energy efficiency

Standard

Good

Reactive power
compensation

No

Yes

Installation outlay

Standard

Low

G_D011_EN_00182

Overview of how customers benefit from SiC free-wheeling

diodes
7 Low switching losses at high fundamental frequency
7 High speeds possible
7 Quiet in operation thanks to pulse frequency = 16 kHz
7 High thermal load capacity (small heatsinks)
7 Very compact units
7 Increased ruggedness
7 High efficiency
7 Low forward losses
7 Power unit with regenerative feedback capability
7 Integrated sine-wave filter, long unshielded cables can be
used
7 Suitable for use on motors without special insulation
7 Very low bearing currents, no bearing insulation required

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM260 power modules

Selection and Ordering Data

With reference to the rated output current, the modules support
at least 2-pole to 6-pole standard low-voltage motors, e.g. the
new 1LE1 motor series (please refer to the Appendix for further
information). The rated power is merely a guide value. For a description of the overload performance, please refer to the general technical data of the Power Modules.

To ensure correct selection of the Power Module, it should be

chosen according to the
rated output current for applications with light overload
(LO) or
base-load current for applications with high overload (HO)
Rated power 1)

kW

hp

Rated output Power

current 2)
based on the
base load current 3)
Irated

Base
load
current 3)
IH

hp

kW

Frame
size

SINAMICS G120
PM260 Power Module
without integrated line filter

SINAMICS G120
PM260 Power Module
with integrated line filter
(class A)

Order No.

Order No.

660 690 V 3 AC
11.0

15

14

10

10

FSD

6SL3225-0BH27-5UA0

6SL3225-0BH27-5AA0

15.0

20

19

11

15

14

FSD

6SL3225-0BH31-1UA0

6SL3225-0BH31-1AA0

18.5

25

23

15

20

19

FSD

6SL3225-0BH31-5UA0

6SL3225-0BH31-5AA0

30

40

35

22

30

26

FSF

6SL3225-0BH32-2UA0

6SL3225-0BH32-2AA0

37

50

42

30

40

35

FSF

6SL3225-0BH33-0UA0

6SL3225-0BH33-0AA0

55

75

62

37

50

42

FSF

6SL3225-0BH33-7UA0

6SL3225-0BH33-7AA0

7.5

Accessories
Order No.
Replacement connector
for PM260 Power Modules (ingoing
and outgoing connector)

6SL3200-0ST04-0AA0

1)

Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload (LO).

2)

The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for light overload
(LO). These current values are quoted on the rating plate of the Power
Module.

3)

The base load current IH is based on the loading for high overload (HO).

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/83

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM260 power modules

Integration
PM260 Power Modules communicate with the Control Unit via
the PM-IF interface.

Power and DC link components which are optionally available depending on the Power Module used

PM260 Power Modules feature the following interfaces as standard:

PM-IF interface for connection of the PM260 Power Module
and Control Unit. The PM260 Power Module also supplies
power to the Control Unit by means of an integrated power
pack
Motor connection made with screw terminals or screw studs
Drive circuit for the Brake Relay or the Safe Brake Relay for
controlling a motor brake
2 x PE (protective earth) connections

The following line-side power components, DC link components

and load-side power components are optionally available in the
appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules:

Frame size
FSA

FSB

FSC

FSD

FSE

FSF

PM260 Power Module with line-commutated energy feedback and integrated sine-wave filter

Line filter class A

Line filter class B

Line reactor 1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

Output reactor

Sine-wave filter

Available frame sizes

Line-side power components

DC link components
Braking resistor 2)
Load-side power components

I = Integrated
= Not possible
F = Power Modules available without and with integrated filter class A

1)

A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a
Power Module of type PM260.

4/84

Siemens SI 10 2009

2)

A PM260 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback.

A braking resistor cannot be connected to this module and must not be
used.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
PM260 power modules

Technical specifications
General technical data
PM260 Power Modules
Line operating voltage

660 690 V 3 AC 10 %
The power units can also be operated with a minimal voltage of 500 V 10 %. In this case, the power is
reduced linearly see derating characteristics.

Line requirements
Line short-circuit voltage uK

1%

Input frequency

47 63 Hz

Output frequency
Control type V/f

0 200 Hz

Control type Vector

0 200 Hz

Pulse frequency

16 kHz (standard)

Power factor

0.95

Inverter efficiency

95 97 %

Control factor

87 %

Overload capability
High overload
(HO)

1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
2 rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Light overload
(LO)

1.1 x rated output current (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of 300 s
1.4 rated output current (i.e. 140 % overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of 300 s

Electromagnetic compatibility

Optional line filter class A compliant with EN 55011

Possible braking methods

Regenerative feedback in generating mode

Degree of protection

IP20

Operating temperature
High overload
(HO)

10 +50 C (14 122 F) without derating,

> 50 60 C, see derating characteristics

Light overload
(LO)

10 +40 C (14 104 F) without derating,

> 40 60 C, see derating characteristics

Storage temperature

40 +70 C (40 +158 F)

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH, non-condensing

Cooling

Internal air cooling,

power units with increased air cooling by built-in fans

Installation altitude

Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating,

> 1000 m see derating characteristics

Standard SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)

42 kA

Protective functions

Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Overload
Ground fault
Short-circuit
Stall prevention
Motor blocking protection
Motor overtemperature
Inverter overtemperature
Parameter interlock

Standards conformance

CE

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

1)

Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to NEC article 409/UL

508A. For further information, visit us on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23995621

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/85

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
Supplementary system components
Basic Operator Panel BOP

Overview

Selection and Ordering Data

Order No.
Basic Operator Panel BOP

6SL3255-0AA00-4BA1

Integration

The Basic Operator Panel BOP can be used to commission

drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual parameter settings.
Values and units are displayed via a 5-digit display.
One BOP can be used for several inverters. It is plugged directly
into the Control Unit.
The BOP offers a function that enables you to copy parameters
quickly and easily. A parameter set of one inverter can be saved
and then loaded to another inverter.

4/86

Siemens SI 10 2009

Control Unit with mounted Basic Operator Panel BOP

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
Supplementary system components
PC inverter connection kit

Overview

Selection and Ordering Data

Order No.
PC inverter connection kit
6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1
including a 9-pin Sub-D connector,
an RS232 standard cable (3 m), and
the STARTER commissioning tool 1)
on DVD

For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC

if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool) has
been installed.
This is an isolated RS232 adapter module for a reliable point-topoint connection to a PC with a serial RS232 interface. A
USB/RS232 adapter can be used as an alternative (type
12.02.1086R supplied by "Roline" has been successfully tested).

The scope of supply includes a 9-pin Sub-D connector, an

RS232 standard cable (3 m), and the STARTER commissioning
tool 1) on DVD.
With these, the inverter can be
parameterized (commissioning, optimization),
monitored (diagnostics) and
controlled (master control via STARTER for test purposes).

1)

STARTER commissioning tool also available on the Internet at

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10804985/133100

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/87

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120
Inverter chassis units 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp)
Supplementary system components
Safe brake Relay

Overview
The Safe Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be safely connected to an electromechanical motor brake, allowing the brake
to be directly and safely controlled by the Control Unit in accordance with EN 954-1, safety category 3, and IEC 61508 SIL 2.

Selection and Ordering Data

Order No.
6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0
Safe Brake Relay including cable
harness for connection to the Power
Module

Integration
The Safe Brake Relay has the following interfaces:
A two-channel transistor output stage to control the motor
brake solenoid
A connection for a 24 V DC voltage supply
A connection for the cable harness (CTRL) for connection to
the Power Module

The Safe Brake Relay can be mounted on the shield bonding

plate near the power terminals of the Power Module.
The supplied Safe Brake Relay includes the cable harness for
connection with the Power Module.
The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is directly connected to
the Safe Brake Relay. External overvoltage limiters are not required.

Power
Module

PM-IF interface

Cable harness

U2
V2
W2
PE

Safe Brake Relay

COIL
ext.
24 V

BR+

+
M

M
3~

BR-

CTRL

G_D211_EN_00071

Typical connection of Safe Brake Relay

Technical specifications
Safe Brake Relay
Supply voltage

20.4 28.8 V DC
Recommended rated value of the
supply voltage 26 V DC (to equalize
and compensate for the voltage drop
along the feeder cable to the 24 V DC
solenoid of the motor brake)

Current requirement of motor 2 A

brake, max.
Current requirement at 24 V
DC, max.

4/88

0.005 A + current drain of motor brake

Siemens SI 10 2009

Safe Brake Relay

Conductor cross-section,
max.

2.5 mm2

Degree of protection

IP20

Dimensions
Width

68 mm

Height

63 mm

Depth

33 mm

Weight, approx.

0.17 kg

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
Distributed frequency inverters SINAMICS G120D

Overview
The new SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverter series
is the solution for demanding drive tasks especially in the field of
conveyor systems. SINAMICS G120D supports bump-free,
closed-loop speed control of three-phase asynchronous motors
and fulfills all the requirements of conveyor system applications
from simple frequency control through to demanding vector control. With its well-thought-out modular type of construction to the
IP65 degree of protection (tested to UL50 type 3), it is seamlessly integrated into the plant and supports a high plant availability and minimizes spare parts inventories. The innovative
power module concept with regenerative feedback capability
helps to save energy. Safety functions that are unique worldwide
support enhanced plant concepts with increased productivity.
This drive can be optimally integrated into the Siemens TIA world
of automation via PROFIBUS or PROFINET.
With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSC) in an output range of 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp), it is suitable for
a wide variety of drive solutions.

The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range

0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp). The Power Module is controlled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. State-of-the-art
IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulation is used for highly
reliable and flexible motor operation. It also features a range of
safety functions offering a high degree of protection for the
Power Module and motor. The unusually slimline type of construction is optimized for use directly in the plant. The Power
Module also has the same drilling template for all outputs (constant footprint).
Safety Integrated
The SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters are available in a number of different variants for safety-oriented applications. All Power Modules are already designed for Safety Integrated. A Safety Integrated Drive can be created by combining
a Power Module with the relevant Fail-safe Control Unit.
The SINAMICS G120D fail-safe frequency inverter provides
three safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1,
Category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
movements on exceeding a speed limit
The functions Safe Stop 1 and Safely Limited Speed can both
be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the implementation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.
The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe Stop 1
are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting
gear and winders.
Efficient Infeed Technology

Example: SINAMICS G120D, frame size FSA, comprising Power Module

PM250D and Fail-Safe Control Unit CU240D DP-F

Reasons for using distributed drive systems

Modular drive solutions providing standardized mechatronic
elements that can be individually tested
No need for a control cabinet, resulting in a smaller space
requirement and less air-conditioning
Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided
(which means lower output losses, reduced interference emission and lower costs for shielded cables and additional filters)
Distributed configurations offer considerable benefits for conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the automotive and logistics sectors)

The advanced Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in

PM250D Power Modules. This technology allows the energy produced by motors operating in generator mode on standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. At the same time,
considerable savings can be achieved in terms of energy consumption and operating costs.
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool (STARTER Version 4.1, SP1
and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of
SINAMICS G120D inverters. The operator guidance combined
with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive
solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily.

Modularity
SINAMICS G120D is a modular inverter system to IP65 degree
of protection comprising a variety of functional units. The two
main units are
Control Unit (CU)
Power Module (PM)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor in several different control modes. The digital inputs and digital outputs on the device support the simple
wiring of sensors and actuators directly on the drive. The input
signals can either be directly linked within the Control Unit and
trigger local responses automatically or they can be transferred
to the central controller via PROFIBUS or PROFINET for processing within the context of the overall plant.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/89

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
Distributed frequency inverters SINAMICS G120D

Certification
Product
group

Product type

Order No.

SINAMICS
G120D

CU240D DP-F

6SL3544-0FA21-1PA0 3

CU240D PN-F

Category

6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0 3

SIL CL

PL

PFHD

Coming soon

Benefits
7
7
7
7

7
7
7

Notes

5,00 * 10-8

10

10-8

10

Values include Control

Unit and Power Module

5,00 *

Application

Compact and space-saving design with slimline type of construction and identical drilling template for all outputs
Wide output range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
The safety functions make it easier to integrate drives into
safety-oriented machines or plants
The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with
pared-down DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be
fed back into the supply system. This feedback capability provides enormous savings because generated energy no longer
has to be converted into heat in a braking resistor. Braking resistors and reactors are not necessary this is a particular advantage in terms of space requirement and installation costs
for the high IP65 degree of protection.
Enhanced ruggedness and longer service life due to coating
of the electronic modules
Flexibility due to modularity for a future-oriented distributed
drive concept in the high IP65 degree of protection
- Module replacement when system is running (hot swapping)
- The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the system extremely service friendly.
Capable of communicating via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
PROFIdrive Profile 4.0
- Reduced number of interfaces
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
The ability to connect up to six sensors and up to two actuators directly to the Control Unit means that almost all drive information can be directly managed; local preprocessing of the
signals takes the load off the fieldbus at a high and reproducible response time.
Integrated EMC filter of class A (according to EN 55011),
integrated braking control (400 V 1 AC rectified, corresponds
to 180 V DC) and integrated motor protection due to thermal
motor model and evaluation of PTC or KTY 84 temperature
sensors
Software parameters for easy adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
Easy replacement of devices and time-saving copying of
parameters with the optional MMC memory card
Engineering and commissioning with uniform engineering
tools such as SIZER (Version 2.9 and higher), STARTER (Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) and Drive ES: Ensure rapid engineering and easy commissioning STARTER is integrated in
STEP 7 with Drive ES Basic with all the advantages of central
data storage and totally integrated communication
Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, c-tick
and Safety Integrated according to EN 954-1, Cat. 3 and IEC
61508 SIL 2

4/90

Proof Test
Interval
(years)

Siemens SI 10 2009

SINAMICS G120D is ideally suited for demanding conveyor system applications in the industrial environment for which a distributed drive with communications capability is required. This applies in particular to the automotive sector, e.g. assembly lines.
SINAMICS G120D is also suitable for further high-performance
applications, e.g. in the airport sector, food and beverages industry (without tensides) and in distribution logistics (e.g. monorail overhead conveyors).

Configuration
The following electronic configuration and engineering tools are
available for SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters:
SD configurator selection aid within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 the offline mall of Siemens Automation and Drives (A&D) contains over 100000 products with
approximately 5 million potential drive system product variants.
The SD configurator has been developed to facilitate selection
of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spectrum of
Standard Drives products. The configurator is integrated in this
catalog with the selection and configuration tools as a selection
guide on CD 2 Configuring.
SIZER configuration tool
The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configuring the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family. It provides
support when setting up the technologies involved in the hardware and firmware components required for a drive task.
SIZER supports the complete configuration of the drive system,
from simple individual drives to complex multi-axis applications.
For SINAMICS G120D as from SIZER Version 2.9.
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool provides menu-guided assistance with commissioning, optimization and diagnostics.
STARTER is not only designed for use on SINAMICS drives but
also for MICROMASTER4 units and frequency inverters for the
distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S FC and SIMATIC ET 200pro FC.
For SINAMICS G120D from STARTER Version 4.1, SP1.
Drive ES engineering system
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens
drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively in terms of communication, configuration and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user interface provides the basis for this procedure. A variety of software
packages, i.e. Drive ES Basic, Drive ES SIMATIC and
Drive ES PCS 7, is available for SINAMICS.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
Distributed frequency inverters SINAMICS G120D

Design
The SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters are modular frequency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS
G120D comprises two operative units the Power Module and
Control Unit.

Control Units
The following Control Units are available for SINAMICS G120D
distributed frequency inverters:
CU240D Control Units
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are available in different versions:
CU240D DP-F
CU240D PN-F

Control Unit

G_D011_EN_00126

Power Module

Line supply
connection
Motor connection

Power Module PM250D with line and motor connections and Control Unit
CU240D

Power Modules
The following Power Modules are available for SINAMICS
G120D distributed frequency inverters:
PM250D Power Modules
PM250D Power Modules use an innovative circuit design which
allows line-commutated energy recovery to the supply. This innovative circuit permits generator energy to be fed back into the
supply system and, therefore, saves energy.

Accessories
MMC memory card
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC
memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated slot
is located on the rear of the Control Unit.
RS232 interface cable for communication with a PC
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (commissioning tool STARTER Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) has been installed.
Spare parts kit
A spare parts kit is available which comprises small parts such
as seals, cover caps, PROFIBUS address windows and screws.
Connecting cable
Flexible connecting cables for data transfer between Industrial
Ethernet participants or PROFIBUS participants, as well as for
power supply of the Control Unit.

Accessories
Connector sets for line infeed, the outgoing motor feeder, as well
as pre-assembled motor cables are available as accessories for
connection to the motor.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/91

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
Distributed frequency inverters SINAMICS G120D

Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for the following components of the distributed SINAMICS G120D frequency inverters.
SINAMICS G120D

Mechanical specifications
Vibratory load
Transport 1)

EN 60068-2-6
5 9 Hz: Constant deflection 3.1 mm
9 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2 (1 g)

Operation

EN 60068-2-6
10 58 Hz: Constant deflection 0.15 mm
58 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 19.62 m/s2 (2 g)

Shock load
Transport 1)

EN 60068-2-27
147.15 m/s2 (15 g)/11 ms;
3 shocks in each axis and direction

Operation

EN 60068-2-27
147.15 m/s2 (15 g)/11 ms;
3 shocks in each axis and direction

Ambient conditions

Protection class

Class III (PELV) to EN 61800-5-1

Shock protection

Class I (with PE conductor system) acc. to EN 61800-5-1

Permissible ambient and coolant

temperature (air)
during operation for Power Modules

10 +40 C without derating,

> 40 55 C, see derating characteristics

Permissible ambient and coolant

temperature (air)
during operation for Control Units

10 +55 C
with CU240D DP-F and/or CU240D PN-F: 0 40 C
up to 2000 m above sea level

Climatic ambient conditions

Storage 1)

EN 60068-2-1
Temperature 40 +70 C

Transport 1)

EN 60068-2-1
Temperature 40 +70 C
max. air humidity 95 % at 40 C

Operation

EN 60068-2-2
Temperature10 +40 C without derating

Environmental class/harmful
chemical substances
Operation

Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3

Degree of contamination

2 to EN 61800-5-1

Standards
Standards conformance

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

EMC directive 2)
Frame sizes FSA to FSC with integrated line filter class A

Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3 (corresponds to class A to EN 55011)

Note: The EMC product standard

EN 61800-3 does not apply directly
to a frequency inverter but to a PDS
(Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor
and cables in addition to the inverter.
The frequency inverters on their own
do not generally require identification
according to the EMC directive

1)

In transport packaging.

2)

For further, general information, see also SINAMICS G110 sections Technical specifications and Compliance with standards.

4/92

Siemens SI 10 2009

3)

With shielded motor cable up to 15 m.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units

Overview
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant application by parameterization. Control Units are available in different versions:
CU240D DP
CU240D DP-F
CU240D PN
CU240D PN-F
Safety Integrated functions
The SINAMICS G120D fail-safe frequency inverter provides
three safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1,
Category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
movements on exceeding a speed limit
The functions Safe Stop 1 and Safely Limited Speed can both
be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the implementation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.

Example of CU240D DP-F Control Unit

The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe Stop 1

are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting
gear and winders.

Example of CU240D PN-F Control Unit

Selection and Ordering Data

Communication

Digital inputs

Digital outputs

Encoder interfaces Designation

Control Unit
Order No.

PROFIBUS DP

CU240D DP-F

6SL3544-0FA21-1PA0

PROFINET

CU240D PN-F

6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0

Fail-safe for Safety Integrated

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/93

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units

Design
Optical interface for
PC connection

Optical interface for

PC connection
LEDs

LEDs
SF RDY BF

ES STO SS1 SLS

24 V supply
X01
DC24V

PROFIBUS ADDRESS
Dip switch
(1)

(2)

(4)

X02
DC24V

(8) (16) (32) (64) ON

24 V supply
1

PROFIBUS bus termination

OFF

X03
P1

X03
P2

ACT LNK

ACT LNK

Digital outputs
DO0 DO1

ON
Encoder interface

Encoder interface
Digital outputs
PROFIBUS interface

PROFINET interface
DI0

DI1

DI2

DI3

DI4

Digital inputs

G_D011_EN_00166

CU240D DP-F Control Unit

Control Unit, view of rear panel,

MMC slot on top and PM-IF interface in center at bottom

4/94

Siemens SI 10 2009

DI5

Digital inputs

G_D011_EN_00168

CU240D PN-F Control Unit

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units

Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU240D DP-F
6SL3544-0FA21-1PA0

Control Unit
CU240D PN-F
6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0

External 24 V DC required

External 24 V DC required

Electrical data
Operating voltage
1)

Power consumption
(from the 24 V supply)
with Power Module frame sizes 200 mA
FSA and FSB

350 mA

with Power Module frame size

FSC

350 mA

500 mA

Digital inputs

Digital outputs
(0.5 A, supplied over switched
24 V DC)

Bus interface

PROFIBUS DP, PROFIsafe

PROFINET, PROFIsafe

Encoder interfaces

PTC/KTY interface
(connected via Power Module)

Activation of a mechanical
motor brake
(connected via Power Module)

MMC memory card slot

RS232 interface

(connected with RS232 interface

cable via the optical interface of
the Control Unit)

Interfaces

Safety functions
Integral safety functions to
Category 3 of EN 954-1 and
SIL2 of IEC 61508

Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Torque Off (STO)
The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe
Stop 1 are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
case of lifting gear and winders.

Safe Stop 1 (SS1)

Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Safe Torque Off (STO)
The safety functions Safely Limited Speed and Safe
Stop 1 are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
case of lifting gear and winders.

Open-loop and closed-loop control functions

V/f linear/quadratic/
parameterizable

V/f with flux current control

(FCC)

Vector control, encoderless

Vector control with encoder

Torque control, encoderless

Torque control with encoder

1)

To this must be added the power consumption of connected encoders and

sensors and the power draw on the digital outputs.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/95

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units

Technical specifications (continued)

Control Unit
CU240D DP-F
6SL3544-0FA21-1PA0

Control Unit
CU240D PN-F
6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0

Fixed frequencies

16, programmable

16, programmable

Signal interconnection with

BICO technology

Automatic restart following line

failure or fault

Positioning deceleration ramp

Slip compensation

Free function blocks (FFB) for

logic and arithmetic operations

Ramp smoothing

3 selectable drive data sets

Software functions

3 selectable command data sets

(CDS) (manual/auto)

Flying restart

JOG

Technology controller (PID)

Thermal motor protection

Thermal inverter protection

Setpoint specification

Motor identification

Motor holding brake

Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions

Degree of protection

IP65

IP65

Operating temperature

0 40 C
(32 104 F)

0 40 C
(32 104 F)

Storage temperature

40 +70 C
(40 +158 F)

40 +70 C
(40 +158 F)

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH,
non-condensing

< 95 % RH,
non-condensing

Width

150 mm

150 mm

Height

210 mm

210 mm

Depth

40 mm

40 mm

Weight, approx.

0.7 kg

0.7 kg

Dimensions

4/96

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
CU240D control units

Accessories
RS232 interface cable for communication with a PC

MMC memory card

For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC

over a point-to-point link if the appropriate software (STARTER
commissioning tool 1), Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) has been
installed.
Order No.
RS232 interface cable for
communication with a PC

3RK1922-2BP00

STARTER commissioning tool

The STARTER commissioning tool (STARTER Version 4.1, SP1
and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of
SINAMICS G120D inverters. The operator guidance combined
with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive
solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily.
Order No.
STARTER commissioning tool 1)
on DVD

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0

Spare parts kit

A spare parts kit can be ordered which comprises small parts
such as replacement seals, cover caps, PROFIBUS address
windows and screws.
Order No.

The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC

memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency
inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated
slot is located on the rear of the Control Unit.

6SL3500-0SK01-0AA0
Spare parts kit for SINAMICS
G120D Control Units
comprising replacement seals, cover
caps, PROFIBUS address windows
and screws

Order No.
MMC memory card

1)

6SL3254-0AM00-0AA0

STARTER commissioning tool also available on the Internet at

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10804985/133100

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/97

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
PM250D power modules

Overview
The regenerative feedback capability of the PM250D Power
Module in generating mode (electronic braking) means that
energy is returned to the supply system and not destroyed in a
braking resistor. This saves space, time-consuming dimensioning of the braking resistor as well as its wiring. Generated heat is
also reduced. For further information, please refer to section
Efficient Infeed Technology in chapter Innovations.
An innovative circuit design reduces supply harmonics. There is
no need to use a line reactor. This saves space and costs for
engineering and procurement.
The PM250D Power Module is also designed for safety-oriented
applications. In conjunction with a Fail-safe Control Unit, the
drive can be turned into a Safety Integrated Drive (see Control
Units).
The PM250D Power Modules with integrated line filter to class A
are suitable for connection to TN and TT supply systems.
Example of PM250D Power Module frame size FSA

Selection and Ordering Data

Rated power 1)

kW

hp

Rated output
current 2)

Input current

Frame size

SINAMICS G120D
PM250D Power Module with
integrated line filter class A
Order No.

380 480 V 3 AC 3)
0.75

1
4)

2.2

2.1

FSA

6SL3525-0PE17-5AA0

1.5

1.5

4.1

3.8

FSA

6SL3525-0PE21-5AA0

7.7

7.2

FSB

6SL3525-0PE23-0AA0

10.2

9.5

FSC

6SL3525-0PE24-0AA0

5.5

7.5

13.2

12.2

FSC

6SL3525-0PE25-5AA0

19.0

17.7

FSC

6SL3525-0PE27-5AA0

7.5

10

Integration
The power modules communicate with the Control Unit through
the PM-IF interface.
The Power Modules are outfitted with the following interfaces:
PM-IF interface, needed to connectPower Module PM250D
and Control Unit
Motor connections over HAN Q8 (connector) including control
of motor brake and temperature sensor
Power connection over HAN Q4/2 (socket)

1)
2)

Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for high overload (HO).
The rated output current Irated is based on the loading for high overload (HO).

4/98

Siemens SI 10 2009

3)
4)

500 V +10 % is possible outside the UL range.

Not governed by a specific standard.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G120D
Distributed frequency inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
PM250D power modules

Technical specifications
General technical data
PM250D Power Modules
Line operating voltage

380 ... 480 V 3 AC 10 %

Line requirements
Line short-circuit voltage uK

1%

Input frequency

47 ... 63 Hz

Output frequency
Control type V/f

0 ... 650 Hz

Control type Vector

0 ... 200 Hz

Pulse frequency

4 kHz (standard), for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data

Power factor

0.95

Inverter efficiency

95 97 %

Control factor

87 %

Overload capability
High overload
(HO)

Average maximum rated output current during a cycle time of 300 s

1.5 rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload) over 60 s at a cycle time of 300 s
2 rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload) over 3 s at a cycle time of 300 s

Electromagnetic compatibility

Integrated line filter class A according to EN 55011

Possible braking methods

Regenerative feedback in generating mode;

integrated braking control 180 V DC (corresponds to 400 V 1 AC rectified)

Degree of protection

IP65

Operating temperature
with standard Control Unit

10 ... +40 C (14 104 F) without derating,

> 40 ... 55 C, see derating characteristics

with Fail-Safe Control Unit

0 ... 40 C (32 ... 104 F)

Storage temperature

40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

Permitted mounting position

Horizontal wall mounting and free-standing

Relative humidity

< 95 % RH, non-condensing

Cooling

FSA and FSB: Convection

FSC: Air cooling as required through built-in fan

Installation altitude

Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating,

> 1000 m see derating characteristics

Standard SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)

10 kA

Protective functions

Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Overload
Ground fault
Short-circuit
Stall prevention
Motor blocking protection
Motor overtemperature
Inverter overtemperature
Parameter interlock

Standards conformance

UL, cUL, CE, c-tick

CE mark

To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC

1)

Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to NEC article

409/UL 508A. For further information, visit us on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23995621

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/99

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW
SINAMICS G130 chassis units

Overview
The SINAMICS G130 is a converter that can be combined very
flexibly with the associated system components and integrated
into customer-specific control cabinets or directly into machines.
The SINAMICS G130 drive converter chassis units are available
for the following voltages and power ranges:
Line voltage

Power

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

110 ... 560 kW

500 ... 600 V 3 AC

110 ... 560 kW

660 ... 690 V 3 AC

75 ... 800 kW

A wide range of add-on electrical components allow the drive

system to be optimized for specific requirements. Configuration
and commissioning are greatly simplified by predefined interfaces.
The control accuracy of the sensorless Vector Control is suitable
for most applications, and additional actual speed value encoders are therefore superfluous.
However, encoder evaluator modules are available for the
SINAMICS G130 converters to handle applications that require
an encoder for plant-specific reasons.
Communication between the Control Unit, the Power Module
and other active SINAMICS components takes place via DRIVECLiQ, the drives internal interface. The DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which are available as pre-assembled cables of different
lengths, allow a complete converter system to be put together
quickly.

SINAMICS G130 drive converter chassis units in frame sizes FX + HX

2/100

Siemens SI 10 2009

A communications interface is provided as standard to communicate with the control system. There is also the option to expand
the interface using digital and analog inputs and outputs. The
TM31 Terminal Module and TB30 Terminal Board are available
for this. Additional expansion cards can also be installed to allow
communication via PROFINET and the CAN protocol.

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW
SINAMICS G130 chassis units

Benefits
Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of
state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept
Increase in plant availability since individual modules and
power components can be replaced quickly and easily. The
design of replaceable components is based on the principle
that they must be quick and easy to change. In addition, the
"SparesOnWeb" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare
parts that are available for the system components ordered.
Can be easily integrated into automation solutions due to a
standard communications interface and various analog and
digital interfaces.
Easy commissioning and parameterization using interactive
menus on the user-friendly AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
with graphical LCD and plain-text display, or from a PC using
the STARTER commissioning tool ( Tools and configuration)
Preset software functions make it easier to tailor the converter
to the individual plant
All components, from individual parts to the ready-to-connect
cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire production process. This guarantees a high level of functional reliability during installation and commissioning, as well as in
operation.

Application
Variable-speed drives are advantageous for all applications that
involve moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids,
liquids or gases.
This means the following applications, in particular:
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills

Documentation
The device documentation consists of detailed operating
instructions with the following sections:
Description
Installation instructions
Commissioning guide
Function description
Maintenance instructions
Spare parts list

Design
The SINAMICS G130 drive converter chassis unit provides
machine builders and plant constructors with a modular drive
system that can be tailored to specific applications.
SINAMICS G130 drive converter chassis units consist of two
modular, stand-alone components:
Power Module and
Control Unit
They may be located separately from one another or combined
in a single unit. The Power Module contains a slot for the Control
Unit.
The Power Modules are supplied with a DRIVE-CLiQ cable for
communication and a cable for the 24 V supply to the Control
Unit. These cables are pre-assembled for installing the Control
Unit in the Power Module. If the two units are in a separate location, the cables must be ordered in the appropriate lengths.
The user-friendly AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel and the
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can be used for commissioning
and local operation.
Predefined interfaces, via terminal block or PROFIBUS, make
the commissioning and control of the drive much easier. The
interfaces of the CU320 Control Unit can be supplemented with
additional modules, such as the plug-in TB30 Terminal Board or
the TM31 Terminal Module.
If further customer interfaces are needed to communicate with
the drive, an external 24 V supply must be provided.
The two following figures are helpful when it comes to assembling the required converter components correctly.
The first figure shows the structure and the individual components of a SINAMICS G130 drive.
The second figure is a flowchart containing the decision and selection criteria required for the individual components.

Additional information
Catalog D 11
Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics

as well as equipment-specific dimensional drawings, arrangement diagrams, circuit and terminal diagrams.
The documentation is supplied as standard with the
CU Kit on CD-ROM. The documentation is available in English,
French, German, Italian and Spanish.

Siemens SI 10 2009

2/101

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units 75 kW to 800 kW
SINAMICS G130 chassis units

Design (continued)
Connection system

3 AC supply

Line-side power components

e.g.

Signal cables
SINAMICS

Switch disconnectors
Line contactors
Line filters
Line reactors
Line harmonics
filters

SINAMICS G130 components

Control Unit Kit

Power Modules

CU320 Control Unit

with CompactFlash card

Supplementary system components

e.g.
Terminal Board
Terminal Module
Sensor Module
Advanced
Operator Panel
PROFINET boards
CANopen boards

DC link components
Braking Modules
with braking resistors

Motor-side power components

Motor reactors
Sine-wave filters
dv/dt-filter plus VPL

G_D011_EN_00163

Motors

2/102

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 1500 kW
SINAMICS G150 cabinet units

Overview
There are two versions of the drive converter cabinet units:
7 Version A
All available line connection components, such as the main
switch, circuit-breakers, line contactor, line fuses, line filter, motor-side components, and additional monitoring devices, can
be installed as required. This version is also available with
power units connected in parallel.
7 Version C
This offers an extremely space-optimized structure without
line-side components. This particularly slimline version can be
used, for example, when line connection components are accommodated in a central low-voltage distribution panel (MCC)
on the plantside.
The SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units are available
for the following voltages and power ranges:
Line voltage

Power range for

single circuit
(versions A and C)

Power range for

parallel circuit
(version A)

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

110 ... 560 kW

500 ... 600 V 3 AC

110 ... 560 kW

630 ... 1000 kW

660 ... 690 V 3 AC

75 ... 800 kW

1000 ... 1500 kW

630 ... 900 kW

Degrees of protection are IP20 (standard), and, as an option,

IP21, IP23, IP43 and IP54.
Global use
SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units are manufactured
in compliance with relevant international standards and regulations, and are therefore suitable for global use ( Technical
specifications).

SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units, versions A and C

With its SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units, Siemens

is offering a drive system on which all line-side and motor-side
components as well as the Power Module are integrated extremely compactly into a specially designed cabinet enclosure.
This approach minimizes the effort and expense required to configure and install them.
SINAMICS G150 has been specially tuned to the requirements
of drives with quadratic and constant load characteristics, with
medium performance requirements and without regenerative
feedback.
The control accuracy of the sensorless Vector Control is suitable
for most applications, and additional actual speed value encoders are therefore superfluous.
However, the SINAMICS G150 converters are optionally available with an encoder evaluator in order to handle applications
that require an encoder for plant-specific reasons.
SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units offer an economic
drive solution that can be matched to customers specific requirements by adding from the wide range of available components and options.

Siemens SI 10 2009

3/103

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 1500 kW
SINAMICS G150 cabinet units

Benefits

Application
Variable-speed drives are advantageous for all applications that
involve moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids,
liquids or gases.
This means the following applications in particular:
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills

1
2
3

4
5

6
7
G_D011_EN_00161

Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of

state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept.
Individual modules and power components can be replaced
quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. The design of replaceable components is based on the
principle that they must be quick and easy to change. In addition, the "SparesOnWeb" Internet tool makes it easy to view
the spare parts that are available for the system components
ordered.
Can be easily integrated in automation solutions due to a communications interface supplied as standard and various analog and digital interfaces.
Easy commissioning and parameterization using interactive
menus on the user-friendly AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
with graphical LCD and plain-text display, or from a PC using
the STARTER commissioning tool ( Tools and configuration)
Preset software functions make it easier to tailor the converter
to the individual plant. For example, the key functions for controlling pumps are stored as a preprogrammed macro in the
drive.
They have been designed as "zoned" units and therefore offer
the highest possible standard of operational reliability. EMC
measures have been rigorously implemented. With the help of
simulated conditions, partitions have been designed to act as
air guides and heat dissipation units.
Special measures used in the construction of the cabinets ensure that they remain mechanically durable throughout their
entire life cycle. All components, from individual parts to the
ready-to-connect cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire production process. This guarantees a high level
of functional reliability during installation and commissioning,
as well as in operation.

Line reactor (< 500 kW standard)

2 PROFIBUS connection
3 Line contactor
4 Main control switch with fuses
5 Customers terminal block
6 Motor connection
7 Line connection

Standard version
Options

Design
SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet units are characterized
by their compact, modular, and service-friendly design.
A wide range of options is available depending on the cabinet
version which permit optimum adaptation of the drive system to
the respective requirements ( Options).

Additional information
Catalog D 11
Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics

3/104

Siemens SI 10 2009

Example of design of a SINAMICS G150 drive converter cabinet unit,

version A

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
System overview

Overview

SINAMICS S120 The flexible, modular drive system for

demanding drive tasks
SINAMICS S120 is a modular drive system with servo and vector
control that is ideal for sophisticated drive tasks in mechanical
and plant engineering. Versions are available for both singleaxis and multi-axis applications.
Covering power ranges of between 0.12 kW (0.16 HP) and 4500
kW (6000 HP) and featuring a variety of control modules classified according to function, the SINAMICS S120 modular system
can be quickly and easily designed to meet the exact requirements of almost any high-performance drive configuration.
Even in their basic versions, the SINAMICS S120 Control Units
feature extensive drive intelligence: servo and vector control, Vif
control, positioning and safety functions, as well as numerous
other useful functions required for ensuring reliable operation.
The closed-loop control methods offered support synchronous
and induction motors.

SINAMICS S120 is also available as cabinet modules specially

designed for use in plant engineering applications that can be
combined to create a row of drive cabinets with a total power of
up to 4500 kW (6000 HP). Standardized interfaces enable the
modules to be easily linked to a ready-to-connect drive solution
for multi-motor applications.
Cabinet Modules, the modular
system for outputs of up to
4500 kW (6000 HP)

Integrated PROFIBUS DP interfaces ensure that SINAMICS

S120 can be easily integrated in complete automation solutions.
PROFINET, among others, is another additional field bus interface that is supported.
Especially in conjunction with SIMATIC, the automation system
from Siemens, it is possible to establish consistent, classical automation and drive solutions on the basis of a SINAMICS S120.
And in conjunction with SIMOTION D or SINUMERIK 840D sl you
can even construct complete motion control and processing machine solutions.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/105

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
System overview

Integration
Commissioning

PROFIBUS
PROFINET

SINAMICS S120
24 V DC

f f

External
measuring
system

SIMOTION D
Synchronous
motors

3-ph. AC

Induction
motors

Motor with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface

Applications
Regardless of whether the application involves continuous material webs or cyclic, highly dynamic processes
SINAMICS S120 means increased machine performance in
many sectors:
Packaging machines
Plastics processing machines
Textile machines
Printing machines
Paper machines
Hoisting equipment
Handling and assembly systems
Machine tools
Rolling mills
Test stands for vehicles and transmissions

4/106

Siemens SI 10 2009

Motor without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface

a
s
d
f
g

Benefits
SINAMICS S120 offers the following benefits:
Universal application in high-performance single and multiaxis applications
Can be combined as required to create customized solutions
Broad power range
Wide range of functions
SINAMICS Safety Integrated functions
Can support different cooling methods
Can support different supply concepts
Easy integration in higher-level automation and IT structure
User friendliness
Easy installation
Practical connection system

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
System overview

Design
AC/AC units for single-axis applications

DC/AC units for multi-axis applications

Blocksize

Chassis

Booksize

Chassis

Cabinet Modules

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP00/IP20

IP20 (IP21/IP23/IP54)

0,12 kW to 90 kW

110 kW to 250 kW

1,6 kW to 107 kW

75 kW to 1200 kW

1,6 kW to 4500 kW

SINAMICS S120 devices are available as single drives or as

multi-axis drive systems
SINAMICS S120 AC drives for high-performance single
drives
SINAMICS S120 AC drives were developed especially for single
drives. They have a modular structure and comprise the following components: Power Module in which the power supply and
power unit are integrated. Power Modules are available for outputs of 0.12 kW (0.16 HP) to 250 kW(340 HP). Connected to the
Power Module is the Control Unit, which contains all the intelligent control functions as well as the drive interfaces for communication purposes and for connecting additional components.
SINAMICS S120 DC/AC units for multi-axis applications
Optimized for use in multi-axis applications, SINAMICS S120
multi-axis units feature a central power supply and DC link. They
also have a modular structure and comprise the following components:
Control Unit
The Control Unit contains the control intelligence for all the drive
axes integrated in the multi-axis line-up. It also contains drive-related I1Os and interfaces for communicating with higher-level
controllers. Control Units are available with different ranges of
functions and with different performance levels:
Control Unit CU310 DP and CU310 PN
Control Unit CU320
Control Units SIMOTION D
SINUMERIK 840D sl with NCU 7x0.2/7x0.2 PN
Line Module
The Line Module contains the central power supply for the DC
link. Different Line Modules are available for different applications, including an unregulated infeed unit for motor mode and a
regulated feed1feedback unit that provides a constant DC link
voltage even if line voltage fluctuations occur and supplies excess energy back to the network. Line Modules are available for
outputs of 5 kW (6.7 HP) to 6000 kW (8000 HP)..

Other modules and components

A wide range of additional modules and components are available for connecting different position measuring and encoder
systems and for extending the drive system to include drive-related I/Os:
Terminal Modules, Terminal Boards: for extending the drive
system to include drive-related I1Os.
Sensor Modules: for connecting position encoders to the drive
system.
Communication Boards: provide Control Units with an additional communication interface.
DRIVE-CLiQ system interface
All SINAMICS S120 components are connected easily via the
high-performance DRIVE-CLiQ system interface.
Line and Motor Modules are connected to the Control Unit via
DRIVE-CLiQ. Terminal and Sensor Modules are connected to the
drive system. Motors with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface can be connected directly to the drive system
Different types and their combination.
SINAMICS S120 is available in different types.
SINAMICS S120 AC Drives
- Compact Blocksize for power ratings
0,12 kW to 90 kW
- Chassis for power ratings 110 kW to 250 kW
SINAMICS S120 multi-axis devices
- Booksize for power ratings 1,6 kW to 107 kW - also available
with external air cooling and in the Cold Plate version
- Chassis for power ratings 75 kW to 1200 kW, supports liquid
cooling (e.g. for applications in dusty, corrosive, or salty environments or if insufficient space is available
- Cabinet Modules for power ratings 1,6 kW to 4.500 kW
All types support internal air cooling and can be combine with
each other as required. Even SINAMICS S120 AC can be combined to handle multi-axis applications - through Control Unit
Adapter CUA31/32 and DRIVE-CLiQ interface.

Motor Modules
One or more Motor Modules can be supplied with power for the
motors via the DC link. Synchronous and induction motors can
be operated. Motor Modules are available for rated outputs from
1.6 kW (2 HP) to 1200 kW (1600 HP)

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/107

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
System overview
Auto-configuration with electronic type plate

Electrical data

All SINAMICS S120 components feature a digital type plate that

stores all the relevant data about that particular component. For
motors, this data includes the parameters of the electric equivalent circuit diagram and characteristic values of the built-in motor encoder. The Control Unit records this data automatically via
DRIVE-CLiQ so that it does not need to be entered during commissioning or when the equipment is replaced.

Setpoint processing

Direction of rotation reversal,

4 skip bandwidths,
Basic ramp-function generator
without rounding-off, with a special fast stopping ramp
Expanded ramp-function generator with rounding-off and setting
functions Speed setpoint filter

Connectable motors

Asynchronous motors,
Induction motors,
Synchronous motors,
Torque motors,
Linear motors.

Supported encoders

Resolver,
Absolute encoders,
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 Vpp,
Incremental encoder TTL-Signal,
RS422,
Incremental encoder HTL.

In addition to the technical data, the digital rating plate stores logistical data (manufacturer ID, order number, and globally
unique identification number). Since this data can be called up
electronically on-site or remotely, all the components used in a
machine can always be individually identified, which simplifies
servicing.

Technical data
Electrical data
Line voltages

1 AC 200 ... 240 V, 10%

3 AC 380 ... 480 V, 10%
3 AC 660 ... 690 V, 10%

Power range

0.12 ... 1200 kW

Supported network types

IT, TN, TT

Line frequency

50 Hz, 60 Hz

Control methods

U/f closed loop

Vector control
Servo control
Dynamic servo control (DSC)

Digital inputs and outputs

yes, scalable number

Standards

Analog inputs and outputs

yes, scalable number

Compliance with standards

Communication interfaces

Digital in/outputs, DC 24 V,
Analog in/outputs,
PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET,
CANopen.

Functions
Technological functions

Several command/drive data set

freely interconnectable through
BICO technology,
flying measurement, flying restart, kinetic buffering,
Motion Control in conjunction with
SIMOTION D,
numeric control in conjunction
with SINUMERIK840solution line,
technology controller (PID),
integrated positioning functions

Safety functions
(Safety Integrated, depends on
type)

Safe Torque Off (STO),

Safe Stop 1, Safe Stop 1
(SS1, SS2),
Safely Limited Speed (SLS),
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM),
Safe Brake Control (SBC).

Limits

Torque limit/current limit,

Power limit,
Speed limit.

Protective functions (excerpt)

Temperature monitoring of motor

and power sections
Overcurrents, overvoltages, undervoltages,
Blocking protection
Overspeed, Standstill,
Short circuit proof and ground
fault proof.

4/108

Siemens SI 10 2009

Mechanical data
Degree of protection

IP00 / IP20, optional up to IP54

Cooling methods

Internal or external air cooling,

liquid cooling,
Cold Plate cooling
>, u, cUL, Safety Integrated IEC
61508 / SIL 2

Additional information
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120
Catalog: PM 21, Order No.: E86060-K4921-A101-A1-7600
For more information regarding the internal safety functions see
section Safety Integrated (from page 4/59).

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
Cabinet Modules

Overview
All drive components, from the line infeed to the motor-side inverters, are configured in a clear, compact layout in the individual Cabinet Modules. They can be combined with great flexibility
and can be optimally adapted to customer-specific requirements thanks to a comprehensive array of options.
The main components of the system are as follows:

SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules are the components of a

modular cabinet system for multi-axle drives with central power
infeed and common DC link busbar, which are typical for paper
machines, test stands, or hoisting equipment. As standard, they
are installed side by side in a row. Other installation types (e.g.
back to back) are possible on request.
The cabinet modules type SINAMICS S120 are available in
Booksize (Motor Modules) and Chassis and therefore constitute
a perfect addition to the cabinet line SINAMICS G150 and
SINAMICS S150 for single drives.

Line Connection Modules with line-side components such as

contactors, fuses and circuit breakers, as well as line reactors
for Basic Line Modules.
Line Modules for the infeed in the following variations
- Basic Line Modules for two-quadrant operation
- Smart Line Modules for four-quadrant operation
- Active Line Modules for four-quadrant operation with negligible line harmonics
Central Braking Modules for braking operation
The following types of Motor Modules
- Booksize Kit
- Chassis
Control Units
Auxiliary Power Supply Modules
Standardized interfaces for both the power and the control connections facilitate configuration and installation. Communication
between the power modules and the central Control Unit takes
place via DRIVE-CLiQ, the internal drive serial interface.

a
a

*B'B;;B

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

Example of a drive line-up with SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules for a multi-motor drive

More Information
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120
Catalog: PM 21.3, chapter 3

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/109

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Modular drive system 0.12 kW to 4500 kW
Cabinet Modules

Overview (continued)
The following table provides an overview of the voltage ranges and power ratings of the SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules
Line voltage

DC link voltage

DC link current

3 AC 380 ... 480 V 365 ... 1630 A

510 ... 650 V

420 ... 1880 A

200 ... 900 kW

3 AC 500 ... 690 V 260 ... 1580 A

675 ... 930 V

300 ... 1880 A

250 ... 1500 kW

3 AC 380 ... 480 V 463 ... 1430 A

510 ... 650 V

550 ... 1700 A

250 ... 800 kW

3 AC 500 ... 690 V 463 ... 1430 A

675 ... 930 V

550 ... 1700 A

450 ... 1400 kW

3 AC 380 ... 480 V 210 ... 1405 A

540 ... 720 V

235 ... 1574 A

132 ... 900 kW

3 AC 500 ... 690 V 575 ... 1270 A

710 ... 1035 V

644 ... 1422 A

560 ... 1400 kW

3 AC 380 ... 480 V

510 ... 720 V

500 ... 1000 kW

3 AC 500 ... 600 V

675 ... 900 V

550 ... 1100 kW

3 AC 660 ... 690 V

890 ... 1035 V

630 ... 1200 kW

Motor Modules Booksize

3 AC 380 ... 480 V

510 ... 720 V

3,6 ... 200 A

3 ... 200 A

1,6 ... 107 kW

Motor Modules Chassis

3 AC 380 ... 480 V

510 ... 720 V

252 ... 1686 A

210 ... 1405 A

110 ... 800 kW

3 AC 500 ... 690 V

675 ... 1035 V

102 ... 1524 A

85 ... 1270 A

75 ... 1200 kW

Line Connection Modules

Input current

Output current

Power range

3 AC 380 ... 480 V 250 ... 3200 A

3 AC 500 ... 690 V 280 ... 3200 A

Basic Line Modules

Smart Line Modules
Active Line Modules
Central Braking Modules

Benefits

Applications

The outstanding system features of the SINAMICS S120 Cabinet

Modules provide plant operators with the following advantages:
Process optimization with minimal effort:
- A standard PROFIBUS interface and various analog and digital interfaces enables easy integration into automation solutions.
- Vector control ensures that they fulfill the most exacting requirements regarding the accuracy and dynamic response
of drives.
High level of reliability and availability:
- Individual modules and power components can be replaced
quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant
availability.
Energy savings during operation:
- If the drive system includes motors that are operated in both
the motoring and regenerating mode, then they can be coupled by means of a common DC link in such a way that allows energy to be transferred between them. Additional energy can be saved and the line harmonics reduced in this
fashion. In certain cases, the line supply of the drive line-up
can even be designed to supply less voltage than the total
power of the individual Motor Modules operated on the common DC link would require.
Cost minimization during operation, maintenance, and service:
- Simple commissioning thanks to the menu-driven STARTER
commissioning tool
- Optional menu-driven AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
with a plain-text display.
- All device modules are easily accessible, which makes them
extremely service friendly.
Space-saving design
Environmentally-friendly operation:
- The converters are exceptionally quiet and compact thanks
to state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling concept.

1)

The properties of S120 Cabinet Modules described in this catalog

are not transferable to cabinet units constructed to meet the
requirements of specific applications.

4/110

Siemens SI 10 2009

SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules have been specially developed to allow simple construction of multi-motor systems. They
are used for applications where several motors must be coordinated to realize a drive task as multi-motor drives in a drive lineup. Examples of such applications include:
Paper machines
Rolling mills
Hoisting gear
Test stands

Design
They have been designed as "zoned" units and therefore offer
the highest possible standard of operational reliability. EMC
measures have been rigorously implemented. With the help of
simulated conditions, partitions have been designed to act as air
guides and heat dissipation units.
Special measures used in the construction of the cabinets ensure that they remain mechanically durable over their entire life
cycle.
Attention has been paid to providing a wide range of cable routing options and special design concepts are applied consistently to broaden the scope of application and simplify servicing.
The units feature all the necessary connections and connecting
elements. Thanks to their carefully considered configuration
concept, cabinets are shipped in a ready-to-connect state or, in
the case of multiple transport units, have been prepared for
quick assembly. The selection you make is supported by an extensive range of options, harmonized and coordinated to various
applications.
All components, from individual parts to the ready-to-connect
cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire production process. This guarantees a high level of functional reliability
during installation and commissioning, as well as in operation.
The design of replaceable components is based on the principle
that they must be quick and easy to change. In addition, the
"SparesOnWeb" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare
parts that are available for the system components ordered. 1)

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Complementary System Components for Safety Integrated
CompactFlash Card for CU310 and CU320

Overview

Firmware license

The CompactFlash Card contains the firmware and parameter

settings. It is inserted into the appropriate slot on the CU310 or
CU320 Control Unit.

Design

Performance expansion 1 option

including Certificate of License
for upgrading the license of a
CompactFlash Card

6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0

Safety Integrated Extended

Functions option including Certificate of License for one axis for
upgrading the license of a CompactFlash Card. This option
must be ordered once per axis,
up to 5 times for one CompactFlash Card

6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0

More Info
The firmware version is encoded in the order (part) number of
the CompactFlash Card supplied. If the CompactFlash Card
with Order No. 6SL3054 0AA07-1AA0 is ordered for the current
firmware version, its order number is different to the order number of the CompactFlash Card supplied.

A CU320 Control Unit can perform the communication, openloop and closed-loop control functions for several Motor Modules. The computing capacity requirement increases in proportion to the number of connected Motor Modules and system
components and in relation to the dynamic response required.
The full computing capacity of the CU320 Control Unit is only
available on systems with performance expansion 1.

Firmware version

The CU310 Control Unit has been designed to control a single

axis. Performance expansion 1 is not required in this case.

6SL3054- 0 B 7 0 7 -1AA0

6SL3054- 0 C 7 0 7 -1AA0

6SL3054- 0 D 7 0 7 -1AA0

6SL3054- 0 E 7 0 7 -1AA0

In addition to the firmware, the CompactFlash Card also contains licensing codes which are required to enable firmware options (performance expansion 1 and the Safety Integrated extended functions in the current version). The Safety Integrated
extended functions ("Safe Stop 2", "Safe Operating Stop", "Safely
Limited Speed", "Safe Speed Monitor") must be ordered for each
axis using short option codes (F..).
The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the
CU320 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER configuration tool.
The firmware options can also be enabled on-site, for example,
if the performance expansions required are not known at the
time of placing the order or the Safety Integrated extended functions are to be enabled retrospectively. You will need the serial
number of the CompactFlash Card and the order number of the
firmware option to be enabled. With this information, you can
purchase the associated license code from a license database
and enable the firmware option. The license code is only valid for
the CompactFlash Card declared and cannot be transferred to
other CompactFlash Cards.

Selection and ordering data

Order No.

CompactFlash Card for

CU310 DP, CU310 PN, CU320
Control Units
with current firmware version
including Certificate of License

The firmware version is encoded as follows in the order number

printed on the CompactFlash Card:
CompactFlash Card

Order No.

Version
.1

.2

.3

.4

.5

.6

without performance expansion

with performance expansion 1

Example 1:
A CompactFlash Card with order number 6SL3054 0AA00 1AA0
is ordered (current firmware version as specified in the catalog).
The CompactFlash Card with the most recent firmware version is
confirmed and shipped, e.g. order number 6SL3054 0CF00
1AA0 for firmware version 2.5. For spare parts a specific firmware version can be ordered, e.g. 6SL3054 0CD00 1AA0 for
firmware version 2.3.
Example 2:

Without performance expansion

6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0

A CompactFlash Card with firmware version 2.5 and a Safety license for a CU310 PN Control Unit are required:

With performance expansion 1

firmware option

6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0

Order No. 6SL3054-0CF00-1AA0-Z F01

With safety license for 1 axis

6SL3054-0AA0.-1AA0-Z F01

With safety license for 2 axes

6SL3054-0AA0.-1AA0-Z F02

With safety license for 3 axes

6SL3054-0AA0.-1AA0-Z F03

With safety license for 4 axes

6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0-Z F04

With safety license for 5 axes

6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0-Z F05

Example 3:
A CompactFlash Card with firmware version 2.5, performance
expansion 1 and 3 Safety licenses for a CU320 Control Unit are
required:
Order No. 6SL3054-0CF01-1AA0-Z F03

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/111

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Complementary System Components for Safety Integrated
Terminal module TM54F
1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
power supply connector
1 connection for the 24 V power supply to digital outputs and
sensors
1 PE/ground conductor connection

Overview

The TM54F Terminal Module can be snapped on a TH 35 top-hat

rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM54F Terminal
Module via a terminal element, e.g. Phoenix Contact type SK8 or
Weidmller type KLB CO 1. The terminal element must not be
used for strain relief.
The status of the TM54F Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED.
Pins for connector coding are supplied with the TM54F Terminal
Module.

Integration
The TM54F Terminal Module is a dual-processor I/O interface
with 4 fail-safe digital outputs and 10 fail-safe digital inputs for
utilization of the Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS
S120 drive system over external actuators and sensors.

The TM54F Terminal Module communicates with a CU310,

CU320, SIMOTION D or SIMOTION CX32 Control Unit via
DRIVE-CLiQ.

Technical specifications

The Safety Integrated basic functions (STO, SBC and SS1) can
either be controlled over the existing terminals on the Motor
Module and the CU320 or CU310 Control Unit or over the TM54F
Terminal Module. The Safety Integrated extended functions
(SS2, SOS, SLS and SSM) can only be controlled over the TM54F
Terminal Module or PROFIsafe.

Current requirement
(X524 at 24 V DC) without DRIVECLiQ supply

0.2 A

Conductor cross-section, max.

2.5 mm2

Fuse protection, max.

20 A

The fail-safe digital inputs and outputs are configured on two

channels with internal, cross-over data comparison using the
two processors. A fail-safe digital output consists of one current
sourcing and one current sinking output as well as a digital input
for reading back the switching state. A fail-safe digital input consists of two digital inputs.

Max. current requirement

ext. 24 V

4A

Conductor cross-section, max.

2.5 mm2

Safety sensors can be connected over two switchable 24 V sensor supplies and can be evaluated over the fail-safe digital inputs. The switchable 24 V sensor supply ensures that the failsafe digital inputs can be operated with dynamic response for
error discovery (dynamic response serves for testing the switchoff signal paths). An unswitchable 24 V sensor supply is additionally provided by the TM54F Terminal Module for connecting
safety sensors which cannot be operated dynamically.

Fuse protection, max.

20 A

A TM54F Terminal Module can be connected to a CU310 or

CU320 Control Unit, a SIMOTION D or SIMOTION CX32 over
DRIVE-CLiQ. Additional stations can be operated on the same
DRIVE-CLiQ line, e.g. Terminal Modules, Sensor Modules and
Motor Modules (but not an additional TM54F Terminal Module)

I/O
Number of fail-safe digital inputs

10

Number of fail-safe digital outputs

24 V sensor supply

3, of which 2 can be temporarily

shut down using a safety function
for dynamic operation of fail-safe
digital inputs, current carrying
capacity 0.5 A each

Connection method

Plug-in screw-type terminals

Conductor cross-section, max.

1.5 mm2

Digital inputs
(with isolation)

Design
The following are located on the TM54F Terminal Module:
4 fail-safe digital outputs
10 fail-safe digital inputs
4 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the read back
channel of the fail-safe digital outputs
4 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe digital outputs
20 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe
digital inputs
3 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the 24 V sensor
supplies
2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
2 connections for 24 V sensor supply, switchable
1 connection for 24 V sensor supply, not switchable

4/112

for supplying the digital outputs and

24 V sensor supply (X514 at 24 V
DC)

Siemens SI 10 2009

Voltage

-30 +30 V

Low level (an open digital input is

interpreted as "low")

-30 +5 V

High level

15 30 V

Current consumption at 24 V DC,

typ.

3.7 mA

Delay time of digital inputs, approx.1)

150 s

Safe state

Low level (for inputs that can be

inverted: without inversion)

Digital outputs
(sustained-short-circuit-proof)
Voltage

24 V DC

Load current per fail-safe digital

output, max. 2)

0.5 A

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S120
Complementary System Components for Safety Integrated
Terminal module TM54F
Delay times (ohmic load) 1)

150 s

Safe state

Output switched off

Scanning cycle tSI

for fail-safe digital inputs or fail-safe
digital outputs

4 ... 25 ms (adjustable)

Selection and ordering data

Terminal Module TM54F

Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0

(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)

Response time
Fail-safe digital input
Motor Module

2 tSI + 1 ms + 3 DRIVE-CLiQcycle

Motor Module
Fail-safe digital input

2 tSI + 3 DRIVE-CLiQ-cycle

PE connection

Screw M4

Dimensions
Width

50 mm

Height

150 mm

Depth

111 mm

Weight, approx.

0.9 kg

Approvals

cULus (File No.: E164110)

Safety Integrated

Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL2)

according to IEC 61508, Control
Category 3 according to EN 954 1

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/113

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S150
Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 1200 kW
System overview

Overview

Benefits
The self-commutating, pulsed rectifier/feedback unit which is
based on IBGT technology and is equipped with a Clean Power
Filter makes the minimum of demands on the line, which is characterized by the following features:
The innovative Clean Power Filter minimizes line harmonics
Power feedback (four-quadrant operation)
Tolerant towards fluctuations in line voltage
High line stability (high availability)
Operation on weak power supplies
Reactive power compensation is possible (inductive or capacitive)
High drive dynamics.

SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet unit (example with options)

SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet units are particularly

suitable for all variable-speed drives with high performance requirements, i.e. drives with:
High dynamic response requirements
Frequent braking cycles with high braking energy
Four-quadrant operation.

Simple handling of the drive from configuration to operation as a

result of:
Compact and modular, service-friendly design
Straightforward planning and design
Ready to connect to facilitate the installation process
Fast, menu-prompted commissioning with no complex parameterization
Clear and convenient operation via a user-friendly graphical
operator control panel with measured values displayed in
plain text or in a quasi-analog bar display

Applications

Voltage

Power

3 AC 380 480 V

110 800 kW

Typical applications for SINAMICS S150 include:

Test bay drives,
Centrifuges,
Elevators and cranes,
Paper and rolling-mill drives,
Cross cutters and shears,
Conveyor belts,
Presses,
Cable winches.

3 AC 500 690 V

75 1200 kW

Worldwide application

SINAMICS S150 provides high-performance speed control with

a high accuracy and dynamic response.
They are available for the following voltages and outputs:

Degrees of protection are IP20 (standard), and as an option

IP21, IP23 and IP54.
The drive converter cabinet units make it possible to install line
side and motor side components as well as additional monitoring units.
A wide range of electrical and mechanical components enable
the drive system to be optimized for the respective requirements.

4/114

Siemens SI 10 2009

SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet units are manufactured

in compliance with relevant international standards and directives, and are therefore suitable for worldwide use (see technical
data).

 Siemens AG 2009

SINAMICS S150
Drive converter cabinet units 75 kW to 1200 kW
System overview

Design
The SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet units are characterized by their compact, modular and service-friendly design

-X1
PE

Line connection

2
Main control switch 1)

Fuses 1)

4
Main contactor 2)

5
Active interface module
with Clean Power Filter

AC
Active line module

7
G_D213_EN_00001a

DC

DC link

DC
Motor module
AC

Active interface module with Clean Power Filter and

main cont actor

-X2

Active line module

Motor connection

PE

Motor module
4

Control unit with PROFIBUS connection

G_D213_EN_00002a

Main control switch with fuses

6

Customer's terminal block

7

Line connection (-X1)

8
Option

Motor connection (-X2)

Example of the design of a SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet unit

1) M i
t l
it h ith f
l
ith
Basic design of a SINAMICS S150 drive converter cabinet unit with a
number of version-specific options

More info
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s150
Catalog: PM 21.3, chapter 4

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/115

 Siemens AG 2009

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

Overview
Device versions:
- Vector Control for demanding continuous processes in all
sectors of industry and for all applications.
Supply voltages from 380 V to 690 V, 50/60 Hz;
power ratings from 0.55 kW to 2300 kW; higher power ratings
available as application.
- Motion Control for all servo applications, even those with the
most demanding technological requirements. Voltages from
380 V to 480 V; 50/60 Hz;
power ratings from 0.55 kW to 250 kW.
Version with Active Front End for jerk-free and stable drive
technology possible.
Connection to PROFIBUS DP via communication modules
possible.
Extensive range of accessories and system components.

Applications
Fully digital frequency converters with IGBT power modules.
Types of construction:
Compact PLUS, compact, rack-mounting, and cabinet units.

Usable for single motor and multiple motor drives, e.g.. for printing machines, paper machines, packaging machines, textile
machines, plastic machines, rolling mills, and manufacturing
machines for woodworking, glass and stone industry.

More Information

Catalogs DA 65.10/DA 65.11

Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/drivesolutions

4/116

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

CNC automation system SINUMERIK

Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK
Overview

Safety functions
The safety-relevant functions of the SINUMERIK 840D sl/840D
are integrated in the four subsystems NC, PLC, speed controller
and drive. The safety-oriented functions are of two-channel design; data cross-checks are performed between the two channels.

Applications

SINUMERIK 840D sl with SINAMICS S120

The SINUMERIK 840D sl offers modularity, open architecture,
flexibility, uniform structure for operation, programming and visualization and provides a system platform with future-oriented
functions for virtually every technology. Integrated into the SINAMICS S120 drive system and complemented by the SIMATIC
S7-300 automation system, the SINUMERIK 840D sl forms a new
complete digital system that is ideally suited for the mid to upper
performance range. The SINUMERIK 840D sl is characterized
by its flexibility, excellent dynamics, precision, and optimum integration in networks.
The SINUMERIK 840D sl combines CNC, HMI, PLC, closed-loop
control and communication tasks on one SINUMERIK NCU
(NCU 710.2/NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2/NCU 730.2
PN). Up to 6 axes are available on the SINUMERIK 840D sl with
NCU 710.2. On the NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2 and
NCU 730.2 PN, the number of axes and/or the performance of
the drive control can be increased to 31 axes.

SINUMERIK 840D sl is used worldwide:

Turning, drilling, milling, grinding, laser machining, nibbling
and punching technologies
Tool and mold making
Press control
High-speed cutting
Woodworking and glass processing
Handling
Transfer lines
Rotary indexing machines
Large-scale and jobshop production
The SINUMERIK is available as an export version for use in
countries where approval is required.

More Information
SINUMERIK 840D and SIMODRIVE 611 digital: Catalog NC 60
SINUMERIK 840D sl and SINAMICS S120: Catalog NC 61
Internet
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik

SINAMICS S120 can be used to solve complex drive tasks for a

very wide spectrum of industrial applications and is consequently designed as a modular system toolbox. From a wide
range of matched components and functions, the user selects
just the combination that best suits his own particular requirements. All SINUMERIK 840D sl and SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and encoders, are interconnected
via a joint serial interface called DRIVE CLiQ.
SINUMERIK 840D with SIMODRIVE 611 digital
The SINUMERIK 840D is a CNC for up to 31 axes. It is designed
to form an integral component of the modular SIMODRIVE 611
digital converter system and is thus capable of communicating
with lines of drive modules via the shortest possible route.
SIMODRIVE 611 digital is a flexibly configurable converter system that is economically and ecologically designed to meet the
technical demands made on modern machines. With SIMODRIVE 611 digital, Siemens is offering a converter system with
digital closed-loop controls which meets the highest demands in
terms of dynamic response, speed setting range, and smooth
running characteristics.
The converter system's modular design makes it possible to
configure drive systems with a virtually unlimited number of axes
or main spindles.
Motors
The SINAMICS S120 and SIMODRIVE 611 drive systems are enhanced by a wide range of synchronous and asynchronous motors.

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/117

 Siemens AG 2009

CNC automation system SINUMERIK

Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

Overview

Function
The safety functions are available in all modes and can communicate with the process using safety-oriented input/output signals.

SINUMERIK Safety Integrated provides integrated safety functions that support the implementation of highly effective personnel and machine protection. The safety functions comply with
the requirements of Category 3 according to EU standard EN
954-1 and safety integrity level SIL 2 of DIN EN 61508. Consequently, important functional safety requirements can be implemented easily and economically. Available functions include,
among others:
Functions for safe monitoring of velocity and standstill
Functions for establishing safe boundaries around working areas and protection zones, and for range recognition
Direct connection of all safety-relevant signals and their internal logical linkage
SINUMERIK 840D
he Safety Integrated functions described above have been certified in accordance with DIN V VDE 0801, EN 954-1 and
EN 60204 since 1996.
The safety functions described above have been certified in accordance with EN 954-1 (Category 3) and DIN EN 61508 (SIL 2)
and are also NRTL listed.
SINUMERIK 840D sl
The Safety Integrated functions described above have been certified in accordance with DIN EN 61508 (SIL 2) and
DIN EN ISO 13849.

Benefits
High safety standards:
Complete implementation of the safety functions in
Category 3/SIL 2
High level of flexibility:
Supports the implementation of practicable safety and operating concepts
Extremely cost-effective:
Reduced hardware and installation costs
High degree of availability:
Absence of interference-susceptible electromechanical
switching elements

4/118

Siemens SI 10 2009

They can be implemented for each individual axis and spindle:

Safe shutdown
Ensures safe transition of the drive from motion to rest when a
monitoring device or a sensor (e.g. a light barrier) is triggered.
Safe braking ramp (SBR)
Monitoring of the speed curve. The speed must be reduced
after a stop request has been issued.
Safe operating stop (SBH)
Monitors drives for standstill. The drives remain fully functional
for position control.
Safe standstill (SH)
Suppression of drive pulses, providing safe electronic interruption of the power supply.
Safely limited speed (SG)
Monitoring of configurable velocity limit values, e.g. during
setup without enabling button.
Safety-related output n < nx
Speed recognition of a drive
Safe software limit switch (SE)
Variable travel limitations
Safe software cams (SN)
Range recognition
Safety-related input/output signals (SGE/SGA)
Interface with process
Safe programmable logic (SPL)
Direct connection of all safety-related signals and their internal
logical linkage.
Safe brake management (SBM)
- 2-channel brake control (integrated in the Motor Module for
SINUMERIK solution line)
- Cyclic brake test
Safety-related communication via standard bus
Connection of distributed I/Os for process and safety signals
using the PROFIsafe protocol via PROFIBUS.
Integrated acceptance test
Partially automated acceptance test for all safety-relevant
functions. Simple operation of the test process, automatic
configuration of Trace functions and automatic generation of
an acceptance report. .

Integration
Requirements for SINUMERIK 840D:
General
SINUMERIK 840D
SIMODRIVE 611 digital with High-Performance control module or High-Standard control module with additional DMS input
The measuring circuit cables must comply with the
SIMODRIVE 611 digital specifications
For the integrated acceptance test
SinuCom NC software tool (can run on PC/PG)
SINUMERIK software version from 6.4.15
Sensor/actuator integration with PROFIsafe I/Os
SINUMERIK 840D with NCU 57x.4 or NCU 57x.5
SINUMERIK software version from 6.3
Software option I/O interface via PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC ET 200S or
SIMATIC ET 200eco or

 Siemens AG 2009

CNC automation system SINUMERIK

Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
SIMATIC ET 200pro or
DP/AS-i F-Link
S7 F Configuration Pack software module
Software options in accordance with "Selection and Ordering
Data"
With software version 7 and above, the SI Basic option can be
ordered for machines for which 4 inputs/outputs are sufficient
for safe programmable logic. When more than 4 inputs/outputs are required for safe programmable logic, the SI Comfort
option must be used.
When the Safe programmable logic function is not used with
Safety Integrated, the SI Basic option is adequate.

Selection and ordering data

SI-Basic

SI-Comfort

SI axis/spindle
(per axis/spindle with 2 or more
axes/spindles)

Fail-safe modules
SIMATIC ET 200S or
SIMATIC ET 200eco or
SIMATIC ET 200pro or
DP/AS-i F-Link
S7 F Configuration Pack software module

6FC5250-0AG10-0AA0

(for 1 axis/spindle; up to
64 inputs/outputs can be used for
the safe programmable logic)

General
SINUMERIK 840D sl (NCU 710.2/NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2
PN/NCU 730.2/NCU 730.2 PN)
SINAMICS S120 booksize format
The measuring circuit cables must comply with the SINAMICS
S120 specification.

Sensor/actuator integration with PROFIsafe I/Os

6FC5250-0AG00-0AA0

(for 1 axis/spindle; up to
4 inputs/outputs can be used for
the safe programmable logic)

Requirements for SINUMERIK 840D sl:

For the integrated acceptance test

SinuCom NC software tool (can run on PC/PG)

Order No.

SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

for SINUMERIK 840D
(from software version 7)

SI axis/spindle package

6FC5250-0AG11-0AA0

6FC5250-0AG12-0AA0

(additional 15 axes/spindles)
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
for SINUMERIK 840D sl
SI-Basic

6FC5800-0AM63-0YB0

(incl. 1 axis/spindle; up to
4 inputs/outputs can be used for
the safe programmable logic)
SI-Comfort

6FC5800-0AM64-0YB0

(for 1 axis/spindle; up to
64 inputs/outputs can be used for
the safe programmable logic)
SI axis/spindle

6FC5800-0AC70-0YB0

(extra for each additional

axis/spindle)
SI axis/spindle package

6FC5800-0AC60-0YB0

(additional 15 axes/spindles)

Siemens SI 10 2009

4/119

 Siemens AG 2009

CNC automation system SINUMERIK

Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

4/120

Siemens SI 10 2009

Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
5/2

Safety Evaluation Tool

5/3

Normal B10 Values of

Electromechanical Components

5/4

Training

5/5

Service & Support

5/7

Siemens Solution Partner

5/8

Siemens Contacts Worldwide

5/9

Information and Ordering in the

Internet and on DVD

5/11

Software Licenses

5/12

Conditions of Sale and Delivery

Export Regulations

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Safety Evaluation Tool

Free online tool for machine-safety calculation

Your advantages at a glance

Certainty regarding compliance with standards: Automatic
calculation in accordance with current standards
Rapid result: report compliant with the standards
TV-tested tool
Time savings in terms of safety function assessment
Fast access to current product data
Comfortable archiving: projects can be saved and called up
again as required
Fast and easy handling: comprehensive, pre-defined example
libraries
Free use of the online tool
Worldwide service and support
How to get started
www.siemens.com/safety-evaluation-tool

Machine builders and operators can now use a free online tool
in order to calculate the safety integrity of their machines in accordance with the new standards IEC 62061 and ISO 13849-1
and thus provide evidence of compliance with the new machinery directive.
The TV-tested Safety Evaluation Tool automatically calculates
the quality of safety functions in accordance with the standards
IEC 62061 (Safety of machinery - Functional safety of electrical,
electronic and programmable electronic control systems) and
ISO 13849-1 (Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems). In the online tool, all the user has to do is to first
specify the desired safety function, for example monitoring of a
protective door. He can then use the examples provided or himself specify particular functions. After this, he enters the safety
components that belong to his machine, namely sensors, evaluation unit and actuators. He can select these components from
a database of Siemens products that have already been certified according to the relevant safety standards. Products of
other manufacturers can be entered manually. Finally, the tool
calculates the Safety Integrity Level (SIL) or the Performance
Level (PL). The result is a report that is in line with the standards.
It can be added to the machine documents and provides proof
that the machine directive has been fully complied with.

Verify the safety of your machine in just a few easy steps

Create a new project.

Specify the protective zone.
Identify the safety functions.
Define the sub-systems and enter the required data.
Create the report.
Clear status information at all times.

Result of a machine safety calculation

Report of the machine safety calculation

5/2

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Normal B10 values of electromechanical
components

Overview
Recommendation for normal B10-values when applying
standard IEC 62061:2005 and ISO 13849-1:2006

= S+ D

In order to comply with IEC 62061:2005 and ISO 13849-1:2006

it is required to define failure rates for electromechanical components (failures per hour).

D = [Ratio of dangerous failures in %] x

or

S = [Ratio of non-dangerous failures in %] x

With these rates it is possible to calculate the failure probability

(PFHD, defined as the probability of dangerous failures per hour)
of a safety-relevant operation.

The rate of dangerous failures D of the component is needed for

further calculations.

The failure rate of electromechanical components is described

with the B10 value.

Note:

The B10 value of devices subjected to wear is expressed as the

number of switching operations:

ISO 13849-1:2006 calculates the dangerous failure rate MTTFd ,

where MTTF = 1/ .

The B10 value is the number of switching operations, obtained

in a life cycle test, which can be performed until 10 % of the
tested devices have failed (or: number of actuations after which
10 % of the devices have failed). Using a simplified equation, it
is possible to use the B10 value to calculate the overall failure
rate of an electromechanical component:

This is where the B10d value is used:

B10d = B10 / (ratio of dangerous failures).
For ISO 13849-1:2006 it is recommended to assume that a machine is in constant operation (24 hours per day and 365 days
per year). The calculation of the failure rate of an electromechanical component is identical in both standards.

Overall failure rate = 0.1 x C / B10

Because of the large number of electromechanical components

it is advantageous, from the users point of view, to combine
these components in product groups.

with C = number of duty cycles per hour (specified by end user)

The failure rate consists of non-dangerous (S) and dangerous
(D) failures:

SIRIUS normal B10 values of electromechanical components

Siemens SIRIUS product group
(electromechanical components)

B10 values (duty cycles)

Ratio of dangerous values

EMERGENCY STOP control devices

(with positive opening contacts)
turn-to-release

100000

20%

pull-to-release

30000

20%

1000000

20%

10000000

20%

Position switches with separate actuator

(with positive opening contacts)

1000000

20%

Position switches with solenoid interlocking

(with positive opening contacts)

1000000

20%

Hinge switches
(with positive opening contacts)

1000000

20%

Pushbuttons (non-latching)
(with positive opening contacts)

10000000

20%

1000000

75%

Cable operated switches for EMERGENCY STOP

function (with positive opening contacts)
Position switches
Standard position switches
(with positive opening contacts)

Contactors / Motor starters (with mirror contacts

or so-called "positively driven contacts")

Example calculation:
A protective door is monitored by a position switch with separate
actuator. This door is opened 4 times an hour.
The overall failure rate of the position switch is calculated as

= 0,1 * C / B10
= 0,1 * 4 / 1000000 = 4 * 10-7 (failures per hour).
The dangerous failure rate is therefore

D = 0,2 * 4 x 10-7 = 8 * 10-8 1/h

or
MTTFd = 1 h / 8 * 10-8 (about 1427 years)
Siemens Standard SN 31920 provides detailed explanations.

Siemens SI 10 2009

5/3

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Training

Faster and more applicable know-how:

Hands-on training from the manufacturer
SITRAIN the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial
Solutions provides you with comprehensive support in solving
your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineering enables you to make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in
existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from
the beginning.

Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on stateof-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens products as well as interaction of the
products in systems. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and
seminars with a presenter on the Web supplement our classic
range of courses.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
"Blended learning" means a combination of various training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in
a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teachyourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.

First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup

times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff

Contact

Courses on "Safety Integrated"

under www.siemens.com/sitrain-safetyintegrated
Course designation

Factory Automation
Standards and Regulations
Current standards for developing safe
machines

ST-NSST

Safety Integrated overview over

manufacturing automation

ST-SIUEBF

Products
Configuring and programming fail-safe
SIMATIC S7-300 control systems with
PROFIsafe

ST-PPDS

Testing, Usage and Handling of contactless SE-FSZERT

protective equipment
Actuator-Sensor-Interface system course

IK-ASISYS

SINAMICS G120 service and

commissioning

DR-G120-EXP

SINUMERIK 840D, Safety Integrated

configuring and commissioning

NC-84DSIW

SINUMERIK 840D, Safety Integrated

refresher course

NC-84DSIR

Phone: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 11

SINUMERIK 840D, Safety Integrated

maintenance

NC-84DSIS

Fax:

Process Automation

Visit our site on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest training catalog from:
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
+49 (0)1805 / 23 56 12

(0.14 /min. from a German landline network,

mobile telephone prices may vary)

Standards and Regulations

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Safety

ST-PCS7SAF

E-Mail: [email protected]

Current standards for establishing fail-safe

process plants

ST-NRM

SITRAIN highlights
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers are closely working together with product
development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.

5/4

Siemens SI 10 2009

Products
Configuring and programming with
F-Systems in STEP 7 / PCS 7

ST-PPFS

SIMATIC S7, S7-400 H System course

ST-7H400H

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented
services from actual configuration to implementation of the automation project.1)

Field Service
With Field Service (Service On
Site) we offer services for startup and maintenance, essential
for ensuring system availability.
In Germany
0180 50 50 4441)
( 0.14 /min. from a German
landline network, mobile telephone prices may vary)

.I

In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to

keep ahead all the time:
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.

Spare Parts and Repairs

In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we
provide a comprehensive repair
and spare parts service ensuring the highest degree of operating safety and reliability.

In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and

upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.

In Germany
0180 50 50 4461)
( 0.14 /min. from a German
landline network, mobile telephone prices may vary)

Online Support
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.

Upgrading and Optimization

To enhance productivity and
save costs in your project we offer high-quality services in optimization and upgrading.1)

http://www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support

Technical Support
Competent consulting in technical questions covering a wide
range of customer-oriented services for all our products and
systems.

Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222

Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
( 0.14 /min. from a German
landline network, mobile telephone prices may vary)
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request

Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and designing of your project from detailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system questions right to the creation of the
automation solution.1)
1)

For country-specific telephone numbers visit our Internet site at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner

Siemens SI 10 2009

5/5

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

Knowledge Base on CD-ROM

For locations without online connections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
DVD (Service & Support Knowledge Base). This DVD contains
all the latest product information
at the time of production (FAQs,
Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Updates) as well as general information on Service and Technical
Support.

The DVD also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge

Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The DVD will be updated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on DVD comes complete in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base DVD
from your Siemens contact.
Order no. 6ZB5 310-0EP30-0BA2

Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits

Small card - great support

The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive service concept with which Siemens Industry Sector
will accompany you in each phase of your automation project.
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the
state of your account and all transactions at any time.
Services on card. This is how it's done.

Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field,
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.

5/6

Siemens SI 10 2009

Order no.

200

6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0

500

6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0

1000

6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0

10000

6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0

Detailed information on the services offered is available on our

Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Service & Support la Card: Examples
Technical Support
Priority

Priority processing for urgent cases

24 h

Availability round the clock

Extended

Technical consulting for complex questions

Support Tools in the Support Shop

System Tools As an AVC customer you are eligible for flexible modules, ready-to-use, which will enable you to develop
your product or installation much faster.
Applications

Complete topic solutions including ready-tested

software.

Functions &
Samples

Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments.

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Siemens Solution Partner

Overview
Solution Partner

The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a

comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together
with their performance profiles, present themselves.

Automation

In addition to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country,

you can also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is
only a small step to making the first contact.

Call up the Solution Partner Finder as follows:

CA 01 on CD-ROM:
On the start page via "Contacts & Partners; Siemens Solution
Partner Automation and Power Distribution"
CA 01 online:
Go directly to the Solution Partner Finder:
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner
Program is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
Partners for Safety
"Siemens Solution Partner Automation" also involves highly
professional participants in the field of safety technology. In such
close cooperations you are eligible for professional consulting
and support concerning all safety-relevant topics.

On-site coaching that matches your needs

Solution Partner

The presales and after-sales contributions comprise consulting

on safety-relevant issues, the development of comprehensive
safety concepts, planning and commissioning of projects, and
running maintenance.

Siemens Solution Partners offer customized future-proof

solutions with products and systems from Siemens Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies (IA & DT). The basis:
qualified product and system knowledge coupled with a high
degree of solutions and industry-related expertise.
In the Siemens Solution Partner Program you are certain to find
the optimum partner for your specific requirements. Since more
than 570 companies worldwide belong to the program, you can
be sure to get expert support at your location.

Siemens SI 10 2009

5/7

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
Technical Support,
Spare parts/repairs,
Service,
Training,
Sales or
Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
Country,
Product or
Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

5/8

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD

Safety Integrated in the WWW

Safety Integrated offers comprehensive and integrated solutions
for projects in the manufacturing and process industry. These
solutions are accompanied by excellent services in all phases of
a safety-related plant or machine. The website provides crucial
information on products, solutions and support, for example
manuals, references and function examples.
Under the address:
www.siemens.comsafety-integrated
you will find all you need to know about products, systems and
services.

Easily download catalogs and information material

The Information and Download Center contains all current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures, demo software and action packs for downloading, or alternatively, for ordering. This
also includes this catalog, the SI 10 "Safety Integrated".
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
-> support
-> infomaterial

Newsletter Safety Integrated

Our free Newsletter keeps you informed via e-mail about innovations, new products and product innovations and trends and
also provides sample applications. With our Newsletter, you are
always up-to-date.
Simply register under
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
-> newscenter
-> newsletter

Siemens SI 10 2009

5/9

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD

Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.

Product Selection Using the Offline Mall

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The Offline Mall CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products and
thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the Offline Mall CA 01 can be found in the Internet
under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.

Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

5/10

Siemens SI 10 2009

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Software Licenses

Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Engineering software
Runtime software

Factory license
With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
the software at one permanent establishment only. The permanent establishment is defined by one address only. The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).

Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.

Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.

Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation offers various types of software
license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.

Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation supplies software products with
and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
found in the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
A&D/Software licenses/En 03.08.06

Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condiSiemens SI 10 2009

5/11

 Siemens AG 2009

Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by
any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall
apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.

General
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges
will be determined based on the official price and the metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.

An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the

Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
(for customers based in Germany)
6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside Germany)
or download them from the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)

Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
AL

Number of the German Export List

Products marked other than N require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are
subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN

Export Control Classification Number

Products marked other than N are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N
are subject to a US re-export authorization.

Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06

5/12

Siemens SI 10 2009

U3en_4f.fm Seite 2 Dienstag, 10. Mrz 2009 8:51 08

Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Electrical Installation Technology
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive catalog on DVD
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and
Electrical Installation Technology

Catalog
CA 01

Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G110/SINAMICS G120
Inverter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Frequency Inverters

D 11.1

SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,

SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 11

SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150

Medium-Voltage Converters

D 12

SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 21.3

Asynchronous Motors Standardline

D 86.1

Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet

Technology, HT-direct

D 86.2

DC Motors

DA 12

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis

Converters

DA 21.1

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters

DA 21.2

Catalog

Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools

NC 60

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS

Automation Systems for Machine Tools

NC 61

SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and

Motors for Production Machines

PM 21

Low-Voltage
Controls and Distribution
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1

Controls and Distribution

Technical Information
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1 T

SIDAC Reactors and Filters

LV 60

SIVENT Fans

LV 65

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems

LV 70

Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation

FI 01

PDF: Indicators for panel mounting

MP 12

SIREC Recorders and Accessories

MP 20

SIPART, Controllers and Software

MP 31

PDF: Products for Weighing Technology

WT 10

PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter

Cabinet Units

DA 22

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems

DA 45

Process Analytical Instruments

PA 01

SIEMOSYN Motors

DA 48

PA 11

MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters

DA 51.2

PDF: Process Analytics,

Components for the System Integration

MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411

DA 51.3

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control

DA 65.10

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control

DA 65.11

Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

DA 65.3

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO

DA 65.4

SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface Systems

ST 80

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation

ST 70

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7

IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors

D 81.1

ST PCS 7.1

MOTOX Geared Motors

D 87.1

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

NC 60

Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

ST PCS 7.2

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE

Motors

pc-based Automation

ST PC

Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO

SIMATIC Control Systems

ST DA

SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication

IK PI

SIMATIC Sensors
Sensors for Factory Automation

FS 10

Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power and LOGO! Power

KT 10.1

System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect

KT 10.2

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS

NC 61

Motors
Drive System SINAMICS S120
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines

PM 21

Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment

HE 1

Mechanical Driving Machines

Flender Standard Couplings

MD 10.1

Electrical Installation Technology

PDF: ALPHA Distribution Boards and Terminal Blocks

ET A1

PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System

ET A3

PDF: BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection

ET B1

PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets

ET D1

PDF: GAMMA Building Management Systems

ET G1

System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems

PLT 112

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

IA DT ET/3U/En 10.03.09

Siemens AG

Industry Sector

Industry Automation and Drive Technologies

Postfach 4848

90026 NRNBERG


GERMANY
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated

Subject to change without prior notice.

Order No. E86060-K7010-A101-A1-7600
3P.8101.81.01 Dispo 27610
KG 0309 7.0 BD 540 En
Printed in Germany
Siemens AG 2009

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective
characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of
contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change
without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.